QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 20, 2009

Registration No. 333-156408

UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549


AMENDMENT NO. 3
TO
FORM S-1
REGISTRATION STATEMENT
UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933


Bridgepoint Education, Inc.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

Delaware
(State or other jurisdiction
of incorporation or organization)
  8221
(Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code Number)
  59-3551629
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification Number)

13500 Evening Creek Drive North, Suite 600
San Diego, CA 92128
(858) 668-2586

(Address, Including Zip Code, and Telephone Number, Including Area Code, of Registrant's Principal Executive Offices)


Andrew S. Clark
CEO and President
Bridgepoint Education, Inc.
13500 Evening Creek Drive North, Suite 600
San Diego, CA 92128
(858) 668-2586

(Name, Address, Including Zip Code, and Telephone Number, Including Area Code, of Agent for Service)


Copies to:
John J. Hentrich, Esq.
Robert L. Wernli, Jr., Esq.
Sheppard, Mullin, Richter & Hampton LLP
12275 El Camino Real, Suite 200
San Diego, CA 92130
Telephone: (858) 720-8900
Facsimile: (858) 509-3691
  Kris F. Heinzelman, Esq.
Cravath, Swaine & Moore LLP
Worldwide Plaza
825 Eighth Avenue
New York, New York 10019-7475
Telephone: (212) 474-1000
Facsimile: (212) 474-3700

           Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after the effective date of the registration statement.

          If any of the securities being registered on this form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, other than securities offered only in connection with dividend or interest reinvestment plans, check the following box.  o

          If this form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  o

          If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  o

          If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  o

          Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of "large accelerated filer," "accelerated filer," and "smaller reporting company" in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

Large Accelerated filer  o   Accelerated filer  o   Non-accelerated filer  ý
(Do not check if a
smaller reporting company)
  Smaller reporting company  o

           The registrant hereby amends this registration statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrant shall file a further amendment that specifically states that this registration statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or until this registration statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.


The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not and the selling stockholders may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission of which this prospectus forms a part is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and it is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED MARCH 20, 2009

             Shares

LOGO

Bridgepoint Education, Inc.

Common Stock


        Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. The initial public offering price of our common stock is expected to be between $                           and $                           per share. We have applied to list our common stock on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol "BPI."

        We are selling                           shares of common stock and the selling stockholders are selling                           shares of common stock.

        The underwriters have an option to purchase a maximum of                                        additiona l shares from the selling stockholders to cover over-allotments of shares.

         Investing in our common stock involves risks. See "Risk Factors" beginning on page 12.

 
  Price to
Public
  Underwriting
Discounts and
Commissions
  Proceeds to
Bridgepoint
  Proceeds to
Selling
Stockholders
 
Per Share     $     $     $     $  
Total   $     $     $     $    

        Delivery of the shares of common stock will be made on or about                           , 2009.

         Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

Credit Suisse

      J.P.Morgan

 

William Blair & Company

       

     

BMO Capital Markets

   

         

Piper Jaffray

             
Signal Hill

The date of this prospectus is                                        , 2009.


GRAPHIC



TABLE OF CONTENTS

 
  Page  

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

    1  

RISK FACTORS

    12  

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

    36  

USE OF PROCEEDS

    37  

DIVIDEND POLICY

    37  

CAPITALIZATION

    38  

DILUTION

    40  

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL AND OTHER DATA

    42  

MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

    46  

BUSINESS

    65  

REGULATION

    84  

MANAGEMENT

    99  

COMPENSATION DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

    106  

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS

    128  

PRINCIPAL AND SELLING STOCKHOLDERS

    130  

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

    134  

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

    140  

MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL TAX CONSEQUENCES TO NON-U.S. HOLDERS OF COMMON STOCK

    142  

UNDERWRITING

    145  

INTERNATIONAL SELLING RESTRICTIONS

    148  

LEGAL MATTERS

    150  

EXPERTS

    150  

CHANGE IN ACCOUNTANTS

    150  

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

    151  

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

    F-1  


         You should rely only on the information contained in this document or to which we have referred you. We have not authorized anyone to provide you with information that is different. This document may only be used where it is legal to sell these securities. The information in this document may only be accurate on the date of this document.



Dealer Prospectus Delivery Obligation

         Until                  , 2009 (25 days after the commencement of the offering), all dealers that effect transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the dealer's obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as an underwriter and with respect to unsold allotments or subscriptions.



PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

         This summary highlights information contained elsewhere in this prospectus and does not contain all of the information you should consider in making your investment decision. You should read the entire prospectus, including the consolidated financial statements. You should carefully consider, among other things, the matters discussed in "Risk Factors." Except where the context otherwise requires or where otherwise indicated, (i) the terms "we," "us," "our" and "Bridgepoint" refer to Bridgepoint Education, Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries, including Ashford University and the University of the Rockies, (ii) the term "Warburg Pincus" refers to Warburg Pincus Private Equity VIII, L.P. and (iii) the terms "redeemable convertible preferred stock" and "Series A Convertible Preferred Stock" refer to our Series A Convertible Preferred Stock, par value $0.01 per share.

Overview

        We are a regionally accredited provider of postsecondary education services. We offer associate's, bachelor's, master's and doctoral programs in the disciplines of business, education, psychology, social sciences and health sciences.

        We deliver our programs online as well as at our traditional campuses located in Clinton, Iowa and Colorado Springs, Colorado. As of December 31, 2008, we offered over 860 courses and 44 degree programs with 55 specializations and 30 concentrations. We had 31,558 students enrolled in our institutions as of December 31, 2008, 98% of whom were attending classes exclusively online.

        We have designed our offerings to have four key characteristics that we believe are important to students:

We believe these characteristics create an attractive and differentiated value proposition for our students. In addition, we believe this value proposition expands our overall addressable market by enabling potential students to overcome the challenges associated with cost, transferability of credits and accessibility—factors that frequently discourage individuals from pursuing a postsecondary degree.

        We are committed to providing a high-quality educational experience to our students. We have a comprehensive curriculum development process, and we employ qualified faculty members with significant academic and practitioner credentials. We conduct ongoing faculty and student assessment processes and provide a broad array of student services. Our ability to offer a quality experience at an affordable price is supported by our efficient operating model, which enables us to deliver our programs, as well as market, recruit and retain students, in a cost-effective manner.

        We have experienced significant growth in enrollment, revenue and operating income since our acquisition of Ashford University in March 2005. At December 31, 2008, our enrollment was 31,558, an increase of 150.0%, over our enrollment as of December 31, 2007. At December 31, 2008, our ground enrollment was 637, as compared to 312 in March 2005, reflecting our commitment to invest in further developing our traditional campus heritage. For the year ended December 31, 2008, our revenue was $218.3 million, an increase of 154.7% over the prior year. For the year ended December 31, 2008, our operating income was $33.4 million, as compared to $4.0 million for the prior year. We intend to pursue growth in a manner that continues to emphasize a quality educational experience and that satisfies regulatory requirements.

1


Our History

        In January 2004, our principal investor, Warburg Pincus, and our CEO and President, Andrew Clark, as well as several other members of our current executive management team, launched Bridgepoint Education, Inc. Together, they developed a business plan to provide individuals previously discouraged from pursuing an education due to cost, the inability to transfer credits or difficulty in completing an education while meeting personal and professional commitments, the opportunity to pursue a quality education from a trusted institution. The business plan incorporated our management team's experience with other online and campus-based postsecondary providers and sought to employ processes and technologies that would enhance both the quality of the offering and the efficiency with which it could be delivered.

        In March 2005, we acquired the assets of The Franciscan University of the Prairies, located in Clinton, Iowa, and renamed it Ashford University. Founded in 1918 by the Sisters of St. Francis, a non-profit organization, The Franciscan University of the Prairies originally provided postsecondary education to individuals seeking to become teachers and later expanded to offer a broader portfolio of programs. In September 2007, we also acquired the assets of the Colorado School of Professional Psychology, a non-profit institution founded in 1998 and located in Colorado Springs, Colorado, and renamed it the University of the Rockies. The University of the Rockies offers master's and doctoral programs primarily in psychology.

        The majority of our current executive management team was in place at the time we acquired Ashford University. As a result, we were able to begin implementing processes and technologies to prepare for the launch of an online educational offering designed to serve a large student population immediately after the acquisition. Since March 2005, we have launched 22 programs and numerous specializations and concentrations, as well as initiated our formal military and corporate channel development efforts. We have also made investments in enhancing and expanding our campus-based operations as part of our commitment to continuing to invest in developing our traditional campus heritage.

Our Market Opportunity

        The postsecondary education market in the United States represents a large, growing opportunity. Based on a March 2009 report by the Department of Education's National Center for Education Statistics, or NCES, revenue of postsecondary degree-granting educational institutions exceeded $410 billion in the 2005-06 academic year. According to a September 2008 NCES report, the number of students enrolled in postsecondary institutions was 18.0 million in 2007 and is projected to grow to 18.6 million by 2010.

        Online postsecondary enrollment is growing at a rate well in excess of the growth rate of overall postsecondary enrollment. According to Eduventures, LLC, or Eduventures, an education consulting and research firm, online postsecondary enrollment increased from 0.5 million to 1.8 million between 2002 and 2007, representing a compound annual growth rate of 30.4%. We believe the rapid growth in online postsecondary enrollment has been driven by a number of factors, including:

        We expect continued growth in postsecondary education based on a number of factors. According to a December 2007 report from the U.S. Bureau of Labor Statistics, or BLS, occupations requiring a bachelor's or master's degree are expected to grow 17% and 19%, respectively, between 2006 and 2016,

2



or nearly double the growth rate BLS has projected for occupations that do not require a postsecondary degree. Further, according to data published by the NCES, the 2007 median incomes for individuals 25 years or older with a bachelor's, master's and doctoral degree were 67%, 100% and 167% higher, respectively, than for a high school graduate (or equivalent) of the same age with no college education.

        Although obtaining a postsecondary education has significant benefits, many prospective students are discouraged from pursuing, and ultimately completing, an undergraduate or graduate degree program. According to a March 2009 NCES report, 66% of all individuals 25 years or older in the United States who have obtained a high school degree, or over 112 million individuals, have not completed a bachelor's degree or higher. We believe this is due to a number of factors, including:

        We believe postsecondary institutions that effectively address these challenges not only access a broader segment of the overall postsecondary market, but also have the potential to expand the market opportunity and to include individuals who previously were discouraged from pursuing a postsecondary education.

Our Competitive Strengths

        We believe that we have the following competitive strengths:

        Attractive, differentiated value proposition for students.     We have designed our educational model to provide our students with a superior value proposition relative to other educational alternatives in the market. We believe our model allows us to attract more students, as well as to target a broader segment of the overall population. Our value proposition is based on the following:

3


        Commitment to academic quality.     We are committed to providing our students with a rigorous and rewarding academic experience, which gives them the knowledge and experience necessary to be contributors, educators and leaders in their chosen professions. We seek to maintain a high level of quality in our curriculum, faculty and student support services. In a July 2008 survey we conducted, in which over 2,000 students responded, 98% indicated they would recommend Ashford University to others seeking a degree.

        Cost-efficient, scalable operating model.     We have designed our operating model to be cost-efficient, allowing us to offer a quality educational experience at an affordable tuition rate while still generating attractive operating margins. Additionally, we have developed our operating model to be scalable and to support a much larger student population than is currently enrolled.

        Experienced management team and strong corporate culture.     Our management team possesses extensive experience in postsecondary education, in many cases with other large online postsecondary providers. Andrew Clark, our CEO and President, served in senior management positions at such institutions for 12 years prior to joining us and has significant experience with online education businesses. Additionally, our executive management team has been critical to establishing and maintaining our corporate culture, which is based on four core values: integrity, ethics, service and accountability.

Our Growth Strategies

        We intend to pursue the following growth strategies:

        Focus on high-demand disciplines and degree programs.     We seek to offer programs in disciplines in which there is strong demand for education and significant opportunity for employment. Based on a March 2009 NCES report, programs in our disciplines represent 69% of total bachelor's degrees conferred by all postsecondary institutions in 2006-07.

        Increase enrollment in our existing programs through investment in marketing, recruiting and retention.     We have invested significant resources in developing processes and implementing technologies that allow us to effectively identify, recruit and retain qualified students. We intend to continue to invest in marketing, recruiting and retention and to expand our enrollment advisor workforce to increase enrollment in our existing programs.

        Expand our portfolio of programs, specializations and concentrations.     We intend to continue to expand our academic offerings to attract a broader portion of the overall market. In addition to adding new programs in high-demand disciplines, we intend to enhance our programs through the addition of specializations and concentrations.

        Further develop strategic relationships in the military and corporate channels.     We intend to broaden our relationships with military and corporate employers, as well as seek additional relationships in these channels. Through our dedicated channel development teams, we are able to cost-effectively target specific segments of the market as well as better understand the needs of students in these segments.

4


        Deliver measurable academic outcomes and a positive student experience.     We are committed to offering an educational solution that supports measurable academic outcomes, thereby allowing our students to increase their probability of success in their chosen profession, while ensuring a positive student experience. We believe our combination of measurable outcomes and a positive experience is important to helping students persist through graduation.

Risk Factors

        Our business is subject to numerous risks. See "Risk Factors" beginning on page 11. In particular, our business would be adversely affected if:

Corporate Information

        We were incorporated in Delaware in May 1999. Our principal executive offices are located at 13500 Evening Creek Drive North, Suite 600, San Diego, CA 92128, and our telephone number is (858) 668-2586. Our website is located at www.bridgepointeducation.com. The information on, or accessible through, our website does not constitute part of, and is not incorporated into, this prospectus.

Accreditation

        Ashford University and the University of the Rockies are accredited by the Higher Learning Commission of the North Central Association of Colleges and Schools, 30 N. LaSalle, Suite 2400, Chicago, Illinois 60602-2504, whose telephone number is (312) 263-0456. The Higher Learning Commission's website is located at www.ncahlc.org. The information on, or accessible through, the website of the Higher Learning Commission and the North Central Association of Colleges and Schools does not constitute part of, and is not incorporated into, this prospectus.

Industry Data

        We use market data and industry forecasts and projections throughout this prospectus, which we have obtained from market research, publicly available information and industry publications. These sources generally state that the information they provide has been obtained from sources believed to be reliable but that the accuracy and completeness of the information are not guaranteed. The forecasts and projections are based on industry surveys and on the preparers' experience in the industry as of the time they were prepared, and there is no assurance that any of the projected numbers will be reached. Similarly, we believe that the surveys and market research others have completed are reliable, but we have not independently verified their findings.

5


The Offering

Common stock offered by us

              shares

Common stock offered by the selling stockholders

 

            shares

Total common stock offered

 

            shares

Common stock outstanding immediately after this offering

 

            shares

Use of proceeds

 

We estimate the net proceeds to us from this offering will be $       million, based on an initial public offering price of $        per share, the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover of this prospectus. The holders of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock have advised us that they intend to optionally convert their shares of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock into shares of common stock immediately prior to the closing of this offering. Upon such conversion, in addition to receiving shares of common stock, the holders will be entitled to receive the accreted value of $                        of the Series A Convertible Preferred Stock, which the holders have advised us they will elect to receive in cash. This amount will be paid out of the net proceeds to us from this offering. The balance of net proceeds will be available for general corporate purposes. Pending the uses described above, we intend to invest the net proceeds in short-term, interest-bearing, investment-grade securities. We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares of common stock by the selling stockholders. See "Use of Proceeds."

Risk factors

 

See "Risk Factors" for a discussion of factors you should carefully consider before deciding to invest in shares of our common stock.

Proposed New York Stock Exchange symbol

 

"BPI"

        The number of shares of common stock to be outstanding immediately after this offering includes:

6


        The number of shares of common stock outstanding immediately after this offering excludes:

        Unless otherwise stated, all information in this prospectus assumes:

7



Summary Consolidated Financial and Other Data

        The following tables present our summary consolidated financial and other data. You should read this information together with our consolidated financial statements, which are included elsewhere in this prospectus, and the information under "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations." The summary consolidated statement of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2007 and 2008, and the summary consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2007 and 2008, have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements, which are included elsewhere in this prospectus. The summary consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2006, has been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements, which are not included in this prospectus. Historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for future periods.

 
  Year Ended December 31,  
 
  2006   2007   2008  
 
  (In thousands,
except per share data)

 

Consolidated Statement of Operations Data:

                   

Revenue

  $ 28,619   $ 85,709   $ 218,290  

Costs and expenses:

                   
 

Instructional costs and services

    12,510     29,837     62,822  
 

Marketing and promotional

    12,214     35,997     81,036  
 

General and administrative(1)

    8,704     15,892     41,012  
               
   

Total costs and expenses

    33,428     81,726     184,870  
               

Operating income (loss)

    (4,809 )   3,983     33,420  

Interest income

    (10 )   (12 )   (322 )

Interest expense

    351     544     240  
               

Income (loss) before income taxes

    (5,150 )   3,451     33,502  

Income tax expense

        164     7,071  
               

Net income (loss)

    (5,150 )   3,287     26,431  
               

Accretion of preferred dividends(2)

    1,718     1,856     2,006  
               

Net income available (loss attributable) to common stockholders

  $ (6,868 ) $ 1,431   $ 24,425  
               

Earnings (loss) per common share

                   
 

Basic

  $ (0.48 ) $ 0.00   $ 0.09  
 

Diluted

  $ (0.48 ) $ 0.00   $ 0.03  

Shares used in computing earnings (loss) per common share

                   
 

Basic

    14,386     14,900     15,008  
 

Diluted

    14,386     20,020     45,025  

Pro forma earnings per common share (unaudited)(3)

                   
 

Basic

              $ 0.12  
 

Diluted

              $ 0.11  

Shares used in computing pro forma earnings per common share (unaudited)(3)

                   
 

Basic

                216,632  
 

Diluted

                246,649  

Supplemental pro forma earnings per common share (unaudited)(4)

                   
 

Basic

                   
 

Diluted

                   

Shares used in computing supplemental pro forma earnings per common share (unaudited)(4)

                   
 

Basic

                   
 

Diluted

                   

8


 
  As of December 31,  
 
  2006   2007   2008   2008
Pro forma as
Adjusted(5)
 
 
  (In thousands)
 

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:

                         

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 54   $ 7,351   $ 56,483   $    

Total assets

    17,091     39,057     129,246        

Total indebtedness (including short-term indebtedness)

    4,193     5,673     684        

Redeemable convertible preferred stock

    23,200     25,056     27,062        

Total stockholders' equity (deficit)

    (21,692 )   (20,143 )   6,109        

 

 
  Year Ended December 31,  
 
  2006   2007   2008  
 
  (In thousands,
except enrollment data)

 

Consolidated Other Data:

                   

Capital expenditures

  $ 1,381   $ 3,571   $ 15,884  

Depreciation and amortization

    735     1,236     2,452  

EBITDA (unaudited)(6)

    (4,074 )   5,219     35,872  

Cash flows provided by (used in):

                   
 

Operating activities

    (1,082 )   10,367     70,748  
 

Investing activities

    (1,373 )   (2,936 )   (16,550 )
 

Financing activities

    346     (134 )   (5,066 )

Period end enrollment (unaudited):(7)

                   
 

Online

    4,111     12,104     30,921  
 

Ground

    360     519     637  
               
 

Total

    4,471     12,623     31,558  
               

(1)
In the fourth quarter of 2008, we recorded stock-based compensation expense of $1.6 million related to the modification of a stock award held by a director. See Note 15, "Related Party Transactions—Director Agreement," to our consolidated financial statements, which are included elsewhere in this prospectus.

(2)
The holders of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock earn preferred dividends, accreting at the rate of 8% per year, compounding annually. See Note 10, "Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock (Series A Convertible Preferred Stock)," to our consolidated financial statements, which are included elsewhere in this prospectus.

(3)
Pro forma basic earnings per share has been calculated assuming the optional conversion of all outstanding shares of our Series A Convertible Preferred Stock into shares of common stock, as of the beginning of the period, with each share of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock converting into 10.194210419 shares of common stock. See Note 10, "Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock (Series A Convertible Preferred Stock)," to our consolidated financial statements, which are included elsewhere in this prospectus. Pro forma diluted earnings per share also includes the incremental shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of dilutive stock options and warrants, consistent with the amount included in the historical diluted per share calculation. See Note 9, "Earnings Per Share," to our consolidated financial statements, which are included elsewhere in this prospectus.

(4)
Supplemental pro forma basic earnings per share has been calculated assuming (i) the optional conversion of all outstanding shares of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock into shares of common stock as of the beginning of the period, with each share of Series A Convertible Preferred

9


(5)
The pro forma as-adjusted consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2008, gives effect to:

(i)
the optional conversion of all outstanding shares of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock into 201,624,486 shares of our common stock and the reclassification of $27.1 million of the accreted value of the redeemable convertible preferred stock to accrued liabilities to reflect the payable due to Series A Convertible Preferred Stock holders upon the optional conversion;

(ii)
the sale by us of                        shares of common stock in this offering, at an assumed initial public offering price of $                        per share, the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering costs payable by us of $                        ;

(iii)
the payment of the $27.1 million liability resulting from the optional conversion of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock;

(iv)
the exercise by selling stockholders of options to purchase an aggregate of                        shares of common stock at a weighted average exercise price of $                        per share for total proceeds to us of $                        ;

(v)
the exercise by selling stockholders of warrants to purchase an aggregate of                        shares of common stock at a weighted average exercise price of $                        per share for total proceeds to us of $                                    ; and

(vi)
the net issuance of                                    shares of common stock upon the cashless net exercise by selling stockholders of warrants to purchase an aggregate of                                     shares of common stock at a weighted average exercise price of $                        per share (assuming for purposes of the net exercise calculation that the per share fair market value of our common stock is equal to the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover of this prospectus).

A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) cash and cash equivalents, total assets and stockholders' equity by $             million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting underwriting discounts and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

(6)
EBITDA is defined as net income (loss) plus interest expense, less interest income, plus income tax expense and plus depreciation and amortization. However, EBITDA is not a recognized measurement under accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America, or GAAP, and when analyzing our operating performance, investors should use EBITDA in addition to, and not as an alternative for, net income, operating income or any other performance measure

10


   
  Year Ended December 31,  
   
  2006   2007   2008  
   
  (In thousands)
 
 

Net income (loss)

  $ (5,150 ) $ 3,287   $ 26,431  
 

Plus: interest expense

    351     544     240  
 

Less: interest income

    (10 )   (12 )   (322 )
 

Plus: income tax expense

        164     7,071  
 

Plus: depreciation and amortization

    735     1,236     2,452  
                 
 

EBITDA

  $ (4,074 ) $ 5,219   $ 35,872  
                 
(7)
We define enrollments as the number of active students on the last day of the financial reporting period. A student is considered an active student if he or she has attended a class within the prior 30 days unless the student has graduated or has provided us with a notice of withdrawal.

11



RISK FACTORS

         Investing in our common stock involves risk. Before making an investment in our common stock, you should carefully consider the following risks, as well as the other information contained in this prospectus, including our consolidated financial statements and "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations." The risks described below are those which we believe are the material risks we face. Any of the risks described below could significantly and adversely affect our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations. As a result, the trading price of our common stock could decline and you could lose part or all of your investment. Additional risks and uncertainties not presently known to us or not believed by us to be material could also impact us.

Risks Related to the Extensive Regulation of Our Business

If our schools fail to comply with extensive regulatory requirements, we could face monetary liabilities or penalties, restrictions on our operations or growth or loss of access to federal loans and grants for our students on which we are substantially dependent.

        In 2007 and 2008, Ashford University derived 83.9% and 86.8%, respectively, and the University of the Rockies derived 61.9% and 80.8%, respectively, of their respective revenues (in each case calculated on a cash basis in accordance with applicable Department of Education regulations) from federal student financial aid programs, referred to in this prospectus as Title IV programs, administered by the Department of Education. To participate in Title IV programs, a school must be legally authorized to operate in the state in which it is physically located, accredited by an accrediting agency recognized by the Secretary of the Department of Education as a reliable indicator of educational quality and certified as an eligible institution by the Department of Education. See "Regulation." As a result, we are subject to extensive regulation by state education agencies, our accrediting agency and the Department of Education. These regulatory requirements cover many aspects of our operations, including our educational programs, facilities, instructional and administrative staff, administrative procedures, marketing, recruiting, financial operations and financial condition. These regulatory requirements can also affect our ability to acquire or open additional schools, to add new or expand existing educational programs, to change our corporate structure or ownership and to make other substantive changes. The state education agencies, our accrediting agency and the Department of Education periodically revise their requirements and modify their interpretations of existing requirements.

        If one of our institutions fails to comply with any of these regulatory requirements, the Department of Education can impose sanctions including:

12


In addition, the agencies that guarantee Title IV private lender loans for our students could initiate proceedings to limit, suspend or terminate our ability to obtain guarantees of our students' loans through that agency. If sanctions were imposed resulting in a substantial curtailment or termination of our participation in Title IV programs, our enrollments, revenues and results of operations would be materially adversely affected. Additionally, if administrative proceedings were initiated alleging regulatory violations, or seeking to impose any such sanctions, or if a third party were to initiate judicial proceedings alleging such violations, the mere existence of such proceedings could damage our reputation. We cannot predict with certainty how all of these regulatory requirements will be applied or whether we will be able to comply with all of the requirements. We have described some of the most significant regulatory risks that apply to us in the following paragraphs.

        Because we operate in a highly regulated industry, we are also subject to compliance reviews and claims of non-compliance and lawsuits by government agencies, regulatory agencies and third parties, including claims brought by third parties on behalf of the federal government under the federal False Claims Act. If the results of these reviews or proceedings are unfavorable to us or if we are unable to defend successfully against such lawsuits or claims, we may be required to pay money damages or be subject to fines, limitations, loss of Title IV funding, injunctions or other penalties. Even if we adequately address issues raised by an agency review or successfully defend a lawsuit or claim, we may have to divert significant financial and management resources from our ongoing business operations to address issues raised by those reviews or to defend against those lawsuits or claims. Claims and lawsuits brought against us may damage our reputation or adversely affect our stock price, even if such claims and lawsuits are eventually determined to be without merit.

We must periodically seek recertification to participate in Title IV programs and may, in certain circumstances, be subject to review by the Department of Education prior to seeking recertification.

        An institution that is certified to participate in Title IV programs must periodically seek recertification from the Department of Education to continue participating in such programs, including when it undergoes a change of control as defined by the Department of Education. Our current provisional certification for Ashford University is scheduled to expire on June 30, 2011. Our current provisional certification for the University of the Rockies is scheduled to expire on September 30, 2010. The Department of Education may also review our schools' continued certification to participate in Title IV programs if we undergo a change of control. In addition, the Department of Education may take emergency action to suspend an institution's certification without advance notice if it determines the institution is violating Title IV requirements and determines that immediate action is necessary to prevent misuse of Title IV funds. If the Department of Education did not renew or if it withdrew our schools' certifications to participate in Title IV programs, our students would no longer be able to receive Title IV funds, which would have a material adverse effect on our enrollment, revenues and results of operations.

Congress may change the eligibility standards or reduce funding for Title IV programs.

        The Higher Education Act, which is the federal law that governs Title IV programs, must be periodically reauthorized by Congress, typically every five to six years. The Higher Education Act was most recently reauthorized in August 2008, continuing Title IV programs through at least September 30, 2014. In addition, Congress must determine funding levels for Title IV programs on an annual basis and can change the laws governing Title IV programs at any time. Political and budgetary concerns significantly affect Title IV programs. Because a significant percentage of our revenue is derived from Title IV programs, any action by Congress that significantly reduces Title IV program funding, or reduces our ability or the ability of our students to participate in Title IV programs, would have a material adverse effect on our enrollment, revenues and results of operations. Congressional

13



action could also require us to modify our practices in ways that could increase our administrative and regulatory costs.

Our failure to maintain institutional accreditation would result in a loss of eligibility to participate in Title IV programs.

        An institution must be accredited by an accrediting agency recognized by the Department of Education in order to participate in Title IV programs. Each of our schools is accredited by the Higher Learning Commission of the North Central Association of Colleges and Schools, which is recognized by the Department of Education as a reliable authority regarding the quality of education and training provided by the institutions it accredits. Ashford University was reaccredited by the Higher Learning Commission in 2006 for a term of ten years, and the University of the Rockies was reaccredited by the Higher Learning Commission in 2008 for a term of seven years. The Higher Learning Commission has scheduled a visit for Ashford University for the 2009-10 academic year to review financial performance and the outcomes of the newly approved prior learning assessments and the increase in transfer credits. The Higher Learning Commission has scheduled Ashford University for a comprehensive evaluation during the 2016-17 academic year in connection with the next regularly scheduled accreditation renewal process. The Higher Learning Commission has scheduled the University of the Rockies for a comprehensive evaluation during the 2015-16 academic year in connection with the next regularly scheduled accreditation renewal process. In addition, in connection with the Higher Learning Commission's determination that this offering will constitute a change of control under its standards and its approval of the change requests to proceed with this offering submitted by Ashford University and the University of the Rockies, the Higher Learning Commission has scheduled an on-site focused visit to each of Ashford University and the University of the Rockies, to occur within six months following this offering, to verify that the respective institutions continue to meet the Higher Learning Commission's requirements. The Higher Learning Commission has postponed consideration of a request by the University of the Rockies for approval of three new graduate programs until completion of the on-site visit and formal acceptance of the visiting team's recommendations by the Higher Learning Commission. To remain accredited, we must continuously meet accreditation standards relating to, among other things, performance, governance, institutional integrity, educational quality, faculty, administrative capability, resources and financial stability. If either of our institutions fails to satisfy any of the Higher Learning Commission's standards, it could lose its accreditation. Loss of accreditation would denigrate the value of our institutions' educational programs and would cause them to lose their eligibility to participate in Title IV programs, which would have a material adverse effect on our enrollments, revenues and results of operations.

If one of our schools does not maintain necessary state authorization, it may not operate or participate in Title IV programs.

        To participate in Title IV programs, a school must be authorized by the relevant education agency of the state in which it is physically located.

14


Loss of state authorization by one of our schools in the state in which it is physically located would terminate our ability to provide educational services through such school, as well as make such school ineligible to participate in Title IV programs, which would have a material adverse effect on our enrollments, revenues and results of operations.

The Department of Education's Office of Inspector General has commenced a compliance audit of Ashford University which is ongoing, and which could result in repayment of Title IV funds, interest, fines, penalties, remedial action, damage to our reputation in the industry or a limitation on, or a termination of, our participation in Title IV programs.

        The Department of Education's Office of Inspector General (OIG) is responsible for promoting the effectiveness and integrity of the Department of Education's programs and operations. With respect to educational institutions that participate in Title IV programs, the OIG conducts its work primarily through an audit services division and an investigations division. The audit services division typically conducts general audits of schools to assess their administration of federal funds in accordance with applicable rules and regulations. The investigation services division typically conducts focused investigations of particular allegations of fraud, abuse or other wrongdoing against schools by third parties, such as a lawsuit filed under seal pursuant to the federal False Claims Act.

        The OIG audit services division is conducting a compliance audit of Ashford University which commenced in May 2008. The period under audit is March 10, 2005 through June 30, 2009, which is the end of the current Title IV award year of July 1, 2008 through June 30, 2009. The scope of the audit covers Ashford University's administration of Title IV program funds, including compliance with regulations governing institutional and student eligibility, award and disbursement of Title IV program funds, verification of awards, returns of unearned funds and compensation of financial aid and recruiting personnel. Based on our conversations with the OIG, we believe that the OIG will complete its field work and issue a draft audit report sometime in the first half of 2009, to which we will have an opportunity to respond. We expect that the OIG will not issue a final audit report until several months thereafter. The final audit report would include any findings and any recommendations to the Department of Education's Federal Student Aid office based on those findings. If the OIG identifies findings of noncompliance in its final report, the OIG could recommend remedial actions to the office of Federal Student Aid, which would determine what action to take, if any. Such action could include requiring Ashford University to refund federal student aid funds or modify its Title IV administration procedures, imposing fines, limiting, suspending or terminating its Title IV participation or taking other remedial action. Because of the ongoing nature of the OIG audit, we cannot predict with certainty the ultimate extent of the draft or final audit findings or recommendations or the potential liability or remedial actions that might result. See "Risk Factors—Risks Related to the Extensive Regulation of Our Business—If our schools fail to comply with extensive regulatory requirements, we could face monetary liabilities or penalties, restrictions on our operations or growth or loss of access to federal loans and grants for our students on which we are substantially dependent."

The failure of our schools to demonstrate financial responsibility may result in a loss of eligibility to participate in Title IV programs or require the posting of a letter of credit in order to maintain eligibility to participate in Title IV programs.

        To participate in Title IV programs, an eligible institution must, among other things, satisfy specific measures of financial responsibility prescribed by the Department of Education or post a letter of credit in favor of the Department of Education and possibly accept other conditions to the institution's participation in Title IV programs. The measures of financial responsibility include a minimum composite score of 1.5. The composite score is derived from the institution's or its parent's audited, fiscal-year-end financial statements and is calculated annually by the Department of Education for each participating institution, as described in "Regulation—Regulation of Federal Student Financial Aid Programs—

15



Financial responsibility." If such composite score does not meet or exceed 1.5, the Department of Education may require the institution to post a letter of credit in favor of the Department of Education and possibly accept other conditions on its participation in Title IV programs.

        For the year ended December 31, 2007, our composite score of 0.6 did not meet the 1.5 standard prescribed by the Department of Education and Ashford University was required to post a letter of credit in favor of the Department of Education equal to 10% of total Title IV funds received in 2007, to accept provisional certification to participate in Title IV programs and to conform to the regulations of heightened cash monitoring level one method of payment. Under the heightened cash monitoring level one method of payment, Ashford University may not draw down Title IV funds until the day it disburses them to its students. Ashford University has posted the required letter of credit in the amount of $12.1 million, which will remain in effect through September 30, 2009.

        For the fiscal year ended July 31, 2006, the University of the Rockies did not meet the composite score standard prescribed by the Department of Education and was required to post a letter of credit in favor of the Department of Education equal to 30% of total Title IV funds received in the fiscal year ending July 31, 2007, to accept provisional certification to participate in Title IV programs and to conform to the regulations of heightened cash monitoring level one method of payment. The University of the Rockies did not meet the composite score standard for the fiscal year ended July 31, 2007, and its current program participation agreement with the Department of Education requires it to maintain a letter of credit in the amount of $0.7 million which was posted and will remain in effect through June 30, 2009.

        Based on our calculations, for which we have not yet received confirmation by the Department of Education, we expect our composite score on a consolidated basis to be approximately 1.6 for the year ended December 31, 2008. We intend to request that the Department of Education measure the financial responsibility of the University of the Rockies based on our consolidated composite score, rather than the Department of Education's current practice of relying on the institution's standalone composite score, and the Department of Education has already permitted the institution to change its fiscal year end date to December 31. Based on our calculations, for which we have not yet received confirmation by the Department of Education, we expect the composite score for the University of the Rockies on a standalone basis for the year ended December 31, 2008 to be approximately 1.7. We believe that these composite scores would support the release of both Ashford University and the University of the Rockies from their letter of credit requirements and from conforming to the requirements of the heightened cash monitoring level one method of payment. However, the release of the schools from these requirements is subject to determination by the Department of Education once it receives and reviews our audited financial statements.

        If either Ashford University or the University of the Rockies were unable to secure the required letter of credit, it would lose its eligibility to participate in Title IV programs, which would have a material adverse effect on our enrollments, revenues and results of operations.

The failure of our schools to demonstrate administrative capability may result in a loss of eligibility to participate in Title IV programs.

        Department of Education regulations specify extensive criteria by which an institution must establish that it has the requisite administrative capability to participate in Title IV programs. To meet the administrative capability standards, an institution must, among other things:

16


If an institution fails to satisfy any of these criteria or comply with any other Department of Education regulations, the Department of Education may impose sanctions including:

If we are found not to have satisfied the Department of Education's administrative capability requirements, we could be limited in our access to, or lose, Title IV program funding, which would have a material adverse effect on our enrollments, revenues and results of operations.

We are subject to sanctions if we fail to correctly calculate and return Title IV program funds in a timely manner for students who withdraw before completing their educational program.

        An institution participating in Title IV programs must correctly calculate the amount of unearned Title IV program funds that have been disbursed to students who withdraw from their educational programs before completion and must return those unearned funds in a timely manner, generally within 45 days of the date the school determines that the student has withdrawn. Under Department of Education regulations, failure to make timely returns of Title IV program funds for 5% or more of students sampled on the institution's annual compliance audit in either of its two most recently completed fiscal years can result in an institution's having to post a letter of credit in an amount equal to 25% of its prior year Title IV returns. If unearned funds are not properly calculated and returned in

17



a timely manner, an institution is also subject to monetary liabilities or an action to impose a fine or to limit, suspend or terminate its participation in Title IV programs.

        For the year ended December 31, 2007, Ashford University exceeded the 5% threshold for late refunds sampled due to human error. As a result, we are subject to the requirement to post a letter of credit in favor of the Department of Education equal to 25% of the total refunds in 2007. Ashford University notified the Department of Education of its intention to post this letter of credit, but was advised by the Department of Education that such posting was unnecessary because we had already posted a letter of credit due to our failure to meet the composite score standard, which letter of credit was in excess of the amount required for late refunds. Although we have taken steps to reduce late refunds, we cannot ensure that such steps will be sufficient to address this issue.

Our schools may be sanctioned if they pay impermissible commissions, bonuses or other incentive payments to individuals involved in certain recruiting, admissions or financial aid awarding activities.

        An institution that participates in Title IV programs may not provide any commission, bonus or other incentive payment based directly or indirectly on success in securing enrollments or financial aid to any person or entity engaged in any student recruitment, admissions or financial aid awarding activity. Although the Department of Education's regulations set forth 12 "safe harbors" which describe compensation arrangements that do not violate the incentive compensation rule, including the payment and adjustment of salaries and bonuses under certain conditions, the law and regulations do not establish clear criteria for compliance in all circumstances, and the Department of Education no longer reviews and approves compensation plans prior to their implementation. If one of our institutions were to violate the incentive compensation rule, it would be subject to monetary liabilities or to administrative action to impose a fine or to limit, suspend or terminate its eligibility to participate in Title IV programs, which would have a material adverse effect on our enrollments, revenues and results of operations.

We may lose our eligibility to participate in Title IV programs if the percentage of our revenue derived from those programs is too high.

        Pursuant to a provision of the Higher Education Act, as reauthorized in August 2008, a for-profit institution loses its eligibility to participate in Title IV programs if the institution derives more than 90% of its revenues (calculated on a cash basis in accordance with applicable Department of Education regulations) from Title IV funds for two consecutive fiscal years, commencing with the institution's first fiscal year that ends after the new law's effective date of August 14, 2008. This rule is commonly referred to as the "90/10 rule." Any institution that violates the 90/10 rule becomes ineligible to participate in Title IV programs for at least two fiscal years. In addition, an institution whose rate exceeds 90% for any single year will be placed on provisional certification and may be subject to other enforcement measures. We are currently assessing what impact, if any, the Department of Education's revised formula and other changes in federal law will have on our 90/10 calculation.

        In 2007 and 2008, Ashford University derived 83.9% and 86.8%, respectively, and the University of the Rockies derived 61.9% and 80.8%, respectively, of their respective revenues (calculated on a cash basis in accordance with applicable Department of Education regulations) from Title IV funds. In connection with the change by the University of the Rockies to a December 31 fiscal year end date, the Department of Education required the University of the Rockies to calculate its compliance with the 90/10 rule for the fiscal year ending July 31, 2008 and for the 5-month period ending December 31, 2008, and those percentages were 74.3% and 80.8%, respectively. Ineligibility to participate in Title IV programs would have a material adverse effect on our enrollments, revenues and results of operations. Recent changes in federal law which increased Title IV grant and loan limits, and any additional increases in the future, may result in an increase in the revenues we receive from Title IV programs, which could make it more difficult for us to satisfy the 90/10 rule. A provision in the rule allows

18



institutions to exclude (for three years) from their Title IV revenues the additional $2,000 per student in certain annual federal student loan amounts that became available starting in July 2008. Following this period, it is unclear if this revenue will be excluded, and it could therefore impact our ability to satisfy the 90/10 rule.

We may lose our eligibility to participate in Title IV programs if our student loan default rates are too high.

        For each federal fiscal year, the Department of Education calculates a rate of student defaults for each educational institution which is known as a "cohort default rate." An institution may lose its eligibility to participate in some or all Title IV programs if, for each of the three most recent federal fiscal years, 25% or more of its students who became subject to a repayment obligation in that federal fiscal year defaulted on such obligation by the end of the following federal fiscal year. In addition, an institution may lose its eligibility to participate in some or all Title IV programs if its cohort default rate exceeds 40% in the most recent federal fiscal year for which default rates have been calculated by the Department of Education. Ashford University's cohort default rates for the 2004, 2005 and 2006 federal fiscal years, the three most recent years for which information is available, were 2.4%, 4.1% and 4.1%, respectively. The cohort default rates for the University of the Rockies for the 2004, 2005 and 2006 federal fiscal years, the three most recent years for which information is available, were 5.5%, 0% and 0%, respectively. The draft cohort default rate for Ashford University for the 2007 federal fiscal year is 13.2%, which increased rate reflects in large part a greater number of student borrowers entering repayment who took classes exclusively online. Based on our history and management's experience, online students generally default at a higher rate than ground students. The draft cohort default rate for University of the Rockies for the 2007 federal fiscal year is 0%. These rates are subject to change prior to the issuance of the Department of Education's final report. Because Ashford University's draft cohort default rate for the 2007 federal fiscal year exceeds 10%, it would no longer be exempt from the 30-day disbursement delay rule for first-year, first-time undergraduate student borrowers once the official rate is published by the Department of Education, which is expected to take place in September 2009, if the official rate is equal to or greater than 10%. The loss of this exemption would result in a delay in Ashford University receiving Title IV funds for such students and, accordingly, would negatively affect our cash flows, to the extent we would have otherwise been able to receive such funds sooner.

        The August 2008 reauthorization of the Higher Education Act includes significant revisions to the requirements concerning cohort default rates. Under the revised law, the period for which students' defaults on their loans are included in the calculation of an institution's cohort default rate has been extended by one additional year, which is expected to increase the cohort default rates for most institutions. That change will be effective with the calculation of institutions' cohort default rates for the federal fiscal year ending September 30, 2009, which rates are expected to be calculated and issued by the Department of Education in 2012. The Department of Education will not impose sanctions based on rates calculated under this new methodology until three consecutive years of rates have been calculated, which is expected to occur in 2014. Until that time, the Department of Education will continue to calculate rates under the old calculation method and impose sanctions based on those rates. The revised law also increases the threshold for ending an institution's participation in the relevant Title IV programs from 25% to 30%, effective in the federal fiscal year 2012. Ineligibility to participate in Title IV programs would have a material adverse effect on our enrollments, revenues and results of operations.

Our failure to comply with regulations of various states could preclude us from recruiting or enrolling students in those states.

        Various states impose regulatory requirements on educational institutions operating within their boundaries. Several states have sought to assert jurisdiction over online educational institutions that

19



have no physical location or other presence in the state but that offer educational services to students who reside in the state or that advertise to or recruit prospective students in the state. State regulatory requirements for online education are inconsistent between states and are not well developed in many jurisdictions. As such, these requirements are subject to change and in some instances are unclear or are left to the discretion of state employees or agents. Our changing business and the constantly changing regulatory environment require us to regularly evaluate our state regulatory compliance activities. If we are found not to be in compliance and a state seeks to restrict one or more of our business activities within that state, we may not be able to recruit students from that state and may have to cease recruiting or enrolling students in that state.

        Although the only state authorizations required for Ashford University and the University of the Rockies to participate in Title IV programs are the exemption for Ashford University in the State of Iowa and the University of the Rockies' authorization from the Colorado Commission of Higher Education, the loss of licensure or authorization in other states, or the assertion by other states that licensure is required within their states, could prohibit us from recruiting or enrolling students in those states.

If a substantial number of our students cannot secure Title IV loans as a result of decreased lender participation in Title IV programs or if lenders increase the costs or reduce the benefits associated with the Title IV loans they provide, we could be materially adversely affected.

        The cumulative impact of recent regulatory and market developments has caused some lenders, including some lenders that have previously provided Title IV loans to our students, to cease providing Title IV loans to students. Other lenders have reduced the benefits and increased the fees associated with the Title IV loans they do provide. In addition, the new regulatory refinements may result in higher administrative costs for schools, including us. If the costs of Title IV loans increase or if availability decreases, some students may decide not to enroll in a postsecondary institution, which could have a material adverse effect on our enrollments, revenues and results of operations. In May 2008, new federal legislation was enacted to attempt to ensure that all eligible students will be able to obtain Title IV loans in the future and that a sufficient number of lenders will continue to provide Title IV loans. Among other things, the new legislation:

We cannot predict whether this legislation will be effective in ensuring students' access to Title IV loan funding through private lenders.

        In February 2009, President Barack Obama released a budget blueprint which proposes that all Title IV loans be originated through the Federal Direct Loan Program rather than through the Federal Family Education Loan (FFEL) Program beginning in the 2010 federal fiscal year. The proposal has not been passed by Congress and is subject to further review and amendment. If the proposal passes, our institutions would be required to certify loans through the Federal Direct Loan Program (for which we are eligible to participate) rather than through the FFEL Program. The elimination of the FFEL Program would also end the student loan subsidies and guarantees available to private lenders under the FFEL Program and would discourage such lenders from making student loans in the future. See "Business—Student Financing—Title IV Programs" for more information regarding the Federal Direct Loan Program and Federal Family Education Loan Program. A reduction in the number of private lenders willing to provide loans to our students could have a material adverse effect on our enrollments, revenues and results of operations.

20


If regulators do not approve or if they delay their approval of transactions involving a change of control of our company, our ability to participate in Title IV programs may be impaired.

        If we experience a change of control under the standards of applicable state education agencies, the Higher Learning Commission or the Department of Education, we must seek the approval of each relevant regulatory agency. The failure of one of our schools to reestablish its state authorization, Higher Learning Commission accreditation or Department of Education certification following a change in control could result in a suspension or loss of operating authority or ability to participate in Title IV programs, which would have a material adverse effect on our enrollments, revenues and results of operations. Transactions or events that constitute a change of control include significant acquisitions or dispositions of an institution's common stock and significant changes in the composition of an institution's board of directors.

        Immediately prior to this offering, Warburg Pincus beneficially owned 90.6% of our outstanding common stock on an as-if-converted basis. Immediately after the closing of this offering, Warburg Pincus will beneficially own    % of our outstanding common stock. We have received confirmation from the Department of Education that this offering will not constitute a change in control. However, the Higher Learning Commission has determined this offering will constitute a change of control under its standards. As a result of this determination, Ashford University and the University of the Rockies each submitted a change request to the Higher Learning Commission seeking permission for this offering to proceed, which was approved; however, the Higher Learning Commission will conduct a separate on-site focused visit to each institution within six months following this offering to verify that the respective institutions continue to meet Higher Learning Commission requirements. Ashford University is exempt from registration requirements in the state of Iowa based on its accreditation by the Higher Learning Commission and under a certificate that states that the school's file is closed and no further renewals or requests for exemption are required. The Colorado Commission on Higher Education has confirmed that this offering will not affect the current authorization of the University of the Rockies and that no further action is required in connection with this offering. We do not believe that any of the other state education agencies that issue approvals to our institutions will require further approvals in connection with this offering, and we have sought confirmation of that conclusion from those agencies. If any of these agencies deem this offering to be a change in control, we would have to apply for and obtain approval from that agency.

        If, following this offering, the beneficial ownership of Warburg Pincus falls below 25%, or if other events occur that cause us to file a current report on Form 8-K disclosing a change of control, the Department of Education will deem a change of control to have occurred. The potential adverse effects of a change of control with respect to participation in Title IV programs could influence future decisions by us and our stockholders regarding the sale, purchase, transfer, issuance or redemption of our common stock. The adverse regulatory effect of a change of control could also discourage bids for shares of our common stock and could have an adverse effect on the market price of our common stock.

We cannot offer new programs, expand our physical operations into certain states or acquire additional schools if such actions are not approved in a timely fashion by the applicable regulatory agencies, and we may have to repay Title IV funds disbursed to students enrolled in any such programs, states or acquired schools if we do not obtain prior approval.

        Our expansion efforts include offering new educational programs, some of which may require regulatory approval. In addition, we may increase our physical operations in additional states and seek to acquire additional schools. If we are unable to obtain the necessary approvals for such new programs, operations or acquisitions from the Department of Education, the Higher Learning Commission or any applicable state education agency or other accrediting agency, or if we are unable to obtain such approvals in a timely manner, our ability to consummate the planned actions and

21



provide Title IV funds to any affected students would be impaired, which could have a material adverse effect on our expansion plans. If we were to determine erroneously that any such action did not need approval or had all required approvals, we could be liable for repayment of the Title IV program funds provided to students in that program or at that location.

Our regulatory environment and our reputation may be negatively influenced by the actions of other postsecondary institutions.

        In recent years, regulatory investigations and civil litigation have been commenced against several postsecondary educational institutions. These investigations and lawsuits have alleged, among other things, deceptive trade practices and non-compliance with Department of Education regulations. These allegations have attracted adverse media coverage and have been the subject of federal and state legislative hearings. Although the media, regulatory and legislative focus has been primarily on the allegations made against these specific companies, broader allegations against the overall postsecondary sector may negatively impact public perceptions of postsecondary educational institutions, including Ashford University and the University of the Rockies. Such allegations could result in increased scrutiny and regulation by the Department of Education, Congress, accrediting bodies, state legislatures or other governmental authorities on all postsecondary institutions, including us.

Risks Related to Our Business

Our financial performance depends on our ability to continue to develop awareness among, to recruit and to retain students.

        Building awareness among potential students of Ashford University and the University of the Rockies and the programs we offer is critical to our ability to attract prospective students. It is also critical to our success that we convert these prospective students to enrolled students in a cost-effective manner and that these enrolled students remain active in our programs. Some of the factors that could prevent us from successfully recruiting and retaining students in our programs include:

Strong competition in the postsecondary education market, especially in the online education market, could decrease our market share, increase our cost of recruiting students and put downward pressure on our tuition rates.

        Postsecondary education is highly competitive. We compete with traditional public and private two- and four-year colleges as well as with other postsecondary schools. Traditional colleges and universities may offer programs similar to ours at lower tuition levels as a result of government subsidies, government and foundation grants, tax-deductible contributions and other financial sources not

22



available to for-profit postsecondary institutions. In addition, some of our competitors, including both traditional colleges and universities, have substantially greater brand recognition and financial and other resources than we have, which may enable them to compete more effectively for potential students. We also expect to face increased competition as a result of new entrants to the online education market, including traditional colleges and universities that had not previously offered online education programs.

        We may not be able to compete successfully against current or future competitors and may face competitive pressures that could adversely affect our business. We may be required to reduce our tuition or increase spending in order to retain or to attract students or to pursue new market opportunities. We may also face increased competition in maintaining and developing new marketing relationships with corporations, particularly as corporations become more selective as to which online universities they will encourage their employees to attend and from which they will hire prospective employees.

System disruptions and vulnerability from security risks to our technology infrastructure could impact our ability to generate revenue and could damage the reputation of our institutions.

        The performance and reliability of our technology infrastructure is critical to our reputation and to our ability to attract and retain students. We license the software and related hosting and maintenance services for our online platform from Blackboard, Inc. and the software and related maintenance services for our student information system from Campus Management Corp., both of whom are third-party software and service providers. Additionally, we develop and utilize proprietary software, primarily for our customer relationship management, or CRM, system. Any system error or failure, or a sudden and significant increase in bandwidth usage, could result in the unavailability of systems to us or our students.

        Our computer networks may also be vulnerable to unauthorized access, computer hackers, computer viruses and other security problems. A user who circumvents security measures could misappropriate proprietary information or cause interruptions or malfunctions in operations. As a result, we may be required to expend significant resources to protect against this threat. Although we continually monitor the security of our technology infrastructure, we cannot assure you that these efforts will protect our computer networks against the threat of security breaches.

We may not be able to retain our key personnel or hire and retain the personnel we need to sustain and grow our business.

        Our success depends largely on the skills, efforts and motivations of our executive officers, who generally have significant experience with our company and within the education industry. Due to the nature of our business, we face significant competition in attracting and retaining personnel who possess the skill sets we seek. In addition, key personnel may leave us and may subsequently compete against us. We do not carry life insurance on our key personnel for our benefit. The loss of the services of any of our key personnel, or our failure to attract and retain other qualified and experienced personnel on acceptable terms, could impair our ability to sustain and grow our business. In addition, because we operate in a highly competitive industry, our hiring of qualified executives or other personnel may cause us or such persons to be subject to lawsuits alleging misappropriation of trade secrets, improper solicitation of employees or other claims.

If we are unable to hire and to continue to develop new and existing employees responsible for student recruitment, the effectiveness of our student recruiting efforts would be adversely affected.

        To support our planned enrollment and revenue growth, we intend to (i) hire, develop and train a significant number of additional employees responsible for student recruitment and (ii) retain and

23



continue to develop and train our current student recruitment personnel. Our ability to develop and maintain a strong student recruiting function may be affected by a number of factors, including our ability to integrate and motivate our enrollment advisors, our ability to effectively train our enrollment advisors, the length of time it takes new enrollment advisors to become productive, regulatory restrictions on the method of compensating enrollment advisors and the competition in hiring and retaining enrollment advisors.

We have identified material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting which, if not remediated, could cause us to fail to timely and accurately report our financial results or prevent fraud, result in restatements of our consolidated financial statements and could subject our stock to delisting. As a consequence, stockholders could lose confidence in our financial reporting and our stock price could suffer.

        In connection with the preparation of our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus, as well as certain previously issued financial statements, we concluded that there were material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting. A material weakness is a control deficiency, or combination of deficiencies, that results in more than a remote likelihood that a material misstatement of our financial statements would not be prevented or detected on a timely basis by our employees in the normal course of performing their assigned functions. In particular, we concluded that we did not have:

        We restated our consolidated financial statements for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2006 and 2007 in large part due to these inadequate internal controls.

        As a public company, we will be required to file annual and quarterly reports containing our consolidated financial statements and will be subject to the requirements and standards set by set by the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC), the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (PCAOB) and the New York Stock Exchange (NYSE). If we fail to remediate our material weaknesses or to otherwise develop and maintain adequate internal control over financial reporting, we could fail to timely and accurately report our financial results or prevent fraud, have to restate our financial statements or have our stock delisted. Any such failure could also adversely affect the results of periodic management evaluations regarding the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting that will be required when the SEC's rules under Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 become applicable to us beginning with our annual report on Form 10-K for the year ending December 31, 2010. As a result, stockholders could lose confidence in our financial reporting and our stock price could suffer.

        Although we are in the process of remediating these material weaknesses, we have not yet been able to complete our remediation efforts. It will take additional time and expenditures to design, implement and test the controls and procedures required to enable our management to conclude that our internal control over financial reporting is effective. We cannot at this time estimate how long it will take to complete our remediation efforts, and we cannot assure you that measures we plan to take will be effective in mitigating or preventing significant deficiencies or material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting.

24


A decline in the overall growth of enrollment in postsecondary institutions, or in the number of students seeking degrees in our core disciplines, could cause us to experience lower enrollment at our schools.

        We have experienced significant growth since we acquired Ashford University in 2005. However, while we have continued to achieve growth in revenues and enrollment year-over-year, these growth rates have declined in recent periods and are expected to continue to decline in the future. According to a September 2008 report from the National Center for Education Statistics, enrollment in degree-granting, postsecondary institutions is projected to grow 12.0% over the ten-year period ending in the fall of 2016 to 19.9 million. This growth is slower than the 23.6% increase reported in the prior ten-year period ended in the fall of 2006, when enrollment increased from 14.4 million in 1996 to 17.8 million in 2006. In addition, according to a March 2008 report from the Western Interstate Commission for Higher Education, the number of high school graduates that are eligible to enroll in degree-granting, postsecondary institutions is expected to peak at 3.3 million for the class of 2008 and decline by 150,000 for the class of 2014. In order to maintain current growth rates, we will need to attract a larger percentage of students in existing markets and expand our markets by creating new academic programs. In addition, if job growth in the fields related to our core disciplines is weaker than expected, fewer students may seek the types of degrees that we offer.

Our success depends in part on our ability to update and expand the content of existing programs and to develop new programs, concentrations and specializations on a timely basis and in a cost-effective manner.

        The updates and expansions of our existing programs and the development of new programs, concentrations and specializations may not be accepted by existing or prospective students or employers. If we do not adequately respond to changes in market requirements, our business will be adversely affected. Even if we are able to develop acceptable new programs, we may not be able to introduce these new programs as quickly as students require or as quickly as our competitors introduce competing programs. To offer a new academic program, we may be required to obtain appropriate federal, state and accrediting agency approvals, which may be conditioned or delayed in a manner that could significantly affect our growth plans. In addition, to be eligible for federal student financial aid programs, a new academic program may need to be approved by the Department of Education.

        Establishing new academic programs or modifying existing programs requires us to make investments in management and capital expenditures, incur marketing expenses and reallocate other resources. We may have limited experience with the programs in new disciplines and may need to modify our systems and strategy or enter into arrangements with other educational institutions to provide new programs effectively and profitably. If we are unable to increase enrollment in new programs, offer new programs in a cost-effective manner or are otherwise unable to manage effectively the operations of newly established academic programs, our revenues and results of operations could be adversely affected.

Our failure to keep pace with changing market needs could harm our ability to attract students.

        Our success depends to a large extent on the willingness of employers to hire, promote or increase the pay of our graduates. Increasingly, employers demand that their new employees possess appropriate technical and analytical skills and also appropriate interpersonal skills, such as communication and teamwork. These skills can evolve rapidly in a changing economic and technological environment. Accordingly, it is important that our educational programs evolve in response to those economic and technological changes.

        The expansion of existing academic programs and the development of new programs may not be accepted by current or prospective students or by the employers of our graduates. Even if we develop acceptable new programs, we may not be able to begin offering those new programs in a timely fashion or as quickly as our competitors offer similar programs. If we are unable to adequately respond to

25



changes in market requirements due to regulatory or financial constraints, unusually rapid technological changes or other factors, the rates at which our graduates obtain jobs in their fields of study could suffer, our ability to attract and retain students could be impaired and our business could be adversely affected.

We are subject to laws and regulations as a result of our collection and use of personal information, and any violations of such laws or regulations, or any breach, theft or loss of such information, could adversely affect us.

        Possession and use of personal information in our operations subjects us to risks and costs that could harm our business. We collect, use and retain large amounts of personal information regarding our applicants, students, faculty, staff and their families, including social security numbers, tax return information, personal and family financial data and credit card numbers. We also collect and maintain personal information about our employees in the ordinary course of our business. Our services can be accessed globally through the Internet. Therefore, we may be subject to the application of national privacy laws in countries outside the United States from which applicants and students access our services. Such privacy laws could impose conditions that limit the way we market and provide our services. Our computer networks and the networks of certain of our vendors that hold and manage confidential information on our behalf may be vulnerable to unauthorized access, employee theft or misuse, computer hackers, computer viruses and other security threats. Confidential information may also inadvertently become available to third parties when we integrate systems or migrate data to our servers following an acquisition of a school or in connection with periodic hardware or software upgrades. Due to the sensitive nature of the personal information stored on our servers, our networks may be targeted by hackers seeking to access this data. A user who circumvents security measures could misappropriate sensitive information or cause interruptions or malfunctions in our operations. Although we use security and business controls to limit access and use of personal information, a third party may be able to circumvent those security and business controls, which could result in a breach of student or employee privacy. In addition, errors in the storage, use or transmission of personal information could result in a breach of privacy for current or prospective students or employees. Possession and use of personal information in our operations also subjects us to legislative and regulatory burdens that could require notification of data breaches and could restrict our use of personal information, and a violation of any laws or regulations relating to the collection or use of personal information could result in the imposition of fines against us. As a result, we may be required to expend significant resources to protect against the threat of these security breaches or to alleviate problems caused by these breaches. A major breach, theft or loss of personal information regarding our students and their families or our employees that is held by us or our vendors, or a violation of laws or regulations relating to the same, could have a material adverse effect on our reputation and could result in further regulation and oversight by federal and state authorities and increased costs of compliance.

An increase in interest rates could adversely affect our ability to attract and retain students.

        For the years ended December 31, 2006, 2007 and 2008, Ashford University derived 79.9%, 83.9% and 86.8%, respectively, of its revenues (calculated on a cash basis in accordance with applicable Department of Education regulations) from Title IV programs. For the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2008, the University of the Rockies derived 61.9% and 80.8%, respectively, of its revenues (calculated on a cash basis in accordance with applicable Department of Education regulations) from Title IV programs. Additionally, some of our students finance their education through private loans that are not part of Title IV programs. Interest rates have reached relatively low levels in recent years, creating a favorable borrowing environment for students. However, if Congress increases interest rates on Title IV loans, or if private loan interest rates rise, our students would have to pay higher interest rates on their loans. Any future increase in interest rates will result in a corresponding increase in

26



educational costs to our existing and prospective students. Higher interest rates could also contribute to higher default rates with respect to our students' repayment of their education loans. Higher default rates may in turn adversely impact our eligibility to participate in some or all Title IV programs, which would have a material adverse effect on our enrollments, revenues and results of operations.

We operate in a highly competitive market with rapid technological change, and we may not have the resources needed to compete successfully.

        Online education is a highly competitive market that is characterized by rapid changes in students' technological requirements and expectations and evolving market standards. Our competitors vary in size and organization, and we compete for students with traditional public and private two- and four-year colleges and universities and other postsecondary schools, including those that offer online educational programs. Each of these competitors may develop platforms or other technologies that allow for greater levels of interactivity between faculty and students or that are otherwise superior to the platform and technology we use, and these differences may affect our ability to recruit and retain students. We may not have the resources necessary to acquire or compete with technologies being developed by our competitors, which may render our online delivery format less competitive or obsolete.

Our growth may place a strain on our resources.

        We have experienced significant growth since we acquired Ashford University in 2005. The growth that we have experienced in the past, as well as any further growth that we experience, may place a significant strain on our resources and increase demands on our management information and reporting systems and financial management controls. If we are unable to manage our growth effectively while maintaining appropriate internal controls, we may experience operating inefficiencies that could increase our costs.

We rely on exclusive proprietary rights and intellectual property that may not be adequately protected under current laws, and we may encounter disputes from time to time relating to our use of intellectual property of third parties.

        Our success depends in part on our ability to protect our proprietary rights. We rely on a combination of copyrights, trademarks, service marks, trade secrets, domain names and agreements to protect our proprietary rights. We rely on service mark and trademark protection in the United States and select foreign jurisdictions to protect our rights to the marks "Ashford," "Ashford University," "Bridgepoint," "Classline" and "Smart Track" as well as distinctive logos and other marks associated with our services. We rely on agreements under which we obtain rights to use course content developed by faculty members and other third-party content experts. We cannot assure you that these measures will be adequate, that we have secured, or will be able to secure, appropriate protections for all of our proprietary rights in the United States or select foreign jurisdictions or that third parties will not infringe upon or violate our proprietary rights. Despite our efforts to protect these rights, unauthorized third parties may attempt to duplicate or copy the proprietary aspects of our curricula, online resource material and other content. Our management's attention may be diverted by these attempts, and we may need to use funds in litigation to protect our proprietary rights against any infringement or violation.

        We may encounter disputes from time to time over rights and obligations concerning intellectual property, and we may not prevail in these disputes. In certain instances, we may not have obtained sufficient rights in the content of a course. Third parties may raise a claim against us alleging an infringement or violation of the intellectual property of that third party. Some third party intellectual property rights may be extremely broad, and it may not be possible for us to conduct our operations in such a way as to avoid those intellectual property rights. Any such intellectual property claim could

27



subject us to costly litigation and impose a significant strain on our financial resources and management personnel regardless of whether such claim has merit. Our insurance may not cover potential claims of this type adequately or at all, and we may be required to alter the content of our classes or pay monetary damages, which may be significant.

We may incur liability for the unauthorized duplication or distribution of class materials posted online for class discussions.

        In some instances our faculty members or our students may post various articles or other third-party content on class discussion boards. We may incur liability for the unauthorized duplication or distribution of this material posted online for class discussions. Third parties may raise claims against us for the unauthorized duplication of this material. Any such claims could subject us to costly litigation and could impose a significant strain on our financial resources and management personnel regardless of whether the claims have merit. Our general liability insurance may not cover potential claims of this type adequately or at all, and we may be required to alter the content of our courses or pay monetary damages.

Our student enrollment and revenues could decrease if the government tuition assistance offered to military personnel is reduced or eliminated, if scholarships which we offer to military personnel are reduced or eliminated or if our relationships with military bases deteriorate.

        As of December 31, 2008, 14.6% of our students are affiliated with the military, some of whom are eligible to receive tuition assistance from the government, which they may use to pursue postsecondary degrees. If governmental tuition assistance programs to active duty members of the military are reduced or eliminated or if our relationships with any military base deteriorates, our enrollment could suffer. Additionally, during 2008, we provided scholarships of $4.1 million to students who were affiliated with the military. If we reduce or eliminate our scholarships, our enrollment by military personnel may suffer. In addition, if we increase our scholarships, our per student revenue from military affiliated personnel will decline.

Our expenses may cause us to incur operating losses if we are unsuccessful in achieving growth.

        Our spending is based, in significant part, on our estimates of future revenue and is largely fixed in the short term. As a result, we may be unable to adjust our spending in a timely manner if our revenues fall short of our expectations. Accordingly, any significant shortfall in revenues in relation to our expectations would have an immediate and material adverse effect on our profitability. In addition, as our business grows, we anticipate increasing our operating expenses to expand our program offerings, marketing initiatives and administrative organization. Any such expansion could cause material losses to the extent we do not generate additional revenues sufficient to cover those expenses.

Seasonal and other fluctuations in our results of operations could adversely affect the trading price of our common stock.

        Although not apparent in our results of operations due to our rapid rate of growth, our operations are generally subject to seasonal trends. As our growth rate declines we expect to experience seasonal fluctuations in results of operations as a result of changes in the level of student enrollment. While we enroll students throughout the year, first and fourth quarter new enrollments and revenue generally are lower than other quarters due to the holiday break in December and January. We generally experience a seasonal increase in new enrollments in August and September of each year when most other colleges and universities begin their fall semesters. These fluctuations may cause volatility in or have an adverse effect on the market price of our stock.

28


We have a limited operating history. Accordingly, our historical and recent financial and business results may not necessarily be representative of what they will be in the future.

        We have a limited operating history on which you can evaluate our management decisions, business strategy and financial results. As a result, our historical and recent financial and business results may not necessarily be representative of what they will be in the future. We are subject to risks, uncertainties, expenses and difficulties associated with changing and implementing our business strategy that are not typically encountered by companies with longer histories or in more mature industries. As a result, it is possible that we may incur significant operating losses in the future and that we may not be able to sustain long-term profitability.

Government regulations relating to the Internet could increase our cost of doing business, affect our ability to grow or otherwise have a material adverse effect on our business.

        The increasing popularity and use of the Internet and other online services has led and may lead to the adoption of new laws and regulatory practices in the United States or in foreign countries and to new interpretations of existing laws and regulations. These new laws and interpretations may relate to issues such as online privacy, copyrights, trademarks and service marks, sales taxes, fair business practices and the requirement that online education institutions qualify to do business as foreign corporations or be licensed in one or more jurisdictions where they have no physical location or other presence. New laws, regulations or interpretations related to doing business over the Internet could increase our costs and materially and adversely affect our enrollments.

We use third-party software for our online platform, and if the provider of that software was to cease to do business or was acquired by a competitor, we may have difficulty maintaining the software required for our online platform or updating it for future technological changes.

        We use the Blackboard Academic Suite, provided by Blackboard, Inc., a third-party software and service provider, for our online platform. This suite provides an online learning management system and provides for the storage, management and delivery of course content. The suite also includes collaborative spaces for student communication and participation with other students and faculty as well as grade and attendance management for faculty and assessment capabilities to assist us in maintaining quality. We rely on Blackboard for administrative support and hosting of the system. If Blackboard ceased to operate or was unable or unwilling to continue to provide us with services or upgrades on a timely basis, we may have difficulty maintaining the software required for our online platform or updating it for future technological changes.

We may incur significant costs complying with the Americans with Disabilities Act and with similar laws.

        Under the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990, or the ADA, all public accommodations must meet federal requirements related to access and use by disabled persons. Additional federal, state and local laws also may require modifications to our properties, or restrict our ability to renovate our properties. For example, the Fair Housing Amendments Act of 1988, or FHAA, requires apartment properties first occupied after March 13, 1990, to be accessible to the handicapped. We have not conducted an audit or investigation of all of our properties to determine our compliance with present requirements. Noncompliance with the ADA or FHAA could result in the imposition of fines or an award of damages to private litigants and also could result in an order to correct any non-complying feature. We cannot predict the ultimate amount of the cost of compliance with the ADA, FHAA or other legislation.

29



Our failure to comply with environmental laws and regulations governing our activities could result in financial penalties and other costs.

        We use hazardous materials at our ground campuses and generate small quantities of waste, such as used oil, antifreeze, paint, car batteries and laboratory materials. As a result, we are subject to a variety of environmental laws and regulations governing, among other things, the use, storage and disposal of solid and hazardous substances and waste and the clean-up of contamination at our facilities or off-site locations to which we send or have sent waste for disposal. In the event we do not maintain compliance with any of these laws and regulations, or are responsible for a spill or release of hazardous materials, we could incur significant costs for clean-up, damages and fines or penalties.

Our failure to obtain additional capital in the future could adversely affect our ability to grow.

        We believe that proceeds from this offering and cash flow from operations will be adequate to fund our current operating and growth plans for the foreseeable future. However, we may need additional financing in order to finance our continued growth, particularly if we pursue any acquisitions. The amount, timing and terms of such additional financing will vary principally depending on the timing and size of new program offerings, the timing and size of acquisitions we may seek to consummate and the amount of cash flows from our operations. To the extent that we require additional financing in the future, such financing may not be available on terms acceptable to us or at all and, consequently, we may not be able to fully implement our growth strategy.

If we are not able to integrate acquired schools, our business could be harmed.

        From time to time, we may pursue acquisitions of other schools. Integrating acquired operations into our business involves significant risks and uncertainties, including:

Our corporate headquarters are located in a high brush fire danger area and near major earthquake fault lines.

        Our corporate headquarters are located in San Diego, California in a high brush fire danger area and near major earthquake fault lines. We could be materially and adversely affected in the event of a brush fire or major earthquake, either of which could significantly disrupt our business.

A protracted economic slowdown and rising unemployment could harm our business.

        We believe that many students pursue postsecondary education to be more competitive in the job market. However, a protracted economic slowdown could increase unemployment and diminish job prospects generally. Diminished job prospects and heightened financial worries could affect the willingness of students to incur loans to pay for postsecondary education and to pursue postsecondary education in general. As a result, our enrollment could suffer.

30



If we become involved in litigation or other legal proceedings, we could incur significant defense costs and losses in the event of adverse outcomes.

        From time to time, we are a party to various lawsuits, claims and other legal proceedings that arise in the ordinary course of our business. We are not at this time a party, as plaintiff or defendant, to any legal proceedings which, individually or in the aggregate, would be expected to have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

        Two holders of our common stock asserted in February 2009 that we took various actions in violation of their legal rights which resulted in an unfair dilution of their interests as holders of shares of common stock. We are engaged in discussions with the stockholders, through counsel, in an effort to resolve the concerns of the stockholders without litigation. While we believe the claims of the stockholders are without merit and intend to defend vigorously any litigation that is commenced, no assurance can be given that this matter will not have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operation or cash flows.

Risks Related to the Offering

There is no existing market for our common stock, and we do not know if one will develop to provide you with adequate liquidity.

        Immediately prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. An active and liquid public market for our common stock may not develop or be sustained after this offering. The price of our common stock in any such market may be higher or lower than the price you pay. If you purchase shares of common stock in this offering, you will pay a price that was not established in a competitive market. Rather, you will pay the price that we negotiated with the representatives of the underwriters and such price may not be indicative of prices that will prevail in the open market following this offering.

The price of our common stock may fluctuate significantly and you could lose all or part of your investment.

        Volatility in the market price of our common stock may prevent you from being able to sell your shares at or above the price you paid for your shares. The market price of our common stock could fluctuate significantly for various reasons, which include:

31


In addition, in recent months, the stock market has experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations. This volatility has had a significant impact on the market price of securities issued by many companies, including companies in our industry. Changes may occur without regard to the operating performance of these companies. The price of our common stock could fluctuate based upon factors that have little or nothing to do with our company.

If securities or industry analysts do not publish research or reports about our business, if they change their recommendations regarding our stock adversely or if our operating results do not meet their expectations, our stock price could decline.

        The trading market for our common stock will be influenced by the research and reports that industry or securities analysts publish about us or our business. If one or more of these analysts cease coverage of our company or fail to publish reports on us regularly, we could lose visibility in the financial markets, which in turn could cause our stock price or trading volume to decline. Moreover, if one or more of the analysts who cover our company downgrade our stock or if our operating results do not meet their expectations, our stock price could decline.

As a public company, we will become subject to additional financial and other reporting and corporate governance requirements that may be difficult for us to satisfy, will increase our costs and may divert management attention from our business.

        We have historically operated as a private company. After this offering, we must file with the SEC annual and quarterly information and other reports that are specified in Section 13 of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. We will be required to ensure that we have the ability to prepare financial statements that comply with SEC reporting requirements on a timely basis. We will also become subject to other reporting and corporate governance requirements, including the listing standards of the NYSE and certain provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and the regulations promulgated thereunder, which will impose significant compliance obligations upon us. As a public company, we will be required to:

        The changes required by becoming a public company will require a significant commitment of additional resources and management oversight that will cause us to incur increased costs and which might place a strain on our systems and resources. As a result, our management's attention might be diverted from other business concerns. In addition, we might not be successful in implementing these requirements.

        In particular, our internal control over financial reporting does not currently meet the standards set forth in Internal Control—Integrated Framework, issued by the Committee of Sponsoring

32



Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). The adequacy of our internal control over financial reporting must be assessed by management for each year commencing with the year ending December 31, 2010. We do not currently have comprehensive documentation of our internal control over financial reporting, nor do we document or test our compliance with these controls on a periodic basis in accordance with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. Furthermore, we have not tested our internal control over financial reporting in accordance with Section 404 and, due to our lack of documentation, such a test would not be possible to perform at this time. If we are unable to implement the requirements of Section 404 in a timely manner or with adequate compliance, our independent registered public accounting firm may not be able to report on the adequacy of our internal control over financial reporting. If we are unable to maintain adequate internal control over financial reporting, we may be unable to report our financial information on a timely basis and may suffer adverse regulatory consequences or violations of NYSE listing standards. There could also be a negative reaction in the financial markets due to a loss of investor confidence in us and the reliability of our financial statements.

Sales of outstanding shares of our stock into the market in the future could cause the market price of our stock to drop significantly, even if our business is doing well.

        After this offering,                  shares of our common stock will be outstanding. Of these shares,                  will be freely tradable (including the                   shares sold in this offering, except for shares that may be purchased by our affiliates), without restriction, in the public market. Our directors, executive officers and certain security holders have agreed to enter into "lock up" agreements with the underwriters, in which they will agree to refrain from selling their shares for a period of 180 days after this offering, subject to certain extensions. After the lock-up period expires, up to an additional                  currently outstanding shares will be eligible for sale in the public market (                  of which are held by directors, executive officers and other affiliates) and will be subject to volume limitations under Rule 144 under the Securities Act of 1933. If our existing stockholders sell, or indicate an intention to sell, substantial amounts of our common stock in the public market after the lock-up period expires, the trading price of our common stock could decline. Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC and J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. may, in their sole discretion, permit our directors, officers, employees and security holders who are subject to the contractual lock-up to sell shares prior to the expiration of the lock-up agreements.

        In addition, as of March 1, 2009, there were 39,724,430 shares underlying options and 6,850,595 shares underlying warrants that were issued and outstanding, and we have an aggregate of                  shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our equity incentive plans. These shares will become eligible for sale in the public market to the extent permitted by the provisions of various option and warrant agreements, the lock-up agreements and Rules 144 and 701 under the Securities Act. If these additional shares are sold, or if it is perceived that they will be sold in the public market, the trading price of our stock could decline.

        Shortly after the effectiveness of this offering, we also intend to file a registration statement on Form S-8 under the Securities Act covering shares of common stock reserved for issuance under our equity incentive plans. Upon filing the Form S-8, shares of common stock issued upon the exercise of options or otherwise under our equity incentive plans will be available for sale in the public market, subject to Rule 144 volume limitations applicable to affiliates and subject to the lock-up agreements described above.

You will suffer immediate and substantial dilution as a result of this offering and may experience additional dilution in the future.

        If you purchase common stock in this offering, you will experience immediate and substantial dilution insofar as the public offering price will be substantially greater than the tangible book value

33



per share of our outstanding common stock after giving effect to this offering. See "Dilution." The exercise of outstanding options and warrants and any future equity issuances by us will result in further dilution to investors.

Your percentage ownership in us may be diluted by future issuances of capital stock, which could reduce your influence over matters on which stockholders vote.

        Following the closing of this offering, our board of directors has the authority, without action or vote of our stockholders, to issue all or any part of our authorized but unissued shares of common stock, including shares issuable upon the exercise of options, shares that may be issued to satisfy our obligations under our incentive plans or shares of our authorized but unissued preferred stock. Issuances of common stock or voting preferred stock would reduce your influence over matters on which our stockholders vote and, in the case of issuances of preferred stock, likely would result in your interest in us being subject to the prior rights of holders of that preferred stock.

Our principal stockholder will continue to own over 50% of our voting stock after this offering, which will allow them collectively to control substantially all matters requiring stockholder approval and may afford them access to our management.

        Our principal stockholder, Warburg Pincus will beneficially own                  shares, or    %, of our common stock (or                   shares, or    % of our common stock, if the over-allotment option is exercised in full), upon the closing of this offering. Accordingly, Warburg Pincus can control us through its ability to determine the outcome of the election of our directors, to amend our certificate of incorporation and bylaws and to take other actions requiring the vote or consent of stockholders, including mergers, going private transactions and other extraordinary transactions, and the terms of any of these transactions. The ownership position of Warburg Pincus may have the effect of delaying, deterring or preventing a change in control or a change in the composition of our board of directors.

        Additionally, in February 2009, we entered into a nominating agreement with Warburg Pincus. Under the nominating agreement, as long as Warburg Pincus beneficially owns at least 15% of the outstanding shares of common stock after the closing of this offering, we agree, subject to our fiduciary obligations, to nominate and recommend to our stockholders that two individuals designated by Warburg Pincus be elected to the board. If at any time after the closing of this offering, Warburg Pincus beneficially owns less than 15% but more than 5% of the outstanding shares of common stock, we agree, subject to our fiduciary obligations, to nominate and recommend to our stockholders that one individual designated by Warburg Pincus be elected to the board. We expect that two directors affiliated with Warburg Pincus, Patrick T. Hackett and Adarsh Sarma, will be serving on our board of directors immediately upon the closing of this offering.

We will have broad discretion in applying the net proceeds of this offering and we may not use those proceeds in ways that will enhance the market value of our common stock.

        Other than the net proceeds from this offering that will be used to pay the holders of our Series A Convertible Preferred Stock upon the closing of this offering, we have broad discretion in applying any remaining net proceeds we will receive in this offering. As part of your investment decision, you will not be able to assess or direct how we apply these net proceeds. If we do not apply these funds effectively, we may lose significant business opportunities. Furthermore, our stock price could decline if the market does not view our use of the net proceeds from this offering favorably. A significant portion of the offering is by selling stockholders, and we will not receive proceeds from the sale of the shares offered by them.

34



We currently do not intend to pay dividends on our common stock and, consequently, your only opportunity to achieve a return on your investment is if the price of our common stock appreciates.

        We do not expect to pay dividends on shares of our common stock in the foreseeable future and we intend to use cash to grow our business. Consequently, your only opportunity to achieve a positive return on your investment in us will be if the market price of our common stock appreciates.

Provisions in our certificate of incorporation and bylaws and Delaware law may discourage, delay or prevent a change of control of our company or changes in our management and, therefore, may depress the trading price of our stock.

        Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws contain provisions that could depress the trading price of our stock by acting to discourage, delay or prevent a change of control of our company or changes in our management that the stockholders of our company may deem advantageous. These provisions:

Additionally, we are subject to Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, which generally prohibits a Delaware corporation from engaging in any of a broad range of business combinations with any "interested" stockholder for a period of three years following the date on which the stockholder became an "interested" stockholder.

35



SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

        This prospectus contains "forward-looking statements," which include information relating to future events, future financial performance, strategies, expectations, competitive environment, regulation and availability of financial resources. These forward-looking statements include, without limitation, statements regarding: proposed new programs; expectations that regulatory developments or other matters will not have a material adverse effect on our enrollments, financial position, results of operations and our liquidity; projections, predictions, expectations, estimates or forecasts as to our business, financial and operational results and future economic performance; management's goals and objectives and other similar matters that are not historical facts. Words such as "may," "should," "could," "would," "predicts," "potential," "continue," "expects," "anticipates," "future," "intends," "plans," "believes," "estimates" and similar expressions, as well as statements in the future tense, identify forward-looking statements.

        Forward-looking statements should not be read as a guarantee of future performance or results and will not necessarily be accurate indications of the times at, or by, which such performance or results will be achieved. Forward-looking statements are based on information available at the time those statements are made and management's good faith belief as of that time with respect to future events and are subject to risks and uncertainties that could cause actual performance or results to differ materially from those expressed in or suggested by the forward-looking statements. Important factors that could cause such differences include, but are not limited to:

        Forward-looking statements speak only as of the date the statements are made. You should not put undue reliance on any forward-looking statements. We assume no obligation to update forward-looking statements to reflect actual results, changes in assumptions or changes in other factors affecting forward-looking information, except to the extent required by applicable securities laws. If we do update one or more forward-looking statements, no inference should be drawn that we will make additional updates with respect to those or other forward-looking statements.

36



USE OF PROCEEDS

        We estimate that we will receive net proceeds of $     million from our sale of the shares of common stock offered by us in this offering, assuming an initial public offering price of $     per share, which is the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering costs payable by us. A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $     per share would increase (decrease) net proceeds received by us in this offering by $     million, assuming the number of shares of common stock offered by us, as set forth on the cover of this prospectus, remains the same.

        The holders of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock have advised us that they intend to optionally convert their shares of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock into shares of common stock immediately prior to the closing of this offering. Upon such conversion, in addition to receiving shares of common stock, the holders will be entitled to receive the accreted value of $                    of the Series A Convertible Preferred Stock, which the holders have advised us they will elect to receive in cash. This amount will be paid out of net proceeds to us from this offering. We intend to use the balance of net proceeds for general corporate purposes. We will retain broad discretion in the allocation of a substantial portion of the net proceeds of this offering. Pending the uses described above, we intend to invest the net proceeds in short-term, interest-bearing, investment-grade securities.

        We will not receive any of the proceeds from any sale of shares by the selling stockholders.


DIVIDEND POLICY

        We currently intend to retain any future earnings and do not anticipate paying cash dividends in the foreseeable future. Any future determination to pay cash dividends will be at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend upon our financial condition, operating results, capital requirements, any contractual restrictions and such other factors as our board of directors may deem appropriate.

37



CAPITALIZATION

        The following table sets forth our cash and cash equivalents and capitalization as of December 31, 2008:

38


        You should read this table together with "Use of Proceeds," "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations," "Description of Capital Stock" and our consolidated financial statements, which are included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 
  As of December 31, 2008  
 
  Actual   Pro Forma   Pro Forma
as Adjusted
 
 
  (In thousands, except share and per share data)
 

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 56,483   $ 56,483   $    
               

Amount due to holders of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock upon optional conversion

  $   $ 27,062   $  
               

Total indebtedness (including short-term and long-term leases and notes payable)

  $ 684   $ 684   $    

Series A Convertible Preferred Stock: $0.01 par value; 19,850,000 shares authorized, 19,778,333 shares issued and outstanding, actual; no shares authorized, issued and outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted

    27,062            

Stockholders' equity:

                   
 

Undesignated preferred stock: $0.01 par value; no shares authorized, issued and outstanding, actual and pro forma; 20,000,000 shares authorized, no shares issued and outstanding, pro forma as adjusted

                   
 

Common stock: $0.01 par value; 300,000,000 shares authorized, 15,007,934 shares issued and outstanding, actual; 300,000,000 shares authorized, 216,632,420 shares issued and outstanding, pro forma; 300,000,000 shares authorized,                   shares issued and outstanding pro forma as adjusted

    150     2,166        
 

Additional paid-in capital

    1,703            
 

Retained earnings

    4,256     3,943        
               
 

Total stockholders' equity

    6,109     6,109        
               
   

Total capitalization

  $ 33,855   $ 6,793   $    
               

        A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price per share would increase (decrease) cash and cash equivalents by $       million, would increase or decrease additional paid-in capital by $       million and would increase (decrease) total stockholders' equity and total capitalization by $       million, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the underwriting discount and estimated offering costs payable by us.

        The table above excludes the following shares:

39



DILUTION

        If you invest in our common stock, your investment will be diluted to the extent of the difference between the initial public offering price per share of our common stock and the net tangible book value per share of our common stock after this offering. We calculate net tangible book value per share by calculating our total assets less intangible assets and total liabilities, and dividing it by the number of outstanding shares of common stock.

        As of December 31, 2008, our net tangible book value was $31.3 million, or $2.08 per share of common stock, and our pro forma net tangible book value, after giving effect to the optional conversion of all outstanding shares of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock into 201,624,486 shares of common stock and the payment of the accreted value of $27.1 million on the Series A Convertible Preferred Stock to the holders thereof in cash, was $4.2 million, or $0.02 per share of common stock. After giving effect to (i) the sale by us of                 shares of common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $                 per share, the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, (ii) the exercise by selling stockholders of options to purchase an aggregate of         shares of common stock at a weighted average exercise price of $                 per share for total proceeds to us of $                        , (iii) the exercise by selling stockholders of warrants to purchase an aggregate of                 shares of common stock at a weighted average exercise price of $             per share for total proceeds to us of $                                    and (iv) the net issuance of                 shares of common stock upon the cashless net exercise by selling stockholders of warrants to purchase an aggregate of                 shares of common stock at a weighted average exercise price of $             per share (assuming for purposes of the cashless net exercise calculation that the per share fair market value of our common stock is equal to the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover of this prospectus), our pro forma as-adjusted net tangible book value as of December 31, 2008 would have been $                , or $         per share. This represents an immediate increase in net tangible book value of $         per share to our existing stockholders and an immediate dilution of $        per share to purchasers of common stock in this offering. The following table illustrates this dilution on a per share basis:

Assumed initial public offering price per share

        $    
 

Net tangible book value per share as of December 31, 2008

  $ 2.08        
 

Decrease in net tangible book value per share attributable to the conversion of all outstanding shares of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock as of December 31, 2008

    (2.06 )      
             
 

Pro forma net tangible book value per share as of December 31, 2008

    0.02        
 

Increase in pro forma net tangible book value per share attributable to this offering

             
             

Pro forma as-adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering

             
             

Dilution per share to new investors

        $    
             

        Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) our pro forma as-adjusted net tangible book value after this offering by $         per share and the dilution in net tangible book value to new investors in this offering by $        per share, assuming the number of shares of common stock offered by us, as set forth on the cover of this prospectus, remains the same.

40


        The following table summarizes as of December 31, 2008, pro forma as adjusted to give effect to (i) the conversion of all outstanding shares of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock into common stock, (ii) the exercise of warrants and options by the selling stockholders in this offering as described above and (iii) the use of proceeds from this offering (including the payment to holders of our Series A Convertible Preferred Stock upon optional conversion), the differences between the number of shares of common stock purchased from us, the aggregate cash consideration paid and the average price per share paid by existing stockholders and new investors purchasing shares of common stock from us in this offering. The calculation below is based on an offering price of $        per share (the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover of this prospectus) before deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering costs payable by us:

 
  Shares Purchased   Total Consideration    
 
 
  Average Price
Per Share
 
 
  Number   Percent   Amount   Percent  

Existing stockholders

            % $         % $    

New investors

                          $    
                         
 

Total

          100 % $       100 %      
                         

        A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $        per share, the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) total consideration paid by new investors to us in this offering by $         million and would increase (decrease) the average price per share by new investors by $1.00, assuming the number of shares of common stock offered by us, as set forth on the cover of this prospectus, remains the same.

41



SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL AND OTHER DATA

        You should read the following selected consolidated financial and other data in conjunction with "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and our consolidated financial statements, which are included elsewhere in this prospectus. The selected consolidated statement of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2007 and 2008, and the selected consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2007 and 2008, have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements, which are included elsewhere in this prospectus. The selected consolidated statement of operations data for the year ended December 31, 2005 and the selected consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2006 have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements, which are not included in this prospectus. The selected consolidated statements of operations data for the year ended December 31, 2004, and the selected consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2004 and 2005 have been derived from our unaudited consolidated financial statements, which are not included in this prospectus. Historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for future periods.

        Because we did not acquire Ashford University and the University of the Rockies until 2005 and 2007, respectively, the financial and other data for 2004 primarily reflect the programs we provided to community college students in cooperation with a postsecondary college in the Connecticut state college system.

 
  Year Ended December 31,  
 
  2004   2005   2006   2007   2008  
 
  (In thousands, except per share data)
 

Consolidated Statement of Operations Data:

                               

Revenue

  $ 1,240   $ 7,951   $ 28,619   $ 85,709   $ 218,290  

Costs and expenses:

                               
 

Instructional costs and services

    1,387     5,498     12,510     29,837     62,822  
 

Marketing and promotional

    2,254     4,078     12,214     35,997     81,036  
 

General and administrative(1)

    2,550     6,190     8,704     15,892     41,012  
                       
   

Total costs and expenses

    6,191     15,766     33,428     81,726     184,870  
                       

Operating income (loss)

    (4,951 )   (7,815 )   (4,809 )   3,983     33,420  

Interest income

        (38 )   (10 )   (12 )   (322 )

Interest expense

        228     351     544     240  
                       

Income (loss) before income taxes

    (4,951 )   (8,005 )   (5,150 )   3,451     33,502  

Income tax expense

                164     7,071  
                       

Net income (loss)

    (4,951 )   (8,005 )   (5,150 )   3,287     26,431  
                       

Accretion of preferred dividends(2)

    343     1,344     1,718     1,856     2,006  

Deemed dividend on redeemable convertible preferred stock(3)

    1,948     11,162              
                       

Net income available (loss attributable) to common stockholders

  $ (7,242 ) $ (20,511 ) $ (6,868 ) $ 1,431   $ 24,425  
                       

                               

42


 
  Year Ended December 31,  
 
  2004   2005   2006   2007   2008  
 
  (In thousands, except per share data)
 

Earnings (loss) per common share

                               
 

Basic

  $ (0.51 ) $ (1.45 ) $ (0.48 ) $ 0.00   $ 0.09  
 

Diluted

  $ (0.51 ) $ (1.45 ) $ (0.48 ) $ 0.00   $ 0.03  

Shares used in computing earnings (loss) per common share

                               
 

Basic

    14,125     14,131     14,386     14,900     15,008  
 

Diluted

    14,125     14,131     14,386     20,020     45,025  

Pro forma earnings per common share (unaudited)(4)

                               
 

Basic

                          $ 0.12  
 

Diluted

                          $ 0.11  

Shares used in computing pro forma earnings per common share (unaudited)(4)

                               
 

Basic

                            216,632  
 

Diluted

                            246,649  

Supplemental pro forma earnings per common share (unaudited)(5)

                               
 

Basic

                               
 

Diluted

                               

Shares used in computing supplemental pro forma earnings per common share (unaudited)(5)

                               
 

Basic

                               
 

Diluted

                               

 

 
  As of December 31,  
 
  2004   2005   2006   2007   2008   2008
(Pro forma as
Adjusted)(6)
 
 
  (In thousands)
 

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:

                                     

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 3,570   $ 2,163   $ 54   $ 7,351   $ 56,483   $    

Total assets

    4,506     14,749     17,091     39,057     129,246        

Total indebtedness (including short-term indebtedness)

    125     3,779     4,193     5,673     684        

Redeemable convertible preferred stock

    9,526     21,482     23,200     25,056     27,062        

Total stockholders' equity (deficit)

    (5,855 )   (15,197 )   (21,692 )   (20,143 )   6,109        

43


 
  Year Ended December 31,  
 
  2004   2005   2006   2007   2008  
 
  (In thousands, except enrollment data)
 

Consolidated Other Data:

                               

Capital expenditures

  $ 261   $ 323   $ 1,381   $ 3,571   $ 15,884  

Depreciation and amortization

    47     494     735     1,236     2,452  

EBITDA (unaudited)(7)

    (4,904 )   (7,321 )   (4,074 )   5,219     35,872  

Cash flows provided by (used in):

                               
 

Operating activities

    (5,214 )   (7,244 )   (1,082 )   10,367     70,748  
 

Investing activities

    (261 )   (8,020 )   (1,373 )   (2,936 )   (16,550 )
 

Financing activities

    7,467     13,857     346     (134 )   (5,066 )

Period end enrollment (unaudited):(8)

                               
 

Online

    202     729     4,111     12,104     30,921  
 

Ground

    126     334     360     519     637  
                       
 

Total

    328     1,063     4,471     12,623     31,558  
                       

(1)
In the fourth quarter of 2008, we recorded stock-based compensation expense of $1.6 million related to the modification of a stock award held by a director. See Note 15, "Related Party Transactions—Director Agreement," to our consolidated financial statements, which are included elsewhere in this prospectus.

(2)
The holders of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock earn preferred dividends, accreting at the rate of 8% per year, compounding annually. See Note 10, "Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock (Series A Convertible Preferred Stock)," to our consolidated financial statements, which are included elsewhere in this prospectus.

(3)
We recorded a deemed dividend of $1.9 million and $11.2 million in the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2005, respectively, for the beneficial conversion feature in our Series A Convertible Preferred Stock. See Note 10, "Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock (Series A Convertible Preferred Stock)," to our consolidated financial statements, which are included elsewhere in this prospectus.

(4)
Pro forma basic earnings per share has been calculated assuming the optional conversion of all outstanding shares of our Series A Convertible Preferred Stock into shares of common stock, as of the beginning of the period, with each share of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock converting into 10.194210419 shares of common stock. See Note 10, "Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock (Series A Convertible Preferred Stock)," to our consolidated financial statements, which are included elsewhere in this prospectus. Pro forma diluted earnings per share also includes the incremental shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of dilutive stock options and warrants, consistent with the amount included in the historical diluted per share calculation. See Note 9, "Earnings Per Share," to our consolidated financial statements, which are included elsewhere in this prospectus.

(5)
Supplemental pro forma basic earnings per share has been calculated assuming (i) the optional conversion of all outstanding shares of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock into shares of common stock, as of the beginning of the period, with each share of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock converting into 10.194210419 shares of common stock, and (ii) the issuance of               shares of common stock at the assumed offering price of $        per share, the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, necessary to fund the payment of the accreted value as of December 31, 2008 of $27.1 million of the Series A Convertible Preferred Stock to the holders thereof. See Note 10, "Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock (Series A Convertible Preferred Stock)," to our consolidated financial statements, which are included elsewhere in this prospectus. Supplemental pro forma diluted earnings per share also includes the incremental shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of dilutive stock options and warrants, consistent with the amount included in the historical diluted per share calculation. See Note 9, "Earnings Per Share," to our consolidated financial statements, which are included elsewhere in this prospectus.

44


(6)
The pro forma as-adjusted consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2008, gives effect to:

(i)
the optional conversion of all outstanding shares of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock into                  shares of our common stock and the reclassification of $27.1 million of the accreted value of the redeemable convertible preferred stock to accrued liabilities to reflect the payable due to Series A Convertible Preferred Stock holders upon the optional conversion;

(ii)
the sale by us of                        shares of common stock in this offering, at an assumed initial public offering price of $                        per share, the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering costs payable by us of $                        ;

(iii)
the payment of the $27.1 million liability resulting from the optional conversion of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock;

(iv)
the exercise by selling stockholders of options to purchase an aggregate of                        shares of common stock at a weighted average exercise price of $                        per share for total proceeds to us of $                        ;

(v)
the exercise by selling stockholders of warrants to purchase an aggregate of                        shares of common stock at a weighted average exercise price of $                        per share for total proceeds to us of $                                    ; and

(vi)
the net issuance of                                    shares of common stock upon the cashless net exercise by selling stockholders of warrants to purchase an aggregate of                                     shares of common stock at a weighted average exercise price of $                        per share (assuming for purposes of the net exercise calculation that the per share fair market value of our common stock is equal to the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover of this prospectus).


A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) cash and cash equivalents, total assets and stockholders' equity by $             million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting underwriting discounts and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

(7)
EBITDA is defined as net income (loss) plus interest expense, less interest income, plus income tax expense and plus depreciation and amortization. However, EBITDA is not a recognized measurement under GAAP, and when analyzing our operating performance, investors should use EBITDA in addition to, and not as an alternative for, net income, operating income or any other performance measure presented in accordance with GAAP. Because not all companies use identical calculations, our presentation of EBITDA may not be comparable to similarly titled measures of other companies.

We believe EBITDA is useful to investors in evaluating our operating performance because it is widely used to measure a company's operating performance without regard to items such as depreciation and amortization. Depreciation and amortization can vary depending on accounting methods and the book value of assets. We believe EBITDA presents a meaningful measure of corporate performance exclusive of our capital structure and the method by which assets have been acquired.

Our management uses EBITDA:

as a measurement of operating performance, because it assists us in comparing our performance on a consistent basis, as it removes depreciation, amortization, interest and taxes; and

in presentations to our board of directors to enable our board to have the same measurement basis of operating performance as is used by management to compare our current operating results with corresponding prior periods and with results of other companies in our industry.

The following table provides a reconciliation of net income (loss) to EBITDA (unaudited):

   
  Year Ended December 31,  
   
  2004   2005   2006   2007   2008  
   
  (In thousands)
 
 

Net income (loss)

  $ (4,951 ) $ (8,005 ) $ (5,150 ) $ 3,287   $ 26,431  
 

Plus: interest expense

        228     351     544     240  
 

Less: interest income

        (38 )   (10 )   (12 )   (322 )
 

Plus: income tax expense

                164     7,071  
 

Plus: depreciation and amortization

    47     494     735     1,236     2,452  
                         
 

EBITDA

  $ (4,904 ) $ (7,321 ) $ (4,074 ) $ 5,219   $ 35,872  
                         
(8)
We define enrollments as the number of active students on the last day of the financial reporting period. A student is considered an active student if he or she has attended a class within the prior 30 days unless the student has graduated or has provided us with notice of withdrawal.

45



MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

         The following discussion should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements, which are included elsewhere in this prospectus. In addition to historical information, this discussion includes forward-looking information that involves risks and assumptions which could cause actual results to differ materially from management's expectations. See "Risk Factors" and "Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Information."

Overview

        We are a regionally accredited provider of postsecondary education services. We offer associate's, bachelor's, master's and doctoral programs in the disciplines of business, education, psychology, social sciences and health sciences.

        We deliver programs online as well as at our traditional campuses located in Clinton, Iowa and Colorado Springs, Colorado. As of December 31, 2008, we offered over 860 courses and 44 degree programs with 55 specializations and 30 concentrations. We had 31,558 students enrolled in our institutions as of December 31, 2008, 98% of whom were attending classes exclusively online.

        In March 2005, we acquired the assets of The Franciscan University of the Prairies, located in Clinton, Iowa, and renamed it Ashford University. Founded in 1918 by the Sisters of St. Francis, a non-profit organization, The Franciscan University of the Prairies originally provided postsecondary education to individuals seeking to become teachers and later expanded to offer a broader portfolio of programs. At the time of the acquisition, the university had 332 students, 20 of whom were enrolled in the university's first online program, which launched in January 2005.

        In September 2007, we acquired the assets of the Colorado School of Professional Psychology, located in Colorado Springs, Colorado, and renamed it the University of the Rockies. Founded as a non-profit organization in 1998 by faculty from Chapman University, the school offers master's and doctoral programs primarily in psychology. At the time of the acquisition, the school had 75 students and did not offer any online courses or programs. In October 2008, through the University of the Rockies, we launched one online master's program with two specializations, and our first online doctoral program.

        In 2007 and 2008, Ashford University derived 83.9% and 86.8%, respectively, and the University of the Rockies derived 61.9% and 80.8%, respectively, of their respective revenues (in each case calculated on a cash basis in accordance with applicable Department of Education regulations) from Title IV programs administered by the Department of Education. To participate in Title IV programs, a school must be legally authorized to operate in the state in which it is physically located, accredited by an accrediting agency recognized by the Department of Education and certified as an eligible institution by the Department of Education. As a result, we are subject to extensive regulation by state education agencies, our accrediting agency and the Department of Education. See "Regulation."

        Recent market conditions affecting the availability of credit have caused some lenders, including some lenders that historically have provided Title IV loans to our students, to cease providing Title IV loans to students. Other lenders have reduced the benefits and increased the fees associated with Title IV loans they provide. In addition, new regulatory refinements may result in higher administrative costs for schools, including us. If Congress increases interest rates on Title IV loans, or if private loan interest rates rise, the students who utilize these loans would have to pay higher interest rates on their loans. Any future increase in interest rates will result in a corresponding increase in educational costs to our existing and prospective students. We do not believe these market and regulatory conditions have adversely affected us to date.

46


Key Financial Metrics

Revenue

        Revenue consists principally of tuition, technology fees and other miscellaneous fees and is shown net of any refunds and scholarships. Factors affecting our revenue include: (i) the number of students who enroll and who remain enrolled in our courses; (ii) our degree and program mix; (iii) changes in our tuition rates; and (iv) the amount of the scholarships that we offer.

        We define enrollments as the number of active students on the last day of the financial reporting period. A student is considered an active student if he or she has attended a class within the prior 30 days unless the student has graduated or has provided us with a notice of withdrawal. Enrollments are a function of the number of continuing students at the beginning of each period and new enrollments during the period, which are offset by students who either graduated or withdrew during the period. Our online courses are typically five or six weeks in length and have weekly start dates through the year, with the exception of a two week break during the holiday period in late December and early January. Our campus-based courses have one start per semester with two semesters per year.

        We believe that the principal factors that affect our enrollments are: (i) the number and breadth of the programs we offer; (ii) the attractiveness of our program offerings; (iii) the effectiveness of our marketing, recruiting and retention efforts, which is affected by the number and seniority of our enrollment advisors, and other recruiting and student services personnel; (iv) the quality of our academic programs and student services; (v) the convenience and flexibility of our online delivery platform; (vi) the availability and cost of federal and other funding for student financial aid; and (vii) general economic conditions.

        The following is a summary of our student enrollment at December 31, 2006, 2007 and 2008 by degree type and by instructional delivery method:

 
  December 31,  
 
  2006   2007   2008  

Doctoral

            60     0.5 %   113     0.3 %

Master's

    358     8.0 %   905     7.2     2,266     7.2  

Bachelor's

    3,980     89.0     11,071     87.7     26,340     83.5  

Associate's

    68     1.5     533     4.2     2,699     8.6  

Other

    65     1.5     54     0.4     140     0.4  
                           

Total

    4,471     100.0 %   12,623     100.0 %   31,558     100.0 %
                           

Online

   
4,111
   
91.9

%
 
12,104
   
95.9

%
 
30,921
   
98.0

%

Ground

    360     8.1     519     4.1     637     2.0  
                           

Total

    4,471     100.0 %   12,623     100.0 %   31,558     100.0 %
                           

        The price of our courses varies based upon the number of credits per course (with most courses representing three credits), the degree level of the program and the discipline. As of December 31, 2008, our prices per credit range from $262 to $337 for undergraduate online courses and from $441 to $490 for graduate online courses. Based on these per credit prices, our prices for a three-credit course range from $786 to $1,011 for undergraduate online courses and $1,323 to $1,470 for graduate online courses. We charge a fixed $7,670 "block tuition" for undergraduate ground students taking between 12 and 18 credits per semester, with an additional $447 per credit for credits in excess of 18. Total credits required to obtain a degree are consistent for online and ground programs: an associate's degree requires 61 credits; a bachelor's degree requires 120 credits; a master's degree typically requires a minimum of 33 additional credits; and a doctoral degree typically requires a minimum of 60 additional credits.

47


        Tuition is reduced by the amount of scholarships we award to our students. For the years ended December 31, 2006, 2007 and 2008, revenue was reduced by $2.7 million, $5.3 million and $14.7 million, respectively, as a result of institutional scholarships that we awarded to our students.

        Tuition prices for students in our online programs increased by an average of 2.1% for our 2008-09 academic year as compared to an average increase of 11.6% for our 2007-08 academic year. Tuition increases have not historically been, and may not in the future be, consistent across our programs due to market conditions and differences in operating costs of individual programs. Tuition for our traditional ground programs did not increase for our 2008-09 academic year, as compared to an increase of 3.0% for the prior academic year.

        In 2007 and 2008, Ashford University derived 83.9% and 86.8%, respectively, and the University of the Rockies derived 61.9% and 80.8%, respectively, of their respective revenues (in each case calculated on a cash basis in accordance with applicable Department of Education regulations) from Title IV programs administered by the Department of Education. Our students also utilize personal savings, military student loans and grants, employer tuition reimbursements and private loans to pay a portion of their tuition and related expenses. In 2007 and 2008, Ashford University derived 1.9% and 1.2%, respectively, and the University of the Rockies derived 0.0% and 0.0%, respectively, of their respective revenues (in each case calculated on a cash basis in accordance with applicable Department of Education regulations) from private loans. Our future revenues would be affected if and to the extent we are unable to participate in Title IV programs. Current conditions in the credit markets have adversely affected the environment surrounding access to and cost of student loans. The legislative and regulatory environment is also changing, and new federal legislation was recently enacted pursuant to which the Department of Education is authorized to buy Title IV loans and implement a "lender of last resort" program in certain circumstances. See "Risk Factors" and "Regulation—Regulation of Federal Student Financial Aid Programs." We do not believe these market and regulatory conditions have adversely affected us to date.

Costs and expenses

        Instructional costs and services.     Instructional costs and services consist primarily of costs related to the administration and delivery of our educational programs. This expense category includes compensation for faculty and administrative personnel, costs associated with online faculty, curriculum and new program development costs, bad debt expense, financial aid processing costs, technology license costs and costs associated with other support groups that provide service directly to the students. Instructional costs and services also include an allocation of facility and depreciation costs.

        Marketing and promotional.     Marketing and promotional expenses include compensation of personnel engaged in marketing and recruitment, as well as costs associated with purchasing leads and producing marketing materials. Our marketing and promotional expenses are generally affected by the cost of advertising media and leads, the efficiency of our marketing and recruiting efforts, salaries and benefits for our enrollment personnel and expenditures on advertising initiatives for new and existing academic programs. Advertising costs are expensed as incurred. We also incur immediate expenses in connection with new enrollment advisors while these individuals undergo training. Enrollment advisors typically do not achieve anticipated full productivity until four to six months after their dates of hire. Marketing and promotional costs also include an allocation of facility and depreciation costs.

        General and administrative.     General and administrative expenses include compensation of employees engaged in corporate management, finance, human resources, information technology, compliance and other corporate functions. General and administrative expenses also include professional services fees, travel and entertainment expenses and an allocation of facility and depreciation costs.

48


        Interest income.     Interest income consists of interest on investments.

        Interest expense.     Interest expense consists primarily of interest charges on our capital lease obligations and on the outstanding balances of our notes payable and line of credit and related fees.

Factors Affecting Comparability

        We believe the following factors have had, or can be expected to have, a significant effect on the comparability of recent or future results of operations:

Public company expenses

        We have historically operated as a private company. After this offering, we will become obligated to file with the SEC annual and quarterly information and other reports that are specified in Section 13 of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. We will be required to ensure that we have the ability to prepare financial statements that comply with SEC reporting requirements on a timely basis. We will also become subject to other reporting and corporate governance requirements, including the listing standards of the NYSE and certain provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and the regulations promulgated thereunder, which will impose significant compliance obligations upon us. As a public company, we will be required to:

        We estimate that our incremental annual costs associated with being a publicly traded company will be between $2.5 million and $4.0 million.

Stock-based compensation

        We expect to incur increased non-cash, stock-based compensation expense in connection with existing and future issuances under our equity incentive plans.

Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

Overview

        Effective internal control over financial reporting is necessary for us to provide reliable annual and quarterly financial reports and to prevent fraud. If we cannot provide reliable financial reports or prevent fraud, our operating results and financial condition could be materially misstated and our reputation could be significantly harmed.

        In addition, as a private company, we were not subject to the same standards as a public company. As a public company, we will be required to file annual and quarterly reports containing our

49



consolidated financial statements and will be subject to the requirements and standards set by the SEC, PCAOB and the NYSE. In particular, commencing with the year ending December 31, 2010, we must perform system and process evaluations and testing of our internal control over financial reporting to allow us to report on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting, as required under Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act.

Material weaknesses

        In connection with the preparation of our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus, we concluded that there were matters that constituted material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting. A material weakness is a control deficiency, or combination of deficiencies, that results in more than a remote likelihood that a material misstatement of our consolidated financial statements would not be prevented or detected on a timely basis by our employees in the normal course of performing their assigned functions. In particular, we have concluded that we did not have:

        We restated our consolidated financial statements for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2006 and 2007 in large part due to these inadequate internal controls.

        We are committed to remediating the control deficiencies that constitute the material weaknesses by implementing changes to our internal control over financial reporting. Our Chief Financial Officer is responsible for implementing changes and improvements in the internal control over financial reporting and for remediating the control deficiencies that gave rise to the material weaknesses. We have implemented a number of significant changes and improvements in our internal control over financial reporting during the third and fourth quarters of 2008, specifically:

        Management plans to implement further process changes and conduct further training during 2009. We cannot assure you that the measures we have taken to date and plan to take will remediate the material weaknesses we have identified.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

        The discussion of our financial condition and results of operations is based upon our consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with GAAP. The preparation of these financial statements requires us to make estimates and judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues, costs and expenses. On an ongoing basis, we evaluate our estimates and assumptions, including those related to revenue, bad debts, long-lived assets, income taxes and stock-

50



based compensation. These estimates are based on historical experience and on various other assumptions that we believe are reasonable under the circumstances. The results of our analysis form the basis for making assumptions about the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions, and the impact of such differences may be material to our consolidated financial statements.

        Critical accounting policies are those policies that, in management's view, are most important in the portrayal of our financial condition and results of operations. The footnotes to the consolidated financial statements also include disclosure of significant accounting policies. The methods, estimates and judgments that we use in applying our accounting policies have a significant impact on the results that we report in our financial statements. These critical accounting policies require us to make difficult and subjective judgments, often as a result of the need to make estimates regarding matters that are inherently uncertain. Our most critical accounting policies and estimates include those involved in the recognition of revenue, allowance for doubtful accounts, impairment of goodwill and intangible assets, provision for income taxes and accounting for stock based compensation. Those critical accounting policies and estimates that require the most significant judgment are discussed further below.

Revenue recognition

        We recognize revenue when earned in accordance with Staff Accounting Bulletin (SAB) No. 104, Revenue Recognition , and EITF 00-21, Accounting for Revenue Arrangements with Multiple Deliverables .

        The majority of our revenue comes from tuition revenue and is shown net of scholarships and expected refunds. Tuition revenue is recognized on a straight-line basis over the applicable period of instruction. Our online students generally enroll in a program that encompasses a series of five- to six-week courses that are taken consecutively over the length of a program. Students are billed on a course-by-course basis when first attending a class. Our traditional ground campus students enroll in a program that encompasses a series of 16-week courses. These students are billed at the beginning of each semester.

        Deferred revenue represents tuition, fees and other student payments and unpaid amounts due less amounts recognized as revenue. We recognize an account receivable and corresponding deferred revenue for the full amount of course tuition when a student first attends class. Payments that are received either directly from the student or from the student's source of funding that are in excess of amounts billed are recorded as student deposits.

        If a student withdraws from a program prior to certain dates, they are entitled to a refund of certain portions of their tuition, depending on the date they last attended a class. If an online student drops a class and the student's last date of attendance was in the first week of class, the student receives a full refund of the tuition for that class. In the event that an online student drops a class and the last date of attendance was in the second week of the class, the student receives a refund of 50% of the tuition for that class. If an online student drops a class and the student's last date of attendance was after the second week of the class, the student is not entitled to a refund. We monitor student attendance in online courses through activity in the online program associated with that course. After two weeks have passed without attendance in a class by the student, the student is presumed to have dropped the course as of the last date of attendance, and the student's tuition is automatically refunded to the extent the student is entitled to a refund based on the schedule above. The Company estimates expected refunds based on historical refund rates by analogy to Statement of Financial Standards (SFAS) No. 48, as permitted by Staff Accounting Bulletin Topic 13, and records a provision to reduce revenue to the amount that is not expected to be refunded. Refunds issued by us for services that have been provided in a prior period have not historically been material. Future changes in the rate of

51



student withdrawals may result in a change to expected refunds and would be accounted for prospectively as a change in estimate.

        We also recognize revenue from technology fees that are one-time start up fees charged to each new undergraduate online student. Technology fee revenue is recognized ratably over the average expected term of a student. The average expected term of the student is estimated each quarter based upon historical student duration of attendance and qualitative factors as deemed necessary. A significant change in the composition of our student body could result in a change in the time period over which these technology fees are amortized.

Allowance for doubtful accounts

        We maintain an allowance for doubtful accounts for estimated losses resulting from students' inability to pay us for services performed or for inability of students to repay excess funds received for stipends. Bad debt expense is recorded as a component of instructional costs and services. We calculate the allowance for doubtful accounts based on our historical collection experience and changes in the economic environment. We also consider other factors such as the age of the receivable, the type of receivable and the students' active or inactive enrollment status. Certain variables require management judgment and include inherent uncertainties such as the likelihood of future student attendance and students' ability to qualify for Title IV eligibility. Variations in these factors from our historical experience may impact future estimates of the collectibility of accounts receivable and may cause actual losses due to write-offs of uncollectible accounts to differ from past estimates.

Impairments of long-lived assets

        We account for long-lived assets in accordance with SFAS No. 144, Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets . We assess potential impairment to our long-lived assets when there is evidence that events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. Factors we consider important which could cause us to assess potential impairment include significant changes in the manner of our use of the acquired assets or the strategy for our overall business and significant negative industry or economic trends. An impairment loss is recognized when the carrying amount of the long-lived asset is not recoverable and exceeds its fair value. The carrying amount of a long-lived asset is not recoverable if it exceeds the sum of the undiscounted cash flows expected to result from the use and eventual disposition of the asset. Any required impairment loss is measured as the amount by which the carrying amount of a long-lived asset exceeds its fair value and is recorded as a reduction in the carrying value of the related asset and a charge to operating results.

        We use various assumptions in determining undiscounted cash flows expected to result from the use and eventual disposition of the asset, including assumptions regarding revenue growth rates, operating costs, certain capital additions, assumed discount rates, disposition or terminal value and other economic factors. These variables require management judgment and include inherent uncertainties such as continuing student acceptance of our value proposition by prospective students, our ability to manage operating costs and the impact of changes in the economy on our business. A variation in the assumptions used could lead to a different conclusion regarding the realizability of an asset and, thus, could have a significant effect on our conclusions regarding whether an asset is impaired and the amount of impairment loss recognized in the consolidated financial statements.

Income taxes

        We utilize the liability method of accounting for income taxes as set forth in SFAS No. 109, Accounting for Income Taxes . Significant judgments are required in determining the consolidated provision for income taxes. During the ordinary course of business, there are many transactions and

52



calculations for which the ultimate tax settlement is uncertain. As a result, we recognize tax liabilities based on estimates of whether additional taxes and interest will be due. These tax liabilities are recognized when, despite our belief that our tax return positions are supportable, we believe that it is more likely than not those positions may not be fully sustained upon review by tax authorities. We believe that our accruals for tax liabilities are adequate for all open audit years based on our assessment of many factors including past experience and interpretations of tax law. This assessment relies on estimates and assumptions and may involve a series of complex judgments about future events. To the extent that the final tax outcome of these matters differs from our expectations, such differences will impact income tax expense in the period in which such determination is made.

        On January 1, 2008, we were required to adopt FASB Interpretation No. 48 ("FIN 48"), Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes , which prescribes a recognition threshold and measurement process for recording in our consolidated financial statements uncertain tax positions taken, or expected to be taken, in a tax return. Additionally, FIN 48 provides guidance on the derecognition, classification, accounting in interim periods and disclosure requirements for uncertain tax positions. The standard requires us to accrue for the estimated amount of taxes for uncertain tax positions if it is more likely than not that we would be required to pay such additional taxes. An uncertain tax position will not be recognized if it has a less than 50% likelihood of being sustained.

        We are required to file income tax returns in the United States and in various state income tax jurisdictions. The preparation of these income tax returns requires us to interpret the applicable tax laws and regulations in effect in such jurisdictions, which could affect the amount of tax paid by us. The income tax returns, however, are subject to audits by the various federal and state taxing authorities. As part of these reviews, the taxing authorities may disagree with respect to our tax positions. The ultimate resolution of these tax positions is often uncertain until the audit is complete and any disagreements are resolved. As required under FIN 48, we therefore accrue an amount for our estimate of the additional tax liability, including interest and penalties, for any uncertain tax positions taken or expected to be taken in an income tax return. We review and update the accrual for uncertain tax positions as more definitive information becomes available from taxing authorities, completion of tax audits and expiration of statutes of limitations.

        The adoption of this standard on January 1, 2008 had no material effect on our consolidated financial statements and did not result in the recording of uncertain tax position liabilities. As of December 31, 2008, we have increased our accrual for uncertain tax benefits as discussed in Note 13, "Income Taxes," to our consolidated financial statements, which are included elsewhere in this prospectus.

        In addition to estimates inherent in the recognition of current taxes payable, we estimate the likelihood that we will be able to recover our deferred tax assets each reporting period. Realization of our deferred tax assets is dependent upon future taxable income. To the extent we believe it is more-likely-than-not that some portion or all of our net deferred tax assets will not be realized, we establish a valuation allowance recorded against deferred tax assets. Significant judgment is required in determining any valuation allowance recorded against deferred tax assets. In assessing the need for a valuation allowance, we consider all available evidence including past operating results, estimates of future taxable income and the feasibility of ongoing tax planning strategies. At December 31, 2007, principally because of the lack of consistent earnings history, we had concluded that it was more likely than not that our net deferred tax assets would not be realized. As further discussed in Note 13, "Income Taxes," to our consolidated financial statements, which are included elsewhere in this prospectus, we have released the entire valuation allowance on deferred tax assets as of December 31, 2008 based on our belief that it is more likely than not that our net deferred tax assets will be realized in future periods.

53


Stock-based compensation

        We grant options to purchase our common stock to certain employees and directors under our equity incentive plans. The benefits provided under these plans are share-based payments subject to the provisions of revised SFAS No. 123 ("SFAS 123R"), Share-Based Payments . Effective January 1, 2006, we adopted the provisions of SFAS 123R. SFAS 123R, which is a revision of SFAS 123, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation , and replaces our previous accounting for share-based awards under Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 25 ("APB 25"), Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees . SFAS 123R requires all share-based payments to employees, including grants of stock options and the compensatory elements of employee stock purchase plans, to be recognized in our consolidated statement of operations based upon their fair values.

        Under the fair value recognition provisions of SFAS 123R, stock-based compensation cost is measured at the grant date fair value of the award and is expensed over the vesting period. We estimate the fair value of stock options awards on the grant date using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. Determining the fair value of stock-based awards at the grant date under this model requires judgment, including estimating our value per common share of stock, volatility, employee stock option exercise behaviors and forfeiture rates. The assumptions used in calculating the fair value of stock-based awards represent our best estimates, but these estimates involve inherent uncertainties and the application of management judgment.

        Our computation of expected term was calculated using the simplified method, as permitted by SAB No. 107, "Share-Based Payment." The risk-free interest rate is based on the United States Treasury yield of those maturities that are consistent with the expected term of the stock option in effect on the grant date of the award. Dividend rates are based upon historical dividend trends and expected future dividends. As we have never declared or paid any cash dividends and do not presently plan to pay cash dividends in the foreseeable future, a zero dividend rate is assumed in our calculation. Since our stock is not publicly traded and we have no historical data on the volatility of our stock, our expected volatility is estimated by analyzing the historical volatility of comparable public companies, which we refer to as guideline companies. In evaluating the comparability of the guideline companies, we consider factors such as industry, stage of life cycle, size and financial leverage.

        The amount of stock-based compensation expense we recognize during a period is based on the portion of the awards that are ultimately expected to vest. We estimate option forfeitures at the time of grant and revise those estimates in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from those estimates. The effect of changes of the estimates to the inputs to the Black-Scholes option pricing model, such as estimated life or volatility, would not have a material impact to our consolidated financial statements.

        Our board of directors estimated the fair value of the common stock underlying stock-based awards granted through December 31, 2008. The intent was for all options granted to be exercisable at a price per share not less than the per share fair market value of common stock on the date of grant. As a privately held company, our board of directors made a reasonable estimate of the then-current fair value of our common stock as of the date of each option grant. Our board of directors considered numerous objective and subjective factors in determining the fair value of our common stock at each option grant date, including the following: (i) the price of the Series A Convertible Preferred Stock we issued in arm's-length transactions and the rights, preferences and privileges of such stock relative to the common stock; (ii) our performance and the status of our business plan development and marketing efforts and (iii) our stage of development and business strategy.

        In determining the fair value of our common stock, we used a combination of the income approach and the market approach to estimate our total enterprise value at each valuation date. We then used that enterprise value to estimate the fair value of the common stock in the context of our capital structure as of each valuation date.

54


        The income approach is an estimate of the present value of the future monetary benefits expected to flow to the owners of a business. It requires a projection of the cash flows that the business is expected to generate. These cash flows are converted to a present value, using a rate of return that accounts for the time value of money after factoring in certain risks inherent in the business. Under the market approach, the value of our company is estimated by comparing our business to similar businesses whose securities are actively traded in public markets. Valuation multiples are derived from the prices at which the securities trade in public markets and the companies' underlying financial metrics. The valuation multiples are then applied to the equivalent financial metrics of our business. Valuation multiples may be adjusted to account for differences between our company and similar companies for such factors as company size, growth prospects or diversification of operations.

        The enterprise value calculated at each valuation date was then allocated to the shares of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock and common stock assuming the conversion of all the outstanding Series A Convertible Preferred Stock and the exercise of all outstanding options and warrants. The use of estimates other than the ones above may have resulted in different amounts assigned to the value of our common stock and the fair value of options granted during these periods. The following table sets forth information regarding the historical trend of options granted to employees and directors, the exercise price of the options and the fair value of our common stock for certain dates during 2006, 2007 and 2008:

 
  Total Number
of Options
Granted
  Per Share
Exercise
Price of
Options
Granted
  Fair
Value of
Common
Stock
  Intrinsic
Value per
Share
 

February 15, 2006

    31,350,847   $ 0.07   $ 0.07   $  

April 7, 2006

    1,211,713   $ 0.07   $ 0.07   $  

February 28, 2007

    198,516   $ 0.09   $ 0.09   $  

November 27, 2007

    8,780,000   $ 0.13   $ 0.12   $  

December 31, 2008

      $   $ 3.16   $  

Results of Operations

        The following table sets forth data from our consolidated statement of operations as a percentage of revenue for each of the periods indicated:

 
  Year Ended December 31,  
 
  2006   2007   2008  

Revenue

    100.0 %   100.0 %   100.0 %

Costs and expenses

                   
 

Instructional cost and services

    43.7     34.8     28.8  
 

Marketing and promotional

    42.7     42.0     37.1  
 

General and administrative

    30.4     18.6     18.8  
               
   

Total operating expenses

   
116.8
   
95.4
   
84.7
 
               

Operating income (loss)

   
(16.8

)
 
4.6
   
15.3
 

Interest income

            (0.1 )

Interest expense

    1.2     0.6     0.1  
               

Income (loss) before income taxes

   
(18.0

)
 
4.0
   
15.3
 

Income tax expense

        0.2     3.2  
               

Net income (loss)

   
(18.0

)%
 
3.8

%
 
12.1

%
               

55


        We have experienced significant growth in enrollments, revenue and operating income as well as improvement in liquidity since our acquisition of Ashford University in March 2005. We continue to grow in response to the increasing demand in the market for higher education. We believe our enrollment and revenue growth is driven primarily by (i) our significant investment in enrollment advisors and online advertising which commenced immediately upon our acquisition of Ashford University and (ii) students' acceptance of our value proposition. Our significant growth in operating income is a result of leveraging our fixed costs with increased revenue.

        While we cannot guarantee that these trends will continue in the current economic downturn, we continue to invest in enrollment advisors and online advertising and expect students to continue to accept our value proposition. We believe the for-profit education industry is generally resilient in times of broad economic downturn due to (i) the continued availability of Title IV funds to finance student tuition payments, (ii) increased demand for postsecondary education resulting from a deteriorating labor market, (iii) lower advertising costs and (iv) decreased turnover in enrollment advisors and other personnel. As such, although we anticipate that our enrollments will continue to grow, they may not grow at the same rate as in the past.

        We expect public company expenses and stock-based compensation to have a significant effect on the comparability of recent or future results of operations. See "Factors Affecting Comparability" above.

Year Ended December 31, 2008 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2007

        Revenue.     Our revenue for 2008 was $218.3 million, an increase of $132.6 million, or 154.7%, as compared to $85.7 million for 2007. Our revenue growth is primarily attributed to enrollment growth. Enrollment growth is driven by various factors including the students' acceptance of our value proposition, the quality of lead generation efforts, the number of enrollment advisors and our ability to retain existing students. To a lesser extent, the growth is due to increases in the average tuition per student as a result of tuition price increases, partially offset by an increase in institutional scholarships of $9.5 million. Student enrollment as of December 31, 2008, was 31,558, an increase of 18,935, or 150.0%, compared to 12,623 as of December 31, 2007.

        Instructional costs and services.     Our instructional costs and services for 2008 were $62.8 million, an increase of $33.0 million, or 110.5%, as compared to $29.8 million for 2007. This increase was primarily due to increases in instructional compensation costs of $17.6 million to meet the needs of a 150.0% increase in student enrollment, as well as related increases in financial aid processing costs of $2.7 million, facilities costs of $1.0 million, license fees of $1.3 million, bad debt expense of $8.7 million and other costs of $1.7 million. Instructional costs and services decreased, as a percentage of revenue, to 28.8% for 2008, as compared to 34.8% for 2007. The decrease, as a percentage of revenue, is primarily due to certain scalable fixed costs which relate primarily to the online environment (such as the student services and financial aid personnel, software license fees and online program development costs) being spread over increased enrollment and increased revenue. Such decrease was offset by the increase in our bad debt expense, as a percentage of revenue, to 6.2% for 2008, from 5.5% for 2007. The increase in bad debt expense, as a percentage of revenue, resulted from increased stipends due to greater availability of Title IV funds per student. Because a portion of our allowance for doubtful accounts is a result of the students' inability to repay excess funds received for stipends when they withdraw from their course of study, our bad debt expense increased. Additionally, the general deterioration of economic conditions negatively impacted the students' ability to pay for services provided.

56


        Marketing and promotional.     Our marketing and promotional expenses for 2008 were $81.0 million, an increase of $45.0 million, or 125.1%, as compared to $36.0 million for 2007. The increase was primarily due to increases in compensation costs of $26.1 million, advertising expenses of $12.0 million, facilities expense of $3.5 million and promotional conferences and other costs of $3.4 million. Of these increased costs, annual conference costs of $1.0 million and new facility costs of $0.7 million were incurred in the fourth quarter of 2008. This increase in compensation and advertising spending is expected to continue as we grow our enrollment advisor base and increase our lead generation efforts to support those advisors. Our marketing and promotional expenses, as a percentage of revenue, decreased to 37.1% for 2008 from 42.0% for 2007. The decrease is primarily due to operating leverage associated with compensation costs and advertising costs.

        General and administrative.     Our general and administrative expenses for 2008 were $41.0 million, an increase of $25.1 million, or 158.1%, as compared to $15.9 million for 2007. The increase was primarily due to increases in compensation costs of $14.8 million, professional fees of $3.7 million, office supplies and phone expense of $2.1 million, facilities costs of $3.5 million and travel and conference costs of $0.6 million and other administrative costs of $0.4 million. Of these increased costs, we recorded (i) stock-based compensation expense of $1.6 million related to the modification of a director's stock award and (ii) new facility costs of $0.3 million in the fourth quarter of 2008. Our general and administrative expenses, as a percentage of revenue, increased slightly to 18.8% for 2008 from 18.6% for 2007.

        Interest income.     Our interest income for 2008 was $0.3 million, an increase of $0.3 million from less than $0.1 million for 2007, as a result of increased levels of cash and cash equivalents.

        Interest expense.     Our interest expense for 2008 was $0.2 million, a decrease of $0.3 million from $0.5 million for 2007. The decrease was primarily due to reductions in borrowings.

        Income tax expense.     Income tax expense for 2008 was $7.1 million, an increase of $6.9 million from $0.2 million for 2007. This increase was primarily attributable to increased income before income taxes as well as net operating loss carryforwards that completely eliminated regular taxable income in 2007 and only partially offset the income in 2008. This increase in tax expense was partially offset by release of the valuation allowance that existed at December 31, 2007. In 2008, we reversed our valuation allowance of $7.3 million that was recorded at December 31, 2007, based on our belief that it is more likely than not that our net deferred tax assets will be realized in future periods. As a result, our effective income tax rate increased to 21.1% from 4.8%.

        Net income.     Our net income for 2008 was $26.4 million, an increase of $23.1 million, as compared to net income of $3.3 million for 2007, due to the factors discussed above.

Year Ended December 31, 2007 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2006

        Revenue.     Our revenue for 2007 was $85.7 million, an increase of $57.1 million, or 199.5%, as compared to $28.6 million for 2006. The increase was primarily due to increased student enrollment, partially offset by an increase in institutional scholarships of $2.5 million. Student enrollment as of December 31, 2007, was 12,623, an increase of 8,152, or 182.3%, compared to 4,471 as of December 31, 2006.

        Instructional costs and services.     Our instructional costs and services expenses for 2007 were $29.8 million, an increase of $17.3 million, or 138.5%, as compared to $12.5 million for 2006. The increase was primarily due to increases in instructional compensation costs of $8.4 million to meet the needs of a 182.3% increase in student enrollment financial aid processing fees of $1.8 million and license fees of $1.0 million. Bad debt expense increased to $4.7 million for 2007 from $1.0 million for 2006 as a result of a proportional increase in revenue. As a percentage of revenue, instructional costs

57



and services decreased to 34.8% for 2007 as compared to 43.7% for 2006. The decrease, as a percentage of revenue, is primarily due to operating leverage associated with instructional compensation costs, partially offset by an increase in our bad debt expense, as a percentage of revenue, to 5.5% for 2007 from 3.4% for 2006. The increase in bad debt expense, as a percentage of revenue, resulted from increased receivables due to a greater availability of Title IV funds per student.

        Marketing and promotional.     Our marketing and promotional expenses for 2007 were $36.0 million, an increase of $23.8 million, or 194.7%, as compared to $12.2 million for 2006. The increase was primarily due to increases in compensation of $10.9 million and advertising expenses of $10.0 million. Our marketing and promotional expenses, as a percentage of revenue, decreased to 42.0% for 2007, from 42.7% for 2006. The decrease, as a percentage of revenue, was primarily due to operating leverage in compensation costs.

        General and administrative.     Our general and administrative expenses for 2007 were $15.9 million, an increase of $7.2 million, or 82.6%, as compared to $8.7 million for 2006. The increase was primarily due to increases in compensation costs of $4.1 million, professional fees of $0.8 million and travel costs of $0.6 million. Our general and administrative expenses, as a percentage of revenue, decreased to 18.6% for 2007 from 30.4% for 2006, primarily due to operating leverage associated with compensation costs and miscellaneous other expenses.

        Interest income.     Interest income for 2007 and 2006 was less than $0.1 million.

        Interest expense.     Interest expense for 2007 was $0.5 million, an increase of $0.2 million, or 55.0%, from $0.3 million for 2006, as a result of increased borrowings.

        Income tax expense.     Income tax expense for 2007 was $0.2 million primarily due to federal and state alternative minimum tax. There was no income tax provision for 2006 due to our net operating losses incurred in the current and prior years.

        Net income.     Our net income for 2007 was $3.3 million, an increase of $8.4 million as compared to a net loss of $5.2 million for 2006, due to the factors discussed above.

58


Quarterly Results (Unaudited) and Seasonality

        The following tables set forth certain unaudited financial and operating data for each quarter during 2007 and 2008. We believe that the information reflects all adjustments, which include only normal and recurring adjustments, necessary to present fairly the information below.

 
  First
Quarter
  Second
Quarter
  Third
Quarter
  Fourth
Quarter
 
 
  (In thousands, except enrollment data)
 

2007

                         

Revenue

  $ 13,749   $ 16,607   $ 24,202   $ 31,151  

Costs and expenses:

                         
 

Instructional costs and services

    5,282     6,114     7,758     10,683  
 

Marketing and promotional

    6,280     8,562     9,690     11,465  
 

General and administrative

    2,952     3,176     3,375     6,389  
                   
   

Total costs and expenses

    14,514     17,852     20,823     28,537  
   

Operating income (loss)

   
(765

)
 
(1,245

)
 
3,379
   
2,614
 
 

Interest income

    (1 )           (11 )
 

Interest expense

   
120
   
110
   
102
   
212
 
                   
   

Income (loss) before income taxes

   
(884

)
 
(1,355

)
 
3,277
   
2,413
 
 

Income tax expense (benefit)

    (42 )   (64 )   156     114  
                   
   

Net income (loss)

 
$

(842

)

$

(1,291

)

$

3,121
 
$

2,299
 
                   

Period end enrollment

                         
 

Online

    6,440     8,365     12,117     12,104  
 

Ground

    416     301     599     519  
                   
 

Total:

    6,856     8,666     12,716     12,623  
                   
 
  First
Quarter
  Second
Quarter
  Third
Quarter
  Fourth
Quarter(1)
 
 
  (In thousands, except enrollment data)
 

2008

                         

Revenue

  $ 38,948   $ 49,942   $ 60,277   $ 69,123  

Costs and expenses:

                         
 

Instructional costs and services

    12,948     12,734     16,368     20,772  
 

Marketing and promotional

    15,063     18,369     21,058     26,546  
 

General and administrative

    7,210     7,925     11,191     14,686  
                   
   

Total costs and expenses

    35,221     39,028     48,617     62,004  
   

Operating income

   
3,727
   
10,914
   
11,660
   
7,119
 
 

Interest income

    (32 )   (59 )   (104 )   (127 )
 

Interest expense

   
86
   
97
   
14
   
43
 
                   
   

Income before income taxes

   
3,673
   
10,876
   
11,750
   
7,203
 
 

Income tax expense (benefit)

    (309 )   2,831     2,999     1,550  
                   
   

Net income

 
$

3,982
 
$

8,045
 
$

8,751
 
$

5,653
 
                   

Period end enrollment

                         
 

Online

    18,918     22,201     29,786     30,921  
 

Ground

    591     406     761     637  
                   
 

Total:

    19,509     22,607     30,547     31,558  
                   

59



(1)
Operating income decreased to $7.1 million in the fourth quarter of 2008 from $11.8 million in the third quarter of 2008 in part due to the following events that occurred in the fourth quarter of 2008: (i) a one-time stock-based compensation expense of $1.6 million related to the modification of a stock award held by a director; (ii) a one-time compensation expense of $1.9 million related to special overachievement bonuses awarded to our management team, which our compensation committee does not expect to award in the future; and (iii) $1.0 million in annual conference costs, which costs are recurring in nature but historically have occurred only in the fourth quarter. The fourth quarter of 2008 also contained 12 weeks, as compared to the third quarter of 2008 which contained 13 weeks.

        Although not apparent in our results of operations due to our rapid rate of growth, our operations are generally subject to seasonal trends. As our growth rate declines we expect to experience seasonal fluctuations in results of operations as a result of changes in the level of student enrollment. While we enroll students throughout the year, first and fourth quarter new enrollments and revenue generally are lower than other quarters due to the holiday break in December and January. We generally experience a seasonal increase in new enrollments in August and September of each year when most other colleges and universities begin their fall semesters.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Liquidity

        We financed our operating activities and capital expenditures during 2006 primarily through proceeds from the prior issuances of shares of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock and from borrowings. We financed our operating activities and capital expenditures during 2007 and 2008 primarily through cash provided by operating activities. Our cash and cash equivalents were $0.1 million, $7.4 million and $56.5 million at December 31, 2006, 2007 and 2008, respectively. Our restricted cash was $0.7 million at December 31, 2008.

        We have a credit agreement (Credit Agreement) with Comerica Bank that provides for a maximum amount of borrowing under a revolving credit facility of $15.0 million, with a letter of credit sub-limit of $14.2 million. The Credit Agreement also provides for an equipment line of credit not to exceed $0.2 million.

        Under the Credit Agreement, we are subject to certain limitations including limitations on our ability to incur additional debt, make certain investments or acquisitions and enter into certain merger and consolidation transactions, among other restrictions. The Credit Agreement also contains a material adverse change clause, and we are required to maintain compliance with a minimum tangible net worth financial covenant. As of December 31, 2007 and 2008, we were in compliance with all financial covenants in our Credit Agreement. If we fail to comply with any of the covenants or experience a material adverse change, the lenders could elect to prevent us from borrowing or issuing letters of credit and declare the indebtedness to be immediately due and payable.

        As security for this letter of credit under the Credit Agreement, we are obligated to maintain $14.2 million in compensating balances in deposit with the counterparty. Because the compensating balance is not restricted as to withdrawal, it is not classified as restricted cash in our consolidated balance sheets. If the cash amount maintained with the counterparty drops below $14.2 million, the difference will be treated as a borrowing under our line of credit with assessed interest.

        A significant portion of our revenue is derived from tuition funded by Title IV programs. As such, the timing of disbursements under Title IV programs is based on federal regulations and our ability to successfully and timely arrange financial aid for our students. Title IV funds are generally provided in multiple disbursements before we earn a significant portion of tuition and fees and incur related expenses over the period of instruction. Students must apply for new loans and grants each academic

60



year. These factors, together with the timing of our students beginning their programs, affect our operating cash flow.

        Based on the most recent fiscal year end financial statements, Ashford University and the University of the Rockies did not satisfy the composite score requirement of the financial responsibility test which institutions must satisfy in order to participate in Title IV programs. As a result, (i) Ashford University posted a letter of credit in favor of the Department of Education in the amount of $12.1 million, remaining in effect through September 30, 2009, and (ii) the University of the Rockies posted a letter of credit in favor of the Department of Education in the amount of $0.7 million, remaining in effect through June 30, 2009. Additionally, we have posted an aggregate of $2.1 million in letters of credit related to our leased facilities and vehicles. The letters of credit related to Ashford University and to our leased facilities are issued under our Credit Agreement. The letter of credit on behalf of the University of the Rockies is from another financial institution and is secured by a cash deposit of $0.7 million. Although we expect our universities to satisfy the composite score requirement of the financial responsibility test under Title IV for the year ending December 31, 2008, and as a result would not be required to replace the outstanding letters of credit upon expiration, we expect to have sufficient cash on hand and availability of credit to replace or increase those letters of credit if necessary.

        Based on our current level of operations and anticipated growth in enrollments, we believe that our cash flow from operations, existing cash and cash equivalents and other sources of liquidity, will provide adequate funds for ongoing operations, planned capital expenditures and working capital requirements for at least the next 12 months.

        Operating Activities.     Net cash provided by operating activities for 2008 was $70.7 million, primarily due to our increased net income of $26.4 million and increased Title IV disbursements in excess of amounts charged to students of $50.6 million. Net cash provided by operating activities for 2007 was $10.4 million, primarily due to our increased net income. We expect to continue to generate cash from our operations. Net cash used in operating activities for 2006 was $1.1 million, primarily due to our net loss of $5.2 million.

        Investing Activities.     Net cash used in investing activities was $1.4 million, $2.9 million and $16.6 million for 2006, 2007 and 2008, respectively. Our cash used in investing activities is primarily related to the purchase of property and equipment and leasehold improvements. A majority of our historical capital expenditures are related to the establishment of our initial infrastructure to support our online operations and to improve our ground campus. Capital expenditures were $1.4 million, $3.6 million and $15.9 million for 2006, 2007 and 2008, respectively. We expect our capital expenditures for 2009 to be approximately $15 million. In the future we will continue to invest in computer equipment and office furniture and fixtures to support our increasing employee headcounts. We expect capital expenditures to represent a decreasing percentage of net revenue in the future.

        Financing Activities.     Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities was $0.3 million, $(0.1) million and $(5.1) million for 2006, 2007 and 2008, respectively. Net cash used in financing activities for 2008 was primarily due to repayments of borrowing of $4.9 million. In the future we expect that we will continue to utilize commercial financing, lines of credit and term debt for the purpose of expansion of our online business infrastructure and to expand and improve our ground campuses in Clinton, Iowa and Colorado Springs, Colorado.

61


Significant Cash and Contractual Obligations

        The following table sets forth, as of December 31, 2008, certain significant cash obligations that will affect our future liquidity:

 
  Payments Due by Period  
 
  Total   Less than
1 Year
  Years
2-3
  Years
4-5
  More than
5 Years
 
 
  (In thousands)
 

Long term debt (1)

  $ 234   $ 74   $ 160   $   $  

Capital lease obligations (2)

    486     179     236     71      

Operating lease obligations (2)

    246,176     13,450     41,809     48,541     142,376  

Uncertain tax positions (3)

    2,740         2,740          
                       

Total

  $ 249,636   $ 13,703   $ 44,945   $ 48,612   $ 142,376  
                       

(1)
See Note 7, "Notes Payable and Long-Term Debt," to our consolidated financial statements, which are included elsewhere in this prospectus.

(2)
See Note 8, "Lease Obligations," to our consolidated financial statements, which are included elsewhere in this prospectus.

(3)
See Note 13, "Income Taxes," to our consolidated financial statements, which are included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

        We have no off-balance sheet arrangements.

Impact of Inflation

        We believe that inflation has not had a material impact on our results of operations for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2007 or 2008. There can be no assurance that future inflation will not have an adverse impact on our operating results and financial condition.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosure About Market Risk

Market risk

        We have no derivative financial instruments or derivative commodity instruments. We invest cash in excess of current operating requirements in short term certificates of deposit and money market accounts.

Interest rate risk

        All of our capital lease obligations are fixed rate instruments and are not subject to fluctuations in interest rates. However, to the extent we borrow funds under the Credit Agreement, we would be subject to fluctuations in interest rates.

Segment Information

        We operate in one reportable segment as a single educational delivery operation using a core infrastructure that serves the curriculum and educational delivery needs of both our ground and online students regardless of geography. Our chief operating decision maker, our CEO and President, manages our operations as a whole, and no expense or operating income information is evaluated by our chief operating decision maker on any component level.

62


Related Party Transactions

        Ryan Craig, one of our directors, entered into an agreement with Warburg Pincus, our principal investor, in August 2004 to serve on our board of directors and as a consultant to us in 2004 on behalf of Warburg Pincus. Under this agreement, Warburg Pincus agreed to compensate Mr. Craig from its equity ownership in us upon a liquidity event, which was deemed not to be probable when the agreement was signed. This agreement was amended in December 2008. See Note 15, "Related Party Transactions—Director Agreement," to our consolidated financial statements, which are included elsewhere in this prospectus. For his services as a Warburg Pincus representative to our board of directors from August 2004 to August 2008, Mr. Craig earned the right to receive 198,516 shares of our common stock from Warburg Pincus. In his role as an independent consultant to us in 2004, Mr. Craig earned the right to receive 305,826 shares of our common stock from Warburg Pincus. For these services, Mr. Craig received an aggregate amount of 504,342 shares of common stock in January 2009. Based on the fair value of our common stock on December 31, 2008, we recorded stock-based compensation expense of $1.6 million for the fair value of those shares in the fourth quarter of 2008.

        In November 2003, Warburg Pincus loaned $75,000 to Andrew Clark to finance Mr. Clark's purchase of 75,000 shares of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock from us. In connection with such loan, Mr. Clark entered into a Secured Recourse Promissory Note and Pledge Agreement with Warburg Pincus which provided that the principal amount due under the note would accrue simple interest at a rate of 8% per year until November 26, 2005, the maturity date, after which time interest would accrue at a penalty rate of 16% per year, compounded monthly. The loan was secured by 75,000 shares of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock held by Mr. Clark. Mr. Clark repaid the loan in full on March 10, 2009, at which time the amount due under the note was $146,740 (including accrued interest of $71,740).

        In 2004, Warburg Pincus entered into a guarantee in favor of a postsecondary college in the Connecticut state college system pursuant to which Warburg Pincus agreed to guarantee certain of our obligations. See "Certain Relationships and Related Transactions—Warburg Pincus Guarantee." Additionally, in 2007, we entered into a line of credit with Warburg Pincus. See "Certain Relationships and Related Transactions—Line of Credit with Warburg Pincus." These notes are no longer outstanding.

        Our current certificate of incorporation and bylaws, as well as the certificate of incorporation and bylaws that will be in effect upon the closing of this offering, require us to indemnify our directors and executive officers to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. We have also entered into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and executive officers. See "Certain Relationships and Related Transactions—Indemnification Agreements."

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

        In September 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 157, Fair Value Measurements ("SFAS 157"), which defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value and requires additional disclosures about fair value measurements. In February 2008, the FASB issued FASB Staff Position ("FSP") FAS 157-1, Application of FASB Statement No. 157 to FASB Statement No. 13 and Other Pronouncements that Address Fair Value Measurements for Purpose of Lease Classification or Measurement under Statement 13 , which amends SFAS 157 to exclude accounting pronouncements that address fair value measurements for purposes of lease classification or measurement under SFAS No. 13, Accounting for Leases . In February 2008, the FASB also issued FSP FAS 157-2 Effective Date of FASB Statement No. 157 , which delays the effective date of SFAS 157 until the first quarter of 2009 for all non-financial assets and non-financial liabilities, except for items that are recognized or disclosed at fair value in the consolidated financial statements on a recurring basis (at least annually). SFAS 157 does not require any new fair value measurements but rather eliminates inconsistencies in guidance found in various prior accounting pronouncements. We adopted SFAS 157 for financial assets and liabilities on

63



January 1, 2008, and such adoption did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements. We do not expect the adoption of SFAS 157 for non-financial assets and liabilities to have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

        In February 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 159, The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities Including an Amendment of FASB Statement No. 115 ("SFAS 159"). This standard permits entities to choose to measure financial instruments and certain other items at fair value and is effective for the first fiscal year beginning after November 15, 2007. SFAS 159 must be applied prospectively, and the effect of the first re-measurement to fair value, if any, should be reported as a cumulative-effect adjustment to the opening balance of retained earnings. We adopted SFAS 159 on January 1, 2008, and our adoption did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

        In December 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 141 (revised 2007), Business Combinations ("SFAS 141R"). SFAS 141R establishes principles and requirements for how an acquirer recognizes and measures in its financial statements the identifiable assets acquired, the liabilities assumed, any noncontrolling interest in the acquiree and the goodwill acquired. SFAS 141R also establishes disclosure requirements to enable the evaluation of the nature and financial effects of the business combination. SFAS 141R is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2008. We are in the process of determining the effect, if any, the adoption of SFAS 141R will have on our consolidated financial statements.

        In June 2008, the FASB ratified EITF Issue 07-5, Determining Whether an Instrument (or Embedded Feature) Is Indexed to an Entity's Own Stock ("EITF 07-5"). Paragraph 11(a) of SFAS No. 133 ("SFAS 133"), Accounting for Derivatives and Hedging Activities , specifies that a contract that would otherwise meet the definition of a derivative but is both (a) indexed to such company's own stock and (b) classified in stockholders' equity in the statement of financial position would not be considered a derivative financial instrument. EITF 07-5 provides a new two-step model to be applied in determining whether a financial instrument or an embedded feature is indexed to an issuer's own stock and thus able to qualify for the SFAS 133 paragraph 11(a) scope exception. EITF 07-5 will be effective for the first annual reporting period beginning after December 15, 2008, and early adoption is prohibited. We do not believe the adoption of EITF 07-5 will have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

        In June 2008, the FASB issued FSP EITF 03-6-1, Determining Whether Instruments Granted in Share-Based Payment Transactions Are Participating Securities ("FSP EITF 03-6-1"). FSP EITF 03-6-1 clarified that all outstanding unvested share-based payment awards that contain rights to nonforfeitable dividends participate in undistributed earnings with common stockholders. Awards of this nature are considered participating securities and the two-class method of computing basic and diluted earnings per share must be applied. FSP EITF 03-6-1 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2008. We do not expect FSP EITF 03-6-1 to have a significant impact on our historical grants of share-based payment awards because such awards do not participate in undistributed earnings with common stockholders. We are currently assessing the impact of FSP EITF 03-6-1 on future grants on our earnings per share.

64



BUSINESS

Overview

        We are a regionally accredited provider of postsecondary education services. We offer associate's, bachelor's, master's and doctoral programs in the disciplines of business, education, psychology, social sciences and health sciences.

        We deliver our programs online as well as at our traditional campuses located in Clinton, Iowa and Colorado Springs, Colorado. As of December 31, 2008, we offered over 860 courses and 44 degree programs with 55 specializations and 30 concentrations. We had 31,558 students enrolled in our institutions as of December 31, 2008, 98% of whom were attending classes exclusively online.

        We have designed our offerings to have four key characteristics that we believe are important to students:

We believe these characteristics create an attractive and differentiated value proposition for our students. In addition, we believe this value proposition expands our overall addressable market by enabling potential students to overcome the challenges associated with cost, transferability of credits and accessibility—factors that frequently discourage individuals from pursuing a postsecondary degree.

        We are committed to providing a high-quality educational experience to our students. We have a comprehensive curriculum development process, and we employ qualified faculty members with significant academic and practitioner credentials. We conduct ongoing faculty and student assessment processes and provide a broad array of student services. Our ability to offer a quality experience at an affordable price is supported by our efficient operating model, which enables us to deliver our programs, as well as market, recruit and retain students, in a cost-effective manner.

        We have experienced significant growth in enrollment, revenue and operating income since our acquisition of Ashford University in March 2005. At December 31, 2008, our enrollment was 31,558, an increase of 150.0% over our enrollment as of December 31, 2007. At December 31, 2008, our ground enrollment was 637, as compared to 312 in March 2005, reflecting our commitment to invest in further developing our traditional campus heritage. For the year ended December 31, 2008, our revenue was $218.3 million, an increase of 154.7% over the prior year. For the year ended December 31, 2008, our operating income was $33.4 million, as compared to $4.0 million for the prior year. We intend to pursue growth in a manner that continues to emphasize a quality educational experience and that satisfies regulatory requirements.

Our History

        In January 2004, our principal investor, Warburg Pincus, and our CEO and President, Andrew Clark, as well as several other members of our current executive management team, launched Bridgepoint Education, Inc. to establish a differentiated postsecondary education provider. They developed a business plan to provide individuals previously discouraged from pursuing an education due to cost, the inability to transfer credits or difficulty in completing an education while meeting personal and professional commitments, the opportunity to pursue a quality education from a trusted institution. The business plan incorporated our management team's experience with other online and campus-based postsecondary providers and sought to employ processes and technologies that would enhance both the quality of the offering and the efficiency with which it could be delivered. As the

65



foundation for this plan, we sought out opportunities to acquire a traditional university with a history of providing quality education to its students and with a rich heritage of student community.

        In March 2005, we acquired the assets of The Franciscan University of the Prairies, located in Clinton, Iowa, and renamed it Ashford University. Founded in 1918 by the Sisters of St. Francis, a non-profit organization, The Franciscan University of the Prairies originally provided postsecondary education to individuals seeking to become teachers and later expanded to offer a broader portfolio of programs. The university obtained regional accreditation in 1950 from the Higher Learning Commission. At the time of the acquisition, the university had 332 students, 20 of whom were enrolled in the university's first online program, which launched in January 2005.

        The majority of our current executive management team was in place at the time we acquired Ashford University. As a result, we were able to begin implementing processes and technologies to prepare for the launch of an online education offering to serve a large student population immediately after the acquisition. In spring 2005, we introduced several new online programs through Ashford University, including four bachelor's and two master's programs. Since then, we have introduced 2 associate's programs, 14 bachelor's programs and 4 master's programs, all offered exclusively online, including numerous specializations and concentrations within these programs. During this same period, we also invested in enhancing and expanding the campus' physical infrastructure. In 2006, Ashford University received re-accreditation from the Higher Learning Commission through 2016. In 2007, we formally launched our military and corporate channel development efforts and, as a result, expanded our relationships with military and corporate employers through which we seek to recruit students.

        In September 2007, we acquired the assets of the Colorado School of Professional Psychology, located in Colorado Springs, Colorado, and renamed it the University of the Rockies. Founded as a non-profit institution in 1998 by faculty from Chapman University, the school offers master's and doctoral programs primarily in psychology. At the time of the acquisition, the school had 75 students and did not offer any online courses or programs. In October 2008, through the University of the Rockies, we launched one online master's program with two specializations and our first online doctoral program. Originally accredited in 2003 for a period of five years by the Higher Learning Commission, the University of the Rockies received re-accreditation from the Higher Learning Commission in 2008 for a period of seven years.

Our Market Opportunity

        The postsecondary education market in the United States represents a large, growing opportunity. Based on a March 2009 report by the NCES, revenue of postsecondary degree-granting educational institutions exceeded $410 billion in the 2005-06 academic year. According to a September 2008 NCES report, the number of students enrolled in postsecondary institutions was 17.8 million in 2006 and is projected to grow to 18.6 million by 2010.

        Within the postsecondary education market, enrollments at private for-profit institutions have grown at a higher rate than enrollments at not-for-profit postsecondary institutions. According to a March 2009 NCES report, from 1997 to 2007, private for-profit enrollments grew at a compound annual growth rate of 13.7% compared to a compound annual growth rate of 1.9% for both public and private not-for-profit enrollments. We believe this growth is due to the ability of for-profit providers to assess marketplace demand, to quickly adapt program offerings, to scale their operations to serve a growing student population, to provide strong customer service and to offer a high-quality education.

        Online postsecondary enrollment is growing at a rate well in excess of the growth rate of overall postsecondary enrollment. According to Eduventures, online postsecondary enrollment was projected to increase from 0.5 million to 1.8 million between 2002 and 2007, representing a projected compound annual growth rate of 30.4%. By comparison, according to a September 2008 NCES report, enrollment in overall postsecondary programs increased at a projected compound annual growth rate of 1.6%

66



during the same period. We believe the rapid growth in online postsecondary enrollment has been driven by a number of factors, including:

        We expect continued growth in postsecondary education based on a number of factors, including (i) an increase in the number of occupations that require a bachelor's or a master's degree and (ii) the higher compensation that individuals with postsecondary degrees typically earn as compared to those without a degree. According to a December 2007 report from the BLS, occupations requiring a bachelor's or master's degree are expected to grow 17% and 19%, respectively, between 2006 and 2016, or nearly double the growth rate BLS has projected for occupations that do not require a postsecondary degree. Further, individuals with postsecondary degrees are generally able to achieve higher compensation than those without a degree. According to data published by the NCES, the 2007 median incomes for individuals 25 years or older with a bachelor's, master's and doctoral degree were 67%, 100% and 167% higher, respectively, than for a high school graduate (or equivalent) of the same age with no college education.

        Although obtaining a postsecondary education has significant benefits, many prospective students are discouraged from pursuing, and ultimately completing, an undergraduate or graduate degree program. According to a March 2009 NCES report, 66% of all individuals 25 or older in the United States who have obtained a high school degree, or over 112 million individuals, have not completed a bachelor's degree or higher. We believe this is due to a number of factors, including:

67


        We believe postsecondary institutions that effectively address these challenges not only access a broader segment of the overall postsecondary market, but also have the potential to expand the market opportunity and to include individuals who previously were discouraged from pursuing a postsecondary education.

Our Competitive Strengths

        We believe that we have the following competitive strengths:

Attractive, differentiated value proposition for students

        We have designed our educational model to provide our students with a superior value proposition relative to other educational alternatives in the market. We believe our model allows us to attract more students, as well as to target a broader segment of the overall population. Our value proposition is based on the following:

68


Commitment to academic quality

        We are committed to providing our students with a rigorous and rewarding academic experience, which gives them the knowledge and experience necessary to be contributors, educators and leaders in their chosen professions. We seek to maintain a high level of quality in our curriculum, faculty and student support services, all of which contribute to the overall student experience. Our curriculum is reviewed annually to ensure that content is refined and updated as necessary. Our faculty members have over seven years of instructional experience on average, and all hold graduate degrees in their respective fields of instruction and typically have relevant practitioner experience. We provide extensive student support services, including academic, administrative and technology support, to help maximize the success of our students. Additionally, we monitor the success of our educational delivery processes through periodic faculty and student assessments. We believe our commitment to quality is evident in the satisfaction and demonstrated proficiency of our students, which we measure at the completion of every course. In a July 2008 survey we conducted, in which over 2,000 Ashford students responded, 98% indicated they would recommend Ashford University to others seeking a degree.

Cost-efficient, scalable operating model

        We have designed our operating model to be cost-efficient, allowing us to offer a quality educational experience at an affordable tuition rate while still generating attractive operating margins. Our management team has relied upon its significant experience with other online education models to develop processes and employ technology to enhance the efficiency and scalability of our business model. Our processes and related technologies allow us to efficiently meet our students' instructional support services needs and to execute our marketing, recruiting and retention strategy. These processes and related technologies enable our management team to operate the business effectively and to identify areas for opportunity to refine the model further. Additionally, we have developed our operating model to be scalable and to support a much larger student population than is currently enrolled.

Experienced management team and strong corporate culture

        Our management team possesses extensive experience in postsecondary education, in many cases with other large online postsecondary providers. Andrew Clark, our CEO and President, served in senior management positions at such institutions for 12 years prior to joining us and has significant experience with online education businesses. The other members of our executive management team, most of whom have been with us since our launch of Bridgepoint Education, Inc., also bring a combination of academic, operational, technological and financial expertise that we believe has been critical to our success. The continuity of our executive management team demonstrates the strong relationship between functional areas within our business and the team's belief in the potential of our business model. Additionally, our executive management team has been critical to establishing and maintaining our corporate culture during our rapid growth. Our culture is based on four core values: integrity, ethics, service and accountability. We believe these values (i) have allowed us to create an environment that makes us a sought-after employer for professionals within our industry and (ii) have contributed to the strong relationships we maintain with each of our regulatory and accrediting agencies.

69


Our Growth Strategies

        We intend to pursue the following growth strategies:

Focus on high-demand disciplines and degree programs

        We seek to offer programs in disciplines in which there is strong demand for education and significant opportunity for employment. Our current program portfolio includes offerings at the associate's, bachelor's, master's and doctoral levels in the disciplines of business, education, psychology, social sciences and health sciences. We follow a defined process for identifying new degree program opportunities which incorporates student, faculty and market feedback, as well as macro trends in the relevant disciplines, to evaluate the expected level of demand for a new program prior to developing the content and marketing it to potential students. Based on a March 2009 NCES report, programs in our disciplines represent 69% of total bachelor's degrees conferred by all postsecondary institutions in 2006-2007.

Increase enrollment in our existing programs through investment in marketing, recruiting and retention

        We have invested significant resources in developing processes and implementing technologies that allow us to effectively identify, recruit and retain qualified students. We intend to continue to invest in marketing, recruiting and retention and to expand our enrollment advisor workforce to increase enrollment in our existing programs. Our proprietary CRM system and related processes allow us to effectively pursue potential new students that have expressed an interest in a postsecondary program. Additionally, our superior value proposition allows us to differentiate our educational offering to potential students. Once a student enrolls in our programs, we provide consistent, ongoing support to assist the student in acclimating to the online environment and to address challenges that arise in order to increase the likelihood that the student will persist through graduation. We also intend to continue to develop our brand recognition through targeted marketing efforts to students and employers.

Expand our portfolio of programs, specializations and concentrations

        We intend to continue to expand our academic offerings to attract a broader portion of the overall market. In addition to adding new programs in high-demand disciplines, we intend to enhance our programs through the addition of more specializations and concentrations. Specializations and concentrations are used to create an offering that is tailored to the specific objectives of a target student population and therefore is more attractive to potential students interested in a particular program. As a result, the addition of specializations and concentrations represents a cost-effective way both to expand our target market and to further enhance the differentiation of our programs in that market. Additionally, we intend to expand our portfolio of master's and doctoral degree programs, consistent with our commitment to a quality academic offering, and to pursue graduate students because we believe they represent an attractive segment of the population.

Further develop strategic relationships in the military and corporate channels

        We intend to broaden our relationships with military and corporate employers, as well as seek additional relationships in these channels. Through our dedicated channel development teams, we are able to cost-effectively target specific segments of the market as well as better understand the needs of students in these segments so that we can design programs that more closely meet their needs. We believe our value proposition is attractive to potential students in these markets. In the military segment, individuals may frequently change locations or may seek to complete a program intermittently over the course of several years. In the corporate channel, employers value our traditional campus heritage, while our affordability allows employer tuition reimbursement to be used more efficiently.

Deliver measurable academic outcomes and a positive student experience

        We are committed to offering an educational solution that supports measurable academic outcomes, thereby allowing our students to increase their probability of success in their chosen

70



profession. We use a comprehensive course development program and ongoing assessments to define the desired outcomes for a course, to design the course to deliver these outcomes and to measure each student's progress towards achieving these outcomes as they progress through a course. Our online platform supports this objective as we are able to monitor each student's action in an online course. Additionally, our students benefit from the strong sense of community that exists from being associated with a traditional campus and student community, including the related student activities. We believe our combination of measurable outcomes and a positive experience is important to helping students persist through graduation.

Approach to Academic Quality

Rigorous curricula

        We are committed to offering academically rigorous curricula, which provide students the knowledge and skills necessary to be successful in their respective professions. Our curricula are developed to ensure a consistent, high-quality learning experience for all students. Faculty and subject matter experts design our curricula to emphasize the requisite professional knowledge and skills that our students will need following graduation. Our programs and curricula are continuously monitored and undergo regular reviews to ensure their quality, efficacy and relevance.

Qualified faculty

        Our faculty members have over seven years of instructional experience on average, and all hold graduate degrees in their respective fields of instruction and typically have relevant practitioner experience. Of our faculty teaching graduate courses, 78.8% at Ashford University and 100% at University of the Rockies have earned doctoral degrees. Faculty members participate in ongoing professional development as well as regional face-to-face meetings designed to ensure appropriate levels of faculty engagement and student learning.

Consistent delivery

        We use standard curricula, texts and syllabi each time a given course is taught to ensure consistency in delivery. The course sequences we offer are standardized in a given program to enable consistent delivery. Courses have clear, consistent objectives which enable us to measure learning outcomes every time a course is given. Additionally, standard course student assessment materials are used to guarantee a consistent approach. Our uniform content, course objectives, assessment process and course sequences allow us to consistently deliver our programs to a large student population.

Effective student services

        Each student is provided a dedicated support team to assist such student in pursuing academic objectives. Financial aid and student services personnel help each new student evaluate financial service options and provide assistance in reviewing prior credits and planning scheduled classes. Each student is also assigned a teaching assistant at the beginning of matriculation to serve as a personal writing coach and is offered access to writing skills assistance, tutoring services and library resources.

Academic assessment and oversight

        An academic leadership team and board provide oversight to ensure the academic integrity of all program offerings. Academic quality is measured and assessed by our faculty and monitored by our instructional specialists and assessment staff. In order to measure the efficacy of our programs, we have implemented a technologically-enabled assessment model that allows for continuous assessment, thoughtful review and revision of courses when necessary. Faculty performance is routinely reviewed by our instructional specialists to assess the quality of the student learning experience.

Accreditation

        Both of our institutions are accredited by the Higher Learning Commission of the North Central Association of Colleges and Schools. Our continuing accreditations are a testament to the quality of our academic programs. Ashford University was originally accredited in 1950 and received its most recent ten-year reaccreditation in 2006. The University of the Rockies was originally accredited in 2003 for five years and received a seven-year reaccreditation in 2008.

71


Curricula and Scheduling

        As of December 31, 2008, we offered 44 degree programs, 55 specializations and 30 concentrations. Specializations comprise a select number of courses offered by us within an existing program which supplement that program's required courses. Specializations, which encompass endorsements, also include a select number of courses designed to meet certain state requirements, specifically in education coursework. Concentrations comprise a select number of courses offered by us which focus on one area of study within the program. We offer the following programs, specializations and concentrations through Ashford University's three colleges: the College of Business and Professional Studies; the College of Education; and the College of Arts and Sciences; and through the University of the Rockies' two schools: the School of Organizational Leadership and the School of Professional Psychology.

Ashford University


Discipline
  Degree Program   Specialization (S)
Concentration (C)

Business

 

Associate's Degree
Business

 

 

 

 

Bachelor's of Arts Degree
Business Administration

 

 
        Finance (C)
Marketing (C)
Entrepreneurship (S)
Human Resource
    Management (S)
Information Systems (S)
International Management (S)
Project Management (S)
    Computer Graphic Design    
        Animation (C)
Print Media (C)
Web Design (C)
    Accounting    
    Professional Accounting
Organizational
    Management
Public Relations and
    Marketing
Sports and Recreation
    Management
   

 

 

Bachelor's of Applied Science Degree
Computer Graphic Design

 

 
        Animation (C)
Print Media (C)
Web Design (C)
    Accounting
Computer
Management
   

 

 

Master's Degree
Business Administration

 

 
        Finance (S)
Global Management (S)
Human Resources
    Management (S)
Information Systems (S)
Marketing (S)
Organizational
    Leadership (S)
        Entrepreneurship (S)
Health Care    Administration (S)
Project Management (S)
Supply Chain Management (S)
Public Administration (S)
    Organizational
    Management
   

Education

 

Bachelor's of Arts Degree
Elementary Education
    with endorsement areas
    in:

 

 
        English/Language Arts (S)
Math (S)
Science (S)
Reading (S)
Middle School (S)
Coaching (S)
Early Childhood (S)
Instructional Strategist (S)
Social Sciences—History (S)
Social Sciences—Social    Studies (S)
Physical Education (S)
    Early Childhood Education
Early Childhood Education
    Administration
Physical Education
Social Science
   
        Education (C)
Discipline
  Degree Program   Specialization (S)
Concentration (C)
    Secondary Education with
    endorsement areas
    in:
   
        Math (S)
English/Language Arts (S)
General Science (S)
Biology (S)
Chemistry (S)
American History (S)
Business (S)
        World History (S)
Sociology (S)
Psychology (S)
    Education (non licensure)
Business Education
   

 

 

Master's of Arts Degree
Teaching and Learning w/
    Technology

 

 

Psychology

 

Bachelor's of Arts Degree
Psychology

 

 

Social
Sciences

 

Bachelor's of Arts Degree
Communication Studies
English and
    Communication

 

 
        Communications (C)
English/Language
    Arts (C)
Literature (C)
    Social Science    
        Health and Human
    Services Management (C)
History (C)
Human Services (C)
Psychology (C)
Sociology (C)
    Liberal Arts
Environmental Studies
Natural Science
Social and Criminal
    Justice
   
        Corrections Management (S)
Forensics (S)
Homeland Security (S)
Security Management (S)
    Sociology
Visual Art
   

 

 

Bachelor's of Science Degree
Computer Science and
    Mathematics

 

 
        Computer Science (C)
Mathematics (C)
        Education (C)
    Natural Science    

Health
Sciences

 

Bachelor's of Arts Degree
Health Care
    Administration

 

 

 

 

Bachelor's of Science Degree

Biology
Clinical Cytotechnology
Clinical Laboratory
    Science
Health Science
Health Science
    Administration
Nuclear Medicine
    Technology

 

 

 

 

Bachelor's of Applied Science Degree
Health Care
    Administration

 

 

72


University of the Rockies


Discipline
  Degree Program   Specialization (S)
Concentration (C)
Psychology  
Master's Degree
Psychology (Organizational)
   
   






Psychology (Professional)
  Executive Coaching (S) Organizational
    Leadership (S)
Business Psychology (S)
Evaluation, Research &
    Measurement (S)
Non-Profit Management (S)

Professional
    Counselor (S)
Marriage and Family
    Therapy (S)
General Psychology (S)
Discipline
  Degree Program   Specialization (S)
Concentration (C)
Psychology  
Doctoral Degree
Psychology (Organizational)
   
   






Psychology (Professional)
  Executive Coaching (S)
Organizational
    Leadership (S)
Business Psychology (S)
Evaluation, Research &
    Measurement (S)
Non-Profit Management (S)

Clinical (S)
Child and Adolescent
    Therapy (C)
Eating Disorders (C)
Existential Humanistic
    Psychology (C)
Forensics (C)
Health Psychology (C)
Marriage & Family
    Therapy (C)
Neuropsychology (C)
Organizational Consulting (C)
Spirituality (C)
Trauma (C)

        Online courses are offered with weekly start dates throughout the year except for two weeks in late December and early January. Courses typically run five to six weeks, and all courses are offered in an asynchronous format, so students can complete their coursework as their schedule permits. Online students typically enroll in one course at a time. This focused approach to learning allows the student to engage fully in each course.

        Ground courses typically run 16 weeks and have 2 start dates per year for semesters beginning in January and September. Undergraduate ground students can enroll in up to six concurrent courses at a time and typically enroll in at least four courses in a given semester.

        Doctoral students, both online and ground, are required to participate in periodic seminars located on campus as well as compose and defend a dissertation on an approved topic.

        Total credits required to obtain a degree are consistent for online and campus programs. An associate's degree requires 61 credits, a bachelor's degree requires 120 credits, a master's degree typically requires a minimum of 33 additional credits and a doctoral degree typically requires a minimum of 60 additional credits.

Program Development

        Potential new programs, specializations and concentrations are determined based on proposals submitted by faculty and staff and on an assessment of overall market demand. Our faculty and academic leadership work in collaboration with our marketing team to research and select new programs that are expected to have strong market demand and that can be developed at a reasonable cost. Programs are reviewed by the appropriate college and must also receive approval through the normal governance process at the relevant institution.

        Once a program is selected for development, a subject matter expert is assigned to work with our curriculum development staff to define measurable program objectives. Each course in a program is designed to include learning activities that address the program objectives and assess learning outcomes. A new program is reviewed for approval by the dean of the applicable college, the office of the provost and the chief academic officer of the institution prior to launching with students. Following the approval, the programs are conformed to the standards of our online learning management system, and the marketing department creates a marketing plan for the program. In most cases, the time frame to identify, develop and approve a new program is approximately six months.

Assessment

        Each institution has developed and implemented a comprehensive assessment plan focused on student learning and effective teaching. The plans measure learning outcomes at the course, program

73



and institutional levels. Learning outcomes are unique to each institution and demonstrate the skills that graduates should be able to demonstrate upon completion of their respective program. With the assistance of our dedicated assessment team, our faculty routinely evaluates and revises courses and learning resources based upon outcomes and institutional research data. Using direct and indirect measurements, student performance is assessed on an ongoing basis to ensure student success. Both Ashford University and the University of the Rockies have been accepted into the Higher Learning Commission Assessment Academy which promotes a continuous improvement cycle in the area of assessment.

        In addition to course and program assessments, our faculty's performance is continuously assessed by our institutional specialists and by results of student surveys at the completion of each course. The results of all of our assessment practices are reviewed by an assessment team, and, based on their conclusions, recommendations may be made to add or modify our programs.

Faculty

        Faculty members are selected based upon academic credentials, prior teaching experience and on performance in faculty orientation and in the classroom. Currently, we have over 1,200 active online faculty members (individuals that have taught a course for us in the last 12 months) and over 60 full-time campus faculty members. All of our faculty members have earned a graduate degree, and of the faculty members teaching graduate courses, 78.8% at Ashford University and 100% at University of the Rockies have earned doctoral degrees. We also have 82 teaching assistants who support faculty members and students in certain online undergraduate courses.

        All faculty members participate in an extensive initial interview and orientation. Online faculty candidates must participate in three weeks of online training to understand the instructional design of our courses, our online platform and teaching expectations. The online environment that we use to train and evaluate candidates is designed to replicate the learning experience of our students, as well as provide a platform for the candidates to demonstrate their competence as an instructor.

        Ongoing professional development is also provided to support and assist all faculty members in continually enhancing the quality of instruction provided to our students. Our instructional specialists are a team of faculty members who assess the performance of and provide feedback to our online faculty to ensure quality and consistent delivery across all of our programs. Our instructional specialists evaluate online faculty on their ability to:

We believe our instructional specialists serve a critical role in allowing us to deliver a quality education to our students.

        We believe that supporting faculty in classroom duties as well as in their professional development is an integral component to the success of our students. We place significant emphasis on supporting and rewarding faculty for quality teaching and have implemented programs designed to provide necessary faculty support. We employ faculty mentors to acclimate new instructors to our online platform and instructional model, and we employ teaching assistants to assist faculty members in

74



certain online undergraduate courses. Faculty members are encouraged to be active in their field by presenting at national conferences, conducting research, writing and joining professional organizations. Additionally, faculty members may earn formal recognition for excellence such as earning acceptance into the Ashford University Provost's Circle or Teaching Academy or by receiving formal faculty recognition awards.

        We believe providing a supportive community for our faculty is critical to the success of our institutions. Accordingly, we foster a sense of community among our online and our campus faculty through both in-person gatherings as well as online community building. We hold regional faculty meetings two to four times per year where all of our online faculty from a specific region are invited to gather to discuss experiences, best practices and effective teaching approaches. Additionally, we publish newsletters and maintain a faculty website to facilitate professional development and intra-faculty communication and exchange of ideas.

Student Support Services

        To promote academic success, support new students and enhance persistence, we offer a broad array of services that assist students at our institutions. A majority of our student support services are accessible online, permitting convenient student access. Our service infrastructure includes academic, administrative, technology and library services.

Academic

        Students enrolling in an undergraduate program are given access to teaching assistants who serve as personal writing coaches and provide feedback and guidance on academic matters. Additionally, every student is offered unlimited access to Smarthinking, an online tutoring service for writing, math, statistics and accounting. We also offer students access to an online writing center that utilizes a virtual writing tutor and provides sample essays, an automated reference generator and tutorials on utilizing our online library. For students with disabilities, we provide appropriate educational accommodations through our disability support services team.

Administrative

        We offer students access to our administrative services telephonically, as well as via the Internet. We believe online accessibility provides the convenience and self-service capabilities that our students value. Each student is assigned an enrollment advisor, a financial services advisor and an academic advisor who work together as a team and serve as a student's main point of contact. Financial service advisors work with enrollment advisors to ensure that the student is financially prepared to pursue their degree. Academic advisors work with the student to evaluate any past credits they have earned, to plan their degree path and to schedule their classes.

Technology

        We provide online technology support to assist our students and faculty with technology-related issues. Our internal technology support team is available from 8:00 am EST to 10:00 pm EST. In addition, we provide our students with support 24 hours per day, seven days per week to address common issues such as password resets and questions related to our learning management system.

Library

        We provide access to online and ground libraries containing materials to assist students and faculty with research and instruction. Our libraries satisfy the criteria established by the Higher Learning Commission for us to offer undergraduate, master's and doctoral degree programs.

75


Campus Operations

        Ashford University is located on 17 acres in Clinton, Iowa. Since our acquisition of Ashford University in March 2005, we have invested in enhancing and expanding the physical infrastructure of the campus, which currently includes seven buildings used for academic, athletic, administrative and social activities. Ground enrollments at Ashford University have grown to 637 as of December 31, 2008, as compared to 312 when we acquired the institution.

        The University of the Rockies is located in Colorado Springs, Colorado. We have begun to develop a plan to further enhance the infrastructure of the University of the Rockies and to increase the ground enrollment at this institution.

        We believe that the continued growth of our ground enrollment, our commitment to academic quality, student athletics and social activities and community involvement by students at our campuses will continue to contribute to the heritage of the institutions. As a result, we intend to continue to seek opportunities to invest in developing our campus operations.

Marketing, Recruiting and Retention

Marketing

        We develop and participate in various marketing activities to generate leads for prospective students and to build the Ashford University and University of the Rockies brands. For our online student population, we target working adults, many of whom have already completed some postsecondary courses and are seeking an accessible, affordable education from a quality institution. For our campus student population, we target traditional college students, typically between the ages of 18 and 24.

        Our leads are primarily generated from online sources. Our main source of leads is third party online lead aggregators. Typically, our contracts with online lead aggregators are for a period of 30 days, which provides us with significant flexibility to add or remove vendors on short notice. We also purchase key words from search providers to generate online leads directly, rather than acquiring them through lead aggregators. Additionally, we have an in-house team focused on generating online leads through search engine optimization techniques. In select instances, primarily for potential ground students, we utilize print, television and radio media campaigns as well as direct mail to generate leads.

        Our military and corporate channel relationships are developed and managed by our channel development teams. Our military development specialists and corporate liaisons work with representatives in these organizations to demonstrate the quality, impact and value that our programs can provide to individuals in the organizations as well as to the organizations themselves. Additionally, we attend trade shows and conferences to communicate our value proposition to potential channel partners.

        We use print media as well as trade show appearances to enhance the brand equity of Ashford University and the University of the Rockies. These campaigns are designed to increase awareness among potential students, differentiate us from other postsecondary education providers, start dialogues between our enrollment advisors and potential students, motivate existing students to re-register and encourage referrals from existing students.

76


Recruiting

        We employ a team structure in our recruiting operations. Each team consists of enrollment advisors, academic advisors and financial service advisors. Our teams provide a single point of contact and facilitate all aspects of enrollment and integration of a prospective student into a program of study. Our team structure promotes internal accountability among employees involved in identifying, recruiting, enrolling and retaining new students.

        All leads are managed through our proprietary CRM system. Our CRM system directs a lead for a prospective student to a recruiting team and assigns an enrollment advisor within that team to serve as the primary liaison for that prospective student. Once contact with the prospective student is established, our enrollment advisors, along with the academic and financial service advisors, begin an assessment process to determine if our program offerings match the student's needs and objectives. Additionally, our enrollment advisors communicate other criteria, including expected duration and cost of our programs, to prospective students. Through our proprietary systems, our enrollment advisors are able to generate a comparison of tuition levels across our competitors in order for prospective students to make more informed decisions.

        Each enrollment advisor undergoes a comprehensive training program that addresses financial aid options, our value proposition, our academic offerings and the regulatory environment in which we operate, including the restrictions that regulations impose on the recruitment process. We place significant emphasis on regulatory requirements and promote an environment of strict compliance. An enrollment advisor typically does not achieve full productivity until four to six months after the advisor's date of hire.

        As of December 31, 2006, 2007 and 2008, we employed 149, 479 and 749 enrollment advisors, respectively. As of December 31, 2008, we also employed 41 military development specialists and corporate liaisons.

Retention

        Providing a superior learning experience to every student is a key component in retaining students at our institutions. We feel that our team-based approach to recruitment and the robust student services we provide enhance retention because of each student's interaction with their contact in the team and the accountability inherent in the team architecture. We also incorporate a systematic approach to contacting students at key milestones during their enrollment, providing encouragement and highlighting their progress. Additional contact points include quarterly updates on the school and campus life. Academic advisors are measured on their ability to retain their assigned students and regularly work with at-risk students who have not attended their most recent class or who have not ordered books. These frequent personal interactions between academic advisors and students are a key component to our retention strategy. Additionally, we employ a retention committee that monitors performance metrics and other key data to analyze student retention rates and causes and potential risks for student drops. Also, our ombudsman department serves as a neutral third party for students to raise any concerns or complaints. Such concerns and complaints are then elevated to the appropriate department so we may proactively address any issues potentially impacting retention.

77


Admissions

        Our admission process is designed to offer access to prospective students who seek the benefits of a postsecondary education. Ashford University undergraduate students may qualify in various ways, including by having a high school diploma or a General Education Development (GED) equivalent. Graduate level students at Ashford University and the University of the Rockies are required to have an undergraduate degree from an accredited college and may be required to have a minimum grade point average or meet other criteria to qualify for admission to certain programs

Enrollment

        We define enrollments as the number of active students on the last day of the financial reporting period. A student is considered an active student if he or she has attended a class within the prior 30 days unless the student has graduated or provided us with a notice of withdrawal.

        As of December 31, 2008, 73% of our online students were female, 32% have identified themselves as minorities and the average age was 35. We have online students from all 50 states.

        The following summarizes our enrollments as of December 31, 2007 and 2008:

 
  December 31, 2007   December 31, 2008  

Doctoral

  60     0.5 %   113     0.3 %

Master's

  905     7.2     2,266     7.2  

Bachelor's

  11,071     87.7     26,340     83.5  

Associate's

  533     4.2     2,699     8.6  

Other*

  54     0.4     140     0.4  
                   

Total

  12,623     100.0 %   31,558     100.0 %
                   

 

 
   
   
   
   
 

Online

  12,104     95.9 %   30,921     98.0 %

Ground

  519     4.1     637     2.0  
                   

Total

  12,623     100.0 %   31,558     100.0 %
                   

*
Includes students who are taking one or more courses with us, but have not declared that they are pursuing a specific degree.

Tuition and Fees

        The price of our courses varies based upon the number of credits per course (with most courses representing three credits), the degree level of the program and the discipline. For the 2008-09 academic year (which began on July 1, 2008), our prices per credit range from $262 to $337 for undergraduate online courses and from $441 to $490 for graduate online courses. Based on these per credit prices, our prices for a three-credit course range from $786 to $1,011 for undergraduate online courses and $1,323 to $1,470 for graduate online courses. For the 2008-09 academic year, we charge a fixed $7,670 "block tuition" for undergraduate ground students taking between 12 and 18 credits per semester, with an additional $447 per credit for credits in excess of 18. Total credits required to obtain a degree are consistent for online and ground programs: an associate's degree requires 61 credits; a bachelor's degree requires 120 credits; a master's degree typically requires a minimum of 33 additional credits; and a doctoral degree typically requires a minimum of 60 additional credits.

78


Student Financing

        Our students finance their education through a combination of the following financing options:

Title IV Programs

        If a student attends any institution certified as eligible by the Department of Education and meets applicable student eligibility standards, that student may receive grants and loans to fund their education under programs provided for by Title IV of the Higher Education Act, which we refer to as Title IV. Some of this aid is based on need, which is generally defined as the difference between the tuition levels the student and his or her family can reasonably afford and the cost of attending the eligible institution. An institution participating in Title IV programs must ensure that all program funds are accounted for and disbursed properly. To continue receiving program funds, students must demonstrate satisfactory academic progress toward the completion of their program of study.

        In 2007 and 2008, Ashford University derived 83.9% and 86.8%, respectively, and the University of the Rockies derived 61.9% and 80.8%, respectively, of their respective revenues (in each case calculated on a cash basis in accordance with applicable Department of Education regulations) from Title IV programs administered by the Department of Education.

        FFEL.     Under the Federal Family Education Loan (FFEL) Program, banks and other lending institutions make loans to students. The FFEL Program includes the Federal Stafford Loan Program, the Federal PLUS Program (which provides loans to graduate students, as well as parents of dependent undergraduate students) and the Federal Consolidation Loan Program. If a student defaults on a FFEL loan, payment to the lender is guaranteed by a federally recognized guaranty agency, which is then reimbursed by the Department of Education. Students who demonstrate financial need may qualify for a subsidized Stafford loan. With a subsidized Stafford loan, the federal government pays the interest on the loan while the student is in school and during grace periods and any approved periods of deferment, until the student's obligation to repay the loan begins. Unsubsidized Stafford loans are not based on financial need, and are available to students who do not quality for a subsidized Stafford loan, or in some cases, in addition to a subsidized Stafford loan. Loan funds are paid to us, and we in turn credit the student's account for tuition and fees and disburse any amounts in excess of tuition and fees to the student.

        Effective July 1, 2008, under the Federal Stafford Loan Program, a dependent undergraduate student can borrow up to $5,500 for the first academic year, $6,500 for the second academic year and $7,500 for each of the third and fourth academic years. Students classified as independent, and dependent students whose parents have been denied a PLUS loan for undergraduate students, can obtain up to an additional $4,000 for each of the first and second academic years and an additional $5,000 for each of the third and fourth academic years. Students enrolled in graduate programs can borrow up to $20,500 per academic year.

        Pell.     Under the Pell Program, the Department of Education makes grants to undergraduate students who demonstrate financial need. Effective July 1, 2008, the maximum annual grant a student can receive under the Pell Program is $4,731. Under the August 2008 reauthorization of the Higher Education Act, students are able for the first time to receive Pell Grant funds for attendance on a year-round basis, and can potentially receive more in a given year than the traditionally defined maximum annual amount. For the July 1, 2009 through June 30, 2010 award year, the maximum Pell Grant award will be $5,350. Under the August 2008 reauthorization of the Higher Education Act, effective July 1, 2009, students are able for the first time to receive Pell Grant funds for attendance on a year-round basis and can potentially receive more in a given year than the traditionally defined maximum amount.

        Federal Direct Loan Program.     We are eligible to participate in the Federal Direct Loan Program, under which the Department of Education, rather than a private lender, lends to students. The types of

79



loans, the maximum annual loan amounts and other terms of the loans made under the Federal Direct Loan Program are similar to those for loans made under the FFEL Program. We have not yet participated in this program.

        Federal Work Study Program.     Under the Federal Work Study Program, federal funds are made available to pay up to 75% of the cost of part-time employment of eligible students, based on their financial need to perform work for the school or for off-campus public or non-profit organizations.

Military and Other Governmental Financial Aid

        Some of our students also receive financial support from military and other government financial aid programs. In 2007 and 2008, Ashford University derived 1.9% and 2.2%, respectively, and the University of the Rockies derived 1.3% and 0.0% of their respective revenues (in each case calculated on a cash basis in accordance with applicable Department of Education regulations) from military and other governmental financial aid sources.

Cash Pay and Corporate Reimbursement

        Some students pay a portion or all of their tuition with cash. In some instances, these payments are reimbursable to the student or directly to us, by the student's employer under a corporate tuition reimbursement program. In 2007 and 2008, Ashford University derived 12.9% and 9.8%, respectively, and the University of the Rockies derived 36.8% and 19.2%, respectively, of their respective revenues (in each case calculated on a cash basis in accordance with applicable Department of Education regulations) from cash pay and other corporate reimbursement.

Private Loans

        Some students use private loans to assist with the financing of their tuition. Due to our affordable value proposition, our students generally have limited need for private loans. In 2007 and 2008, Ashford University derived 1.9% and 1.2%, respectively, and the University of the Rockies derived 0.0% and 0.0%, respectively, of their respective revenues (in each case calculated on a cash basis in accordance with applicable Department of Education regulations) from private loans.

Technology

        We have created a scalable technology system that is secure, reliable and redundant and permits our courses and support services to be offered online.

Online course delivery and management

        We use the Blackboard Academic Suite, provided by Blackboard Inc., a third-party software and services provider, for our online platform. The suite provides an online learning management system and provides for the storage, management and delivery of course content. The suite includes collaborative spaces for student communication and participation with other students and faculty as well as grade and attendance management for faculty, and assessment capabilities to assist us in maintaining quality. Blackboard hosts the software for us in its data center to allow us to efficiently scale the applications to meet the needs of our growing student population. Access to our systems is provided through our student portals, an extension of our individual university websites. These portals are dynamic destinations for students to securely access personal information and services and also serve as vehicles for student communications, activities and student support services.

Internal administration

        We employ a proprietary customer relations management, or CRM, system for lead management, document management, workflow, analytics and reporting. Our CRM suite enables rapid response to

80



new leads. We believe our CRM system is able to support the needs of our business for the foreseeable future. We also utilize an online application portal to accept, integrate and process student applications.

        We utilize CampusVue, a student information system provided by Campus Management Corp., to manage student data (including grades, attendance, status and financial aid) and to generate periodic management reports. This system interfaces with our learning management system.

Infrastructure

        Our core infrastructure and servers are located in a secure data center at our corporate headquarters. All of our servers are on a scalable and redundant meshed network. All systems and their associated data are included in a backup and recovery plan. We currently use industry standard servers and related equipment. We also have a disaster recovery plan in place.

Student Community and Activities

Athletics

        Our athletic teams at Ashford University compete as members of the Midwest Collegiate Conference and the National Association of Intercollegiate Athletics (NAIA). We field teams as the Ashford University Saints in men's baseball, basketball, cross-country, golf, soccer and track and field, and in women's basketball, cross-country, golf, soccer, softball, track and field and volleyball.

Student Organizations and Activities

        Our students have the ability to participate in a wide range of social and recreational activities and organizations, including Ashford University's student-run newspaper and interest groups ranging from choir and fine arts to cheerleading. Additionally, we periodically have influential corporate, political and academic leaders on campus to speak to students on a variety of topical issues.

Graduation

        Every December and May, Ashford University holds a ceremony on campus for students graduating from our campus and online programs. In May 2008, we hosted approximately 1,200 family members and guests of 275 attending graduates; and in December 2008, we hosted approximately 1,100 family members and guests of 221 attending graduates. Of the students in attendance in May 2008 and December 2008, approximately 200 and 153, respectively, were graduating from online programs. We believe the opportunity to attend a traditional graduation ceremony on campus is an important component to recognizing our online students for their achievements. It also provides online students with the opportunity to further develop their connection to us and to our broader student population.

Employees

        As of December 31, 2008, we had over 1,200 faculty members, consisting of over 60 full-time campus faculty and over 1,100 adjunct online faculty. Our adjunct faculty are part-time employees.

        We engage our adjunct faculty on a course-by-course basis. Adjunct faculty are compensated a fixed amount per course, which varies among faculty members based on each individual's experience and background. In addition to teaching assignments, adjunct faculty may also be asked to serve on student committees, such as comprehensive examination and dissertation committees, or assist with course development.

        As of December 31, 2008, we also employed 1,771 non-faculty staff in university services, academic advising and academic support, enrollment services, university administration, financial aid, information technology, human resources, corporate accounting, finance and other administrative functions. None of our employees is a party to any collective bargaining or similar agreement with us.

81


Competition

        The postsecondary education market is highly fragmented and competitive, with no private or public institution enjoying a significant market share. We compete primarily with public and private degree-granting regionally accredited colleges and universities. Our competitors include the University of Phoenix, Kaplan University and other private and public universities and community colleges. Many of these colleges and universities enroll working adults in addition to traditional 18 to 24 year-old students. In addition, many of those colleges and universities offer a variety of distance education and online initiatives.

        We believe that the competitive factors in the postsecondary education market include the following:

    relevant, practical and accredited program offerings;

    convenient, flexible and dependable access to programs and classes;

    program costs;

    reputation of the college or university among students and employers;

    relative marketing and selling effectiveness;

    regulatory approvals;

    qualified and experienced faculty;

    level of student support services; and

    the time necessary to earn a degree.

We expect to face increased competition as a result of new entrants to the online education market, including traditional colleges and universities that had not previously offered online education programs.

Intellectual Property

        Intellectual property is important to our business. We rely on a combination of copyrights, trademarks, service marks, trade secrets, domain names and agreements with third parties to protect our proprietary rights. In many instances, our course content is produced for us by faculty and other content experts under work-for-hire agreements pursuant to which we own the course content in return for a fixed development fee. In certain limited cases, we license course content from third parties on a royalty fee basis.

        We have trademark and service mark registrations and pending applications in the U.S. and select foreign jurisdictions. We also own domain name rights to www.ashford.com, www.ashford.edu, www.ashforduniversity.edu, www.rockies.edu and www.universityoftherockies.com, as well as other words and phrases important to our business.

Properties

        In addition to our owned Ashford University facilities of 286,000 square feet in Clinton, Iowa, our corporate headquarters occupies 267,000 square feet in San Diego, California under a lease that expires in 2018 where we house enrollment services, student support services and corporate functions. We also lease 36,700 square feet under a lease that expires in 2014 in Clinton, Iowa to complement our California enrollment services and student services functions. We lease 31,500 square feet under a lease that expires in 2015 in Colorado Springs, Colorado for the University of the Rockies. We signed an 11 year lease in October 2008 for an additional 248,000 square feet to house enrollment services, student support services and corporate functions in San Diego scheduled for occupancy in 2009 and

82



2010. We believe our existing facilities, including the newly leased space, are adequate for current requirements and that additional space can be obtained on commercially reasonable terms to meet future requirements.

Environmental Matters

        We believe our facilities are substantially in compliance with federal, state and local laws and regulations that have been enacted or adopted regulating the discharge of materials into the environment, or otherwise relating to the protection of the environment. Compliance with these laws and regulations has not had, and is not expected to have, a material effect on our capital expenditures, earnings or competitive position.

Legal Proceedings

        From time to time, we are a party to various lawsuits, claims and other legal proceedings that arise in the ordinary course of our business. We are not at this time a party, as plaintiff or defendant, to any legal proceedings which, individually or in the aggregate, would be expected to have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

        Two holders of our common stock asserted in February 2009 that we took various actions in violation of their legal rights which resulted in an unfair dilution of their interests as holders of shares of common stock. We are engaged in discussions with the stockholders, through counsel, in an effort to resolve the concerns of the stockholders without litigation. While we believe the claims of the stockholders are without merit and intend to defend vigorously any litigation that is commenced, no assurance can be given that this matter will not have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operation or cash flows.

83



REGULATION

        Ashford University and the University of the Rockies are accredited institutions of higher education that participate in federal student financial aid programs and, as a result, are subject to extensive regulation by a variety of agencies. These agencies include the agency that accredits our institutions, thereby providing an independent assessment of educational quality; the Department of Education, which administers the federal student aid programs relied upon by many of our students to help finance their educations; and state education licensing authorities, which provide legal authority to deliver educational programs and to grant degrees and other credentials in states where our campuses are physically located. The laws, regulations and standards of these agencies address the vast majority of our operations.

        Our institutions are accredited by the Higher Learning Commission of the North Central Association of Colleges and Schools. The Higher Learning Commission is one of six regional accrediting agencies recognized by the Department of Education for colleges and universities in the United States. Accreditation is a non-governmental process through which an institution submits to qualitative review by an organization of peer institutions based on the standards of the accrediting agency and the mission of the institution. The Higher Learning Commission reviews and evaluates many aspects of an institution's operations, primarily related to educational quality and effectiveness.

        We are also subject to regulation by the Department of Education due to our participation in federal student financial aid programs authorized by Title IV of the Higher Education Act of 1965, as amended, which we refer to in this prospectus as Title IV programs. Title IV programs include (i) subsidized and unsubsidized loans to students and their parents by private lenders which are guaranteed by the federal government, (ii) similar loans provided directly by the federal government, (iii) grants to students with demonstrated financial need and (iv) federal subsidies for a school's part-time employment of eligible students. To participate in Title IV programs, a school must obtain and maintain authorization by the state education agency or agencies where it is physically located, be accredited by an accrediting agency recognized by the Department of Education and be certified by the Department of Education as an eligible institution. Certification by the Department of Education carries with it an extensive set of regulations.

        Our institutions are also subject to regulation by educational licensing authorities in states where our institutions are physically located or conduct certain operations. State authorization, or exemption from it, in the states where a school is physically located is also a prerequisite for eligibility to participate in Title IV programs.

        We plan and implement our activities to comply with the standards of these regulatory agencies. We employ a full-time vice president of compliance who is responsible for regulatory matters relevant to student financial aid programs and reports to our General Counsel. Our CEO and President, Chief Financial Officer, Chief Academic Officer, Chief Administrative Officer and General Counsel also provide oversight designed to ensure that we meet the requirements of our regulated operating environment.

Accreditation

        Ashford University and the University of the Rockies have been institutionally accredited since 1950 and 2003, respectively, by the Higher Learning Commission. The Higher Learning Commission is one of six regional accrediting agencies that accredits colleges and universities in the United States. Most traditional, public and private non-profit, degree-granting colleges and universities are accredited by one of these six agencies. Accreditation by the Higher Learning Commission is recognized by the Department of Education as a reliable indicator of educational quality. Accreditation is a private, non-governmental process for evaluating the quality of an educational institution and its programs and an institution's effectiveness in carrying out its mission in areas including integrity, student

84



performance, curriculum, educational effectiveness, faculty, physical resources, administrative capability and resources, financial stability and governance. To be recognized by the Department of Education, an accrediting agency, among other things, must adopt specific standards to be maintained by educational institutions, conduct peer-review evaluations of institutions' compliance with those standards, monitor compliance through periodic institutional reporting and the periodic renewal process and publicly designate those institutions that meet the agency's criteria. An accredited school is subject to periodic review by its accrediting agency to determine whether it continues to meet the performance, integrity, quality and other standards required for accreditation. An institution that is determined not to meet the standards of accreditation may have its accreditation revoked or not renewed.

        The Higher Learning Commission renewed Ashford University's accreditation in 2006 for the maximum period of ten years. The renewal followed a review process, including a change in ownership review resulting from our acquisition of the university in 2005, as well as a comprehensive evaluation in connection with the regularly scheduled renewal process following the university's previous ten-year grant of accreditation in 1995. In connection with this renewal, the Higher Learning Commission also approved (i) the university's online delivery of all programs already approved for campus-based offering, without seeking any further approval, (ii) an additional graduate degree (the Master of Arts in Organizational Management) in both campus-based and online delivery modalities and (iii) the university's awarding of up to 99 credits to students from transfer sources, including both credits earned at other educational institutions and through assessments of college-level learning experiences acquired outside the traditional university classroom. The Higher Learning Commission also directed the university to submit progress reports in June 2007 and June 2008 regarding success in meeting its enrollment, revenue and expense projections and in making capital improvements at the Iowa campus. Those reports were timely filed and the university was notified in October 2008 that no further financial reporting is required. The Higher Learning Commission has scheduled a visit for the 2009-2010 academic year to review financial performance and the outcomes of the increase in transfer credits. The Commission has scheduled the university for a comprehensive evaluation during the 2016-17 academic year in connection with the next regularly scheduled accreditation renewal process.

        The University of the Rockies' initial grant of accreditation from the Higher Learning Commission was in 2003, for a period of five years. Its accreditation was renewed by the Higher Learning Commission in 2008 for a period of seven years. The renewal followed a review process, including a change of ownership review resulting from our acquisition of the university in 2007, as well as a comprehensive evaluation in connection with the regularly scheduled renewal process following the university's previous five year grant of accreditation in 2003. The university has been scheduled to report to the Higher Learning Commission by May 31, 2011, concerning student learning assessments and institutional planning. The Higher Learning Commission has scheduled the university for a comprehensive evaluation during the 2015-16 academic year in connection with the next regularly scheduled accreditation renewal process.

        In addition, the Higher Learning Commission has scheduled an on-site focused visit to each of Ashford University and the University of the Rockies within 6 months following the offering to verify that the institutions continue to meet Higher Learning Commission requirements. The Higher Learning Commission has postponed consideration of a request by the University of the Rockies for approval of three new graduate programs until completion of the on-site visit and formal acceptance of the visiting team's recommendations by the Higher Learning Commission.

        Our accreditation by the Higher Learning Commission is important to our institutions for the following reasons:

    it establishes comprehensive criteria designed to promote educational quality and effectiveness;

    it represents a public acknowledgement by a recognized independent agency of the quality and effectiveness of our institutions and their programs;

85


    it facilitates the transferability of educational credits when our students transfer to or apply for graduate school at other regionally accredited colleges and universities; and

    the Department of Education relies on accreditation as an indicator of educational quality and effectiveness in determining a school's eligibility to participate in Title IV programs, as do certain corporate and government sponsors in connection with tuition reimbursement and other student aid programs.

        We believe that regional accreditation is viewed favorably by certain students when choosing a school, by other schools when evaluating transfer and graduate school applications and by certain employers when evaluating the credentials of candidates for employment.

        In addition, by approving Ashford University's offerings of approved campus-based programs through online delivery modalities and by approving increased transfer credit allowance and prior learning assessments, accreditation by the Higher Learning Commission supports our mission of serving students by providing innovative online programs and allowing student accessibility through increased transfer of credit for prior traditional and non-traditional learning.

Regulation of Federal Student Financial Aid Programs

        To be eligible to participate in Title IV programs, an institution must comply with the Higher Education Act and regulations thereunder that are administered by the Department of Education. Among other things, the law and regulations require that an institution (i) be licensed or authorized to offer its educational programs by the states in which it is physically located, (ii) maintain institutional accreditation by an accrediting agency recognized for such purposes by the Department of Education and (iii) be certified to participate in Title IV programs by the Department of Education. Our institutions' participation in Title IV programs subjects us to extensive oversight and review pursuant to regulations promulgated by the Department of Education. Those regulations are subject from time to time to revision and amendment by the Department of Education. The Department's interpretation of its regulations likewise is subject to change. As a result, it is difficult to predict how Title IV program requirements will be applied in all circumstances.

Congressional action

        Congress must reauthorize the Higher Education Act on a periodic basis, usually every five to six years. It was reauthorized most recently in August 2008, extending Title IV programs through September 2014. The 2008 reauthorization revised a number of requirements governing Title IV programs, including provisions concerning the relationship between an institution and its students' private Title IV lenders, an institution's maximum permissible student loan default rates and the maximum percentage of revenue that an institution may derive from Title IV programs. In addition, Congress enacted legislation in 2007 that reduced interest rates on certain Title IV loans and reduced government subsidies to private lenders that participate in Title IV programs. In May 2008, Congress enacted additional legislation increasing by $2,000 the maximum annual loan for which students are eligible and aimed at ensuring that a sufficient number of private lenders will continue to provide Title IV loans to all eligible students seeking to obtain them.

        In addition, Congress determines the funding levels for Title IV programs annually through the budget and appropriations process.

Certification procedures; provisional certification

        The Department of Education certifies institutions to participate in Title IV programs for a fixed period of time, typically three years for a provisionally certified institution and six years in most other instances. The terms and conditions of an institution's participation in Title IV programs, including any

86



special terms and conditions by virtue of a provisional certification, are set forth in a program participation agreement entered into between the Department of Education and the institution.

        The Department of Education automatically places an institution on provisional certification status when the institution is certified for the first time or when it undergoes a change in ownership. The Department of Education may also place an institution on provisional certification status under other circumstances, including if the institution fails to satisfy certain standards of financial responsibility or administrative capability. Students attending a provisionally certified institution are eligible to receive Title IV program funds to the same extent as if the institution's certification were not provisional. During a period of provisional certification, however, an institution must comply with any additional conditions imposed by the Department of Education and must seek and obtain the Department of Education's advance approval before adding a new location. In addition, the Department of Education may more closely review an institution that is provisionally certified if it applies for renewal of certification or approval to add an educational program, acquire another school or seek to make other significant changes. If the Department of Education determines that a provisionally certified institution is unable to meet its responsibilities under its program participation agreement, the Department of Education may seek to revoke the institution's certification to participate in Title IV programs without advance notice and without the same rights to due process in contesting the revocation as are afforded to institutions whose certification is not provisional.

        The Department of Education issued Ashford University's program participation agreement in December 2008. Because our composite score for the year ended December 31, 2007 was 0.6 and did not meet the 1.5 standard prescribed by the Department of Education (see "Regulation of Federal Student Financial Aid Programs—Financial responsibility"), the institution was placed on provisional certification status and required to post a letter of credit in favor of the Department of Education equal to 10% of total Title IV funds received in 2007 and to receive certain Title IV funds under the heightened cash monitoring level one method of payment (pursuant to which an institution may not receive Title IV funds before disbursing them to students) rather than under the advance method of payment (pursuant to which an institution may receive Title IV program funds before disbursing them to students).

        The Department of Education issued the University of the Rockies' current program participation agreement in September 2007, following the change in ownership that occurred in connection with its September 2007 acquisition. Because of the change in ownership, the institution was placed on provisional certification status for a period of three years. The University of the Rockies' participation in Title IV programs is also conditioned on its having in place a letter of credit in favor of the Department of Education and on its receiving certain Title IV funds under the heightened cash monitoring level one method of payment.

        We expect our composite score on a consolidated basis to be approximately 1.6 for the year ended December 31, 2008. We intend to request that the Department of Education measure the financial responsibility of the University of the Rockies based on our consolidated composite score, rather than the Department of Education's current practice of relying on the institution's standalone composite score, and the Department of Education has already permitted the University of the Rockies to change its fiscal year end date to December 31. We expect the composite score for the University of the Rockies for the year ended December 31, 2008 to be approximately 1.7. We believe that these composite scores would support the release of both Ashford University and the University of the Rockies from their letter of credit requirements and from conforming to the requirements of the heightened cash monitoring level one method of payment. However, the release of the schools from these requirements is subject to determination by the Department of Education once it receives and reviews our audited financial statements.

87


        We do not currently have plans to establish new locations, acquire other schools or make other significant changes in our operations. In addition, we do not currently have plans to initiate new educational programs that would require approval of the Department of Education. Accordingly, we do not believe that the provisional certification of our institutions has had or will have a material impact on our day-to-day operations.

        An institution is required to apply for a renewal of its certification no later than three months before a scheduled expiration of certification. Our current provisional certification for Ashford University is scheduled to expire on June 30, 2011. Our current provisional certification for the University of the Rockies is scheduled to expire on September 30, 2010.

Compliance reviews and reports

        In addition to reviews in connection with periodic renewals of certification to participate in Title IV programs, our institutions are subject to announced and unannounced compliance reviews and audits by various external agencies, including the Department of Education, its Office of Inspector General (OIG), state licensing agencies, agencies that guarantee private lender Title IV program loans, the U.S. Department of Veterans Affairs and the Higher Learning Commission. In addition, as part of the Department of Education's ongoing monitoring of institutions' administration of Title IV programs, the Higher Education Act requires institutions to submit to the Department of Education an annual Title IV compliance audit conducted by an independent registered public accounting firm. In addition, to enable the Department of Education to make a determination of an institution's financial responsibility, each institution must annually submit audited financial statements prepared in accordance with GAAP and Department of Education regulations.

Audit by Office of the Inspector General

        The OIG is responsible for, among other things, promoting the effectiveness and integrity of the Department of Education's programs and operations. With respect to educational institutions that participate in Title IV programs, the OIG conducts its work primarily through an audit services division and an investigations division. The audit services division typically conducts general audits of schools to assess their administration of federal funds in accordance with applicable rules and regulations. The investigation services division typically conducts focused investigations of particular allegations of fraud, abuse or other wrongdoing against schools by third parties, such as a lawsuit filed under seal pursuant to the federal False Claims Act.

        The OIG audit services division is conducting a compliance audit of Ashford University which commenced in May 2008. The period under audit is March 10, 2005 through June 30, 2009, which is the end of the current Title IV award year of July 1, 2008 through June 30, 2009. The scope of the audit covers Ashford University's administration of Title IV program funds, including compliance with regulations governing institutional and student eligibility, award and disbursement of Title IV program funds, verification of awards, returns of unearned funds and compensation of financial aid and recruiting personnel. Based on our conversations with the OIG, we believe that the OIG will complete its field work in the first quarter of 2009 and issue a draft audit report sometime in the first half of 2009, to which we will have an opportunity to respond. We expect that the OIG will not issue a final audit report until several months thereafter. The final audit report would include any findings and any recommendations to the Department of Education's Federal Student Aid office based on those findings. Because of the ongoing nature of the OIG audit, we cannot predict with certainty the ultimate extent of the draft or final audit findings or recommendations or what effect any such findings might have on us and our business.

88


Administrative capability

        Department of Education regulations specify extensive criteria by which an institution must establish that it has the requisite administrative capability to participate in Title IV programs. To meet the administrative capability standards, an institution must, among other things:

    comply with all applicable Title IV program requirements;

    have an adequate number of qualified personnel to administer Title IV programs;

    have acceptable standards for measuring the satisfactory academic progress of its students;

    have procedures in place for awarding, disbursing and safeguarding Title IV funds and for maintaining required records;

    administer Title IV programs with adequate checks and balances in its system of internal control over financial reporting;

    not be, and not have any principal or affiliate who is, debarred or suspended from federal contracting or engaging in activity that is cause for debarment or suspension;

    provide financial aid counseling to its students;

    refer to the OIG any credible information indicating that any student, parent, employee, third-party servicer or other agent of the institution has engaged in any fraud or other illegal conduct involving Title IV programs;

    timely submit all required reports and financial statements; and

    not otherwise appear to lack administrative capability.

Financial responsibility

        The Higher Education Act and Department of Education regulations establish standards of financial responsibility which an institution must satisfy to participate in Title IV programs. The Department of Education evaluates compliance with these standards annually upon receipt of an institution's annual audited financial statements and also when an institution applies to the Department of Education to reestablish its eligibility to participate in Title IV programs following a change in ownership. One financial responsibility standard is based on the institution's composite score, which is derived from a formula established by the Department of Education that is a weighted average of three financial ratios:

    equity ratio, which measures the institution's capital resources, financial viability and ability to borrow;

    primary reserve ratio, which measures the institution's ability to support current operations from expendable resources; and

    net income ratio, which measures the institution's ability to operate at a profit or within its means.

        The formula defines each of the three ratios and assigns a strength factor and weighting percentage to each ratio. The weighted scores for the three ratios are then added to produce a composite score for the institution. The composite score is a number between negative 1.0 and positive 3.0. It must be at least 1.5 for the institution to be deemed financially responsible without the need for further Department of Education financial oversight. In addition to having an acceptable composite score, an institution must, among other things, provide the administrative resources necessary to comply with Title IV program requirements, meet all of its financial obligations (including required refunds to

89



students and any Title IV liabilities and debts), be current in its debt payments and not receive an adverse, qualified or disclaimed opinion by its accountants in its audited financial statements.

        For the year ended December 31, 2007, our composite score of 0.6 did not meet the 1.5 standard prescribed by the Department of Education. The composite scores for the University of the Rockies for years ended July 31, 2006 and July 31, 2007 also did not meet the 1.5 standard. As a result, each of our institutions has been required to participate in the Title IV programs under provisional certification, to post a letter of credit in favor of the Department of Education and to receive Title IV program funds pursuant to the heightened cash management level one method. As a result, (i) we may not draw down Title IV funds until the day we disburse them to our students, (ii) Ashford University has posted a letter of credit in the amount of $12.1 million, which will remain in effect through September 30, 2009, and (iii) the University of the Rockies has posted a letter of credit in the amount of $0.7 million, which will remain in effect through June 30, 2009. Based on our calculations, for which we have not yet received confirmation by the Department of Education, we expect our composite score on a consolidated basis to be approximately 1.6 for the year ended December 31, 2008. We intend to request that the Department of Education measure the financial responsibility of the University of the Rockies based on our consolidated composite score, rather than the Department of Education's current practice of relying on the institution's standalone composite score, and the Department of Education has already permitted the University of the Rockies to change its fiscal year end date to December 31. Based on our calculations, for which we have not yet received confirmation by the Department of Education, we expect the composite score for the University of the Rockies for the year ended December 31, 2008 to be approximately 1.7. We believe that these composite scores would support the release of both Ashford University and the University of the Rockies from their letter of credit requirements and from conforming to the requirements of the heightened cash monitoring level one method of payment. However, the release of the institutions from these requirements is subject to determination by the Department of Education once it receives and reviews the audited financial statements.

Return of Title IV funds for students who withdraw

        If a student who has received Title IV funds withdraws, the institution must determine the amount of Title IV program funds the student has earned, pursuant to applicable regulations. If the student withdraws during the first 60% of any payment period (which, for our online students, typically is a 20-week term consisting of four five-week courses and, for our ground students, is a 16-week semester), the amount of Title IV funds that the student has earned is equal to a pro rata portion of the funds the student received or for which the student would otherwise be eligible for the payment period. If the student withdraws after the 60% threshold, then the student is deemed to have earned 100% of the Title IV funds received. If the student has not earned all of the Title IV funds disbursed, the institution must return the unearned funds to the appropriate lender or the Department of Education in a timely manner, which is generally no later than 45 days after the date the institution determined that the student withdrew. If an institution's annual financial aid compliance audit in either of its two most recently completed fiscal years determines that 5% or more of such returns were not timely made, the institution must submit a letter of credit in favor of the Department of Education equal to 25% of the Title IV funds that the institution should have returned for withdrawn students in its most recently completed fiscal year.

        For the year ended December 31, 2007, Ashford University exceeded the 5% threshold for late refunds sampled due to human error. As a result, we are subject to the requirement to post a letter of credit in favor of the Department of Education equal to 25% of the total refunds in 2007. Ashford University notified the Department of Education of its intention to post this letter of credit, but was advised by the Department of Education that such posting was unnecessary because we had already posted a letter of credit due to our composite score which was in excess of the amount required for

90



late funds. Although we have taken steps to reduce late refunds, we cannot ensure that such steps will be sufficient to address this issue.

The "90/10 rule"

        Pursuant to a provision of the Higher Education Act, as reauthorized in August 2008, a for-profit institution loses its eligibility to participate in Title IV programs if the institution derives more than 90% of its revenues (calculated on a cash basis in accordance with applicable Department of Education regulations) from Title IV program funds for two consecutive fiscal years, commencing with the institution's first fiscal year that ends after the new law's effective date of August 14, 2008. This rule is commonly referred to as the "90/10 rule." Any institution that violates the 90/10 rule becomes ineligible to participate in Title IV programs for at least two fiscal years. In addition, an institution whose rate exceeds 90% for any single year will be placed on provisional certification and may be subject to other enforcement measures. We are currently assessing what impact, if any, the Department of Education's revised formula and other changes in federal law will have on our 90/10 calculation.

        In 2007 and 2008, Ashford University derived 83.9% and 86.8%, respectively, and the University of the Rockies derived 61.9% and 80.8%, respectively, of their respective revenues (calculated on a cash basis in accordance with applicable Department of Education regulations) from Title IV funds. In connection with the change by the University of the Rockies to a December 31 fiscal year end date, the Department of Education required the University of the Rockies to calculate its compliance with the 90/10 rule for the fiscal year ending July 31, 2008 and for the 5-month period ending December 31, 2008 and those percentages are 74.3% and 80.8%, respectively.

        Recent changes in federal law that increased Title IV grant and loan limits, and any additional increases in the future, may result in an increase in the revenues we receive from Title IV programs, which could make it more difficult for us to satisfy the 90/10 rule. However, such effects may be mitigated, at least on a temporary basis, by another provision in the rule that allows institutions to exclude (for three years) from their Title IV revenues when calculating their compliance the additional $2,000 per student in certain annual federal student loan amounts that became available starting in July 2008. Additionally, recent changes permit institutions to include in their calculation as non-Title IV revenues certain non-cash revenues, such as institutional loan proceeds under certain circumstances.

Student loan defaults

        Under the Higher Education Act, as in effect prior to its August 2008 reauthorization, an educational institution may lose its eligibility to participate in some or all Title IV programs if defaults by its students on the repayment of student loans exceed certain levels. For each federal fiscal year, the Department of Education calculates a rate of student defaults for each institution which is known as a "cohort default rate." An institution's cohort default rate for a federal fiscal year is calculated by determining the rate at which students who became subject to a repayment obligation in that federal fiscal year defaulted on such obligation by the end of the following federal fiscal year.

        If the Department of Education notifies an institution that its cohort default rates for each of the three most recent federal fiscal years are 25% or greater, the institution's participation in the FFEL, Direct Loan and Pell grant programs ends 30 days after that notification, unless the institution appeals that determination on specified grounds and according to specified procedures. In addition, an institution's participation in the FFEL and Direct Loan programs ends 30 days after notification by the Department of Education that its cohort default rate in its most recent fiscal year is greater than 40%, unless the institution timely appeals that determination on specified grounds and according to specified procedures. An institution whose participation ends under either of these provisions may not participate in the relevant Title IV programs for the remainder of the fiscal year in which the institution receives the notification and for the next two fiscal years. If an institution's cohort default

91



rate equals or exceeds 25% in any single year, the institution may be placed on provisional certification status.

        Ashford University's cohort default rates for the 2004, 2005 and 2006 federal fiscal years, the three most recent years for which information is available, were 2.4%, 4.1% and 4.1%, respectively. The cohort default rates for the University of the Rockies for the 2004, 2005 and 2006 federal fiscal years, the three most recent years for which information is available, were 5.5%, 0% and 0%, respectively. The draft cohort default rate for Ashford University for the 2007 federal fiscal year is 13.2%, which increased rate reflects in large part a greater number of student borrowers entering repayment who took classes exclusively online. Based on our history and management's experience, online students generally default at a higher rate than ground students. The draft cohort default rate for University of the Rockies for the 2007 federal fiscal year is 0%. These rates are subject to change prior to the issuance of the Department of Education's final report. Because Ashford University's draft cohort default rate for the 2007 federal fiscal year exceeds 10%, it would no longer be exempt from the 30-day disbursement delay rule for first-year, first-time undergraduate student borrowers once the official rate is published by the Department of Education, which is expected to take place in September 2009, if the official rate is equal to or greater than 10%. The loss of this exemption would result in a delay in Ashford University receiving Title IV funds for such students and, accordingly, would negatively affect our cash flows, to the extent we would have otherwise been able to receive such funds sooner.

        The August 2008 reauthorization of the Higher Education Act includes significant revisions to the requirements concerning cohort default rates. Under the revised law, the period for which students' defaults on their loans are included in the calculation of an institution's cohort default rate has been extended by one additional year, which is expected to increase the cohort default rates for most institutions. That change will be effective with the calculation of institutions' cohort default rates for the federal fiscal year ending September 30, 2009, which rates are expected to be calculated and issued by the Department of Education in 2012. The Department of Education will not impose sanctions based on rates calculated under this new methodology until three consecutive years of rates have been calculated, which is expected to occur in 2014. Until that time, the Department of Education will continue to calculate rates under the old calculation method and impose sanctions based on those rates. The revised law also increases the threshold for ending an institution's participation in the relevant Title IV programs from 25% to 30%, effective in the federal fiscal year 2012.

Incentive compensation rule

        An institution that participates in Title IV programs may not provide any commission, bonus or other incentive payment based directly or indirectly on success in securing enrollments or financial aid to any person or entity engaged in any student recruitment, admissions or financial aid awarding activity. The Department of Education's regulations set forth 12 "safe harbors" which describe compensation arrangements that do not violate the incentive compensation rule, including the payment and adjustment of salaries and bonuses under certain conditions. The regulations clarify that the safe harbors are not a complete list of permissible practices under this law. The law and regulations do not establish clear criteria for compliance in all circumstances, and the Department of Education no longer reviews and approves compensation plans prior to their implementation. Although we cannot provide any assurances that the Department of Education would not find deficiencies in our compensation plans, we believe that our compensation policies comply with applicable law and regulations.

Potential effect of regulatory noncompliance

        The Department of Education can impose sanctions for violating the statutory and regulatory requirements of Title IV programs, including:

    transferring an institution from the advance method or the heightened cash monitoring level one method of Title IV payment, which permit the institution to receive Title IV funds before or

92


      concurrently with disbursing them to students, to the heightened cash monitoring level two method of payment or to the reimbursement method of payment, which delay an institution's receipt of Title IV funds until student eligibility has been verified;

    requiring an institution to post a letter of credit in favor of the Department of Education as a condition for continued Title IV certification;

    imposing a monetary liability against an institution in an amount equal to any funds determined to have been improperly disbursed;

    initiating proceedings to impose a fine or to limit, suspend or terminate an institution's participation in Title IV programs;

    taking emergency action to suspend an institution's participation in Title IV programs without prior notice or a prior opportunity for a hearing;

    failing to grant an institution's application for renewal of its certification to participate in Title IV programs; or

    referring a matter for possible civil or criminal prosecution.

In addition, the agencies that guarantee Title IV private lender loans for our students could initiate proceedings to limit, suspend or terminate our ability to obtain guarantees of our students' loans through that agency.

        If sanctions were imposed resulting in a substantial curtailment or termination of our participation in Title IV programs, our enrollments, revenues and results of operations would be materially and adversely affected. If we lost our eligibility to participate in Title IV programs, or if the amount of available Title IV program funds were reduced, we would seek to arrange or provide alternative sources of financial aid for students. We believe that one or more private organizations would be willing to provide financial assistance to our students, but there is no assurance of that. Additionally, the interest rate and other terms of such financial aid would likely not be as favorable as those for Title IV program funds, and we might be required to guarantee all or part of such alternative assistance or might incur other additional costs in connection with securing such alternative assistance. It is unlikely that we would be able to arrange alternative funding to replace all the Title IV funding our students receive. Accordingly, our loss of eligibility to participate in Title IV programs, or a reduction in the amount of available Title IV program funding for our students, would be expected to have a material adverse effect on our enrollments, revenues and results of operations, even if we could arrange or provide alternative sources of student financial aid.

        In addition to the actions that may be brought against us as a result of our participation in Title IV programs, we are also subject to complaints and lawsuits relating to regulatory compliance brought not only by our regulatory agencies but also by other government agencies and third parties, such as current or former students or employees and other members of the public, including lawsuits filed pursuant to the federal False Claims Act.

Uncertainties, increased oversight and changes in student loan environment

        During 2007 and 2008, student loan programs, including Title IV programs, came under increased scrutiny by the Department of Education, Congress, state attorneys general and other parties. Issues that have received extensive attention include allegations of conflicts of interest between some institutions or their employees and lenders that provide Title IV loans, inappropriate incentives given by lenders to some schools and school employees and allegations of deceptive practices in the marketing of student loans and in schools encouraging students to use certain lenders.

93


        The practices of numerous schools and lenders have been examined by government agencies at the federal and state level. Several of them have been cited for these problems and have paid several million dollars in the aggregate to settle those claims without admitting wrongdoing. As a result of this activity, Congress has passed new laws, the Department of Education has enacted regulations and several states have adopted codes of conduct or enacted state laws that further regulate the conduct of lenders, schools and school personnel. These new laws and regulations, among other things:

    limit schools' relationships with lenders;

    restrict the types of services that schools may receive from lenders;

    prohibit lenders from providing other types of funding to schools in exchange for Title IV loan volume;

    require schools to provide additional information to students concerning institutionally preferred lenders; and

    reduce the amount of federal payments to lenders who participate in Title IV loan programs.

        The cumulative impact of these developments and conditions, combined with market conditions affecting the availability of credit generally, have caused some lenders, including some lenders that have previously provided Title IV loans to our students, to cease providing Title IV loans to students. Other lenders have reduced the benefits and increased the fees associated with the Title IV loans they provide. In addition, the new regulatory refinements may result in higher administrative costs for schools, including us. If Congress increases interest rates on Title IV loans, or if private loan interest rates rise, our students would have to pay higher interest rates on their loans. Any future increase in interest rates will result in a corresponding increase in educational costs to our existing and prospective students.

        In May 2008, new federal legislation was enacted to attempt to ensure that all eligible students would be able to obtain Title IV loans and that a sufficient number of lenders will continue to provide Title IV loans. Among other things, the new legislation:

    increases the maximum annual amount of certain student loans by $2,000;

    authorizes the Department of Education to purchase Title IV loans from lenders, thereby providing capital to the lenders to enable them to continue making Title IV loans to students; and

    permits the Department of Education to designate institutions eligible to participate in a "lender of last resort" program, under which federally recognized student loan guaranty agencies will be required to make Title IV loans to all otherwise eligible students at those institutions.

        We cannot predict whether this legislation will be effective in ensuring students' access to Title IV loan funding through private lenders. In February 2009, President Barack Obama released a budget blueprint that proposes that all Title IV loans be originated through the Federal Direct Loan Program rather through the Federal Family Education Loan Program beginning in the 2010 federal fiscal year. The proposal has not been passed by Congress and is subject to further review and amendment. If the proposal passes, our institutions would be required to certify loans through the Federal Direct Loan Program (for which we are eligible to participate) rather than through the Federal Family Education Loan Program.

Adding teaching locations and implementing new educational programs

        The requirements and standards of accrediting agencies, state education agencies and the Department of Education limit our ability in certain instances to establish additional teaching locations or implement new educational programs. The Higher Learning Commission, the Colorado Commission

94



on Higher Education and other state education agencies that may authorize or accredit us or our programs generally require institutions to notify them in advance of adding new locations or implementing new programs, and upon notification may undertake a review of the quality of the facility or the program and the financial, academic and other qualifications of the institution.

        If an institution participating in Title IV programs plans to add a new location or educational program, the institution must generally apply to the Department of Education to have the additional location or educational program designated as within the scope of the institution's Title IV eligibility. However, degree-granting institutions are not required to obtain the Department of Education's approval of additional programs that lead to a degree at the same or lower degree level as degree programs previously approved by the Department of Education. Similarly, an institution is not required to obtain advance approval for new programs that prepare students for gainful employment in the same or a related recognized occupation as an educational program that has previously been designated by the Department of Education as an eligible program at that institution if the program meets certain minimum-length requirements. If an institution that is required to obtain the Department of Education's advance approval for the addition of a new program or new location fails to do so, the institution may be liable for repayment of Title IV program funds received by the institution or by students in connection with that program or enrolled at that location.

Acquiring other schools

        If we were to seek to acquire an existing accredited institution participating in Title IV programs, we would need to obtain the approval of the state education agency that authorizes the school being acquired, any accrediting agency that accredits the school being acquired and the Department of Education. The level of review varies by individual state and by individual accrediting commission, with some requiring approval of such an acquisition before it occurs and with others only considering approval after the acquisition has occurred. The approval of the applicable state education agencies and accrediting agencies is a necessary prerequisite to the Department of Education's certifying the acquired school to participate in Title IV programs. In addition, the Department of Education's certification of a school following a change in ownership and control is always a provisional certification. The restrictions imposed by any of the applicable regulatory agencies could delay or prevent our acquisition of other schools in some circumstances.

Change in ownership resulting in a change in control

        The Department of Education and most states and accrediting agencies require institutions of higher education to report or obtain approval of certain changes in control and changes in other aspects of institutional organization or operations. The types of and thresholds for such reporting and approval vary among the states and among accrediting agencies. The Higher Learning Commission requires that an institution obtain its approval in advance of a change in ownership in order for the institution to retain its accredited status, and it requires an onsite evaluation within six months following the change in control in order to maintain the institution's accreditation. The Higher Learning Commission does not set specific standards for determining when a transaction constitutes a change in ownership of either of our institutions.

        Under Department of Education regulations, an institution that undergoes a change in ownership resulting in a change in control loses its eligibility to participate in Title IV programs and must apply to the Department of Education in order to reestablish such eligibility. If an institution files the required application and follows other procedures, the Department of Education may temporarily certify the institution on a provisional basis following the change in control so that the institution's students retain access to Title IV program funds while the Department of Education completes its full review. In addition, the Department of Education will extend such temporary provisional certification if the institution timely files other required materials, including, the approval of the change in control by its

95



accrediting agency and the state authorizing agency in the state in which it is physically located and an audited balance sheet showing the financial condition of the institution or its parent corporation as of the date of the change in control. If the institution fails to meet any of these deadlines, its certification will expire and its students will become ineligible to receive Title IV funds until the Department of Education completes its full review, which commonly takes several months and may take longer. If the Department of Education approves the application after a change in control, it will certify the institution on a provisional basis, typically for a period of three years.

        For corporations that are neither publicly traded nor closely held, such as us prior to this offering, Department of Education regulations describe some transactions that constitute a change in ownership resulting in a change in control, including the transfer of a controlling interest in the voting stock of the corporation or its parent corporation. For such a corporation, the Department of Education will generally find that a transaction results in a change in control if a person acquires ownership or control of 25% or more of the outstanding voting stock and control of the corporation, or if a person who owns or controls 25% or more of the outstanding voting stock and controls the corporation ceases to own or control at least 25% of the outstanding voting stock or ceases to control the corporation. With respect to this offering, Warburg Pincus will continue to own or control more than 50% of our outstanding voting stock immediately following this offering. We have received confirmation from the Department of Education that this offering will not constitute a change in control. However, the Higher Learning Commission determined this offering will constitute a change of control under its standards. As a result of this determination, Ashford University and the University of the Rockies each submitted a change request to the Higher Learning Commission seeking permission for this offering to proceed, which was approved; however, the Higher Learning Commission will conduct a separate on-site focused visit to each institution within six months following this offering to verify that the respective institutions continue to meet Higher Learning Commission requirements. Ashford University is exempt from registration requirements in the state of Iowa based on its accreditation by the Higher Learning Commission and under a certificate that states that the school's file is closed and no further renewals or requests for exemption are required. The Colorado Commission on Higher Education has confirmed that this offering will not affect the current authorization of the University of the Rockies and that no further action is required in connection with this offering. We do not believe that any of the other state education agencies that issue approvals to our institutions will require further approvals in connection with this offering, and we have sought confirmation of that conclusion from those agencies. If any of these agencies deem this offering to be a change in control, we would have to apply for and obtain approval from that agency.

        A change in control could also occur as a result of transactions in which we are involved following the consummation of this offering. Some corporate reorganizations and some changes in the board of directors constitute changes in control. In addition, Department of Education regulations provide that a change in control occurs for a publicly traded corporation, which we will be after this offering, if either (i) a person acquires such ownership and control of the corporation so that the corporation is required to file a current report on Form 8-K with the SEC disclosing a change in control, or (ii) the corporation's largest stockholder who owns at least 25% of the total outstanding voting stock of the corporation, ceases to own at least 25% of such stock or ceases to be the largest stockholder. A significant purchase or disposition of our voting stock in the future, including a disposition of voting stock by Warburg Pincus, could be determined by the Department of Education to be a change in control under this standard, in which case the regulatory procedures applicable to a change in ownership and control would have to be followed in connection with the transaction. Similarly, if such a disposition were deemed a change in control by the Higher Learning Commission or by any other accrediting agency or applicable state educational licensing agency, any required regulatory notifications and approvals would have to be made or obtained. The potential adverse effects of a change in control could influence future decisions by us and our stockholders regarding the sale, purchase, transfer,

96



issuance or redemption of our stock. In addition, the adverse regulatory effect of a change in control also could discourage bids for shares of our common stock.

Privacy of student records

        The Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act of 1974, or FERPA, and the Department of Education's FERPA regulations require educational institutions to protect the privacy of students' educational records by limiting an institution's disclosure of a student's personally identifiable information without the student's prior written consent. FERPA also requires institutions to allow students to review and request changes to their educational records maintained by the institution, to notify students at least annually of this inspection right and to maintain records in each student's file listing requests for access to and disclosures of personally identifiable information and the interest of such party in that information. If an institution fails to comply with FERPA, the Department of Education may require corrective actions by the institution or may terminate an institution's receipt of further federal funds. In addition, educational institutions are obligated to safeguard student information pursuant to the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act, or GLBA, a federal law designed to protect consumers' personal financial information held by financial institutions and other entities that provide financial services to consumers. GLBA and the applicable GLBA regulations require an institution to, among other things, develop and maintain a comprehensive, written information security program designed to protect against the unauthorized disclosure of personally identifiable financial information of students, parents or other individuals with whom such institution has a customer relationship. If an institution fails to comply with the applicable GLBA requirements, it may be required to take corrective actions, be subject to monitoring and oversight by the Federal Trade Commission, or FTC, and be subject to fines or penalties imposed by the FTC. For-profit educational institutions are also subject to the general deceptive practices jurisdiction of the FTC with respect to their collection, use and disclosure of student information.

State Education Licensure and Regulation

Iowa and Colorado

        Ashford University's campus is located in Iowa, and the institution is exempt from having to register as a postsecondary school with the Iowa Secretary of State. The University of the Rockies' campus is located in Colorado. The institution is licensed and authorized to deliver educational programs and to grant degrees and other credentials by the Colorado Commission on Higher Education. We do not have campuses in any states other than Iowa and Colorado. The Higher Education Act requires Ashford University to maintain its exemption from registration in Iowa (or become registered in its absence) and requires the University of Rockies to maintain its authorization from the Colorado Commission on Higher Education in order to participate in Title IV programs. To maintain our Colorado authorization, we must continuously meet standards relating to, among other things, educational programs, facilities, instructional and administrative staff, marketing and recruitment, financial operations, addition of new locations and educational programs and various operational and administrative procedures. Failure to maintain our Iowa exemption or our Colorado Commission on Higher Education authorization would cause Ashford University or the University of the Rockies, respectively, to lose their authorization to deliver educational programs and to grant degrees and other credentials and lose their eligibility to participate in Title IV programs.

Additional state regulation

        Most state education agencies impose regulatory requirements on educational institutions operating within their boundaries. Some states have sought to assert jurisdiction over out-of-state educational institutions offering online programs that have no physical location or other presence in the state but that have some activity in the state, such as enrolling or offering educational services to

97



students who reside in the state, employing faculty who reside in the state or advertising to or recruiting prospective students in the state. In addition to Iowa and Colorado, we have determined that our activities in certain states constitute a presence requiring licensure or authorization under the requirements of the state education agency in those states, and in other states we have obtained state education agency approvals as we have determined necessary in connection with our marketing and recruiting activities. We review state licensure requirements when appropriate to determine whether our activities in those states constitute a presence or otherwise require licensure or authorization. Because we enroll students from all 50 states and from the District of Columbia, we may have to seek licensure or authorization in additional states in the future. State regulatory requirements for online education vary among the states, are not well developed in many states, are imprecise or unclear in some states and are subject to change. Consequently, a state education agency could disagree with our conclusion that we are not required to obtain a license or authorization in the state and could restrict one or more of our business activities in the state, including the ability to recruit or enroll students in that state or to continue providing services or advertising in that state. If we fail to comply with state licensing or authorization requirements for any state, we may be subject to the loss of state licensure or authorization by that state, or be subject to other sanctions, including restrictions on our activities in that state, fines and penalties. The loss of any required license or authorization in states other than Iowa and Colorado could prohibit us from recruiting prospective students or from offering services to current students in those states.

98



MANAGEMENT

Directors and Executive Officers

        Our directors and executive officers and their ages and positions are as follows:

Name
  Age   Position

Andrew S. Clark

    43   CEO and President and Director

Daniel J. Devine

    44   Chief Financial Officer

Christopher L. Spohn

    49   Senior Vice President/Chief Admissions Officer

Jane McAuliffe

    42   Senior Vice President/Chief Academic Officer

Rodney T. Sheng

    42   Senior Vice President/Chief Administrative Officer

Ross L. Woodard

    43   Senior Vice President/Chief Marketing Officer

Charlene Dackerman

    49   Senior Vice President of Human Resources

Thomas Ashbrook

    44   Senior Vice President/Chief Information Officer

Diane Thompson

    53   Senior Vice President/General Counsel

Ryan Craig

    37   Director

Dale Crandall

    67   Director

Patrick T. Hackett

    47   Chairman of the Board and Director

Robert Hartman

    60   Director

Adarsh Sarma

    35   Director

         Andrew S. Clark has served as our Chief Executive Officer and a director since November 2003 and as our President since February 2009. Mr. Clark also served from March 2005 to December 2008 on the Board of Trustees for Ashford University and currently serves on the University of the Rockies Board of Trustees, which he joined in September 2007. Prior to joining us in November 2003, Mr. Clark consulted with several private equity firms examining the postsecondary education sector. Prior to 2003, Mr. Clark worked for Career Education Corporation as Divisional Vice President of Operations and Chief Operating Officer for American InterContinental University in 2002. From 1992 to 2001, Mr. Clark worked for Apollo Group, Inc. (University of Phoenix), where he served in various management roles, culminating in his position as Regional Vice President for the Mid-West region from 1999 to 2001. Mr. Clark earned an M.B.A. from the University of Phoenix and a B.A. from Pacific Lutheran University.

         Daniel J. Devine has served as our Chief Financial Officer since January 2004 and has over 20 years of senior finance experience. From March 2002 to December 2003, Mr. Devine served as the Chief Financial Officer of A-Life Medical. From 1994 to 2000, Mr. Devine served in various management roles for Mitchell International culminating in his position as Chief Financial Officer from 1998 to 2000. From 1987 to 1993, Mr. Devine served in various management roles for Foster Wheeler Corporation, culminating in his position of divisional Chief Financial Officer from 1990 to 1993. Mr. Devine earned a B.A. from Drexel University and is a certified public accountant.

         Christopher L. Spohn joined us in January 2004 as the Vice President of Admissions and has served as our Senior Vice President/Chief Admissions Officer since October 2008. From 2002 to 2003, Mr. Spohn served as the Vice President of Marketing and Admissions for the University Division of Career Education Corporation. From 1996 to 2001, Mr. Spohn served in various management roles for Apollo Group, Inc. (University of Phoenix), culminating in his position as Senior Director of Enrollment for the Southern California Campus from 1999 to 2002. Mr. Spohn earned a B.S. from Azusa Pacific University.

         Jane McAuliffe joined us in July 2005 and has served as Chancellor/President of Ashford University since that time. She also served as our Vice President of Academic Affairs from September 2007 until November 2008 at which time she assumed the title of Senior Vice President/Chief Academic Officer. From 2003 to 2005, Dr. McAuliffe served as President of Argosy University/Sarasota Campus in Sarasota, Florida. Prior to 2003, Dr. McAuliffe served in various management roles including Vice

99



President for Academic Affairs at American InterContinental University in 2002, and prior to that Dean, Associate Dean and Program Director in the College of Education at the University of Phoenix from 1996 to 2002. Dr. McAuliffe earned a Ph.D., M.A. and B.A. from Arizona State University.

         Rodney T. Sheng joined us in January 2004 and has served as our Senior Vice President/Chief Administrative Officer since November 2008. From January 2004 to November 2008, Mr. Sheng served as our Vice President of Operations. Mr. Sheng has 18 years of experience in the postsecondary sector, during which time he has worked for four different colleges and universities and served in a variety of management roles. From 1995 to 2003, Mr. Sheng worked for Apollo Group, Inc. (University of Phoenix). From 2000 to 2002, Mr. Sheng served as Vice President/Campus Director and opened two campuses for the University of Phoenix in the state of Ohio. In 2002, Mr. Sheng was responsible for the marketing and recruitment for 12 learning centers throughout the Los Angeles metropolitan area. Mr. Sheng earned an M.A. from the University of Phoenix and a B.A. from San Diego State University.

         Ross Woodard joined us in June 2004 and has served as our Senior Vice President/Chief Marketing Officer since November 2008. From June 2004 to February 2005, Mr. Woodard served as our Director of E-Commerce and from March 2005 to October 2008 he served as our Vice President of Marketing. From June 1992 to May 2004, Mr. Woodard held multiple senior management positions with Road Runner Sports. From 1998 to 2004, Mr. Woodard served as Director of E-Commerce for Road Runner Sports and was responsible for the internet sales and marketing channel. From 1992 through 1997, Mr. Woodard served in various management roles with Road Runner Sports, including Director of Sales. From 1989 to 1992, he served as a Regional Manager for Nike Inc. in San Diego. Mr. Woodard earned a B.A. from San Diego State University.

         Charlene Dackerman joined us in September 2004 and has served as our Senior Vice President of Human Resources since November 2008. From September 2004 to December 2005, Ms. Dackerman served as our Director of Human Resources, and from January 2006 to October 2008, she served as our Vice President of Human Resources. Ms. Dackerman has worked in the postsecondary sector for over 18 years. From 1986 to 2002, Ms. Dackerman served in various management roles for Kelsey Jenney College, including College Director, Campus Director, Dean and Director of Admissions. Ms. Dackerman earned an M.S. from National University and a B.S. from Humboldt State University.

         Thomas Ashbrook joined us in November 2008 and has served as our Senior Vice President/Chief Information Officer since that time. From March 2005 to March 2008, Mr. Ashbrook served as the Divisional Information Officer for Fremont Investment & Loan, a California industrial bank and lending institution, where he led information technology strategy for the residential business. From 2001 to 2005, Mr. Ashbrook served as the Senior Vice President of Technology Solutions for Fidelity National Information Solutions, a subsidiary of Fidelity National Financial. Mr. Ashbrook earned a B.S. from California State University, Long Beach.

         Diane Thompson joined us in December 2008 and has served as our Senior Vice President/General Counsel since that time. From September 1997 to November 2008, Ms. Thompson served in various management roles for Apollo Group, Inc. (University of Phoenix). From November 2000 to February 2006, Ms. Thompson served as Vice President/Counsel for Apollo Group, Inc. (University of Phoenix) and from March 2006 to November 2008, Ms. Thompson served as Chief Human Resources Officer. From October 1992 to July 1996, Ms. Thompson served as an attorney in the Pima County Attorney's Office in Tucson Arizona. Ms. Thompson earned a B.A. from St. Cloud University, an M.A. from Antioch University and a J.D. from the University of Arizona College of Law.

         Ryan Craig has served as a director of our company since November 2003. Mr. Craig is the Founder and President of Wellspring, an organization providing treatment programs for overweight and obese adolescents. From 2001 to 2004, Mr. Craig was an Associate at Warburg Pincus in the education sector. From 1999 to 2001, Mr. Craig served as Vice President Business Development for Fathom, a

100



consortium of universities, museums and libraries. From 1994 to 1996, he worked as a consultant with McKinsey & Company. Mr. Craig earned a B.A. from Yale University and a J.D. from Yale Law School.

         Dale Crandall has served as a director of our company since December 2008. Mr. Crandall founded Piedmont Corporate Advisors, Inc., a private financial consulting firm, in 2003 and currently serves as its President. From March 2000 to June 2002, Mr. Crandall served as the President and Chief Operating Officer of Kaiser Foundation Health Plan Inc. and Kaiser Foundation Hospitals. From June 1998 to March 2000, Mr. Crandall served as the Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Kaiser Foundation Health Plan Inc. and Kaiser Foundation Hospitals. Mr. Crandall also serves as a director for Ansell Limited, Coventry Health Care, Inc. and Metavante Technologies, Inc. Mr. Crandall earned a B.A. from Claremont McKenna College, an M.B.A. from the University of California, Berkeley and is a certified public accountant.

         Patrick T. Hackett has served as a director of our company since March 2008 and as Chairman of the Board since February 2009. Mr. Hackett is a Managing Director and co-head of the Technology, Media and Telecommunications group at Warburg Pincus LLC, which he joined in 1990. Mr. Hackett also serves as a director of Nuance Communications, Inc. and four privately-held companies. Mr. Hackett earned a B.A. from the University of Pennsylvania and a B.S. from the Wharton School of Business at the University of Pennsylvania.

         Robert Hartman has served as a director of our company since November 2006. From 1979 to September 2005, Mr. Hartman served in various management roles for Universal Technical Institute, including President, Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board. During the 1980's, Mr. Hartman served as Chairman of the Arizona State Board for Private Postsecondary Education and was Founder and Chairman of the Western Council of Private Career Schools. Mr. Hartman earned an M.B.A. from DePaul University and a B.A. from Michigan State University.

         Adarsh Sarma has served as a director of our company since July 2005. Mr. Sarma is a Managing Director in the Technology, Media and Telecommunication group at Warburg Pincus LLC, which he joined as a Principal in 2005. From 2002 to early 2005, Mr. Sarma was a Principal at Chryscapital, a private equity firm. Mr. Sarma also serves as a director of Metavante Technologies, Inc. and one privately-held company. Mr. Sarma earned a B.A. from Knox College and an M.B.A. from the University of Chicago.

        In June 2003, Mr. Clark acquired and subsequently hired the management to operate Foundation College, an education provider which conducted campus-based training programs through the California Employment Training Panel. From November 2003 to August 2004, Ms. Dackerman served as President and Chief Financial Officer of Foundation College. Due to a significant decrease in state funding, the business filed for bankruptcy in December 2005.

Board Composition after this Offering

        Upon the closing of this offering, our board of directors will consist of six members. Our bylaws provide that the number of directors will be fixed from time to time by resolution of the board.

        All directors hold office until their successors have been elected and qualified or until their earlier death, resignation, disqualification or removal. We have divided the terms of office of the directors into three classes:

101


        Class I consists of Messrs. Craig and Hartman, Class II consists of Messrs. Crandall and Sarma and Class III consists of Messrs. Clark and Hackett. At each annual meeting of stockholders after the initial classification, the successors to directors whose terms then expire will serve from the time of election and qualification until the third annual meeting following election and until their successors are duly elected and qualified. Any additional directorships resulting from an increase in the number of directors will be distributed among the three classes so that, as nearly as possible, each class will consist of one third of the directors.

Director Independence

        Our board of directors has determined that Messrs. Craig, Crandall, Hackett, Hartman and Sarma are independent for purposes of NYSE rules.

        There are no family relationships between any of our directors and executive officers.

Board Committees

        We have an audit committee, a compensation committee and a nominating and governance committee. After this offering, our board will generally meet at least quarterly, and we expect the committees will meet on a similar schedule.

Audit Committee

        Our audit committee consists of three directors, Messrs. Crandall, Craig and Hartman. The chair of the audit committee is Mr. Crandall, whom the board of directors has determined is an audit committee financial expert. The functions of this committee include:

        We believe the composition of our audit committee will meet the criteria for independence under, and the functioning of our audit committee will comply with, applicable NYSE and SEC rules, including the requirement that the audit committee have at least one qualified financial expert. We intend for (i) at least one member of our audit committee to be independent as of the date of this prospectus, (ii) a majority of the members of our audit committee to be independent within 90 days after the date of this prospectus and (iii) all members of our audit committee to be independent no later than one year after the date of this prospectus.

Compensation Committee

        Our compensation committee consists of four directors, Messrs. Craig, Crandall, Hackett and Sarma. The chair of the compensation committee is Mr. Hackett. The functions of this committee include:

102


        We believe that the composition of our compensation committee meets the criteria for independence under, and the functioning of our compensation committee will comply with, applicable NYSE and SEC rules. We intend for (i) at least one member of our compensation committee to be independent as of the date of this prospectus, (ii) a majority of the members of our compensation committee to be independent within 90 days after the date of this prospectus and (iii) all members of our compensation committee to be independent no later than one year after the date of this prospectus.

Nominating and Governance Committee

        Our nominating and governance committee consists of three directors, Messrs. Craig, Hartman and Sarma. The chair of the nominating and governance committee is Mr. Sarma. The functions of this committee include:

        We believe that the composition of our nominating and governance committee meets the criteria for independence under, and the functioning of our nominating and governance committee will comply with applicable NYSE and SEC rules. We intend for (i) at least one member of our nominating and governance committee to be independent as of the date of this prospectus, (ii) a majority of the members of our nominating and governance committee to be independent within 90 days after the date of this prospectus and (iii) all members of our nominating and governance committee to be independent no later than one year after the date of this prospectus.

Code of Ethics

        We have adopted a written code of ethics applicable to our board of directors, officers and employees in accordance with the rules of the NYSE and the SEC. Our code of ethics, which will become effective upon the closing of this offering, is designed to deter wrongdoing and to promote:

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

        In 2008, none of the members of our compensation committee had a relationship with us other than as directors and stockholders and they were not (i) one of our officers or employees, (ii) a participant in a "related person" transaction or (iii) an executive officer of another entity where one of our executive officers serves on the board of directors.

103


Compensation of Directors

        For 2008, no non-employee director received any compensation for their services as a director other than as discussed below. Directors who are one of our employees, such as Mr. Clark, do not receive any compensation for their services as our directors. Directors are reimbursed for travel and other expenses directly related to activities as directors. Directors are also entitled to the protection provided by the indemnification provisions in our current certificate of incorporation and bylaws, as well as the certificate of incorporation and bylaws that will be in effect upon the closing of this offering, and indemnification agreements.

        The following table provides compensation information for the non-employee directors for 2008:

Name
  Fees earned
or paid in
cash ($)
  Stock
Awards ($)
(1)
  Option
Awards ($)
(1)
  All Other
Compensation ($)
  Total ($)  

Robert Hartman(2)

              $ 2,513   $ 30,000   $ 32,513  

Dale Crandall(3)

                          $  

Patrick Hackett(4)

                          $  

Ryan Craig(5)

        $ 1,593,721               $ 1,593,721  

Adarsh Sarma

                          $  

(1)
The amounts in these columns are the expenses recorded in our financial statements, excluding any assumed forfeitures, for the year ended December 31, 2008 according to Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123(R) (SFAS 123R). Assumptions used to calculate these amounts are included in Note 11, "Stock-Based Compensation," to our consolidated financial statements, which are included elsewhere in this prospectus.

(2)
Mr. Hartman entered into an independent consulting agreement with us in November 2006, which was amended in January 2008. The agreement provided for an original one year term with one year automatic extensions unless either party gave notice that it did not want to so extend the agreement. The term of the agreement currently extends through November 28, 2009. His services include providing operational and strategic planning. The original agreement provided that Mr. Hartman was entitled to a fee of $20,000 per year, which could be reduced if he worked only a portion of the year. The January 2008 amendment increased this amount to $30,000 per year effective in 2008. On February 28, 2007, Mr. Hartman was awarded a time-based vesting nonqualified stock option to purchase up to 198,516 common shares at a per share exercise price of $0.09 which was equal to the fair market value of one of our common shares on the date of grant. This award had a SFAS 123R grant date fair value of $7,941. Mr. Hartman's option vests as follows: (i) 25% of the option vests on the first anniversary of the vesting commencement date, (ii) an additional 2% of the option vests on each monthly anniversary of the vesting commencement date for the thirty-three months following the first anniversary of the vesting commencement date and (iii) an additional 3% of the option vests on each of the 46th, 47th and 48th monthly anniversaries of the vesting commencement date. In addition, upon termination of Mr. Hartman's services by us without cause or due to termination of services because of death or disability, the vesting of the option will accelerate as if service had terminated twelve months later in time. In addition, the outstanding unvested portion of the option will become fully vested upon a change in control of us if the option is not assumed or replaced. No dividend equivalent payments will be provided on the stock option if we were to pay dividends on our common stock.

(3)
Mr. Crandall was appointed to our board of directors on December 11, 2008. We entered into an agreement with Mr. Crandall to serve as a member of our board and also to serve as the chair of our audit committee. For his services as a member of our board, Mr. Crandall will receive a $20,000 annual retainer to be paid in monthly installments for so long as he remains a member of our board. For his services on our audit committee, Mr. Crandall will receive a $5,000 annual retainer to be paid in monthly installments for so long as he remains a member of our audit committee. For his services as chair of our audit committee, Mr. Crandall will receive a $10,000 annual retainer to be paid in monthly installments for so long as he remains the audit committee chair. Additionally, per the agreement, upon the pricing of this offering, Mr. Crandall will be awarded a time-based vesting nonqualified stock option valued at $60,000. Mr. Crandall's option will vest as follows: (i) 25% of the option vests on the first anniversary of the vesting commencement date, (ii) an additional 2% of the option vests on each monthly anniversary of the vesting commencement date for the thirty-three months following the first anniversary of the vesting commencement date and (iii) an additional 3% of the option vests on each of the 46th, 47th and 48th monthly anniversaries of the vesting commencement date.

(4)
Mr. Hackett was appointed to our board of directors on March 11, 2008.

(5)
Mr. Craig entered into an agreement with Warburg Pincus in August 2004 to serve on our board of directors and to serve as a consultant in 2004 to us on behalf of Warburg Pincus. This agreement was amended in December 2008. Under this

104


        The below table reflects the aggregate number of stock option awards held by each of the non-employee directors as of December 31, 2008. No stock awards have been granted to the non-employee directors by us.

Name
  Time-Based Vesting Nonqualified
Stock Options (#)
  Grant Date   Per Share
Exercise
Price
  Expiration
Date
 

Robert Hartman

    198,516     2/28/07   $ 0.09     9/15/16  

Dale Crandall

                       

Patrick Hackett

                       

Ryan Craig

                       

Adarsh Sarma

                       

        The board of directors expects to adopt new compensation policies for non-employee directors in connection with this offering and effective in 2009. It is anticipated that directors will earn both cash and equity compensation for their services as directors. Our compensation committee will review director compensation annually, including fees, retainers and equity compensation, as well as total compensation and make recommendations to the board of directors.

105



COMPENSATION DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

        The purpose of this compensation discussion and analysis section is to provide information about the material elements of compensation that are paid or awarded to, or earned by, our "named executive officers," who consist of our principal executive officer, principal financial officer, and the three other most highly compensated executive officers. For 2008, the named executive officers were:

        This compensation discussion and analysis section addresses and explains the compensation practices that were followed in 2008, the numerical and related information contained in the summary compensation and related tables presented below and actions taken regarding executive compensation since December 31, 2008, that could reflect a fair understanding of a named executive officer's compensation during 2008.

Historical Compensation Decisions

        Prior to this offering, we were a privately-held company with a relatively small number of stockholders, including our principal investor, Warburg Pincus. As such, we have not been subject to stock exchange listing or SEC rules requiring a majority of our board of directors to be independent or relating to the formation and functioning of board committees, including audit, compensation and nominating committees. Most, if not all, of our prior compensation policies and determinations, including those made for 2008, have been the product of negotiations between the named executive officers and our compensation committee, although the compensation committee did discuss the compensation for other executive officers with Mr. Clark (who is also a director).

Overview, Objectives and Compensation Philosophy

        Our compensation committee is responsible for determining the compensation of the named executive officers. The committee oversees the compensation programs for these officers to ensure consistency with our corporate goals and objectives and is responsible for designing and executing our compensation program with respect to the named executive officers.

        The compensation committee reviews overall company and individual performance in connection with the review and determination of each named executive officer's compensation. For company performance, historically the focus has been principally on achievement of annual revenue and EBITDA levels. See "Selected Consolidated Financial and Other Data" for details on our recent financial performance. As an emerging growth company, the compensation committee believes that increasing revenue and profitability are the most direct ways to enhance stockholder value and therefore has specifically linked incentive compensation with company performance in these two fundamental financial areas. For individual performance, the compensation committee also reviews an executive's achievement of non-financial objectives and considers the recommendations of Mr. Clark (who is also a director).

        We believe that we have assembled an outstanding management team which has produced excellent results from 2004 to the present. There has been no turnover in any of our named executive officers since their commencement of employment with us. We believe our growth and management team retention demonstrate the success and effectiveness of our compensation policies.

106


        Our annual revenue of $218.3 million in 2008 was $132.6 million more than our annual revenue of $85.7 million in 2007 and $189.7 million more than our annual revenue in 2006. Our net income of $26.4 million in 2008 was $23.1 million more than our net income of $3.3 million in 2007. We believe that the compensation amounts paid to our named executive officers for their services in 2008 were reasonable, appropriate and in our best interests.

Peer Group Information and Compensation Consultants Reports

        In 2007, the compensation committee engaged an independent outside compensation consultant, Pearl Meyer & Partners, or Pearl, to construct a peer group of companies, provide marketplace information, provide advice on competitive market practices and also support specific decisions regarding compensation for the named executive officers. Pearl had not previously and has not subsequently provided any other services to us. In 2008, the compensation committee engaged Mercer, LLC, or Mercer, to assess our executive organizational structure and job titles, construct a peer group of companies, provide marketplace information, provide advice on competitive market practices and support specific decisions regarding long-term equity incentive compensation for the named executive officers. Mercer had not previously provided any services to us. Mercer is currently providing overall compensation analysis and position leveling analysis to assist us in our 2009 compensation analysis.

        In 2007 Pearl selected the following publicly-held postsecondary education companies to be the peer group for purposes of examining our executive compensation programs:

        Pearl selected publicly-held companies due to the greater availability of compensation data. Pearl performed a regression analysis to better calibrate market pay levels for a company of Bridgepoint's current and projected size. Pearl also utilized the following general industry survey information for purposes of evaluating compensation comparisons:

        In addition to surveying external compensation information, Pearl examined the named executive officers' employment agreements and interviewed each of the named executive officers and one of our board members in order to better understand the internal perception of our business objectives and compensation arrangements. Pearl provided the compensation committee with a written report that summarized its findings and contained Pearl's compensation recommendations. The findings of the Pearl report were one factor that the compensation committee considered, but it was not the predominant basis for the compensation committee's executive compensation decisions, in part because

107



the surveyed peer group companies were publicly traded entities whereas we were a privately-held company.

        In 2008, the compensation committee engaged an independent outside compensation consultant, Mercer, to construct a peer group and review and assess our compensation levels, organizational structure, and long-term equity incentive plan features. Mercer selected a peer group of similarly-sized public for-profit education companies for purposes of conducting its review, which was similar to the peer group selected by Pearl (identified above), except that it excluded Apollo Group, Inc., Laureate Education, Inc. and Career Education Corp. and instead included:

        Mercer also utilized the following general industry survey information for purposes of its assessment:

        In addition to surveying external compensation information, Mercer examined our compensation program, the Pearl report and the valuation of our equity compensation. Mercer also interviewed our senior executives for purposes of better understanding the long-term incentive/equity strategy. Mercer provided the compensation committee with a written report that summarized its findings.

Tax and Accounting Considerations

        In 2008, while the compensation committee generally considered the financial accounting and tax implications of its executive compensation decisions, neither element was a material consideration in the compensation awarded to our named executive officers during such fiscal year.

Components of Executive Compensation

        The compensation of the named executive officers has three primary components:

        Perquisites, and benefits generally available to other employees, represent only a minor portion of the total compensation of the named executive officers.

Annual Base Salary and Annual Bonus

        The compensation committee sets base salaries primarily based on the abilities, performance and experience of the named executive officers. The compensation committee also reviews their past compensation and compensation data for comparable positions in the postsecondary education industry. The compensation committee seeks to set base salaries for the named executive officers at competitive levels.

        The compensation committee believes it is important to provide the named executive officers with an annual performance-based cash incentive bonus plan in order to further motivate the officers and

108



provide compensation that is directly linked to achievement of corporate goals and objectives. As discussed further in the "Executive Employment Agreements" section, four of the five named executive officers are a party to an employment agreement with us, each of which provides that the named executive officer will be eligible for an annual discretionary incentive bonus based on attainment of company performance criteria. Each of the employment agreements also specifies an annual target bonus amount as a percentage of annual salary and that the actual bonus paid may be more or less than the target amount. In 2008, for each named executive officer with an employment agreement, their annual bonus was based on achievement of annual revenue and EBITDA goals with revenue receiving 65% of the weighting and EBITDA receiving the remaining 35%.

        Mr. Woodard is the only named executive officer who is not a party to an employment agreement with us. In November 2007, the compensation committee established Mr. Woodard's base salary and target annual bonus for 2008. The compensation committee used the same criteria it used for the named executive officers with employment agreements (described above) in order to determine Mr. Woodard's actual annual bonus amount for 2008.

        The annual bonus arrangements for 2008 are further described in the "Grants of Plan-Based Awards—2008" table below.

Amended and Restated 2005 Stock Incentive Plan

        We provide long-term equity incentive compensation to retain our named executive officers and to provide for a significant portion of their compensation to be at risk and linked directly with the appreciation of stockholder value. Long-term compensation has been generally provided through equity awards in the form of stock options with time and performance-based vesting conditions and under the terms and conditions of our Amended and Restated 2005 Stock Incentive Plan (the "2005 Plan"). We do not have a formal policy for when we grant stock options or other equity-based awards.

        The 2005 Plan was last amended and approved by our stockholders in November 2007 and is scheduled to expire in January 2016 unless terminated earlier by us. Effective with this offering, we will no longer make any new grants under the 2005 Plan and will instead issue equity compensation awards under our new 2009 Stock Incentive Plan, or the 2009 Plan, discussed below.

        The 2005 Plan is administered by the compensation committee, which has the authority, among other things, to:

        The 2005 Plan provides that we may grant awards to our employees, non-employee directors or consultants or those of our affiliates. We may award these individuals with either stock options and/or stock purchase rights.

        Stock options may be granted under the 2005 Plan, including incentive stock options, as defined under Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code, as amended, or the Code, and nonqualified stock options. While we may grant incentive stock options only to employees, we may grant nonstatutory stock options or restricted stock purchase rights to any eligible participant. The option exercise price of all stock options granted under the 2005 Plan is determined by the compensation committee, except that any incentive stock option will not be granted at a price that is less than 100% of the fair market value of the stock on the date of grant. Stock options may be exercised as determined by the

109



compensation committee, but in no event after the tenth anniversary of the date of grant. A stock purchase right award is the grant of shares of our common stock at a price determined by the compensation committee (including zero), that is nontransferable and is subject to a right of repurchase. No stock purchase rights have been awarded to any of the named executive officers.

        The named executive officers will not receive dividend equivalent payments on outstanding stock options granted under the 2005 Plan if we were to pay dividends on our common stock. The stock option grant agreements also generally provide for some or all of the unvested options to vest immediately when certain events occur, including a change in control of the company, the officer's death or disability and qualifying involuntary terminations of employment. The term "change in control" under the 2005 Plan is generally defined to include (i) the acquisition of at least 50% of our voting securities by any person other than an affiliate of ours or Warburg Pincus that holds our equity securities; or (ii) the sale or conveyance of all or substantially all of the company assets to a person who is not an affiliate of ours or Warburg Pincus. Unvested stock options are subject to forfeiture for non-qualifying terminations of employment.

        A total of 45,254,291 shares of common stock can be issued as stock options and stock purchase rights under the 2005 Plan and 4,954,000 shares remained available for issuance as of March 1, 2009.

        In 2008, the compensation committee granted no stock options under the 2005 Plan to the named executive officers. Details on previously granted awards under this 2005 Plan to the named executive officers are provided in the "Outstanding Equity Awards At Fiscal Year End—2008" table below.

        In March 2009, our board of directors unanimously approved the 2009 Plan to replace the 2005 Plan, subject to obtaining stockholder approval of the 2009 Plan, such that, effective with this offering, we will no longer make any new grants under the 2005 Plan. Further details of the 2009 Plan are provided below under "2008 Compensation Decisions." The stockholders approved the 2009 Plan on March 16, 2009.

Employee Benefits and Perquisites

        We do not offer extensive or elaborate benefits to the named executive officers. We seek to compensate our named executive officers at levels that eliminate the need for perquisites and enable each individual officer to provide for his own needs. We offer other employee benefits to the named executive officers for the purpose of meeting current and future health and security needs for the officers and their families. These benefits, which are generally offered to all eligible employees, include medical, dental, and life insurance benefits; short-term disability pay; long-term disability insurance; flexible spending accounts for medical expense reimbursements; and a 401(k) retirement savings plan. The 401(k) retirement savings plan is a defined contribution plan established in accordance with Section 401(a) of the Code. Employees may make pre-tax contributions into the plan, expressed as a percentage of compensation, up to annual limits prescribed by the Internal Revenue Service and we may make matching contributions. To date, we have not provided any matching contributions under the 401(k) plan, although the compensation committee retains the ability to do this in the future.

Senior Management Benefit Plan

        We have a Senior Management Benefit Plan, referred to as the Benefit Plan, in which members of our senior management, including named executive officers, are eligible to participate.

        The Benefit Plan provides an annual benefit of up to $100,000 per participant (including the participant's eligible dependents) for unreimbursed medical expenses during a calendar year that are not covered by our major medical plan. The unreimbursed medical expenses covered under the Benefit Plan include deductibles, coinsurance amounts, special health equipment, annual physicals, dental care and vision care, among others. Additionally, the Benefit Plan provides worldwide medical assistance

110



services, including locating the nearest medical facility, finding an attorney and making arrangements for emergency medical evacuation.

Change in Control and Severance

        In 2008, only the named executive officers that were a party to an employment agreement were eligible to have received contractually-provided severance benefits. These severance benefits were generally intended to match what is provided by our competitors and also intended to provide compensation while the officer searches for new employment after experiencing an involuntary termination of employment from us. We believe that providing severance protection for these named executive officers upon their involuntary termination of employment is an important retention tool that is necessary in the competitive marketplace for talented executives. We believe that the amounts of these payments and benefits and the periods of time during which they would be provided are fair and reasonable. We have not historically taken into account any amounts that may be received by a named executive officer following termination of employment when establishing current compensation levels. Our stock option grant agreements with each of the named executive officers also generally provide for some or all of the unvested options to vest immediately when certain events occur, including a change in control of the company, the officer's death or disability and qualifying involuntary terminations of employment.

Compensation of the CEO and President and Other Named Executive Officers

        The base salary, bonus and equity compensation for each of the named executive officers for 2008 is reported below under the "Summary Compensation Table." In addition, as four of the five named executive officers are a party to an employment agreement with us, additional information regarding their compensation is described below under the "Executive Employment Agreements" section.

        The compensation of the CEO and President is greater than the other named executive officers' compensation because his responsibilities for the management and strategic direction of the company are significantly greater and he has substantial additional obligations as the CEO and President. As our Chief Executive Officer and a board member, Mr. Clark has been our primary guiding force for several years. The difference between his and the other named executive officers' compensation is primarily derived from stock option awards that will only create value for Mr. Clark if our share value appreciates. The compensation committee believes it is desirable to provide a significant amount of at-risk, performance-based compensation to the CEO and President to continue to encourage and reward him for superior accomplishments.

        The compensation committee uses the same criteria to set compensation among each of the other named executive officers. The compensation committee's objective in setting their compensation is to provide them with an equitable level of compensation, taking into account (i) their performance, (ii) their responsibilities, (iii) their past compensation, (iv) their compensation relative to each other, (v) compensation levels at companies in the peer group and (vi) compensation levels of the next tier of management, as well as the recommendations of the CEO and President. In general, the base salaries, bonus opportunities and long-term equity compensation awards of the other officers are substantially similar.

2008 Compensation Decisions

        In addition to setting 2008 salaries and the 2008 target annual bonuses for each of our named executive officers and granting additional stock options, in November 2007, the compensation committee decided to create further incentives for our management by awarding, in addition to other bonuses payable, a discretionary overachievement bonus for 2008. The compensation committee does not expect to award special overachievement bonuses to management in the future.

111


        In November 2008, the compensation committee approved increases in the named executive officers' salaries effective January 1, 2009 to reward them for their contributions to the many years of successful financial performance. In setting the 2009 salaries, the compensation committee also reviewed and considered the Mercer compensation survey report. The following table provides the salaries for each of the named executive officers for 2008 and 2009.

Name
  FY08 Salary   FY09 Salary  

Andrew S. Clark

  $ 325,000   $ 375,000  

Daniel J. Devine

  $ 220,000   $ 250,000  

Christopher L. Spohn

  $ 227,000   $ 250,000  

Rodney T. Sheng

  $ 227,000   $ 250,000  

Ross L. Woodard

  $ 216,000   $ 230,000  

        In March 2009, the board of directors adopted and the stockholders approved the 2009 Stock Incentive Plan and Employee Stock Purchase Plan. Set forth below is information concerning these plans.

2009 Stock Incentive Plan

        Effective with this offering, the 2009 Plan will replace the 2005 Plan for all equity-based awards to the named executive officers. The 2009 Plan will expire on the day before the tenth anniversary of the date that stockholders approve the 2009 Plan although the board of directors may earlier terminate the 2009 Plan.

        The board of directors adopted the 2009 Plan because it believed the new plan was appropriate to facilitate implementation of our future compensation programs as a public company. The 2009 Plan was approved by the board of directors with a view toward providing our compensation committee with maximum flexibility to structure an executive compensation program that provides a wider range of potential incentive awards to our named executive officers, and employees generally, on a going-forward basis. The compensation philosophy and objectives adopted by the compensation committee after we are a public company will likely determine the type and structure of awards granted by the compensation committee pursuant to the new 2009 Plan.

        The 2009 Plan will be administered by our compensation committee. The committee has the exclusive authority, among other things, to:

    determine eligibility to receive awards;

    determine the types and number of shares of stock subject to awards;

    determine the price and terms of awards and the acceleration or waiver of any vesting;

    determine performance or forfeiture restrictions and other terms and conditions; and

    construe and interpret the terms of the plan, award agreements and other related documents.

        Any of our employees, directors, non-employee directors, and consultants, as determined by the compensation committee, may be selected to participate in the 2009 Plan. We may award these individuals with one or more of the following types of awards and all awards will be evidenced by an executed agreement between us and the grantee:

    stock options;

    stock appreciation rights;

    stock awards; or

    stock units.

112


        Stock options may be granted under the 2009 Plan, including incentive stock options, as defined under Section 422 of the Code, and nonstatutory stock options. The exercise price of all stock options granted under the 2009 Plan will be determined by the compensation committee except that all options must have an exercise price that is not less than 100% of the fair market value of the underlying shares on the date of grant. The compensation committee may, in its discretion, subsequently reduce the exercise price of an option to the then-fair market value of the underlying shares as of the date of such price reduction. Stock options may be exercised as determined by the compensation committee, but in no event after the tenth anniversary of the date of grant.

        Stock appreciation rights entitle a participant to receive a payment equal in value to the difference between the fair market value of a share of stock on the date of exercise of the stock appreciation right over the exercise price of the stock appreciation rights. We may pay that amount in cash, in shares of our common stock, or in a combination of both. The exercise price of all stock appreciation rights granted under the 2009 Plan will be determined by the compensation committee except that all stock appreciation rights must have an exercise price that is not less than 100% of the fair market value of the underlying shares on the date of grant. The compensation committee may, in its discretion, subsequently reduce the exercise price of a stock appreciation right to the then-fair market value of the underlying shares as of the date of such price reduction.

        A stock award is the grant of shares of our common stock at a price determined by the compensation committee (including zero), and which may be subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture until specific conditions or goals are met. Conditions may be based on continuing employment or achieving performance goals. During the period of vesting, participants holding shares of restricted stock generally will have full voting and dividend rights with respect to such shares.

        A stock unit is a bookkeeping entry that represents the equivalent of a share of our common stock. A stock unit is similar to a restricted stock award except that participants holding stock units do not have any stockholder rights until the stock unit is settled with shares. Stock units represent an unfunded and unsecured obligation for us and a holder of a stock unit has no rights other than those of a general creditor.

        Subject to certain adjustments in the event of a change in capitalization or similar transaction, we may issue a maximum of 23,000,000 shares of our common stock under the 2009 Plan. Additionally, the maximum number of shares available for issuance under the 2009 Plan will automatically increase, without the need for further approval by our stockholders, on January 1, 2010 and on each subsequent January 1 through and including January 1, 2019, by a number of shares equal to the lesser of (i) two percent (2%) of the number of shares issued and outstanding on the immediately preceding December 31 or (ii) 6,000,000 shares or (iii) an amount determined by our board of directors. Further, in the event a reverse stock split is effected prior to the effectiveness of this offering, the amount resulting after the proportionate adjustment to: (x) the maximum amount of shares that may be issued under the 2009 Plan shall be rounded down to the nearest 250,000 shares, if such adjusted number is not a whole multiple of 250,000; (y) the 6,000,000 share amount, in clause (ii) above, shall be rounded down to the nearest 100,000 shares, if such adjusted number is not a whole multiple of 100,000; and (z) the Code Section 162(m) limits for awards listed below shall be rounded down to the nearest 50,000 shares, if such adjusted number is not a whole multiple of 50,000. Such downward adjustments shall be a one-time special adjustment. Shares subject to awards that expire or are canceled will again become available for issuance under the 2009 Plan.

        To the extent that an award is intended to qualify as performance-based compensation under Code Section 162(m), then the maximum number of shares of common stock issuable in the form of each type of award under the 2009 Plan to any one participant during a fiscal year shall not exceed 3,500,000 shares, in each case with such limit increased to 7,000,000 shares for grants occurring in a participant's year of hire. Additionally, no participant shall receive in excess of the aggregate amount of

113



3,500,000 shares pursuant to all awards issued under the 2009 Plan during any fiscal year, with such aggregate limit increased to 7,000,000 shares for awards occurring in a participant's year of hire.

        The 2009 Plan provides that in the event there is a change in control and the applicable agreement of merger or reorganization provides for assumption or continuation of the awards, no acceleration of vesting shall occur. In the event that a change in control occurs with respect to us and there is no assumption or continuation of awards, all awards shall vest and become exercisable as of immediately before such change in control. The term "change in control" under the 2009 Plan is generally defined to include: (i) the acquisition of more than 50% of our voting securities by any person other than Warburg Pincus or its affiliates, (ii) the sale of all or substantially all of our assets or (iii) certain changes in the majority of the board members.

        We may not make any grants under the 2009 Plan after the tenth anniversary of the date that our stockholders approved the 2009 Plan, or March 16, 2019. The board of directors may terminate, amend or modify the 2009 Plan at any time; however, stockholder approval will be obtained for any amendment to the extent necessary to comply with any applicable law, regulation or stock exchange rule.

Employee Stock Purchase Plan (ESPP)

        Under the ESPP, our employees will have an opportunity to acquire our common shares at a specified discount from the fair market value as permitted by Section 423 of the Code. The compensation committee will administer the ESPP and the board of directors may amend or terminate the ESPP subject to obtaining any required stockholder approval. The ESPP is intended to comply with the requirements of Section 423 of the Code.

        We have authorized and reserved a total of 4,500,000 shares of our common stock for issuance under the ESPP. Additionally, the maximum number of shares available for issuance under the ESPP will automatically increase, without the need for further approval by our stockholders, on January 1, 2010 and on each subsequent January 1 through and including January 1, 2019, by a number of shares equal to the lesser of (i) one percent (1%) of the number of shares issued and outstanding on the immediately preceding December 31 or (ii) 2,000,000 shares or (iii) an amount determined by our board of directors. We will make appropriate adjustments to the number of authorized shares and to outstanding purchase rights to prevent dilution or enlargement of participants' rights in the event of a stock split or other change in our capital structure. In the event a reverse stock split is effected prior to the effectiveness of this offering, the amount resulting after the proportionate adjustment to: (x) the maximum amount of shares that may be issued under the ESPP shall be rounded down to the nearest 100,000 shares, if such adjusted number is not a whole multiple of 100,000; and (y) the 2,000,000 share amount, in clause (ii) above, shall be rounded down to the nearest 50,000 shares, if such adjusted number is not a whole multiple of 50,000. Such downward adjustments shall be a one-time special adjustment. Shares subject to purchase rights which expire or are canceled will again become available for issuance under the ESPP.

        The compensation committee has preliminarily decided that there shall be three month offering periods with a five percent (5%) discount from the fair market value of a share on the date of purchase when the ESPP commences its offering of shares to eligible employees. Under the ESPP, the compensation committee and board of directors retain the ability to change the offering periods and purchase price. Our employees, and the employees of any future parent or subsidiary corporation or other affiliated entity, will be eligible to participate in the ESPP if they are customarily employed by us. As required by Section 423 of the Code, participants in the ESPP will generally all have the same rights and privileges. However, we may exclude certain employees from being participants as permitted by Section 423 of the Code. In this regard, the compensation committee has determined that the named executive officers will not be participants in the ESPP when the ESPP commences its offering of shares

114



to eligible employees. The compensation committee currently believes that the named executive officers should receive their equity compensation through the stock incentive plans which do not provide a discount from the option exercise price.

2009 Compensation Decisions

        In February 2009, our board of directors approved an Executive Severance Plan and a Policy on Recoupment of Compensation. Additionally, for the four named executive officers who were previously a party to an employment agreement, our compensation committee approved new employment agreements for such four executives to replace their prior employment agreements that had been effective during 2008. See "Executive Employment Agreements." Mr. Woodard, the named executive officer who is not a party to an employment agreement, will participate in the Executive Severance Plan. Set forth below is information concerning the Executive Severance Plan and Policy on Recoupment of Compensation.

Executive Severance Plan

        We established the Executive Severance Plan to provide severance pay and other benefits to certain eligible management or highly compensated employees. Our board of directors may amend or terminate the Executive Severance Plan. However, the Executive Severance Plan cannot be amended to reduce benefits, except as may be required by law, without providing twelve months advance written notice to the covered employees.

        The compensation committee determines which employees are eligible to participate in the Executive Severance Plan. Only Mr. Woodard of the named executive officers will be offered the opportunity to be a participant in the Executive Severance Plan.

        If Mr. Woodard's employment is terminated by us without "cause" or by him for "good reason" (as defined in the Executive Severance Plan), he will be eligible to receive severance benefits under the Executive Severance Plan including (a) severance pay equal to six months of his base salary; and (b) Company-paid medical insurance premiums after termination for up to six months. If Mr. Woodard's employment is terminated by us without "cause" or by Mr. Woodard for "good reason" within twenty-four (24) months after a "change in control" (as defined in the Executive Severance Plan), then all of Mr. Woodard's unvested stock option awards will fully vest as of the termination date, in addition to receiving (a) and (b) described in the preceding sentence. We will condition the payment of such severance benefits upon Mr. Woodard providing us with a release of claims against us, our affiliates and related parties.

Policy on Recoupment of Compensation

        In February 2009, our board of directors adopted a Policy on Recoupment of Compensation, the "Recoupment Policy," pursuant to which certain members of management, including all of the named executive officers, may be directed to return to us performance-based compensation that the officer had previously received if either:

              (i)  there is a restatement of any of our financial statements, previously filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (regardless of whether or not there was any misconduct committed by an executive), other than those due to changes in accounting policy, and the restated financial results would have resulted in a lesser amount of performance-based compensation being paid to the named executive officer, or

             (ii)  the named executive officer's intentional misconduct, gross negligence or failure to report intentional misconduct or gross negligence by one of our employees (or service providers) either: (x) was a contributing factor or partial factor to having to restate any of our financial statements

115



    previously filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission or (y) constituted fraud, bribery or any other illegal act (or contributed to another person's fraud, bribery or other illegal act) which in each case adversely impacted our finances, business and/or reputation.

        In the event of a restatement of our financial statements, the compensation committee will review performance-based compensation awarded or paid to the named executive officers that was attributable to performance during the applicable time periods. To the extent permitted by applicable law, the compensation committee will make a determination as to whether, and how much, compensation is to be recouped by us on an individual basis. If there has been no misconduct (as described in clause (ii) above), any recoupment of compensation will be limited to a three-year lookback period from the date the financial or accounting irregularity was discovered by us.

        Moreover, if the compensation committee determines that one of the named executive officers has engaged in misconduct, the compensation committee may take such actions with respect to such executive as it deems to be in our best interests and necessary to remedy the misconduct and prevent its recurrence. Such actions can include, among other things, recoupment of compensation (which would not be limited to the three-year lookback period) and/or disciplinary actions up to and including termination of employment. The compensation committee's power to determine the appropriate remedy is in addition to, and not in replacement of, remedies imposed by law enforcement agencies, regulators or other authorities.

Executive Compensation

        Our executive officers are appointed by, and serve at the discretion of, our board of directors.

        The following tables provide information on compensation for the services of the named executive officers for 2008.


Summary Compensation Table—2008

Name and Principal Position
  Year   Salary ($)   Option
Awards ($)
(1)
  Non-Equity
Incentive Plan
Compensation ($)
(2)
  All Other
Compensation ($)
(3)
  Total ($)  

Andrew S. Clark, CEO and President

    2008
2007
  $
$
325,000
227,936
  $
$
35,989
44,901
  $
$
875,500
227,000
  $
$
13,412
5,255
  $
$
1,249,901
505,092
 

Daniel J. Devine, Chief Financial Officer

    2008
2007
  $
$
220,000
205,817
  $
$
13,230
11,771
  $
$
325,000
154,500
  $
$
4,236
5,588
  $
$
562,466
377,676
 

Christopher L. Spohn, Senior Vice President/Chief Admissions Officer

    2008
2007
  $
$
227,000
200,403
  $
$
13,230
11,771
  $
$
323,500
170,000
  $
$
11,785
5,528
  $
$
575,515
387,702
 

Rodney T. Sheng, Senior Vice President/Chief
Administrative Officer

    2008
2007
  $
$
227,000
200,403
  $
$
13,230
11,771
  $
$
323,500
100,000
  $
$
6,358
3,156
  $
$
570,088
315,330
 

Ross L. Woodard, Senior
Vice President/Chief
Marketing Officer

    2008   $ 216,000   $ 26,406   $ 291,000   $ 12,690   $ 546,096  

(1)
Represents the expense recorded in our financial statements, excluding any assumed forfeitures, for the year ended December 31, 2008, according to SFAS 123R. Assumptions used to calculate these

116


(2)
Represents the annual discretionary cash incentive bonus awards paid to each named executive officer as further described in the "Grants of Plan-Based Awards-2008" table. The below table shows the amounts earned for 2008 under the basic annual discretionary bonus opportunity and a special overachievement bonus, respectively.
2008
  Annual
Discretionary Bonus
  Special
Overachievement Bonus
 

Andrew S. Clark

  $ 227,500   $ 648,000  

Daniel J. Devine

  $ 110,000   $ 215,000  

Christopher L. Spohn

  $ 113,500   $ 210,000  

Rodney T. Sheng

  $ 113,500   $ 210,000  

Ross L. Woodard

  $ 108,000   $ 183,000  
(3)
Represents our payments for the named executive officer's medical and health insurance.

        The following table provides information on cash-based performance awards granted in 2008 to the named executive officers.


Grants of Plan-Based Awards—2008

 
   
  Estimated future payouts under
Non-equity incentive plan awards
 
Name
  Grant
date
  Threshold ($)   Target
($)(1)
  Maximum ($)  

Andrew S. Clark

  (2)   $ 227,500   $ 227,500   $ 875,500  

Daniel J. Devine

  (2)   $ 110,000   $ 110,000   $ 325,000  

Christopher L. Spohn

  (2)
(3)
  $
$
113,500
170,250
  $
$
113,500
170,250
  $
$
323,500
340,500
 

Rodney T. Sheng

  (2)   $ 113,500   $ 113,500   $ 323,500  

Ross L. Woodard

  (4)   $ 108,000   $ 108,000   $ 291,000  

(1)
The target amount for the annual discretionary cash incentive bonus award set for each of the named executive officers for 2008 by the compensation committee. Such target bonus amount is determined as a percentage of annual salary with Mr. Clark's percentage set at 70% of salary and the other named executive officers set at 50% of salary.

(2)
Each of the named executive officers was eligible to earn a fiscal year performance-based cash bonus pursuant to his employment agreement as discussed below. The actual annual bonus payment could have been less than or greater than the target (specified in Note 1 to this table above) depending upon the degree of attainment of company performance criteria, which were weighted as to 65% for achievement of applicable revenue targets and as to 35% of applicable EBITDA targets. For the fiscal 2008 annual cash bonus, these targets were a fiscal 2008 revenue target of $165.0 million and a fiscal 2008 EBITDA of $15.8 million. In addition, the named executive officers were eligible to earn a special overachievement bonus for fiscal 2008. The overachievement bonus amount was determined by having a discretionary bonus pool of $1.0 million for achievement of EBITDA of 150% of the target and an additional discretionary bonus pool equal to $10,000 for every percentage point improvement of EBITDA above 150% of the target prior to the adjustment to account for the expense related to Mr. Craig's stock award expense of $1.6 million. The total distribution bonus pool was $1.9 million. The compensation committee, after considering recommendations from the CEO and President, then allocated portions of the bonus pool to the named executive officers. The amount of actual bonuses that were paid to the named executive officers for 2008 are reported in Note 2 to the Summary Compensation Table.

117


(3)
As described in the Executive Employment Agreements section below, Mr. Spohn was eligible for an additional bonus based on attainment of annual revenue. No portion of this additional bonus opportunity was earned for 2008.

(4)
Mr. Woodard was eligible to earn a fiscal year performance-based cash bonus. There was no specific threshold or maximum and the actual fiscal year performance-based cash payment could have been less than or greater than the target (specified in Note 1 to this table above) depending upon the degree of attainment of company performance criteria, which were weighted the same as for the other four named executive officers described in Note 2 above. Additionally, Mr. Woodard was also eligible to earn a special overachievement bonus for 2008. The determination and allocation of the special overachievement bonus amount was the same as that for the other four named executive officers described in Note 2 above. The amount of the actual bonuses paid to Mr. Woodard for 2008 is reported in Note 2 to the Summary Compensation Table.

Executive Employment Agreements

        We had previously entered into employment agreements with four of the five named executive officers which were effective during 2008. In March 2009, we entered into new employment agreements to replace the prior employment agreements. Each of these employment agreements are on substantially similar terms and conditions with certain differences reflected in the two tables below.

        Mr. Woodard was not a party to an employment agreement during 2008 and he is not a party to an employment agreement at this point in time. Mr. Woodard will instead be subject to, and may receive benefits from, our Executive Severance Plan described above.

        Andrew S. Clark, CEO and President.     We entered into an employment agreement with Mr. Clark in November 2003, which was later amended in January 2006. In February 2009, we adopted a new employment agreement to replace the prior employment agreement. The new agreement provides that Mr. Clark will serve as Chief Executive Officer. Additionally, Mr. Clark will serve as a member of our board of directors during the time that our shares are not publicly traded and we have agreed to nominate him for election to our board at each annual meeting of stockholders following this offering. The term of the new agreement will extend through March 4, 2013.

        Daniel J. Devine, Chief Financial Officer.     We entered into an employment agreement with Mr. Devine in December 2003, which was later amended in January 2006. In February 2009, we adopted a new employment agreement to replace the prior employment agreement. The new agreement provides that Mr. Devine will serve as Chief Financial Officer. The term of the new agreement will extend through March 9, 2011.

        Christopher L. Spohn, Senior Vice President/Chief Admissions Officer.     We entered into an employment agreement with Mr. Spohn in December 2003, which was later amended in January 2006. In February 2009, we adopted a new employment agreement to replace the prior employment agreement. The new agreement provides that Mr. Spohn will serve as Senior Vice President/Chief Admissions Officer. The term of the new agreement will extend through March 3, 2011.

        Rodney T. Sheng, Senior Vice President/Chief Administrative Officer.     We entered into an employment agreement with Mr. Sheng in December 2003, which was later amended in January 2006. In February 2009, we adopted a new employment agreement to replace the prior employment agreement. The new agreement provides that Mr. Sheng will serve as Senior Vice President/Chief Administrative Officer. The term of the new agreement will extend through March 4, 2011.

        Each of the employment agreements that were effective during 2008 provided for time and performance-based stock options awards to the named executive officer in connection with their hire. Additionally, each of the employment agreements that were effective during 2008 provided that the named executive officer is entitled to participate in health, insurance, retirement and other benefits which are provided to our senior executives.

118


        The following table highlights certain items contained in the employment agreements that were effective during 2008.

 
  Initial Term
of
Employment
Agreement
  Base Salary (1);
Annual Target
Bonus(2)
  Acceleration
of Vesting of
Stock Options
upon Death
or
"Disability"
  Acceleration
of Vesting of
Stock Options
in connection
with a
Change in
Control
  Severance
Payments
upon
termination
without
"Cause"
  Other

Andrew S. Clark

  4 years   $200,000;
50%
  (3)   (4)   12 months(5)   (6)

Daniel J. Devine

  2 years   $185,000;
50%
  (3)   (4)   6 months (5)   (7)

Christopher L. Spohn

  2 years   $175,000;
50%
  (3)   (4)   6 months (5)   (7)

Rodney T. Sheng

  2 years   $175,000;
25%
  (3)   (4)   5 months (5)   (7)

(1)
Each employment agreement provided that the annual base salary shall not be less than the amount listed in this column.

(2)
Each employment agreement provided that the named executive officer will be eligible for an annual discretionary incentive bonus based on attainment of company performance criteria. Each employment agreement provided for a target bonus amount as a percentage of annual salary with such target percentage reflected in this column. The actual bonus paid may be more or less than the target amount. For each named executive officer, the employment agreement provided that the annual bonus will be based on achievement of annual revenue and EBITDA goals with revenue receiving 65% of the weighting and EBITDA receiving the remaining 35%. In addition to being a participant in our regular annual discretionary bonus plan, Mr. Spohn's agreement provided that he shall be eligible for an additional annual bonus which had a target bonus amount of 75% of his annual salary although the actual bonus paid may be less or more than the target amount up to a maximum of two times the target amount. Mr. Spohn's additional bonus opportunity was based on attaining annual revenue in excess of the budgeted target.

(3)
If the named executive officer's employment was terminated due to his death or disability then (i) his time-based stock options would become additionally vested as if his termination date had occurred twelve months later and (ii) the portion of his performance-based stock options that were scheduled to vest in the year of his termination would become additionally vested provided that the applicable performance criteria was satisfied for such year of termination of employment.

(4)
In the event of a change of control of the company, the named executive officer's exit options would vest if Warburg Pincus received proceeds from such transaction that were equal to or greater than four times their aggregate purchase price paid for our equity securities. If the named executive officer is subject to an involuntary termination within twelve (12) months after a change in control, then (i) the named executive officer's time-vested options shall fully vest and become exercisable on the date of the involuntary termination.

(5)
If we terminated the named executive officer's employment without cause (and in the case of Mr. Clark, if he is not re-elected to the board by stockholders), then the named executive officer would have received (a) continuation of base salary for the number of months reflected in this column and (b) company-paid COBRA health insurance benefits after termination for up to the number of months reflected in this column, as long as the named executive officer is eligible for and elects to continue his COBRA health insurance following the date of termination and (c) an acceleration of the vesting of his time-based options as if service terminated twelve months later. We were allowed to condition the payment of the severance benefits upon the named executive

119


(6)
We were obligated to provide Mr. Clark with life insurance with a face amount of at least twice his annual base salary.

(7)
Each of the named executive officers were eligible to receive relocation expense reimbursements in connection with their hire. Mr. Sheng was provided with a reimbursement in connection with the early termination of his employment from his previous employer.

        The following table highlights certain items contained in the new employment agreements that were adopted in February 2009. Additionally, each of the new employment agreements provide that the named executive officer is entitled to participate in health, insurance, retirement and other benefits which are provided to our senior executives. The term of each of the new employment agreements will automatically extend for an additional year upon the end of the initial term and thereafter on each anniversary unless either party timely gives notice that it does want to so extend the agreement.

 
  Initial Term
of New
Employment
Agreement
  Base Salary(1);
Annual Target
Bonus(2)
  Severance
Payments
upon Death
  Severance
Payments upon
"Disability"
  Severance
Payments upon
termination
within the
Change in
Control Period
  Severance
Payments upon
termination
without
"Cause" or
"Good Reason"
  Other

Andrew S. Clark

  4 years   $375,000;
100%
  (3)   (4)   (5)   (7)   (9)(10)

Daniel J. Devine

  2 years   $250,000;
50%
  (3)   (4)   (6)   (8)   (10)

Christopher L. Spohn

  2 years   $250,000;
50%
  (3)   (4)   (6)   (8)   (10)

Rodney T. Sheng

  2 years   $250,000;
60%
  (3)   (4)   (6)   (8)   (10)

(1)
Each employment agreement provides that the annual base salary shall be the amount listed in this column, which may be periodically reviewed and increased by our board of directors in its discretion.

(2)
Each employment agreement provides that the named executive officer will be eligible for an annual discretionary incentive bonus based on attainment of performance criteria. Each employment agreement provides for a target bonus amount as a percentage of annual salary with such target percentage reflected in this column. The actual bonus paid may be more or less than the target amount. In addition, upon any termination of Mr. Clark's employment other than for Cause, Mr. Clark will be eligible to be paid a pro-rata bonus for the fiscal year of termination based on the percentage of time he was employed in such fiscal year.

(3)
If a named executive officer's employment is terminated due to his death then (i) his outstanding unvested time-based stock options would become additionally vested as if his termination date had occurred twelve months later; (ii) twenty-five percent (25%) of his then outstanding unvested performance-based stock options would become additionally vested; (iii) his estate would receive an additional six (6) months base salary; and (iv) his dependents will receive an additional six (6) months of medical benefits. We will condition the payment of the severance benefits upon the named executive officer providing a release of claims against us, our affiliates and related parties.

(4)
If a named executive officer's employment is terminated due to his "disability" (as defined in the employment agreement) then (i) his outstanding unvested time-based stock options would become

120


(5)
If Mr. Clark's employment is terminated by us without "cause" or by Mr. Clark for "good reason" within twenty-four (24) months after a "change in control," as defined in the employment agreement, then Mr. Clark will receive: (a) cash payments equal in the aggregate to twenty-four months of his base salary; (b) cash payments equal to two times Mr. Clark's annual target bonus, irrespective of achievement of performance goals; (c) company-paid medical insurance premiums after termination for up to 24 months; (d) all unvested stock option awards will fully vest as of the termination date; (e) a pro-rata bonus for the fiscal year of termination based on the percentage of time he was employed in such fiscal year; and (f) his annual bonus for the completed fiscal year prior to the year of termination, if not already paid. We will condition the payment of the severance benefits upon Mr. Clark providing a release of claims against us, our affiliates and related parties.

(6)
If the named executive officer's employment is terminated by us without "cause" or by the named executive officer for "good reason" within twenty-four (24) months after a "change in control," as defined in the employment agreement, then the named executive officer will receive: (a) cash payments equal in the aggregate to twelve months of his base salary; (b) cash payments equal to one times the named executive officer's annual target bonus, irrespective of achievement of performance goals; (c) company-paid medical insurance premiums after termination for up to 12 months; (d) all unvested stock option awards will fully vest as of the termination date; and (e) his annual bonus for the completed fiscal year prior to the year of termination, if not already paid. We will condition the payment of the severance benefits upon the named executive officer providing a release of claims against us, our affiliates and related parties.

(7)
If Mr. Clark's employment is terminated by us without "cause" or by Mr. Clark for "good reason," as defined in the employment agreement, then Mr. Clark will receive (a) cash payments equal in the aggregate to twenty-four months of his base salary; (b) cash payments equal to two times Mr. Clark's annual target bonus, irrespective of achievement of performance goals; (c) company-paid medical and life insurance premiums after termination for up to 24 months; (d) the vesting of time-based options will accelerate as if service had terminated twelve months later; (e) a pro-rata bonus for the fiscal year of termination based on the percentage of time he was employed in such fiscal year; and (f) his annual bonus for the completed fiscal year prior to the year of termination, if not already paid. We will condition the payment of the severance benefits upon Mr. Clark providing a release of claims against us, our affiliates and related parties.

(8)
If the named executive officer's employment is terminated by us without "cause" or by the named executive officer for "good reason," as defined in the employment agreement, then the named executive officer will receive (a) cash payments equal in the aggregate to twelve months of his base salary; (b) cash payments equal to one times the named executive officer's annual target bonus, irrespective of achievement of performance goals; (c) company-paid medical and life insurance premiums after termination for up to 12 months; (d) the vesting of time-based options will accelerate as if service had terminated twelve months later; and (e) his annual bonus for the completed fiscal year prior to the year of termination, if not already paid. We will condition the payment of the severance benefits upon the named executive officer providing a release of claims against us, our affiliates and related parties.

(9)
We are obligated to provide Mr. Clark with life insurance with a face amount of at least twice his annual base salary. In addition, Mr. Clark is eligible to receive up to $15,000 in legal fees he incurs in connection with the execution of this new employment agreement.

121


(10)
In the event the named executive officer has received payments that are subject to golden parachute excise taxes, then such payments will be reduced to a level that would not subject the named executive officer to golden parachute excise taxes unless, after comparing the value of the payments on an after-tax basis (including the golden parachute excise tax), the named executive officer would be in a better economic position by receiving all payments. In addition, upon the consummation of a change of control (as defined in the employment agreements), fifty percent (50%) of the named executive officer's unvested time-based stock options and performance-based stock options will become additionally vested, and the remaining unvested portion of the named executive officer's stock options will continue to vest pursuant to the original vesting schedule but at fifty percent (50%) of the original rate of vesting over the vesting period.

Equity Awards

        The following table shows the number of our common shares covered by stock options held by the named executive officers as of December 31, 2008. No named executive officer held any of our unvested restricted common shares or restricted stock units as of December 31, 2008.


Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year End—2008

 
  Option awards  
Name
  Number of
securities
underlying
unexercised
options (#)
exercisable
  Number of
securities
underlying
unexercised
options (#)
unexercisable
  Option
exercise
price ($)
  Option
expiration
date
 

Andrew S. Clark

    3,889,844
3,889,844

87,750
81,250
   

5,636,640
237,250
243,750
650,000
  $
$
$
$
$
$
0.07
0.07
0.07
0.13
0.13
0.13
    4/1/2014
4/1/2014
4/1/2014
11/27/2017
11/27/2017
11/27/2017
(1)(4)
(1)(5)
(1)(7)
(2)(4)
(2)(6)
(2)(7)

Daniel J. Devine

   
1,005,994
1,005,994

33,750
31,250
   


268,411
91,250
93,750
375,000
 
$
$
$
$
$
$

0.07
0.07
0.07
0.13
0.13
0.13
   
4/1/2014
4/1/2014
4/1/2014
11/27/2017
11/27/2017
11/27/2017

(1)(4)
(1)(5)
(1)(7)
(2)(4)
(2)(6)
(2)(7)

Christopher L. Spohn

   
1,005,994
1,005,994

33,750
31,250
   


671,029
91,250
93,750
375,000
 
$
$
$
$
$
$

0.07
0.07
0.07
0.13
0.13
0.13
   
4/1/2014
4/1/2014
4/1/2014
11/27/2017
11/27/2017
11/27/2017

(1)(4)
(1)(5)
(1)(7)
(2)(4)
(2)(6)
(2)(7)

Rodney T. Sheng

   
1,005,994
1,005,994

33,750
31,250
   


671,029
91,250
93,750
375,000
 
$
$
$
$
$
$

0.07
0.07
0.07
0.13
0.13
0.13
   
4/1/2014
4/1/2014
4/1/2014
11/27/2017
11/27/2017
11/27/2017

(1)(4)
(1)(5)
(1)(7)
(2)(4)
(2)(6)
(2)(7)

Ross L. Woodard

   
555,309
804,795

57,375
53,125
   
249,486

536,823
155,125
159,375
375,000
 
$
$
$
$
$
$

0.07
0.07
0.07
0.13
0.13
0.13
   
2/15/2016
2/15/2016
2/15/2016
11/27/2017
11/27/2017
11/27/2017

(3)(4)
(3)(5)
(3)(7)
(2)(4)
(2)(6)
(2)(7)

(1)
These options were granted under the 2005 Plan on February 15, 2006, with an exercise price equal to the fair market value of one of our common shares on the date of grant. The vesting commencement date was April 1, 2004.

122


(2)
These options were granted under the 2005 Plan on November 27, 2007, with an exercise price equal to the fair market value of one of our common shares on the date of grant. The vesting commencement date was November 27, 2007.

(3)
These options were granted under the 2005 Plan on February 15, 2006, with an exercise price equal to the fair market value of one of our common shares on the date of grant. The vesting commencement date was February 15, 2006.

(4)
These time-based options vest as follows: (i) 25% of the option vests on the first anniversary of the vesting commencement date, (ii) an additional 2% of the option vests on each monthly anniversary of the vesting commencement date for the thirty-three months following the first anniversary of the vesting commencement date and (iii) an additional 3% of the option vests on each of the 46th, 47th and 48th monthly anniversaries of the vesting commencement date. In addition, upon termination of employment by us without cause (as defined in the 2005 Plan) or due to termination of employment because of death or disability, the vesting of the option will accelerate as if service had terminated twelve months later in time. In addition, upon a "change in control," as defined in the stock option agreement us, fifty percent (50%) of the named executive officer's unvested time-based stock options will become additionally vested and the remaining unvested portion of the named executive officer's stock options will continue to vest pursuant to the original vesting schedule but at fifty percent (50%) of the original rate of vesting over the vesting period. Further, the outstanding unvested portion of the option will become fully vested upon an involuntary termination of the named executive officer's employment within the twelve (12) month period following a "change in control," as defined in the stock option agreement. Further, in the event of a corporate reorganization, merger, liquidation, spinoff, or agreement for the sale of substantially all of our assets and property in which the named executive officer's options are not substituted or assumed, then the named executive officer's time-based options shall fully vest and become exercisable on the date that immediately proceeds the effective date of such event.

(5)
These performance-based options vest as follows: (i) beginning with fiscal year 2005 and ending with fiscal year 2008, 25% of the option vests for each fiscal year in which our performance targets (as defined in the stock option award) based on our annual revenue and annual EBITDA were achieved, (ii) for any fiscal year in which the annual performance targets were not achieved, such portion will vest if in any subsequent fiscal year the cumulative revenue and EBITDA targets were achieved (the cumulative targets are defined in the stock option award). In addition, upon termination of the named executive officer's employment because of death or disability, the portion of the option eligible to vest in the year of termination will vest to the extent the performance targets were achieved in the year in which termination occurs. In addition, upon a "change in control," as defined in the stock option agreement us, fifty percent (50%) of the named executive officer's performance-based stock options will become additionally vested and the remaining unvested portion of the named executive officer's stock options will continue to vest pursuant to the original vesting schedule but at fifty percent (50%) of the original rate of vesting over the vesting period. Further, in the event of a corporate reorganization, merger, liquidation, spinoff, or agreement for the sale of substantially all of our assets and property in which the named executive officer's options are not substituted or assumed, then the named executive officer's the performance-based options will vest to the extent that the applicable performance

123


 
  Fiscal Year
2005
  Fiscal Year
2006
  Fiscal Year
2007
  Fiscal Year
2008

Annual EBITDA

  ($7,430,000) or
greater
  ($238,000) or
greater
  $3,920,000   $5,880,000

Annual Revenue

 

$7,871,000

 

$21,808,000

 

$39,879,000

 

$49,000,000

Cumulative EBITDA

 

($7,430,000) or
greater

 

($7,668,000) or
greater

 

($3,748,000)

 

$2,132,000

Cumulative Revenue

 

$7,871,000

 

$29,679,000

 

$69,558,000

 

$118,558,000

(6)
These performance-based options vest as follows: (i) beginning with fiscal year 2008 (shown in the following sentence) and ending with fiscal year 2011, 25% of the option vests for each fiscal year in which our performance targets (defined in the stock option award) based on our annual revenue and annual EBITDA were achieved, (ii) for any fiscal year in which the annual performance targets were not achieved, such portion will vest if in any subsequent fiscal year the cumulative revenue and EBITDA targets were achieved (the cumulative targets are defined in the stock option award). The target for fiscal year 2008 were: Annual EBITDA: $5,880,000; Annual Revenue: $49,000,000; Cumulative EBITDA: $5,880,000; and Cumulative Revenue: $49,000,000. The targets for fiscal year 2009 through fiscal year 2011 require significant yearly growth in revenue and EBITDA and will be challenging objectives for us to achieve. In addition, upon termination of the named executive officer's employment because of death or disability, the portion of the option eligible to vest in the year of termination will vest to the extent the performance targets were achieved in the year in which termination occurs. Further, in the event of a corporate reorganization, merger, liquidation, spinoff, or agreement for the sale of substantially all of our assets and property in which the named executive officer's options are not substituted or assumed, then the named executive officer's the performance-based options will vest to the extent that the applicable performance targets have been satisfied.

(7)
These exit options vest only upon (i) a change in control of the company (as defined in the option agreement) or (ii) a "liquidity event," which is defined as a sale by Warburg Pincus of its equity securities of the company and which does not constitute a change in control, in each case subject to the named executive officer's continued service through the date of the change in control or liquidity event. In order for the exit option to vest, Warburg Pincus must receive proceeds from such change in control or liquidity event that are equal to or greater than four times its aggregate purchase price paid for our equity securities as of the date of the transaction. The portion of the exit options that vest upon a liquidity event are determined by multiplying the number of shares underlying the exit option by the relative percentage of our equity securities that Warburg Pincus sells in connection with the liquidity event.

        No stock options were exercised by the named executive officers in 2008 and none of the named executive officers had any restricted stock that vested in 2008.

124


Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change-in-Control

Payments made upon resignation or termination for cause

        If a named executive officer resigns his employment or is terminated by us for cause, the named executive officer will be entitled only to any accrued and unpaid salary and vested benefits and no severance.

Payments made upon involuntary termination by company without cause or by employee for good reason or due to death, disability, or change in control of company

        If a named executive officer's employment is involuntarily terminated either without cause by us (or by the employee due to a specified good reason), or due to death or disability, the named executive officer will generally be entitled to continuation of base salary and/or health benefits for a specified number of months and/or accelerated vesting of at least a portion of his unvested stock options as described above in the "Executive Employment Agreements" section. If there is a change in control of the company, then the exit options may receive accelerated vesting depending on whether the applicable performance conditions are attained as described above in the "Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year End-2008" table.

        For purposes of these events, the following definitions are generally applicable:

125


Hypothetical potential payment estimates

        The table below provides estimates for compensation payable to each named executive officer under hypothetical termination of employment and change in control scenarios under our compensatory arrangements other than nondiscriminatory arrangements generally available to salaried employees. The amounts shown in the table are estimates and assume the hypothetical involuntary termination, death or disability or change in control occurred on December 31, 2008, applying the provisions of the agreements that were in effect as of such date. Due to the number of factors and assumptions that can affect the nature and amount of any benefits provided upon the events discussed below, any amounts paid or distributed upon an actual event may differ.

        For purposes of the hypothetical payment estimates shown in the below table, some of the important assumptions were:

 
  Change in
Control of
Company
  Involuntary
Termination by
Company without
Cause
  Involuntary
Termination by
Company without
Cause within 12
Months of a
Change in Control
of Company
  Involuntary
Termination by
Employee for
good reason
within 12 Months
of a Change in
Control of
Company
  Death or
Disability
 

Andrew S. Clark

                               

Base Salary Continuation

  $   $ 325,000   $ 325,000   $   $  

Continuation of Health Insurance Benefits

  $   $ 18,000   $ 18,000   $   $  

Acceleration of Vesting of Time-Based Stock Options

  $   $ 236,340   $ 718,868   $ 718,868   $ 236,340  

Acceleration of Vesting of Performance-Based Stock Options

  $   $   $   $   $  

Acceleration of Vesting of Exit Stock Options(1)

  $ 19,386,718   $   $ 19,386,718   $ 19,386,718   $  
                       

Total

  $ 19,386,718   $ 579,340   $ 20,448,586   $ 20,105,586   $ 236,340  
                       

126


 
  Change in
Control of
Company
  Involuntary
Termination by
Company without
Cause
  Involuntary
Termination by
Company without
Cause within 12
Months of a
Change in Control
of Company
  Involuntary
Termination by
Employee for
good reason
within 12 Months
of a Change in
Control of
Company
  Death or
Disability
 

Daniel J. Devine

                               

Base Salary Continuation

  $   $ 110,000   $ 110,000   $   $  

Continuation of Health Insurance Benefits

  $   $ 9,000   $ 9,000   $   $  

Acceleration of Vesting of Time-Based Stock Options

  $   $ 90,900   $ 276,488   $ 276,488   $ 90,900  

Acceleration of Vesting of Performance-Based Stock Options

  $   $   $   $   $  

Acceleration of Vesting of Exit Stock Options(1)

  $ 1,965,640   $   $ 1,965,640   $ 1,965,640   $  
                       

Total

  $ 1,965,640   $ 209,900   $ 2,361,128   $ 2,242,128   $ 90,900  
                       

Christopher L. Spohn

                               

Base Salary Continuation

  $   $ 113,500   $ 113,500   $   $  

Continuation of Health Insurance Benefits

  $   $ 9,000   $ 9,000   $   $  

Acceleration of Vesting of Time-Based Stock Options

  $   $ 90,900   $ 276,488   $ 276,488   $ 90,900  

Acceleration of Vesting of Performance-Based Stock Options

  $   $   $   $   $  

Acceleration of Vesting of Exit Stock Options(1)

  $ 3,209,730   $   $ 3,209,730   $ 3,209,730   $  
                       

Total

  $ 3,209,730   $ 213,400   $ 3,608,718   $ 3,486,218   $ 90,900  
                       

Rodney T. Sheng

                               

Base Salary Continuation

  $   $ 94,583   $ 94,583   $   $  

Continuation of Health Insurance Benefits

  $   $ 7,500   $ 7,500   $   $  

Acceleration of Vesting of Time-Based Stock Options

  $   $ 90,900   $ 276,488   $ 276,488   $ 90,900  

Acceleration of Vesting of Performance-Based Stock Options

  $   $   $   $   $  

Acceleration of Vesting of Exit Stock Options(1)

  $ 3,209,730   $   $ 3,209,730   $ 3,209,730   $  
                       

Total

  $ 3,209,730   $ 192,983   $ 3,588,301   $ 3,486,218   $ 90,900  
                       

Ross L. Woodard

                               

Base Salary Continuation

  $   $   $   $   $  

Continuation of Health Insurance Benefits

  $   $   $   $   $  

Acceleration of Vesting of Time-Based Stock Options

  $   $ 776,234   $ 1,240,940   $ 1,240,940   $ 776,234  

Acceleration of Vesting of Performance-Based Stock Options

  $   $   $   $   $  

Acceleration of Vesting of Exit Stock Options(1)

  $ 2,795,033   $   $ 2,795,033   $ 2,795,033   $  
                       

Total

  $ 2,795,033   $ 776,234   $ 4,035,973   $ 4,035,973   $ 776,234  
                       

(1)
Based on an assumed change in control on December 31, 2008 with a price of $3.16 per share, Warburg Pincus would have received proceeds from such change in control that are equal to or greater than four times the aggregate purchase price it paid for our equity securities and the named executive officers' exit options would therefore have fully vested.

127



CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS

        The following is a description of transactions since January 1, 2006, to which we have been a party, in which the amount involved exceeds $120,000 in any year and in which any of our directors, executive officers or holders of more than five percent of our common stock, on an as-converted basis, or any member of the immediate family of any of the foregoing persons has had or will have a direct or indirect material interest. This description does not cover (i) compensation arising from our executive officers' employment relationships or transactions or compensation to directors (including consulting fees) which are described elsewhere in this prospectus under "Management—Compensation of Directors" and "Compensation Discussion and Analysis" or (ii) compensation approved by our compensation committee that is earned by executive officers that are not named executive officers.

        It will be our policy upon the closing of this offering that all related party transactions must be reviewed and approved by our audit committee. When evaluating such transactions, our audit committee focuses on whether the terms of such transactions are at least as favorable to us as terms we would receive on an arm's-length basis from an unaffiliated third party. The policies and procedures for approving related party transactions will be set forth in our audit committee charter.

Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement

        We are a party to an amended and restated registration rights agreement with Warburg Pincus, Andrew S. Clark, Daniel J. Devine, Christopher L. Spohn, Jane McAuliffe, Rodney T. Sheng, Ross Woodard, Charlene Dackerman, Ryan Craig and certain other security holders. Under this agreement, security holders are entitled to registration rights with respect to their shares of common stock under certain circumstances (including shares of common stock issuable upon the conversion of our preferred stock, shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of various warrants and shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of certain employee stock options). For additional information, see "Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights."

Indemnification Agreements

        Our current certificate of incorporation and bylaws, as well as the certificate of incorporation and bylaws that will be in effect upon the closing of this offering, require us to indemnify our directors and executive officers to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. Additionally, as permitted by Delaware law, we have entered into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and executive officers that require us to indemnify such persons, to the fullest extent authorized or permitted under Delaware law, against any and all costs and expenses (including attorneys', witness or other professional fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such persons in connection with the investigation, defense, settlement or appeal of any action, hearing, suit or other proceeding, whether pending, threatened or completed, to which any such person may be made a witness or a party by reason of (1) the fact that such person is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of our company or its subsidiaries, whether serving in such capacity or otherwise acting at the request of our company or its subsidiaries and (2) anything done or not done, or alleged to have been done or not done, by such person in that capacity. The indemnification agreements also require us to advance expenses incurred by directors and executive officers within 20 days after receipt of a written request, provided that such persons undertake to repay such amounts if it is ultimately determined that they are not entitled to indemnification. Additionally, the agreements set forth certain procedures that will apply in the event of a claim for indemnification thereunder, including a presumption that directors and executive officers are entitled to indemnification under the agreements and that we have the burden of proof to overcome that presumption in reaching any contrary determination. We are not required to provide indemnification under the agreements for certain matters, including: (1) indemnification beyond that permitted by Delaware law; (2) indemnification for liabilities for which the executive officer or director is reimbursed pursuant to such insurance as may exist for such person's benefit; (3) indemnification related to disgorgement of profits under Section 16(b) of the Securities Exchange

128



Act of 1934; (4) in connection with certain proceedings initiated against us by the director or executive officer; or (5) indemnification for settlements the director or executive officer enters into without our written consent. The indemnification agreements require us to maintain directors' and executive officers' insurance in full force and effect while any director or executive officer continues to serve in such capacity and so long as any such person may incur costs and expenses related to indemnified legal proceedings.

Stockholders Agreement and Nominating Agreement

        In December 2003, we entered into a stockholders agreement with Warburg Pincus, Andrew S. Clark and all other holders of our common stock at that time. We subsequently added additional parties as they became holders of our common stock. The stockholders agreement, as amended, contains agreements among the parties with respect to the election of our directors and restrictions on the issuance or transfer of shares, including certain corporate governance provisions. Each of our current directors was appointed pursuant to the terms of the stockholders agreement. Upon the closing of this offering, the stockholders agreement will be terminated.

        In February 2009, we entered into a nominating agreement with Warburg Pincus. Under the nominating agreement, as long as Warburg Pincus beneficially owns at least 15% of the outstanding shares of common stock after the closing of this offering, we agree, subject to our fiduciary obligations, to nominate and recommend to our stockholders that two individuals designated by Warburg Pincus be elected to the board. If at any time after the closing of this offering, Warburg Pincus beneficially owns less than 15% but more than 5% of the outstanding shares of common stock, we agree, subject to our fiduciary obligations, to nominate and recommend to our stockholders that one individual designated by Warburg Pincus be elected to the board.

Line of Credit with Warburg Pincus

        In March 2007, we entered into a line of credit with Warburg Pincus under which we could borrow up to $3.0 million in principal at any time prior to March 2008. Under the line of credit, interest accrued at the prime rate plus 1.50%. During 2007, we borrowed a total of $2.0 million under the line of credit. As of December 31, 2007, all amounts were repaid and the line of credit was cancelled. We paid a total of $0.1 million in interest under the line of credit before it was cancelled.

Warburg Pincus Guarantee

        In May 2004, Warburg Pincus entered into a guarantee in favor of a postsecondary college in the Connecticut state college system pursuant to which it agreed to guarantee our obligations to such college arising from an agreement we entered into with such college in May 2004. No amounts have been paid under the guarantee. The maximum amount payable under the guarantee was $1.0 million from May 2004 to June 2006 and $0.5 million from July 2006 to December 2006. Since January 2007, the maximum amount payable under the guarantee has been $0.1 million.

November 2003 Loan from Warburg Pincus to Andrew Clark

        In November 2003, Warburg Pincus loaned $75,000 to Andrew Clark to finance Mr. Clark's purchase of 75,000 shares of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock from us. In connection with such loan, Mr. Clark entered into a Secured Recourse Promissory Note and Pledge Agreement with Warburg Pincus which provided that the principal amount due under the note would accrue simple interest at a rate of 8% per year until November 26, 2005, the maturity date, after which time interest would accrue at a penalty rate of 16% per year, compounded monthly. The loan was secured by 75,000 shares of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock held by Mr. Clark. Mr. Clark repaid the loan in full on March 10, 2009, at which time the amount due under the note was $146,740 (including accrued interest of $71,740).

129



PRINCIPAL AND SELLING STOCKHOLDERS

        The following table sets forth information regarding the beneficial ownership of our common stock as of March 1, 2009, and as adjusted to reflect the sale of common stock being offered in this offering, for:

        The information in the following table has been presented in accordance with SEC rules. Under these rules, beneficial ownership of a class of capital stock includes any shares of such class as to which a person, directly or indirectly, has or shares voting power or investment power and also any shares as to which a person has the right to acquire such voting or investment power within 60 days through the exercise of any options, warrants or other rights. Shares subject to options, warrants or other rights are not deemed outstanding for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of any other person. Except as indicated below and under applicable community property laws, we believe that the beneficial owners identified in this table have sole voting and investment power with respect to all shares shown.

        For the purpose of calculating the percentage of shares beneficially owned by any stockholder, (i) the number of shares of common stock deemed outstanding "prior to the offering" assumes the conversion of all outstanding shares of our Series A Convertible Preferred Stock into an aggregate of 201,120,143 shares of our common stock (resulting in a total of 216,882,420 shares of common stock outstanding after the conversion); (ii) the number of shares of common stock outstanding after this offering assumes the issuance by us of                 shares of common stock to the underwriters at the closing of this offering, the issuance by us of                shares of common stock to selling stockholders upon the exercise of options and warrants at the closing of this offering (including the net issuance of                shares of common stock upon the cashless net exercise by selling stockholders of warrants) and no exercise of the underwriters' over-allotment option; and (iii) the number of shares of common stock outstanding after the over-allotment assumes that the underwriters' over-allotment option is exercised in full and the issuance by us of                shares of common stock to selling stockholders upon the exercise of options and warrants at the closing of the over-allotment (including the net issuance of                shares of common stock upon the cashless net exercise by selling stockholders of warrants).

        Unless otherwise indicated below, the address for each named director and executive officer is c/o Bridgepoint Education Inc., 13500 Evening Creek Drive North, Suite 600, San Diego California, 92128.

 
   
   
   
  Shares
Beneficially
Owned After
this Offering
   
   
   
 
 
  Shares Beneficially
Owned Prior to
this Offering
  Number of
Shares to
Be Sold in
this
Offering
   
  Shares Beneficially
Owned After
Over-Allotment
 
 
  Number of
Shares to Be
Sold in Over-
Allotment
 
Name of Beneficial Owner
  Number   %   Number   %   Number   %  

Principal Stockholders

                                                 

Warburg Pincus Private
Equity VIII, L.P.(1)
c/o Warburg Pincus LLC
466 Lexington Avenue
New York, NY 10017

   
196,580,327
   
90.6

%
                                   

130


 
   
   
   
  Shares
Beneficially
Owned After
this Offering
   
   
   
 
 
  Shares Beneficially
Owned Prior to
this Offering
  Number of
Shares to
Be Sold in
this
Offering
   
  Shares Beneficially
Owned After
Over-Allotment
 
 
  Number of
Shares to Be
Sold in Over-
Allotment
 
Name of Beneficial Owner
  Number   %   Number   %   Number   %  

Directors and Executive Officers

                                                 
 

Andrew S. Clark(2)

    9,282,941     4.1 %                                    
 

Ryan Craig

    504,342     *                                      
 

Daniel J. Devine(3)

    2,851,553     1.3 %                                    

Patrick T. Hackett(4)
c/o Warburg Pincus LLC
466 Lexington Avenue
New York, NY 10017

    196,580,327     90.6 %                                    
 

Robert Hartman(5)

    125,065     *                                      
 

Jane McAuliffe(6)

    1,703,371     *                                      

Adarsh Sarma(7)
c/o Warburg Pincus LLC
466 Lexington Avenue
New York, NY 10017

    196,580,327     90.6 %                                    
 

Rodney T. Sheng(8)

    3,106,409     1.4 %                                    
 

Christopher L. Spohn(9)

    2,820,971     1.3 %                                    
 

Ross Woodard(10)

    1,755,871     *                                      
 

Charlene Dackerman(11)

    225,954     *                                      
 

Dale Crandall

        *                                      
 

Diane Thompson

        *                                      
 

Thomas Ashbrook

        *                                      

All Directors and Executive Officers as
a Group (13 Persons)

   

218,956,804
   

93.4


%
                                   

Additional Selling Stockholders:

   
                                           
 

Richard K. Gessner(12)

    1,738,132     *                                      
 

Elizabeth Tice(13)

    525,800     *                                      
 

T.R. Irwin(14)

    262,500     *                                      
 

Steve Isbister(15)

    262,500     *                                      
 

Venturetek, L.P.(16)

    4,745,010     2.2 %                                    
 

Roberts Wesleyan College(17)

    375,892     *                                      
 

Alfred Rattenni(18)

    100,000     *                                      
 

William C. Turner, Trustee of the
Turner Trust, dated 1/7/82 as
amended

   

430,269
   

*
                                     
 

Vicki Falcigno

    1,000,000     *                                      
 

The Tyler Christian Guthrie Exempt
Irrevocable Trust(19)

   
50,000
   
*
                                     
 

The Cooper Keith Guthrie Exempt
Irrevocable Trust(20)

   
50,000
   
*
                                     
 

Jonathan Turkel(21)

    175,000     *                                      
 

Leonard Katz(22)

    175,000     *                                      
 

Scott Turner(23)

    3,180,419     1.4 %                                    
 

Scott C. Turner and Leslie Turner

    200,000     *                                      
 

Douglas G. Turner and Roberta
Turner

   
200,000
   
*
                                     
 

R. Wayne Clugston(24)

    2,556,410     1.2 %                                    
 

Linda M. Clugston(25)

    175,000     *                                      
 

David Vande Pol(26)

    512,677     *                                      
 

Comerica Ventures Incorporated(27)

    260,000     *                                      

131


 
   
   
   
  Shares
Beneficially
Owned After
this Offering
   
   
   
 
 
  Shares Beneficially
Owned Prior to
this Offering
  Number of
Shares to
Be Sold in
this
Offering
   
  Shares Beneficially
Owned After
Over-Allotment
 
 
  Number of
Shares to Be
Sold in Over-
Allotment
 
Name of Beneficial Owner
  Number   %   Number   %   Number   %  
 

Jill Falcigno Guzzanti Trust U/W/O
Louis Anthony Falcigno dated
12/31/03

   

1,701,325
   

*
                                     
 

Sheilagh Falcigno Trust U/W/O
Louis Anthony Falcigno dated
12/31/03

   

1,701,325
   

*
                                     

*
Represents beneficial ownership of less than 1%.

(1)
Consists of 196,580,327 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock. The stockholder is Warburg Pincus Private Equity VIII, L.P. ("WP VIII"). Warburg Pincus Partners, LLC ("WP Partners"), a direct subsidiary of Warburg Pincus & Co. ("WP"), is the sole general partner of WP VIII. WP is the managing member of WP Partners. WP VIII is managed by Warburg Pincus LLC ("WP LLC"). WP VIII, WP Partners, WP and WP LLC are collectively referred to as the "Warburg Pincus Entities." Charles R. Kaye and Joseph P. Landy are each Managing General Partners of WP and Managing Members and Co-Presidents of WP LLC and may be deemed to control the Warburg Pincus Entities. Each of the Warburg Pincus Entities, Mr. Kaye and Mr. Landy have shared voting and investment control of all of the shares of stock referenced above. Each of Mr. Kaye, Mr. Landy, WP VIII, WP Partners, WP and WP LLC disclaims beneficial ownership of the stock except to the extent of any indirect pecuniary interest therein. The address of the Warburg Pincus Entities, Mr. Kaye and Mr. Landy is 466 Lexington Avenue, New York, New York 10017.

(2)
Consists of (i) 1,308,253 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock and (ii) 7,947,688 shares of common stock underlying options that are exercisable within 60 days of March 1, 2009.

(3)
Consists of (i) 764,565 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock and (ii) 2,086,988 shares of common stock underlying options that are exercisable within 60 days of March 1, 2009.

(4)
Mr. Hackett is a partner of WP and a Managing Director and member of WP LLC. All shares indicated as owned by Mr. Hackett are included because of his affiliation with the Warburg Pincus Entities. Mr. Hackett disclaims beneficial ownership of all shares owned by the Warburg Pincus Entities except to the extent of any indirect pecuniary interest therein.

(5)
Consists of 125,065 shares of common stock underlying options that are exercisable within 60 days of March 1, 2009.

(6)
Consists of (i) 203,884 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock and (ii) 1,499,487 shares of common stock underlying options that are exercisable within 60 days of March 1, 2009.

(7)
Mr. Sarma is a partner of WP and a Managing Director and member of WP LLC. All shares indicated as owned by Mr. Sarma are included because of his affiliation with the Warburg Pincus Entities. Mr. Sarma disclaims beneficial ownership of all shares owned by the Warburg Pincus Entities except to the extent of any indirect pecuniary interest therein.

(8)
Consists of (i) 1,019,421 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock and (ii) 2,086,988 shares of common stock underlying options that are exercisable within 60 days of March 1, 2009.

(9)
Consists of (i) 733,983 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock and (ii) 2,086,988 shares of common stock underlying options that are exercisable within 60 days of March 1, 2009.

132


(10)
Consists of (i) 203,884 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock and (ii) 1,551,987 shares of common stock underlying options that are exercisable within 60 days of March 1, 2009.

(11)
Consists of (i) 50,971 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock and (ii) 174,983 shares of common stock underlying options that are exercisable within 60 days of March 1, 2009.

(12)
Consists of (i) 203,884 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock and (ii) 1,534,248 shares of common stock underlying options that are exercisable within 60 days of March 1, 2009.

(13)
Consists of (i) 50,971 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock and (ii) 474,829 shares of common stock underlying options that are exercisable within 60 days of March 1, 2009.

(14)
Consists of 262,500 shares of common stock underlying options that are exercisable within 60 days of March 1, 2009.

(15)
Consists of 262,500 shares of common stock underlying options that are exercisable within 60 days of March 1, 2009.

(16)
Includes 1,450,000 shares of common stock underlying warrants that are exercisable within 60 days of March 1, 2009.

(17)
Includes 272,595 shares of common stock underlying warrants that are exercisable within 60 days of March 1, 2009.

(18)
Includes 50,000 shares of common stock underlying warrants that are exercisable within 60 days of March 1, 2009.

(19)
Includes 25,000 shares of common stock underlying warrants that are exercisable within 60 days of March 1, 2009.

(20)
Includes 25,000 shares of common stock underlying warrants that are exercisable within 60 days of March 1, 2009.

(21)
Consists of 175,000 shares of common stock underlying warrants that are exercisable within 60 days of March 1, 2009.

(22)
Consists of 175,000 shares of common stock underlying warrants that are exercisable within 60 days of March 1, 2009.

(23)
Consists of (i) 1,330,419 shares of common stock underlying options that are exercisable within 60 days of March 1, 2009 and (ii) 1,850,000 shares of common stock underlying warrants that are exercisable within 60 days of March 1, 2009.

(24)
Consists of (i) 1,181,410 shares of common stock underlying options that are exercisable within 60 days of March 1, 2009 and (ii) 1,375,000 shares of common stock underlying warrants that are exercisable within 60 days of March 1, 2009.

(25)
Consists of 175,000 shares of common stock underlying warrants that are exercisable within 60 days of March 1, 2009.

(26)
Consists of (i) 200,177 shares of common stock underlying options that are exercisable within 60 days of March 1, 2009 and (ii) 312,500 shares of common stock underlying warrants that are exercisable within 60 days of March 1, 2009.

(27)
Consists of 260,000 shares of common stock underlying warrants that are exercisable within 60 days of March 1, 2009.

133



DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

General

        The following description of our capital stock summarizes provisions of our certificate of incorporation and our bylaws as they will be in effect upon the closing of this offering. As of the date of this prospectus, our authorized capital consists of 300,000,000 shares of common stock, $0.01 par value per share, and 19,850,000 shares of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock, $0.01 par value per share. Immediately after the closing of this offering, after giving effect to the conversion of our outstanding Series A Convertible Preferred Stock into common stock and the effectiveness of our fifth amended and restated certificate of incorporation, our authorized capital stock will consist of 300,000,000 shares of common stock, $0.01 par value per share, and 20,000,000 shares of undesignated preferred stock, $0.01 par value per share.

        The following description of the material provisions of our capital stock and our certificate of incorporation, bylaws and other agreements with and among our stockholders is only a summary, does not purport to be complete and is qualified by applicable law and the full provisions of our certificate of incorporation, bylaws and other agreements. You should refer to our certificate of incorporation, bylaws and related agreements as in effect upon the closing of this offering, which are included as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.

Common Stock

        As of March 1, 2009, assuming the conversion of all outstanding shares of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock into an aggregate of 201,120,143 shares of common stock, there were 216,882,420 shares of common stock outstanding, held of record by 26 stockholders.

Voting Rights

        Holders of common stock are entitled to one vote per share on any matter to be voted upon by stockholders. All shares of common stock rank equally as to voting and all other matters. The shares of common stock have no preemptive or conversion rights, no redemption or sinking fund provisions, are not liable for further call or assessment and are not entitled to cumulative voting rights.

Dividend Rights

        Subject to the prior rights of holders of preferred stock, for as long as such stock is outstanding, the holders of common stock are entitled to receive ratably any dividends when and as declared from time to time by the board of directors out of funds legally available for dividends. We have never declared or paid cash dividends. We currently intend to retain all future earnings for the operation and expansion of our business and do not anticipate paying cash dividends on the common stock in the foreseeable future.

Liquidation Rights

        Upon a liquidation or dissolution of our company, whether voluntary or involuntary, creditors and holders of our preferred stock with preferential liquidation rights will be paid before any distribution to holders of our common stock. After such distribution, holders of common stock are entitled to receive a pro rata distribution per share of any excess amount.

Undesignated Preferred Stock

        Under the certificate of incorporation that will be in effect upon the closing of this offering, the board of directors will have authority to issue undesignated preferred stock without stockholder approval, subject to applicable law and listing exchange standards. The board of directors may also

134



determine or alter for each class of preferred stock the voting powers, designations, preferences and special rights, qualifications, limitations or restrictions as permitted by law. The board of directors may authorize the issuance of preferred stock with voting or conversion rights that could adversely affect the voting power or other rights of the holders of the common stock.

Options and Warrants to Purchase Common Stock

        As of March 1, 2009, we had 39,724,430 shares of common stock subject to options we have issued to our directors, officers, employees and consultants. As of March 1, 2009, we also had 6,850,595 shares of common stock subject to outstanding warrants, all of which are immediately exercisable.

Registration Rights

        In November 2003, we entered into a registration rights agreement with Warburg Pincus, Andrew S. Clark and certain other security holders. The registration rights agreement was amended and restated in January 2009 primarily (i) to grant registration rights to certain additional security holders, including all holders of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock, and (ii) to determine the registration rights of the members of our management team with respect to this offering.

        Under the amended and restated registration rights agreement, the holders of (i) 9,285,568 shares of common stock, (ii) 201,120,143 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock and (iii) 6,195,095 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of certain warrants possess certain rights with respect to the registration of these shares under the Securities Act.

        Under the amended and restated registration rights agreement, each of Andrew S. Clark, Daniel J. Devine, Christopher L. Spohn, Jane McAuliffe, Rodney T. Sheng, Ross Woodard, Charlene Dackerman and certain other members of our management team may request to sell in this offering a number of shares of common stock up to and equaling, but not exceeding, 10% of the sum of (i) the total number of shares of common stock subject to employee stock options held by such person that will be vested as of April 30, 2009 (assuming, for purposes of this calculation, that any "exit options" held by such person will be fully vested at such time) plus (ii) the total number of shares of common stock which such person may acquire upon the conversion of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock or upon the exercise of various warrants held by such person.

Demand Registration Rights

        If we are eligible to file a registration statement, Warburg Pincus may request we effect such registration at any time, provided that anticipated aggregate public offering prices (before any underwriting discounts and commissions) will not be less than $7.5 million (or $15.0 million if such requested registration is the initial public offering). We are only required to effect two such registrations. We may postpone the filing of any such registration statement for up to 90 days once in any 12-month period. If during that 90 day period we file a registration statement and we are actively employing in good faith all reasonable efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective, then we may further postpone any demand registration until 180 days after the effective date of the currently filed registration statement. We may also postpone the filing of any such registration statement for up to 180 days once in any 12-month period if our board of directors determines in good faith that the filing would be seriously detrimental to our stockholders or us.

Piggyback Registration Rights

        If we register any shares of common stock under the Securities Act in connection with a public offering, the stockholders with piggyback registration rights have the right to include in the registration shares of common stock held by them or which they can obtain upon the exercise or conversion of

135



another security, subject to specified exceptions. The underwriters of any offering have the right to limit the number of shares registered by these stockholders due to marketing reasons. If the total amount of shares of common stock these stockholders wish to include exceeds the total amount of shares which the underwriters determine the stockholders may sell in the offering, the shares to be included in the registration will be subject to cutbacks as specified in the agreement.

Form S-3 Registration Rights

        If we are eligible to file a registration statement on Form S-3, Warburg Pincus may request that we register their shares of common stock for resale on a Form S-3 registration statement, provided that the total price of the shares to be offered is more than $5.0 million and that the request is not made within 180 days of the effective date of our most recent Form S-3 registration statement in which the securities held by the requesting stockholder could have been included for sale or distribution. We are also not obligated to file a Form S-3 registration statement in any jurisdiction where we would be required to execute a general consent to service of process in effecting the such registration, qualification or compliance, subject to certain restrictions. Warburg Pincus has the right to request an unlimited number of registrations on Form S-3.

Provisions of Delaware Law and our Certificate of Incorporation and Amended and Restated Bylaws with Anti-Takeover Implications

        Certain provisions of Delaware law, our certificate of incorporation and bylaws that will be in effect after this offering contain provisions that could have the effect of delaying, deferring or discouraging another party from acquiring control of us. These provisions, which are summarized below, are intended to discourage coercive takeover practices and inadequate takeover bids. These provisions are also designed to encourage persons seeking to acquire control of us to first negotiate with our board of directors. We believe that the benefits of increased protection of our potential ability to negotiate with an unfriendly or unsolicited acquiror outweigh the disadvantages of discouraging a proposal to acquire us because negotiation of these proposals could result in an improvement of their terms.

Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law

        We are subject to the provisions of Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law. In general, Section 203 prohibits a publicly held Delaware corporation from engaging in a "business combination" with an "interested stockholder" for a three-year period following the time that this stockholder becomes an interested stockholder, unless the business combination is approved in a prescribed manner. A "business combination" includes, among other things, a merger, asset or stock sale or other transaction resulting in a financial benefit to the interested stockholder. An "interested stockholder" is a person who, together with affiliates and associates, owns, or did own within three years prior to the determination of interested stockholder status, 15% or more of the corporation's voting stock. Under Section 203, a business combination between a corporation and an interested stockholder is prohibited unless it satisfies one of the following conditions:

136


        A Delaware corporation may opt out of this provision either with an express provision in its original certificate of incorporation or in an amendment to its certificate of incorporation or bylaws approved by its stockholders. However, we have not opted out, and do not currently intend to opt out, of this provision. The statute could prohibit or delay mergers or other takeover or change in control attempts and, accordingly, may discourage attempts to acquire us.

Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaw Provisions

        Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws will, upon the closing of this offering, contain some provisions that may be deemed to have an anti-takeover effect and may delay, defer or prevent a tender offer or takeover attempt that a stockholder might deem to be in the stockholder's best interest. The existence of these provisions could limit the price that investors might be willing to pay in the future for shares of our common stock. These provisions include:

        Board Composition and Filling Vacancies.     We have a classified board of directors. See "Management—Board Composition after this Offering." It will take at least two annual meetings of stockholders to elect a majority of the board of directors given our classified board. As a result, it may discourage third-party proxy contests, tender offers or attempts to obtain control of us even if such changes would be beneficial to us and our stockholders.

        Our bylaws provide that, subject to the rights, if any, of holders of preferred stock, directors may be removed only for cause by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the voting power of the outstanding shares of common stock entitled to vote. Furthermore, any vacancy on our board of directors, however occurring, including a vacancy resulting from an increase in the size of our board, may only be filled by the affirmative vote of a majority of our directors then in office even if less than a quorum. We have also entered into a nominating agreement with Warburg Pincus regarding the election of directors. See "Certain Relationships and Related Transactions—Stockholders Agreement and Nominating Agreement."

        No Stockholder Action by Written Consent.     Our bylaws provide, and our certificate of incorporation will provide upon the closing of this offering, that, subject to the rights of any holders of preferred stock to act by written consent instead of a meeting, stockholder action may be taken only at an annual meeting or special meeting of stockholders and may not be taken by written consent instead of a meeting, unless the action to be taken by written consent of stockholders and the taking of this action by written consent has been expressly approved in advance by the board of directors, except that if Warburg Pincus holds at least 50% of our outstanding capital stock on a fully diluted basis, whenever the vote of stockholders is required at a meeting for any corporate action, the meeting and vote of stockholders may be dispensed with, and the action taken without such meeting and vote, if a written consent is signed by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at the meeting of stockholders. Notwithstanding the foregoing, we will hold an annual meeting of stockholders in accordance with NYSE rules, for so long as our shares are listed on the NYSE, and as otherwise required by the bylaws. Failure to satisfy any of the requirements for a stockholder meeting could delay, prevent or invalidate stockholder action.

        Meetings of Stockholders.     Our bylaws provide that only a majority of the members of our board of directors then in office or the Chief Executive Officer may call special meetings of the stockholders and only those matters set forth in the notice of the special meeting may be considered or acted upon at a

137


special meeting of stockholders. Our bylaws will limit the business that may be conducted at an annual meeting of stockholders to those matters properly brought before the meeting.

        Advance Notice Requirements.     Effective upon the closing of this offering, our bylaws will provide for an advance notice procedure for stockholders to make nominations of candidates for election as directors or to bring other business before an annual meeting of our stockholders. Any stockholder wishing to nominate persons for election as directors at, or bring other business before, an annual meeting must deliver to our secretary a written notice of the stockholder's intention to do so. To be timely, the stockholder's notice must be delivered to or mailed and received by us not later than the 60th day nor earlier than the 90th day prior to the anniversary date of the preceding annual meeting, except that if the annual meeting is changed by more than 30 days from the date contemplated at the time of the previous year's proxy statement, we must receive the notice not earlier than the 90th day prior to such annual meeting and not later than the 60th day prior to such annual meeting. If a public announcement of the date of such annual meeting is made fewer than 70 days prior to the date of such annual meeting, then notice must be received by us no later than the tenth day following the public announcement of the date of the meeting. The notice must include the following information:

        Amendment to Bylaws and Certificate of Incorporation.     As required by Delaware law, any amendment to our certificate of incorporation must first be approved by a majority of our board of directors and, if required by law or our certificate of incorporation, thereafter be approved by a majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote on the amendment. Our bylaws may be amended by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors then in office, subject to any limitations set forth in the bylaws, without further stockholder action.

        Blank Check Preferred Stock.     The board of directors may authorize the issuance of preferred stock with voting or conversion rights that could adversely affect the voting power or other rights of the holders of the common stock. Issuing preferred stock provides flexibility in connection with possible acquisitions and other corporate purposes, but could also, among other things, have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in control of our company and may adversely affect the market price of our common stock and the voting and other rights of the holders of common stock.

138


Limitations of Director Liability and Indemnification Directors, Officers and Employees

        As permitted by Delaware law, provisions in our certificate of incorporation and bylaws that will be in effect at the closing of this offering will limit or eliminate the personal liability of our directors. Consequently, directors will not be personally liable to us or our stockholders for monetary damages or breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except for liability for:

        These limitations of liability do not alter director liability under the federal securities laws and do not affect the availability of equitable remedies, such as an injunction or rescission.

        Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws that will be in effect upon the closing of this offering also require us to indemnify our directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law and, as described under "Certain Relationships and Related Transactions," we have entered into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and officers.

        These provisions may discourage stockholders from bringing a lawsuit against our directors for breach of their fiduciary duty. These provisions may also have the effect of reducing the likelihood of derivative litigation against directors and officers, even though such an action, if successful, might otherwise benefit us and our stockholders. Furthermore, a stockholder's investment may be adversely affected to the extent we pay the costs of settlement and damage awards against directors and officers pursuant to these indemnification provisions. We believe that these provisions, the indemnification agreements and the insurance are necessary to attract and retain talented and experienced directors and officers.

        At present, there is no pending litigation or proceeding involving any of our directors or officers where indemnification will be required or permitted. We are not aware of any threatened litigation or proceeding that might result in a claim for such indemnification.

New York Stock Exchange

        We have applied for quotation of shares of our common stock on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol "BPI."

Transfer Agent and Registrar

        The transfer agent and registrar for our common stock is Wells Fargo Shareowner Services.

139



SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

        Upon the closing of this offering, and assuming (i) the conversion of all outstanding shares of our Series A Convertible Preferred Stock into 201,120,143 shares of our common stock upon the closing of this offering and (ii) the exercise by selling stockholders of options and warrants to purchase an aggregate of                        shares of common stock upon the closing of this offering, including the net issuance of                        shares of common stock upon the cashless net exercise by selling stockholders of warrants, we will have             shares (or in the event the underwriter's over-allotment option is exercised,              shares) of our common stock outstanding. Of these shares,             shares (or in the event the underwriter's over-allotment is exercised,              shares, assuming the exercise by selling stockholders of options and warrants to purchase an aggregate of                        shares of common stock upon the closing of the over-allotment, including the net issuance of                         shares of common stock upon the cashless net exercise by selling stockholders of warrants) of our common stock sold in this offering will be freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act, except for any shares of our common stock purchased by our "affiliates," as the term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act, which would be subject to the limitations and restrictions described below.

        As a result of the contractual restrictions described below and the provisions of Rules 144 and 701, the restricted shares will be available for sale in the public market as follows:

        In addition, upon the closing of this offering, we will have outstanding options to purchase an aggregate of             shares of common stock and outstanding warrants to purchase an aggregate of             shares of common stock.

Rule 144

        In general, under Rule 144 as currently in effect, a person (or persons whose shares are aggregated) who is not deemed to have been an affiliate of ours at any time during the three months preceding a sale, and who has beneficially owned restricted securities within the meaning of Rule 144 for at least six months (including any period of consecutive ownership of preceding non-affiliated holders) would be entitled to sell those shares, subject only to the availability of current public information about us. A non-affiliated person who has beneficially owned restricted securities within the meaning of Rule 144 for at least one year would be entitled to sell those shares without regard to the provisions of Rule 144.

        In general, under Rule 144 as currently in effect, our affiliates or persons selling shares on behalf of our affiliates are entitled to sell upon expiration of the lock-up agreements described above, within any three-month period beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus, a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of:

        Sales under Rule 144 by our affiliates or persons selling shares on behalf of our affiliates are also subject to certain manner of sale provisions and notice requirements and to the availability of current public information about us.

140


Rule 701

        Rule 701 of the Securities Act, as currently in effect, permits any of our employees, officers, directors or consultants who purchased or receive shares from us pursuant to a written compensatory plan or contract to resell such shares in reliance upon Rule 144, but without compliance with certain restrictions. Subject to any applicable lock-up agreements, Rule 701 provides that affiliates may sell their Rule 701 shares under Rule 144 beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus without complying with the holding period requirement of Rule 144 and that non-affiliates may sell such shares in reliance on Rule 144 beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus without complying with the holding period, public information, volume limitation or notice requirements of Rule 144.

Registration on Form S-8

        We intend to file one or more registration statements on Form S-8 under the Securities Act to register shares of common stock under our equity incentive plans. These registration statements are expected to be filed soon after the date of this prospectus and will automatically become effective upon filing. Accordingly, shares registered under such registration statements will be available for resale in the public market, unless such shares are subject to vesting restrictions by us or are otherwise subject to the lock-up agreements and manner of sale and notice requirements that apply to our affiliates under Rule 144.

Lock-Up Agreements

        Holders of 211,276,660 shares of our common stock, on an as-converted basis, and holders of options and warrants exercisable for an aggregate of 46,575,025 shares of our common stock are subject to lock-up agreements under which they have agreed not to transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for shares of common stock, for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus, which is subject to extension in some circumstances.

        For a description of the lock-up agreements with the underwriters that restrict us, our directors, our executive officers and certain of our other stockholders, see "Underwriting."

Registration Rights

        For a description of registration rights with respect to our common stock, see "Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights."

141



MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL TAX CONSEQUENCES
TO NON-U.S. HOLDERS OF COMMON STOCK

        The following is a general discussion of the material U.S. federal income and estate tax consequences to non-U.S. Holders with respect to the acquisition, ownership and disposition of our common stock. In general, a "Non-U.S. Holder" is any holder of our common stock other than the following:

        This discussion is based on current provisions of the Internal Revenue Code, Treasury Regulations, judicial opinions, published positions of the Internal Revenue Service ("IRS"), and all other applicable administrative and judicial authorities, all of which are subject to change, possibly with retroactive effect. This discussion does not address all aspects of U.S. federal income and estate taxation or any aspects of state, local, or non-U.S. taxation, nor does it consider any specific facts or circumstances that may apply to particular Non-U.S. Holders that may be subject to special treatment under the U.S. federal income tax laws including, but not limited to, insurance companies, tax-exempt organizations, pass-through entities, financial institutions, brokers, dealers in securities and U.S. expatriates. If a partnership or other entity treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes is a beneficial owner of our common stock, the treatment of a partner in the partnership will generally depend upon the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. This discussion assumes that the Non-U.S. Holder will hold our common stock as a capital asset, which generally is property held for investment.

         Prospective investors are urged to consult their tax advisors regarding the U.S. federal, state and local, and non-U.S. income and other tax considerations of acquiring, holding and disposing of shares of common stock.

Dividends

        In general, dividends paid to a Non-U.S. Holder (to the extent paid out of our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles) will be subject to U.S. withholding tax at a rate equal to 30% of the gross amount of the dividend, or a lower rate prescribed by an applicable income tax treaty, unless the dividends are effectively connected with a trade or business carried on by the Non-U.S. Holder within the United States. Any distribution not constituting a dividend will be treated first as reducing the Non-U.S. Holder's basis in its shares of common stock, and to the extent it exceeds the Non-U.S. Holders basis, as capital gain.

        Under applicable Treasury Regulations, a Non-U.S. Holder will be required to satisfy certain certification requirements, generally on IRS Form W-8BEN, directly or through an intermediary, in order to claim a reduced rate of withholding under an applicable income tax treaty. If tax is withheld in

142



an amount in excess of the amount applicable under an income tax treaty, a refund of the excess amount may generally be obtained by filing an appropriate claim for refund with the IRS.

        Dividends that are effectively connected with such a U.S. trade or business generally will not be subject to U.S. withholding tax if the Non-U.S. Holder files the required forms, including IRS Form W-8ECI, or any successor form, with the payor of the dividend, but instead generally will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on a net income basis in the same manner as if the Non-U.S. Holder were a resident of the United States. A corporate Non-U.S. Holder that receives effectively connected dividends may be subject to an additional branch profits tax at a rate of 30%, or a lower rate prescribed by an applicable income tax treaty, on the repatriation from the United States of its "effectively connected earnings and profits," subject to adjustments.

Gain on Sale or Other Disposition of Common Stock

        In general, a Non-U.S. Holder will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on any gain realized upon the sale or other taxable disposition of the Non-U.S. Holder's shares of common stock unless:

        We believe that we are not, and we do not anticipate that we will become, a U.S. real property holding corporation.

Information Reporting and Backup Withholding

        Generally, we must report annually to the IRS the amount of dividends paid, the name and address of the recipient, and the amount, if any, of tax withheld. A similar report is sent to the recipient. These information reporting requirements apply even if withholding was not required because the dividends were effectively connected dividends or withholding was reduced by an applicable income tax treaty. Under income tax treaties or other agreements, the IRS may make its reports available to tax authorities in the recipient's country of residence.

        Dividends paid to a Non-U.S. Holder that is not an exempt recipient generally will be subject to backup withholding, currently at a rate of 28% of the gross proceeds, unless a Non-U.S. Holder certifies as to its foreign status, which certification may be made on IRS Form W-8BEN.

        Proceeds from the sale or other disposition of common stock by a Non-U.S. Holder effected by or through a U.S. office of a broker will be subject to information reporting and backup withholding, currently at a rate of 28% of the gross proceeds, unless the Non-U.S. Holder certifies to the payor under penalties of perjury as to, among other things, its name, address and status as a Non-U.S. Holder or otherwise establishes an exemption. Generally, U.S. information reporting and backup withholding will not apply to a payment of disposition proceeds if the transaction is effected outside the United

143



States by or through a non-U.S. office. However, if the broker is, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, a U.S. person, a controlled foreign corporation, a foreign person who derives 50% or more of its gross income for specified periods from the conduct of a U.S. trade or business, specified U.S. branches of foreign banks or foreign insurance companies or a foreign partnership with various connections to the United States, information reporting but not backup withholding will apply unless:

        Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Rather, the amount of tax withheld is generally applied as a credit to the U.S. federal income tax liability of persons subject to backup withholding. If backup withholding results in an overpayment of U.S. federal income taxes, a refund may be obtained, provided the required documents are timely filed with the IRS.

Estate Tax

        Our common stock owned or treated as owned by an individual who is not a citizen or resident of the United States (as specifically defined for U.S. federal estate tax purposes) at the time of death will be includible in the individual's gross estate for U.S. federal estate tax purposes and may be subject to U.S. federal estate tax, unless an applicable estate tax treaty provides otherwise.

144



UNDERWRITING

        Under the terms and subject to the conditions contained in an underwriting agreement dated                                    , 2009, we and the selling stockholders have agreed to sell to the underwriters named below, for whom Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC and J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. are acting as representatives (the Representatives), the following respective numbers of shares of common stock:

Underwriter
  Number
of Shares
 

Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC

                  

J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. 

                  

William Blair & Company, L.L.C.

                  

BMO Capital Markets Corp.

                  

Piper Jaffray & Co.

                  

Signal Hill Capital Group LLC

                  
       
 

Total

                  
       

        The underwriting agreement provides that the underwriters are obligated to purchase all the shares of common stock in the offering if any are purchased, other than those shares covered by the over-allotment option described below.

        The selling stockholders have granted to the underwriters a 30-day option to purchase on a pro rata basis up to an aggregate of                        additional outstanding shares at the initial public offering price less the underwriting discounts and commissions. The option may be exercised only to cover any over-allotments of common stock.

        The underwriters propose to offer the shares of common stock initially at the public offering price on the cover page of this prospectus and to selling group members at that price less a selling concession of $                        per share. The underwriters and selling group members may allow a discount of $                        per share on sales to other broker/dealers. After the initial public offering, the Representatives may change the public offering price and concession and discount to broker/dealers.

        The following table summarizes the compensation and estimated expenses we and the selling stockholders will pay:

 
  Per Share   Total  
 
  Without
Over-allotment
  With
Over-allotment
  Without
Over-allotment
  With
Over-allotment
 

Underwriting Discounts and Commissions paid by us

  $                    $                    $                    $                   

Expenses payable by us

  $                    $                    $                    $                   

Underwriting Discounts and Commissions paid by selling stockholders

  $                    $                    $                    $                   

Expenses payable by the selling stockholders

  $                    $                    $                    $                   

        The Representatives have informed us that they do not expect sales to accounts over which the underwriters have discretionary authority to exceed 5% of the shares of common stock being offered.

        We have agreed that we will not offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge or otherwise dispose of, directly or indirectly, or file with the Securities and Exchange Commission a registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933 (the "Securities Act") relating to, any shares of our common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any shares of our common stock, or publicly disclose the intention to make any offer, sale, pledge, disposition or filing, without the prior written consent of

145



the Representatives for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus. However, in the event that either (1) during the last 17 days of any "lock-up" period, we release earnings results or material news or a material event relating to us occurs or (2) prior to the expiration of any "lock-up" period, we announce that we will release earnings results during the 16-day period beginning on the last day of any "lock-up" period, then in either case the expiration of any "lock-up" will be extended until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the date of the release of the earnings results or the occurrence of the material news or event, as applicable, unless the Representatives waive, in writing, such an extension.

        Our officers, directors and principal stockholders have agreed that they will not, subject to certain exceptions, offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge or otherwise dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of our common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any shares of our common stock, enter into a transaction that would have the same effect, or enter into any swap, hedge or other arrangement that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of our common stock, whether any of these transactions are to be settled by delivery of our common stock or other securities, in cash or otherwise, or publicly disclose the intention to make any offer, sale, pledge or disposition, or to enter into any transaction, swap, hedge or other arrangement, without, in each case, the prior written consent of the Representatives for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus. Furthermore, in the event that either (1) during the last 17 days of any "lock-up" period, we release earnings results or material news or a material event relating to us occurs or (2) prior to the expiration of any "lock-up" period, we announce that we will release earnings results during the 16-day period beginning on the last day of any "lock-up" period, then in either case the expiration of any "lock-up" will be extended until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the date of the release of the earnings results or the occurrence of the material news or event, as applicable, unless the Representatives waive, in writing, such an extension.

        The underwriters have reserved for sale at the initial public offering price up to                        shares of the common stock for members of our boards of trustees of Ashford University and the University of the Rockies and certain of our directors who express an interest in purchasing common stock in the offering. The number of shares available for sale to the general public in this offering will be reduced to the extent these persons purchase the reserved shares. Any reserved shares not so purchased will be offered by the underwriters to the general public on the same terms as the other shares.

        We and the selling stockholders have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against liabilities under the Securities Act or contribute to payments that the underwriters may be required to make in that respect.

        We have applied to list the shares of common stock on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol "BPI."

        Prior to this offering, there has been no market for our common stock. The initial public offering price will be determined by negotiations between us, the selling stockholders and the underwriters and will not necessarily reflect the market price of the common stock following this offering. The principal factors that will be considered in determining the initial public offering price will include:

146


        In connection with the offering the underwriters may engage in stabilizing transactions, over-allotment transactions, syndicate covering transactions and penalty bids in accordance with Regulation M under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

        These stabilizing transactions, syndicate covering transactions and penalty bids may have the effect of raising or maintaining the market price of our common stock or preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of the common stock. As a result the price of our common stock may be higher than the price that might otherwise exist in the open market. These transactions may be effected on the New York Stock Exchange or otherwise and, if commenced, may be discontinued at any time.

        A prospectus in electronic format may be made available on the web sites maintained by one or more of the underwriters, or selling group members, if any, participating in this offering and one or more of the underwriters participating in this offering may distribute prospectuses electronically. The representatives may agree to allocate a number of shares to underwriters and selling group members for sale to their online brokerage account holders. Internet distributions will be allocated by the underwriters and selling group members that will make internet distributions on the same basis as other allocations.

147



INTERNATIONAL SELLING RESTRICTIONS

Notice to Canadian Residents

Resale Restrictions

        The distribution of the common stock in Canada is being made only on a private placement basis exempt from the requirement that we and the selling stockholders prepare and file a prospectus with the securities regulatory authorities in each province where trades of common stock are made. Any resale of the common stock in Canada must be made under applicable securities laws which will vary depending on the relevant jurisdiction, and which may require resales to be made under available statutory exemptions or under a discretionary exemption granted by the applicable Canadian securities regulatory authority. Purchasers are advised to seek legal advice prior to any resale of the common stock.

Representations of Purchasers

        By purchasing common stock in Canada and accepting a purchase confirmation a purchaser is representing to us, the selling stockholders and the dealer from whom the purchase confirmation is received that:

        Further details concerning the legal authority for this information is available on request.

Rights of Action—Ontario Purchasers Only

        Under Ontario securities legislation, certain purchasers who purchase a security offered by this prospectus during the period of distribution will have a statutory right of action for damages, or while still the owner of the common stock, for rescission against us and the selling stockholders in the event that this prospectus contains a misrepresentation without regard to whether the purchaser relied on the misrepresentation. The right of action for damages is exercisable not later than the earlier of 180 days from the date the purchaser first had knowledge of the facts giving rise to the cause of action and three years from the date on which payment is made for the common stock. The right of action for rescission is exercisable not later than 180 days from the date on which payment is made for the common stock. If a purchaser elects to exercise the right of action for rescission, the purchaser will have no right of action for damages against us or the selling stockholders. In no case will the amount recoverable in any action exceed the price at which the common stock was offered to the purchaser and if the purchaser is shown to have purchased the securities with knowledge of the misrepresentation, we and the selling stockholders, will have no liability. In the case of an action for damages, we and the selling stockholders, will not be liable for all or any portion of the damages that are proven to not represent the depreciation in value of the common stock as a result of the misrepresentation relied upon. These rights are in addition to, and without derogation from, any other rights or remedies available at law to an Ontario purchaser. The foregoing is a summary of the rights available to an Ontario purchaser. Ontario purchasers should refer to the complete text of the relevant statutory provisions.

148


Enforcement of Legal Rights

        All of our directors and officers as well as the experts named herein and the Selling Shareholders may be located outside of Canada and, as a result, it may not be possible for Canadian purchasers to effect service of process within Canada upon us or those persons. All or a substantial portion of our assets and the assets of those persons may be located outside of Canada and, as a result, it may not be possible to satisfy a judgment against us or those persons in Canada or to enforce a judgment obtained in Canadian courts against us or those persons outside of Canada.

Taxation and Eligibility for Investment

        Canadian purchasers of common stock should consult their own legal and tax advisors with respect to the tax consequences of an investment in the common stock in their particular circumstances and about the eligibility of the common stock for investment by the purchaser under relevant Canadian legislation.

European Economic Area

        In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area which has implemented the Prospectus Directive (each, a Relevant Member State), each underwriter represents and agrees that with effect from and including the date on which the Prospectus Directive is implemented in that Relevant Member State (the Relevant Implementation Date) it has not made and will not make an offer of Securities to the public in that Relevant Member State prior to the publication of a prospectus in relation to the Securities which has been approved by the competent authority in that Relevant Member State or, where appropriate, approved in another Relevant Member State and notified to the competent authority in that Relevant Member State, all in accordance with the Prospectus Directive, except that it may, with effect from and including the Relevant Implementation Date, make an offer of Securities to the public in that Relevant Member State at any time:

        For the purposes of this provision, the expression an "offer of Shares to the public" in relation to any Shares in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and the Shares to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe the Shares, as the same may be varied in that Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in that Member State and the expression Prospectus Directive means Directive 2003/71/EC and includes any relevant implementing measure in each Relevant Member State.

149


Notice to Investors in the United Kingdom

        Each of the underwriters severally represents, warrants and agrees as follows:


LEGAL MATTERS

        The validity of the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus and other legal matters will be passed upon for us by Sheppard, Mullin, Richter & Hampton LLP, San Diego, California. The underwriters have been represented by Cravath, Swaine & Moore LLP, New York, New York.


EXPERTS

        The consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2007 and 2008 and for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2008, included in this prospectus have been so included in reliance on the report of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, given on the authority of said firm as experts in auditing and accounting.


CHANGE IN ACCOUNTANTS

        On January 14, 2008, we retained PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP as our independent registered public accounting firm to audit our consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2007, and for the year then ended and to reaudit our consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2006, and for each of the two years in the period then ended. Another auditor had previously been engaged to audit our consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2005 and 2006 and for each of the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2006. The decision to dismiss our former auditor was approved by our board of directors on January 14, 2008.

        The reports of our former auditor on our consolidated financial statements did not contain any adverse opinion or disclaimer of opinion, nor were such reports qualified or modified as to uncertainty, audit scope or accounting principles, except that the report for the year ended December 31, 2007 was modified to disclose that we had restated our financial statements for the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2006. We had no disagreements with our former auditor on any matter of accounting principles or practices, financial statement disclosure or auditing scope or procedure, which disagreements, if not resolved to its satisfaction, would have caused our former auditor to make reference in connection with its opinion to the subject matter of the disagreement. During the fiscal years ended December 31, 2006 and 2007, and through January 14, 2008, there were no "reportable events" as such term is defined in Item 304(a)(1)(v) of Regulation S-K.

        During the two years ended December 31, 2007, and through our retention of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP as our independent registered public accounting firm in January 2008, we did not consult with PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP on matters that involved the application of accounting principles to a specified transaction, the type of audit opinion that might be rendered on our financial statements or any other matter that was the subject of a disagreement or a reportable event.

150


        We have provided our former auditor with a copy of the above statements and have requested that it furnish a letter addressed to the Securities and Exchange Commission stating whether our former auditor agrees with those statements. A copy of that letter is filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.

        Prior to this former auditor, another auditor had been engaged to audit our consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2004, and for the two years then ended.


WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

        We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1, which includes amendments and exhibits, under the Securities Act and the rules and regulations under the Securities Act for the registration of common stock being offered by this prospectus. This prospectus, which constitutes a part of the registration statement, does not contain all the information that is in the registration statement and its exhibits and schedules. Certain portions of the registration statement have been omitted as allowed by the rules and regulations of the SEC. Statements in this prospectus that summarize documents are not necessarily complete, and in each case you should refer to the copy of the document filed as an exhibit to the registration statement. You may read and copy the registration statement, including exhibits and schedules filed with it, and reports or other information we may file with the SEC at the public reference facilities of the SEC at 100 F Street, N.E., Room 1580, Washington, D.C. 20549. You may call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information on the operation of the public reference rooms. In addition, the registration statement and other public filings can be obtained from the SEC's Internet site at http://www.sec.gov.

        Upon the closing of this offering, we will become subject to information and periodic reporting requirements of the Exchange Act and we will file annual, quarterly and current reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC.

151



INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

BRIDGEPOINT EDUCATION, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 
  Page

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

  F-2

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2007 and 2008

 
F-3

Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2007 and 2008

 
F-4

Consolidated Statements of Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders' Equity (Deficit) for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2007 and 2008

 
F-5

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2007 and 2008

 
F-6

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 
F-7

F-1



Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of Bridgepoint Education, Inc.:

        In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated balance sheets and the related consolidated statements of operations, redeemable convertible preferred stock and stockholders' equity (deficit) and cash flows present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Bridgepoint Education, Inc. and its subsidiaries (the "Company") at December 31, 2008 and 2007, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2008 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits. We conducted our audits of these statements in accordance with standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 
   
   

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

       

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
San Diego, California
March 19, 2009

F-2



Bridgepoint Education, Inc.

Consolidated Balance Sheets

(In thousands, except share and per share data)

 
  As of December 31,  
 
  2007   2008   2008
(Pro Forma)
 

ASSETS

                   

Current assets:

                   
 

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 7,351   $ 56,483        
 

Restricted cash

        666        
 

Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $6,016 and $18,246 at December 31, 2007 and 2008, respectively

    14,630     28,946        
 

Inventories

    194     288        
 

Loans receivable

    277            
 

Current portion of deferred income taxes

        2,734        
 

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

    561     6,773        
                 

Total current assets

    23,013     95,890        

Property and equipment, net

   
13,240
   
27,715
       

Goodwill

    76     76        

Intangibles

    1,821     1,821        

Deferred income taxes

        2,366        

Other long term assets

    907     1,378        
                 

Total assets

  $ 39,057   $ 129,246        
                 

LIABILITIES, REDEEMABLE CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (DEFICIT)

                   

Current liabilities:

                   
 

Accounts payable

  $ 2,721   $ 4,705        
 

Accrued liabilities

    6,036     16,543     43,605  
 

Deferred revenue and student deposits

    16,817     67,425        
 

Other liabilities

    75     40        
 

Current portion of leases payable

    133     142        
 

Current maturities of notes payable

    1,580     74        
 

U.S. Governmental refundable loan funds

    221            
                 

Total current liabilities

    27,583     88,929        

Leases payable, less current maturities

   
415
   
308
       

Notes payable, less current portion

    3,545     160        

Deferred tax liability

    556            

Other long term liabilities

        2,740        

Rent liability

    2,045     3,938        
                 

Total liabilities

    34,144     96,075        
                 

Commitments and contingencies (see Note 17)

                   

Redeemable convertible preferred stock:

                   
 

Series A convertible preferred stock, $0.01 par value:
19,850,000 shares authorized, 19,778,333 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2007 and December 31, 2008; none issued and outstanding on a pro forma basis at December 31, 2008

    25,056     27,062        

Stockholders' equity (deficit):

                   
 

Common stock, $0.01 par value:
300,000,000 shares authorized, 15,007,934 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2007 and 2008; 216,632,420 shares issued and outstanding on a pro forma basis at December 31, 2008

    150     150     2,166  
 

Additional paid-in capital

        1,703      
 

Retained earnings (accumulated deficit)

    (20,293 )   4,256     3,943  
               

Total stockholders' equity (deficit)

   
(20,143

)
 
6,109
   
6,109
 
               

Total liabilities, redeemable convertible preferred stock and stockholders' equity (deficit)

 
$

39,057
 
$

129,246
       
                 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-3



Bridgepoint Education, Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Operations

(In thousands, except per share data)

 
  Year Ended December 31,  
 
  2006   2007   2008  

Revenue

  $ 28,619   $ 85,709   $ 218,290  

Costs and expenses:

                   
 

Instructional costs and services

    12,510     29,837     62,822  
 

Marketing and promotional

    12,214     35,997     81,036  
 

General and administrative

    8,704     15,892     41,012  
               

Total costs and expenses

    33,428     81,726     184,870  
               

Operating income (loss)

    (4,809 )   3,983     33,420  

Interest income

    (10 )   (12 )   (322 )

Interest expense

    351     544     240  
               

Income (loss) before income taxes

    (5,150 )   3,451     33,502  

Income tax expense

        164     7,071  
               

Net income (loss)

    (5,150 )   3,287     26,431  

Accretion of preferred dividends

    1,718     1,856     2,006  
               

Net income available (loss attributable) to common stockholders

  $ (6,868 ) $ 1,431   $ 24,425  
               

Earnings (loss) per common share:

                   
 

Basic

  $ (0.48 ) $ 0.00   $ 0.09  
               
 

Diluted

  $ (0.48 ) $ 0.00   $ 0.03  
               

Weighted average common shares outstanding used in computing earnings (loss) per common share:

                   
 

Basic

    14,386     14,900     15,008  
               
 

Diluted

    14,386     20,020     45,025  
               

Pro forma earnings per common share (unaudited) (Note 9):

                   
 

Basic

              $ 0.12  
                   
 

Diluted

              $ 0.11  
                   

Pro forma weighted average common shares outstanding used in computing pro forma earnings per common share (unaudited) (Note 9):

                   
 

Basic

                216,632  
                   
 

Diluted

                246,649  
                   

Supplemental pro forma earnings per common share (unaudited) (Note 9):

                   
 

Basic

              $    
                   
 

Diluted

             
$
 
                   

Supplemental pro forma weighted average common shares outstanding used in computing supplemental pro forma earnings per common share (unaudited) (Note 9):

                   
 

Basic

                   
                   
 

Diluted

                   
                   

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-4



Bridgepoint Education, Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock and
Stockholders' Equity (Deficit)

(In thousands, except share data)

 
  Series A
Convertible
Preferred Stock
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
  Common Stock    
  Retained
Earnings/
(Accumulated
Deficit)
   
 
 
  Additional
Paid-in
Capital
   
 
 
  Shares   Amount   Shares   Par Value   Total  

Balance at December 31, 2005

    19,778,333   $ 21,482     14,136,985   $ 141   $ 1,706   $ (17,044 ) $ (15,197 )

Issuance of common stock

   
   
   
705,966
   
7
   
43
   
   
50
 

Stock-based compensation

                    323         323  

Accretion of preferred dividends

        1,718             (1,718 )       (1,718 )

Net loss

                        (5,150 )   (5,150 )
                               

Balance at December 31, 2006

    19,778,333   $ 23,200     14,842,951     148     354     (22,194 )   (21,692 )

Issuance of common stock

   
   
   
164,983
   
2
   
10
   
   
12
 

Stock-based compensation

                    106         106  

Accretion of preferred dividends

        1,856             (470 )   (1,386 )   (1,856 )

Net income

                        3,287     3,287  
                               

Balance at December 31, 2007

    19,778,333   $ 25,056     15,007,934     150         (20,293 )   (20,143 )

Issuance of common stock

   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 

Stock-based compensation

                    1,827         1,827  

Accretion of preferred dividends

        2,006             (124 )   (1,882 )   (2,006 )

Net income

                        26,431     26,431  
                               

Balance at December 31, 2008

    19,778,333   $ 27,062     15,007,934   $ 150   $ 1,703   $ 4,256   $ 6,109  
                               

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-5



Bridgepoint Education, Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

(In thousands)

 
  Year Ended December 31,  
 
  2006   2007   2008  

Cash flows from operating activities

                   

Net income (loss)

  $ (5,150 ) $ 3,287   $ 26,431  

Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:

                   
 

Provision for bad debts

    960     4,082     13,431  
 

Depreciation and amortization

    735     1,236     2,452  
 

Deferred income taxes

            (3,264 )
 

Stock-based compensation

    323     106     1,827  
 

Gain on disposal of fixed assets

    (3 )        

Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of effects of acquisitions:

                   
 

Accounts receivable

    (4,183 )   (13,563 )   (27,747 )
 

Inventories

    (88 )   16     (94 )
 

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

    (252 )   (203 )   (6,212 )
 

Loans receivable

    (5 )       277  
 

Other long-term assets

    (147 )   (150 )   (471 )
 

Accounts payable

    484     1,389     1,019  
 

Accrued liabilities

    2,063     3,018     10,506  
 

Deferred revenue and student deposits

    3,893     11,270     50,608  
 

U.S. Governmental refundable loan funds

    4         (221 )
 

Other liabilities

    284     (121 )   2,206  
               

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

    (1,082 )   10,367     70,748  

Cash flows from investing activities

                   

Capital expenditures

    (1,381 )   (3,571 )   (15,884 )

Proceeds from the sale of fixed assets

    8          

Restricted cash

            (666 )

Acquisitions, net of cash acquired

        635      
               

Net cash used in investing activities

    (1,373 )   (2,936 )   (16,550 )

Cash flows from financing activities

                   

Proceeds from the exercise of stock options

    50     12      

Payments on leases payable

    (160 )   (170 )   (175 )

Net borrowings (payments) on line of credit

    623     414      

Payments on notes payable

    (167 )   (390 )   (4,891 )
               

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

    346     (134 )   (5,066 )
               

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

    (2,109 )   7,297     49,132  

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

    2,163     54     7,351  
               

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

  $ 54   $ 7,351   $ 56,483  
               

Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information

                   

Cash paid during the period for:

                   

Interest

  $ 353   $ 544   $ 240  
               

Income taxes

  $   $   $ 10,704  
               

Supplemental disclosure of noncash investing and financing activities:

                   

Purchase of property and equipment through capital lease obligations

  $ 119   $ 1,580   $ 77  

Non cash purchases of property and equipment

  $ 201   $ 361   $ 965  

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-6



Bridgepoint Education, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

1. Nature of Business

        Bridgepoint Education, Inc. (together with its subsidiaries, the "Company"), incorporated in 1999, is a regionally accredited provider of postsecondary education services. Its wholly-owned subsidiaries, Ashford University and the University of the Rockies, offer associate's, bachelor's, master's and doctoral programs in the disciplines of business, education, psychology, social sciences and health sciences. The Company delivers programs online as well as at its traditional campuses located in Clinton, Iowa and Colorado Springs, Colorado.

        In March 2005, the Company acquired the assets of The Franciscan University of the Prairies and renamed it Ashford University. Founded in 1918 by the Sisters of St. Francis, a non-profit organization, The Franciscan University of the Prairies originally provided postsecondary education to individuals seeking to become teachers and later expanded to offer a broader portfolio of programs.

        In September 2007, the Company acquired the assets of the Colorado School of Professional Psychology and renamed it the University of the Rockies. Founded as a non-profit organization in 1998 by faculty from Chapman University, the school offers master's and doctoral programs primarily in psychology.

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Principles of Consolidation

        The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Bridgepoint Education, Inc. and its wholly-owned subsidiaries. The results of operations for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2007 and 2008 include the results of operations of Ashford University and the results of operations of the University of the Rockies commencing on September 13, 2007. Intercompany transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

Unaudited Pro Forma Stockholders' Equity

        The December 31, 2008 unaudited pro forma balance sheet data have been prepared assuming that the holders of redeemable convertible preferred stock exercise their rights under the optional conversion feature (i) to convert the redeemable convertible preferred stock outstanding into 201,624,486 shares of common stock and (ii) to receive a cash payment of $27.1 million for the accreted value of the redeemable convertible preferred stock in connection with such conversion all as of December 31, 2008. See Note 10, "Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock (Series A Convertible Preferred Stock)."

Use of Estimates

        The preparation of the consolidated financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States, or GAAP, requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts in the consolidated financial statements. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

        The Company invests cash in excess of current operating requirements in short term certificates of deposit and money market accounts. The Company considers all highly liquid investments with maturities of three months or less at the time of purchase to be cash equivalents.

F-7



Bridgepoint Education, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

Restricted Cash

        The Company has $0.7 million in cash restricted in relation to the letter of credit issued on behalf of the University of the Rockies.

Accounts Receivable and Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

        Accounts receivable consists of student accounts receivable, which represent amounts due for tuition, technology fees and other fees from currently enrolled and former students. Students generally fund their education through grants and/or loans under various Title IV programs, tuition assistance from their military and corporate employers or personal funds. Accounts receivable are stated at the amount management expects to collect from outstanding balances. An allowance for doubtful accounts is estimated by management based on an assessment of individual accounts receivable over a specific aging and amount, and all other balances on a pooled basis based on historical collection experience, consideration of the nature of the receivable accounts and potential changes in the economic environment. The provision for bad debts is recorded within the instructional costs and services line in the consolidated statements of operations.

Inventory

        Inventory consists of text books and school supplies and is stated at the lower of cost or market with cost determined on a first-in, first-out (FIFO) basis.

Property and Equipment

        Property and equipment are recorded at cost less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation is computed using the straight-line method based on estimated useful lives of the related assets as follows:

Buildings

    39 years  

Furniture, office equipment and software

    3-7 years  

Vehicles

    5 years  

        Leasehold improvements are amortized using the straight-line method over the shorter of the lease term or the estimated useful lives of the assets. Upon the retirement or disposition of property and equipment, the related costs and accumulated depreciation is removed and a gain or loss is recorded in the consolidated statements of operations. Repairs and maintenance costs are expensed in the period incurred.

Leases

        The Company accounts for its leases and subsequent amendments under the provisions of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards ("SFAS") No. 13, Accounting for Leases , which requires that leases be evaluated and classified as operating or capital leases for financial reporting purposes. Leased property and equipment meeting certain criteria are capitalized, and the present value of the related lease payments is recorded as a liability on the consolidated balance sheets. Amortization of capitalized leased assets is computed on the straight-line method over the term of the lease or the life of the related asset, whichever is shorter.

F-8



Bridgepoint Education, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

        In connection with a lease of office space, the Company received tenant allowances from the lessor for certain improvements made to the leased property. In accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") Technical Bulletin No. 88-1, these allowances were capitalized as leasehold improvements and a long-term liability was established. The leasehold improvements and the long-term liability are amortized on a straight-line basis over the corresponding lease term. In accordance with the FASB Technical Bulletin No. 85-3, Accounting for Operating Leases with Scheduled Rent Increases , the Company records rent expense on a straight-line basis over the initial term of a lease. The difference between the rent payment and the straight-line rent expense is recorded as a long-term liability.

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

        The Company accounts for goodwill and other intangible assets in accordance with SFAS No. 142 ("SFAS 142"), Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets . SFAS 142 requires that goodwill and other identifiable intangible assets with indefinite useful lives be tested for impairment at least annually. The Company tests goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets for impairment annually, in the fourth quarter of each fiscal year, or more frequently if events and circumstances warrant. There have been no impairment losses recognized by the Company to date.

        In evaluating the impairment of goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets, such assets are allocated to the carrying value of each of Ashford University and the University of the Rockies, which institutions are considered as separate reporting units. Determining the fair value of a reporting unit or an indefinite-lived purchased intangible asset is judgmental in nature and involves the use of significant estimates and assumptions. These estimates and assumptions include revenue growth rates and operating margins used to calculate projected future cash flows, risk-adjusted discount rates, future economic and market conditions and determination of appropriate market comparables. We base our fair value estimates on assumptions we believe to be reasonable but which are unpredictable and inherently uncertain. Actual future results may differ from those estimates.

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

        The Company accounts for long-lived assets in accordance with SFAS No. 144, Accounting for Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets . The Company assesses potential impairment to its long-lived assets when there is evidence that events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. An impairment loss is recognized when the carrying amount of the long-lived asset is not recoverable and exceeds its fair value. The carrying amount of a long-lived asset is not recoverable if it exceeds the sum of the undiscounted cash flows expected to result from the use and eventual disposition of the asset. Any required impairment loss is measured as the amount by which the carrying amount of a long-lived asset exceeds fair value and is recorded as a reduction in the carrying value of the related asset and a charge to operating results. There have been no impairment losses recognized by the Company to date.

Revenue and Deferred Revenue

        The Company's revenue consists of tuition, technology fees and other miscellaneous fees.

        Tuition revenue is deferred and recognized on a straight-line basis over the applicable period of instruction net of scholarships and expected refunds. The Company's online students generally enroll in

F-9



Bridgepoint Education, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)


a program that encompasses a series of five to six week courses which are taken consecutively over the length of the program, and the Company's ground students enroll in a program that encompasses a series of 16 week courses. Students are billed on a course-by-course basis when the student first attends a class, or at the beginning of each semester for ground students.

        If a student's attendance in a class precedes the receipt of cash from the student's source of funding, the Company establishes an account receivable and corresponding deferred revenue in the amount of the tuition due for that class. Cash received either directly from the student or from the student's source of funding reduces the balance of accounts receivable due from the student. Cash received either directly from the student or from the student's source of funding that is in excess of amounts billed is recorded as a student deposit and applied to future classes and recognized as revenue when earned. The balance of accounts receivable that have been recognized for services that have not yet been provided and deferred revenue that has not yet been received in cash as of December 31, 2007 and 2008 was $2.1 million and $4.0 million, respectively. The balance of student deposits as of December 31, 2007 and 2008 was $10.6 million and $54.6 million, respectively.

        If a student withdraws from a program prior to a specified date, a portion of such student's tuition is refunded. The Company records a provision for expected refunds and reduces revenue to the amount that is not expected to be subsequently refunded. Provisions for expected refunds have not been material to any period presented.

        Technology fees are one-time start up fees charged to each new undergraduate online student. Technology fee revenue is recognized ratably over the average expected term of a student. Other miscellaneous fees include fees for textbooks and other services, such as commencements, and are recognized upon delivery of the goods or when the related service is performed.

Income Taxes

        The Company accounts for its income taxes using the liability method whereby deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on temporary differences between the bases used for financial reporting and income tax reporting purposes. Deferred income taxes are provided based on the enacted tax rates expected to be in effect at the time such temporary differences are expected to reverse. A valuation allowance is provided for deferred tax assets if it is more likely than not that the Company will not realize those tax assets through future operations.

        On January 1, 2008, the Company adopted FASB Interpretation No. 48 ("FIN 48"), Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes , which prescribes a recognition threshold and measurement process for recording in the financial statements uncertain tax positions taken, or expected to be taken, in a tax return. Additionally, FIN 48 provides guidance on the derecognition, classification, accounting in interim periods and disclosure requirements for uncertain tax positions. The standard requires the Company to accrue for the estimated amount of taxes for uncertain tax positions if it is more likely than not that the Company would be required to pay such additional taxes. An uncertain tax position will not be recognized if it has a less than 50% likelihood of being sustained.

Stock-Based Compensation

        Effective January 1, 2006, the Company adopted the provisions of SFAS 123R ("SFAS 123R"), Share-Based Payment . SFAS 123R, which is a revision of SFAS 123, Accounting for Stock-Based

F-10



Bridgepoint Education, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)


Compensation , replaces the Company's previous accounting for share-based awards under Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 25 ("APB 25"), Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees . The Company previously accounted for stock-based compensation using the intrinsic value method as defined in APB 25. Prior to January 1, 2006, no stock-based employee compensation cost was recorded under APB 25.

        The Company adopted SFAS 123R using the prospective method. Under this transition method, compensation cost recognized includes the cost for all stock options granted or modified after January 1, 2006. The cost for all stock-based awards granted subsequent to January 1, 2006 represents the grant-date fair value that was estimated, in accordance with the provisions of SFAS 123R. The cost for all share-based awards granted prior to January 1, 2006 and modified after January 1, 2006 was calculated based upon the increase in fair value of the options from the original grant date to the modification date. Outstanding stock options at January 1, 2006 that were measured at intrinsic value under APB 25 and that have not been modified shall continue to be measured at intrinsic value, until they are settled or modified. Compensation expense for options is recognized in the consolidated statement of operations, net of estimated forfeitures, using the graded vesting method over the requisite service period. Stock-based compensation expense totaled $323,000, $106,000 and $1.8 million for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2007 and 2008, respectively.

Comprehensive Income (Loss)

        There are no comprehensive income (loss) items other than net income (loss). Comprehensive income equals net income (loss) for all of the periods presented.

Instructional Costs and Services

        Instructional costs and services consist primarily of costs related to the administration and delivery of the Company's educational programs. This expense category includes compensation for faculty and administrative personnel, costs associated with online faculty, curriculum and new program development costs, bad debt expense, financial aid processing costs, technology license costs and costs associated with other support groups that provide services directly to the students. Instructional costs and services also include an allocation of facility and depreciation costs.

Marketing and Promotional

        Marketing and promotional expenses include compensation of personnel engaged in marketing and recruitment, as well as costs associated with purchasing leads and producing marketing materials. The Company's marketing and promotional expenses are generally affected by the cost of advertising media and leads, the efficiency of its marketing and recruiting efforts, compensation for its enrollment personnel and expenditures on advertising initiatives for new and existing academic programs. Marketing and promotional expenses also include an allocation of facility and depreciation costs.

        Advertising costs are expensed as incurred. Advertising costs, which include marketing leads, events and promotional materials for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2007 and 2008 were $5.0 million, $15.1 million and $26.9 million, respectively.

F-11



Bridgepoint Education, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

General and Administrative

        General and administrative expenses include compensation of employees engaged in corporate management, finance, human resources, information technology, compliance and other corporate functions. General and administrative expenses also include professional services fees, travel and entertainment expenses and an allocation of facility and depreciation costs.

Earnings Per Share

        In accordance with SFAS No. 128, Computation of Earnings Per Share ("SFAS 128"), and EITF Issue 03-06, Participating Securities and the Two-Class Method under FASB Statement No. 128 , basic earnings (loss) per common share is calculated by dividing net income available (loss attributable) to common stockholders by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding for the period using the two-class method. Under the two-class method, net income is allocated between common shares and other participating securities based on their participating rights. Diluted earnings (loss) per common share is calculated by dividing net income available (loss attributable) to common stockholders by the weighted average number of common and potential dilutive securities outstanding during the period if the effect is dilutive. The numerator of diluted earnings per share is calculated by starting with income allocated to common shares under the two-class method and adding back income attributable to preferred shares to the extent they are dilutive. Potential common shares consist of incremental shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of the stock options and warrants and upon conversion of preferred stock.

Segment Information

        The Company operates in one reportable segment as a single educational delivery operation using a core infrastructure that serves the curriculum and educational delivery needs of both its ground and online students regardless of geography. The Company's chief operating decision maker, its CEO and President, manages the Company's operations as a whole, and no revenue, expense or operating income information is evaluated by the chief operating decision maker on any component level.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

        In September 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 157, Fair Value Measurements ("SFAS 157"), which defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value and requires additional disclosures about fair value measurements. In February 2008, the FASB issued FASB Staff Position ("FSP") FAS 157-1, Application of FASB Statement No. 157 to FASB Statement No. 13 and Other Pronouncements that Address Fair Value Measurements for Purpose of Lease Classification or Measurement under Statement 13 , which amends SFAS 157 to exclude accounting pronouncements that address fair value measurements for purposes of lease classification or measurement under SFAS 13, Accounting for Leases . In February 2008, the FASB also issued FSP FAS 157-2 Effective Date of FASB Statement No. 157 , which delays the effective date of SFAS 157 until the first quarter of 2009 for all non-financial assets and non-financial liabilities, except for items that are recognized or disclosed at fair value in the consolidated financial statements on a recurring basis (at least annually). SFAS 157 does not require any new fair value measurements but rather eliminates inconsistencies in guidance found in various prior accounting pronouncements. The Company adopted SFAS 157 for financial assets and liabilities on January 1, 2008, and such adoption did not have a material impact on its consolidated financial

F-12



Bridgepoint Education, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)


statements. The Company does not expect the adoption of SFAS 157 for non-financial assets and liabilities to have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements.

        In February 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 159, The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities—Including an Amendment of FASB Statement No. 115 ("SFAS 159"). SFAS 159 expands the use of fair value in accounting but does not affect existing standards which require assets or liabilities to be carried at fair value. If elected, SFAS 159 is effective for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007. The Company adopted SFAS 159 on January 1, 2008, and such adoption did not have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements.

        In December 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 141 (revised 2007), Business Combinations ("SFAS 141R"). SFAS 141R establishes principles and requirements for how an acquirer recognizes and measures in its consolidated financial statements the identifiable assets acquired, the liabilities assumed, any noncontrolling interest in the acquiree and the goodwill acquired. SFAS 141R also establishes disclosure requirements to enable the evaluation of the nature and financial effects of the business combination. SFAS 141R is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2008. The Company does not believe the adoption of SFAS 141R will have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements.

        In June 2008, the FASB ratified EITF Issue 07-5, Determining Whether an Instrument (or Embedded Feature) Is Indexed to an Entity's Own Stock ("EITF 07-5"). Paragraph 11(a) of SFAS No. 133 ("SFAS 133"), Accounting for Derivatives and Hedging Activities , specifies that a contract that would otherwise meet the definition of a derivative but is both (a) indexed to such company's own stock and (b) classified in stockholders' equity in the statement of financial position would not be considered a derivative financial instrument. EITF 07-5 provides a new two-step model to be applied in determining whether a financial instrument or an embedded feature is indexed to an issuer's own stock and thus able to qualify for the SFAS 133 paragraph 11(a) scope exception. EITF 07-5 will be effective for the first annual reporting period beginning after December 15, 2008, and early adoption is prohibited. The Company does not believe the adoption of EITF 07-5 will have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements.

        In June 2008, the FASB issued FSP EITF 03-6-1, Determining Whether Instruments Granted in Share-Based Payment Transactions Are Participating Securities ("FSP EITF 03-6-1"). FSP EITF 03-6-1 clarifies that all outstanding unvested share-based payment awards that contain rights to nonforfeitable dividends participate in undistributed earnings with common stockholders. Awards of this nature are considered participating securities and the two-class method of computing basic and diluted earnings per share must be applied. FSP EITF 03-6-1 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2008. The Company does not expect FSP EITF 03-6-1 to have a significant impact on its historical grants of share-based payment awards as such awards do not participate in undistributed earnings with common stockholders. The Company is currently assessing the impact of FSP EITF 03-6-1 on future grants on its earnings per share.

3. Business Combinations

Colorado School of Professional Psychology

        On September 13, 2007, the Company acquired all of the assets and assumed certain liabilities of the Colorado School of Professional Psychology for approximately $0.9 million and subsequently

F-13



Bridgepoint Education, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

3. Business Combinations (Continued)


renamed it the University of the Rockies. The acquisition was accounted for as a purchase and, accordingly, the results of operations are included in the consolidated financial statements beginning September 13, 2007, the effective date of the acquisition. The acquisition was funded by the issuance of a note payable to the seller.

        The purchase agreement allowed for an adjustment to the purchase price based on any cash shortfall experienced by the Company as a result of the operations of the University of the Rockies from the date of purchase through December 31, 2007. A cash shortfall of $0.6 million was experienced and the purchase price was adjusted to $0.3 million.

        The purchase price was allocated to the acquired assets and assumed liabilities on the basis of their estimated fair values as of the date of acquisition, as summarized below (in thousands):

 

Cash

  $ 636  
 

Accounts receivable, net

    60  
 

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

    48  
 

Property and equipment

    287  
 

Security deposits and other assets

    32  
 

Intangible assets—accreditation and Title IV program participation rights

    419  
 

Goodwill

    76  
       
     

Total assets acquired

    1,558  
       
 

Other current liabilities

   
(391

)
 

Current leases payable

    (55 )
 

Debt assumed

    (791 )
       
     

Total liabilities assumed

    (1,237 )
       
 

Purchase price (note payable to seller)

 
$

321
 
       

        Pro forma results of operations for the acquisition have not been presented because the effects of the acquisition were not material to our consolidated financial statements.

Goodwill and Intangible Assets

        As a result of the purchase of the University of the Rockies, the Company recorded $76,000 in goodwill. Intangible assets acquired in the purchase of the University of the Rockies in 2007 consist of accreditation and Title IV program participation rights ("accreditation") and are considered to have indefinite useful lives. These assets were determined to have indefinite useful lives in accordance with SFAS 142 because the accreditation may be renewed indefinitely at little cost to the Company and the Company intends to renew the accreditation indefinitely. Intangible assets totaled $1.4 million, $1.8 million and $1.8 million at December 31, 2006, 2007 and 2008, respectively. The $1.8 million at December 31, 2007 and 2008 is comprised of $1.4 million relating to Ashford University and $0.4 million relating to the University of the Rockies.

F-14



Bridgepoint Education, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

4. Prepaid and Other Current Assets

        Prepaid and other current assets, consist of the following (in thousands):

 
  As of
December 31,
 
 
  2007   2008  
Prepaid expenses   $ 261   $ 3,407  
Prepaid licenses     153     1,798  
Income tax receivable         1,118  
Prepaid insurance     12     73  
Other current assets     135     377  
           
  Total prepaid and other current assets   $ 561   $ 6,773  
           

        Included in prepaid expenses as of December 31, 2008 are capitalizable expenses relating to the Company's potential initial public offering. Included in prepaid licenses are the license fee and annual software maintenance costs relating to Blackboard and CampusVue software. Other current assets include certain short term rent deposits and employee advances.

5. Property and Equipment

        Property and equipment, net, consist of the following (in thousands):

 
  As of December 31,  
 
  2007   2008  

Land

  $ 327   $ 327  

Buildings

    6,109     6,109  

Furniture, office equipment and software

    6,768     17,420  

Leasehold improvements

    2,543     8,819  

Vehicles

    43     43  
           
 

Total depreciable property and equipment

   
15,790
   
32,718
 
 

Less accumulated depreciation and amortization

    (2,550 )   (5,003 )
           
 

Property and equipment, net

 
$

13,240
 
$

27,715
 
           

        Depreciation and amortization expense associated with property and equipment, including assets under capital lease, totaled $0.7 million, $1.2 million and $2.5 million for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2007 and 2008, respectively.

F-15



Bridgepoint Education, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

6. Accrued Liabilities

        Accrued liabilities consist of the following (in thousands):

 
  As of December 31,  
 
  2007   2008  

Accrued salaries and wages

  $ 2,097     $6,995  

Accrued vacation

    585     1,342  

Accrued expenses

    3,190     8,206  

Accrued income taxes payable

    164      
           
 

Total accrued liabilities

 
$

6,036
 
$

16,543
 
           

7. Notes Payable and Long-Term Debt

        In April 2004, the Company entered into a credit agreement ("Credit Agreement") with Comerica Bank that provides for a revolving credit facility ("Revolving Credit Facility") of $6.0 million, which includes a letter of credit sub-limit ("LC Sub-limit") of $3.7 million. The Credit Agreement also provides for an equipment line of credit ("Equipment Line") not to exceed $200,000 and allows the Company to borrow up to $3.0 million from the Company's majority stockholder.

        In March 2005, pursuant to the terms of the Credit Agreement, the Company obtained a term loan ("Term Loan") of $3.5 million with a maturity date of March 9, 2008. Borrowings under the Term Loan require 36 monthly principal installments of $14,000, with the balance due at maturity. The Term Loan bears interest, payable monthly, at a rate equal to 1.00% above the prime rate.

        In March 2008, the Credit Agreement was amended to (i) reduce the maximum available borrowing capacity under the Revolving Credit Facility from $6.0 million to $5.0 million and reduce the LC Sub-limit from $3.7 million to $2.1 million, (ii) extend the maturity date for the Revolving Credit Facility from March 9, 2008 to March 1, 2011 and (iii) require principal payments on outstanding borrowings under the Term Loan as of the date of the amendment to be made in 36 monthly installments based on a ten-year amortization schedule, with the balance due at maturity.

        In June 2008, the Credit Agreement was further amended to (i) increase the LC Sub-limit from $2.1 million to $5.0 million and (ii) extend the maturity date of the LC Sub-limit from June 12, 2008 to June 12, 2010.

        In October 2008, the Credit Agreement was further amended to (i) increase the maximum available borrowing capacity under the Revolving Credit Facility from $5.0 million to $15.0 million, (ii) increase the LC Sub-limit from $5.0 million to $14.2 million and (iii) modify the maturity date of the LC Sub-limit from June 12, 2010 to October 31, 2009. The Company obtained a letter of credit from a separate bank in the amount of $0.7 million, which is secured by a cash deposit included in the restricted cash balance at December 31, 2008.

        As of December 31, 2007 and 2008, the Company had borrowings outstanding under the Revolving Credit Facility of $1.0 million and $0, respectively. The Company caused its banks to issue letters of credit aggregating to $14.9 million as of December 31, 2008. As of December 31, 2007 and 2008, the Company had borrowings outstanding under the Equipment Line of $114,000 and $0, respectively.

        The Company had outstanding borrowings under the Term Loan of $3.1 million as of December 31, 2007. As of December 31, 2008, the Company had repaid the Term Loan in full.

F-16



Bridgepoint Education, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

7. Notes Payable and Long-Term Debt (Continued)

        Under the Credit Agreement, the Company is subject to certain limitations including limitations on its ability to incur additional debt, make certain investments or acquisitions and enter into certain merger and consolidation transactions, among other restrictions. The Credit Agreement also contains a material adverse change clause, and we are required to maintain compliance with a minimum tangible net worth financial covenant. As of December 31, 2007 and 2008, the Company was in compliance with all financial covenants in its Credit Agreement. If we fail to comply with any of the covenants or experience a material adverse change, the lenders could elect to prevent us from borrowing or issuing letters of credit and declare the indebtedness to be immediately due and payable.

        As security for the letter of credit facility under the Credit Agreement, the Company is obligated to maintain an amount equal to the aggregate face amount of all issued and outstanding letters of credit in compensating balances in deposit with the counterparty which amounted to $14.2 million at December 31, 2008. Because the compensating balance is not restricted as to withdrawal, it is not classified as restricted cash in our consolidated balance sheets. If the cash amount maintained with the counterparty drops below the aggregate amount of all issued and outstanding letters of credit, the difference will be treated as a borrowing under our line of credit with assessed interest.

        On September 13, 2007, in connection with the acquisition of the Colorado School of Professional Psychology, the Company entered into a non-interest bearing note payable agreement. The agreement provided for a note payable to the sellers in a principal amount of $0.9 million. In addition, the agreement allowed for an adjustment to the consideration paid based upon a projected cash flow shortfall on a dollar for dollar basis from the date of purchase through December 31, 2007. A cash shortfall was experienced of $0.6 million and the purchase price and resulting note were adjusted to $0.3 million. The note is to be paid monthly in equal installments over a 4-year term. The outstanding balances as of December 31, 2007 and 2008 were $321,000 and $234,000, respectively. At December 31, 2008 there is no material difference between the fair value and the carrying amount of the Company's note payable and long-term debt.

        As of December 31, 2008, future annual principal payments of outstanding debt obligations are as follows (in thousands):

Years Ending December 31,

       

2009

  $ 74  

2010

    80  

2011

    80  
       

    234  

Less: current portion

   
(74

)
       

  $ 160  
       

8. Lease Obligations

        The Company leases certain office facilities and office equipment under non-cancelable operating lease arrangements that expire at various dates through July 2018. The office leases contain certain renewal options. Rent expense under non-cancelable operating lease arrangements is accounted for on

F-17



Bridgepoint Education, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

8. Lease Obligations (Continued)


a straight-line basis and totaled $0.9 million, $3.0 million and $6.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2007 and 2008, respectively.

        The following table summarizes the appropriate future minimum rental payments under non-cancelable operating lease arrangements in effect at December 31, 2008 (in thousands):

 
   
 

Years Ending December 31,

       

2009

  $ 13,450  

2010

    20,142  

2011

    21,667  

2012

    23,395  

2013

    25,146  

Thereafter

    142,376  
       

Total minimum payments

  $ 246,176  
       

        The Company has also financed office equipment under capital leases expiring in various years through September 2018. The assets are included in property and equipment and totaled $0.9 million and $0.6 million as of December 31, 2007 and 2008, respectively. Accumulated depreciation on these assets totaled $0.4 million and $0.2 million at December 31, 2007 and 2008, respectively.

        Future minimum lease payments under capital leases at December 31, 2008 are as follows (in thousands):

Years Ending December 31,

       

2009

  $ 179  

2010

    137  

2011

    99  

2012

    69  

2013

    2  

Thereafter

     
       
 

Total minimum payments

  $ 486  

Less: Amount representing interest

   
(36

)
       
 

Present value of minimum lease payments

 
$

450
 
       

F-18



Bridgepoint Education, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

9. Earnings Per Share

        The following table sets forth the computation of the basic and diluted earnings per share for the periods indicated (in thousands, except share and per share data):

 
  Year Ended December 31,  
 
  2006   2007   2008  

Numerator:

                   
 

Net income (loss)

 
$

(5,150

)

$

3,287
 
$

26,431
 
 

Effect of accretion of preferred dividends

    (1,718 )   (1,856 )   (2,006 )
               
 

Net income available (loss attributable) to common stockholders

  $ (6,868 ) $ 1,431   $ 24,425  

Denominator:

                   
 

Weighted average common shares outstanding

   
14,386
   
14,900
   
15,008
 
 

Effect of dilutive options

        5,120     24,794  
 

Effect of dilutive warrants

            5,223  
               
 

Diluted weighted average common shares outstanding

   
14,386
   
20,020
   
45,025
 
               

Earnings (loss) per share:

                   

Basic

  $ (0.48 ) $ 0.00   $ 0.09  

Diluted

  $ (0.48 ) $ 0.00   $ 0.03  

        The computation of dilutive shares outstanding excludes the following securities:

(a)
Redeemable convertible preferred stock:

        The computation of dilutive shares outstanding excludes the equivalent common shares that would be related to both the accreted value and the optional conversion feature of the redeemable convertible preferred stock for the periods indicated as the Company was in a period of loss, or the effect of applying the two-class method was anti-dilutive.

 
  Year Ended December 31,  
 
  2006   2007   2008  
 

Redeemable convertible preferred stock

    508,510     442,222     272,008  
(b)
Options and warrants:

        The computation of dilutive shares outstanding excludes stock options and warrants to purchase shares of common stock for the periods indicated as the Company was either in a period of loss or as the exercise prices were greater than the average market price of our common stock and therefore the effect would be anti-dilutive.

 
  Year Ended December 31,  
 
  2006   2007   2008  
 

Options

    15,886          
 

Warrants

    7,101     7,101     173  

        The Company calculated earnings per share using the two-class method under the guidelines of FAS 128 to reflect the participation rights of each class and series of stock. Under FAS 128, basic net income is computed for common stock outstanding during the period by dividing net income allocated

F-19



Bridgepoint Education, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

9. Earnings Per Share (Continued)


to the participation rights of each class by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the period.

        The following presents the net income allocated to each class of common stock in the calculation of basic earnings per share for the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2008:

 
  December 31,  
 
  2007   2008  

Net income attributable to common stock

  $ 1,431   $ 24,425  

Income allocated to redeemable convertible preferred stock

  $ 1,856   $ 2,006  
           

Net income

  $ 3,287   $ 26,431  
           

 

December 31, 2007:
  Weighted
Avg Shares
  Income
Allocation
 

Common stock

    14,900   $ 47  

Redeemable convertible preferred stock

    442,222   $ 1,384  
             

Total

        $ 1,431  
             

 

December 31, 2008:
  Weighted
Avg Shares
  Income
Allocation
 

Common stock

    15,008   $ 1,276  

Redeemable convertible preferred stock

    272,008   $ 23,149  
             

Total

        $ 24,425  
             

        The numerator of diluted earnings per share is computed by starting with the numerator of basic earnings per share and adding back income attributable to the participation rights of redeemable convertible preferred stock to the extent such shares are dilutive.

        The denominator of diluted earnings per share includes the incremental potential common shares issuable upon the following events to the extent their effect is dilutive:

    (i)
    Exercise of stock options and warrants;

    (ii)
    Optional conversion of all outstanding shares of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock with each share of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock being converted into 10.194210419 shares of Common Stock; and

    (iii)
    Issuance of shares of common stock at fair value in payment of the accreted value of $27.1 million of the redeemable convertible preferred stock to the holders of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock.

        There was no difference between income allocated to the participation rights of the various classes in computing basic and diluted earnings per share as all potential common shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock were anti-dilutive.

F-20



Bridgepoint Education, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

9. Earnings Per Share (Continued)

Unaudited pro forma earnings per share

        Pro forma basic earnings per share has been calculated assuming the optional conversion of all outstanding shares of the redeemable convertible preferred stock into shares of common stock as of the beginning of the period, with each share of the redeemable convertible preferred stock converting into 10.194210419 shares of common stock. See Note 10, "Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock (Series A Convertible Preferred Stock)." Pro forma diluted earnings per share also includes the incremental shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of stock options and warrants, consistent with the amount included in the historical diluted per share calculation.

        The following table sets forth the computation of unaudited pro forma basic and diluted earnings per share for the periods indicated (in thousands, except share and per share data):

 
  Year Ended
December 31,
2008
 

Numerator:

       
 

Net income

  $ 26,431  
       

Denominator:

       
 

Weighted average number of common shares outstanding

    15,008  
 

Add: Pro forma adjustments to reflect assumed weighted average effect of conversion of redeemable convertible preferred stock

    201,624  
       

Denominator for pro forma basic earnings per share

    216,632  
       
 

Add: Pro forma adjustments to reflect assumed weighted average effect of exercise of common stock options

    24,794  
       
 

Add: Pro forma adjustments to reflect assumed exercise of outstanding warrants

    5,223  
       

Denominator for pro forma diluted earnings per share

    246,649  
       

Pro forma earnings per share, basic

  $ 0.12  
       

Pro forma earnings per share, diluted

  $ 0.11  
       

Unaudited supplemental pro forma earnings per share

        Supplemental basic pro forma earnings per share has been calculated assuming (i) the optional conversion of all outstanding shares of the redeemable convertible preferred stock into shares of common stock as of the beginning of the period, with each share of the redeemable convertible preferred stock converting into 10.194210419 shares of common stock, and (ii) the issuance of            shares of common stock at the assumed initial public offering price of $            per share in payment of the accreted value of $27.1 million of the redeemable convertible preferred stock to the holders thereof. See Note 10, "Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock (Series A Convertible Preferred Stock)." Supplemental pro forma diluted earnings per share also includes the incremental shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of stock options and warrants, consistent with the amount included in the historical diluted per share calculation.

F-21



Bridgepoint Education, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

9. Earnings Per Share (Continued)

        The following table sets forth the computation of unaudited supplemental pro forma basic and diluted earnings per share (in thousands, except per share data):

 
  Year Ended
December 31,
2008
 

Numerator:

       
 

Net income

  $ 26,431  
       

Denominator:

       
 

Weighted average number of shares outstanding

    15,008  
 

Add: Pro forma adjustments to reflect assumed weighted average effect of conversion of redeemable convertible preferred stock

    201,624  
 

Add: Pro forma adjustments to reflect the portion of this offering and the application of the net proceeds therefrom necessary to pay the accreted value of $      of the outstanding shares of redeemable convertible preferred shares

       
       

Denominator for supplemental pro forma basic earnings per share

       
       
 

Add: Pro forma adjustments to reflect assumed weighted average effect of exercise of common stock options

       
       
 

Add: Pro forma adjustments to reflect assumed exercise of outstanding warrants

       
       

Denominator for supplemental pro forma diluted earnings per share

       
       

Supplemental pro forma earnings per share, basic

  $    
       

Supplemental pro forma earnings per share, diluted

  $    
       

10. Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock (Series A Convertible Preferred Stock)

        The Company's certificate of incorporation, which includes the terms of the redeemable convertible preferred stock, was last amended July 29, 2005. The discussion below reflects the terms of redeemable convertible preferred stock set forth in the most recent amendment.

Ranking

        The redeemable convertible preferred stock ranks senior to all common stock and any other future class of junior preferred stock.

Dividends

        The holders of redeemable convertible preferred stock shall not be entitled to any dividends except in the event that the Company shall declare, set aside or pay any dividend on the common stock (other than dividends payable solely in additional shares of common stock), in which case holders of the redeemable convertible preferred stock will participate in any such dividends on a per share as-converted basis.

        Such dividends are payable when and as declared by the Company's board of directors. No preferred stock dividends have been declared by the Company's board of directors at December 31,

F-22



Bridgepoint Education, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

10. Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock (Series A Convertible Preferred Stock) (Continued)


2006, 2007 or 2008. See "Preferred Dividends" below for payments upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company and payments upon optional conversion.

Voting Rights

        Each issued and outstanding share of redeemable convertible preferred stock shall be entitled to the number of votes equal to the number of shares of common stock into which each such share of redeemable convertible preferred stock is convertible with respect to matters presented to the stockholders of the Company for their action or consideration.

Optional Conversion Feature

        Each share of redeemable convertible preferred stock is convertible, at the option of the holder, at any time into shares of common stock at a conversion rate of 10.194210419 shares of common stock per share of redeemable convertible preferred stock. The applicable conversion rate is subject to adjustment from time to time. As of December 31, 2007 and 2008, 201,624,486 shares of common stock would be issued upon optional conversion of all outstanding shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock.

        Upon an optional conversion, the holder is entitled to receive shares of common stock as discussed above in addition to the payments discussed below under "Preferred Dividends—(b) Payments upon optional conversion." The right of the holders of redeemable convertible preferred stock to elect to receive both shares of common stock and the accreted value under the optional conversion feature resulted in fair value in excess of the invested amount, which resulted in a beneficial conversion feature to such preferred stockholders. This beneficial conversion feature was recorded as a deemed dividend on the date of the issuance of the redeemable convertible preferred stock because there is no stated redemption date (maturity date) and the optional conversion feature is immediately exercisable. The beneficial conversion feature is recorded on the consolidated balance sheet as an increase in additional paid-in capital to allocate a portion of the proceeds from the issuance to the beneficial conversion feature and a decrease to additional paid-in capital for the deemed dividend. This beneficial conversion feature was measured as the excess of the fair value of the common shares into which the preferred shares are convertible over the accounting conversion price as determined in accordance with EITF Issue 98-5, Accounting for Convertible Securities with Beneficial Conversion Features or Contingently Adjustable Conversion Ratios , and EITF Issue 00-27, Application of Issue No. 98-5 to Certain Convertible Instruments . The Company has not issued redeemable convertible preferred stock since 2005. As of December 31, 2008, the Company had recorded $14.1 million of deemed dividends related to the beneficial conversion feature associated with redeemable convertible preferred stock issued prior to 2006.

Preferred Dividends

(a)    Payments upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company:

        Upon any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company, the holders of redeemable convertible preferred stock are entitled to receive an amount equal to the sum of (i) the "accreted value" (as defined below) of the shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock plus (ii) any dividends declared but unpaid on the shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock. The term "accreted value" means an amount equal to the sum of (i) the "stated value" (as defined

F-23



Bridgepoint Education, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

10. Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock (Series A Convertible Preferred Stock) (Continued)


below) for a share of redeemable convertible preferred stock plus (ii) 8% per year of the stated value, compounding annually and commencing on the date of issuance of such share. The term "stated value" means $1.00 per share, subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, stock distribution or combination with respect to the redeemable convertible preferred stock. The amount by which the accreted value exceeds the stated value for any share of redeemable convertible preferred stock is referred to as the "accreted dividend" for such share. At the option of the holder, the accreted value may be paid in cash or shares of common stock valued at current fair market value.

        With respect to the payment of amounts described in the preceding paragraph, each of the following events is deemed to be a "liquidation, dissolution or winding up" of the Company: (i) the consolidation with or into another corporation in which the stockholders of record of the Company own less than 50% or the voting securities of the surviving corporation; (ii) the sale of substantially all the assets of the Company; (iii) the sale of securities of the Company representing more than 50% of the voting securities (other than a qualified public offering); and (iv) a sale to Warburg Pincus, the majority stockholder of the Company, or its successors or assigns.

(b)    Payments upon optional conversion:

        Upon an optional conversion of shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock, the holder of such shares is entitled to receive (in addition to the common stock acquirable upon conversion of such shares) an amount equal to (i) the accreted value of such shares plus (ii) any dividends declared but unpaid on such shares. At the option of the holder, the accreted value may be paid in cash or shares of common stock valued at current fair market value.

        The Company has recorded preferred dividends of $1.7 million, $1.9 million and $2.0 million for the years ended 2006, 2007 and 2008, respectively. At December 31, 2007 and 2008, the amount of the accreted dividends was $5.3 million and $7.3 million, respectively. At December 31, 2007 and 2008, the accreted value (carrying value) of the redeemable convertible preferred stock was $25.0 million and $27.1 million, respectively.

Mandatory Conversion

        If not earlier converted pursuant to the optional conversion feature, each share of the redeemable convertible preferred stock will automatically convert into shares of common stock at its then effective conversion rate (10.194210419 shares of common stock per share of redeemable convertible preferred stock at December 31, 2007 and 2008), upon the closing of an underwritten public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933 in which the net proceeds to the Company are not less than $25.0 million and the shares of common stock are designated for trading on the New York Stock Exchange, the Nasdaq National Market or the American Stock Exchange, or at any time upon the vote to so convert of the holders of at least a majority of the redeemable convertible preferred stock.

Redemption

        If, after seven years of the initial issuance of the redeemable convertible preferred stock, the Company has not consummated a liquidity event or a qualified public offering and the optional conversion feature has not been exercised, the holders of a majority of the redeemable convertible preferred stock will have the right to require the Company to redeem any or all of their redeemable

F-24



Bridgepoint Education, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

10. Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock (Series A Convertible Preferred Stock) (Continued)


convertible preferred stock at a price in cash equal to the accreted value, plus any declared, but unpaid dividends.

11. Stock-Based Compensation

        In January 2006, the Company adopted its 2005 Stock Incentive Plan ("2005 Plan") pursuant to which it may award stock options and other stock-based awards. The board of directors of the Company determines eligibility, vesting schedules and exercise prices for options granted under the 2005 Plan. The exercise price of options granted under the 2005 Plan is equal to the fair market value of the Company's common stock as of the date of grant or modification. Options are typically exercisable for a period of ten years after the date of grant, subject to continuing service to the Company.

        With respect to vesting:

    Stock options issued to founders of the Company ("founders' options") become exercisable ratably over a two-year period from the date of grant.

    Time vested options become exercisable as follows: 25% on the first anniversary of the grant date, 2% on each monthly anniversary from months 13 through 45, and 3% on each monthly anniversary from months 46 through 48.

    Performance vested options become exercisable 25% in each year over a four year period if certain performance targets are met by the Company.

    Exit vested options become exercisable only if an "exit event" or "change in control", as defined by the option agreements, occurs.

        All options granted in 2006 and 2007 were pursuant to the 2005 Plan, except for options to purchase an aggregate of 295,088 shares of common stock granted to certain members of management in February 2006. There were no options granted during 2008.

        The Company has recorded $323,000, $106,000 and $1.8 million of compensation expense related to stock options and the modification of a stock-based award for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2007 and 2008, respectively, in accordance with SFAS 123R. As of December 31, 2007 and 2008, there was $146,000 and $57,000, respectively, of unrecognized compensation costs related to time vested options. As of December 31, 2007 and 2008, there was $252,000 and $98,000, respectively, of unrecognized compensation costs related to performance vested options. As of December 31, 2007 and 2008, there was $365,000 and $365,000, respectively, of unrecognized compensation costs related to exit vested options. Unearned stock-based compensation is being amortized over the vesting term using an accelerated graded method in accordance with FASB Interpretation No. 28 (FIN 28). These costs are expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 2.90 and 2.82 years, at December 31, 2007 and 2008, respectively.

F-25



Bridgepoint Education, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

11. Stock-Based Compensation (Continued)

        Stock option activity is summarized as follows:

 
  Options
Outstanding
  Weighted-
Average
Exercise Price
  Weighted-
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Term
(in years)
  Aggregate
Intrinsic Value
 

Balance at December 31, 2006

    31,178,312   $ 0.07              
 

Granted

    8,978,516   $ 0.13              
 

Exercised

    (164,983 ) $ 0.07              
 

Forfeitures

    (237,415 ) $ 0.07              
                         

Balance at December 31, 2007

    39,754,430   $ 0.08     7.34   $ 1,453,351  
                         
 

Granted

      $              
 

Exercised

      $              
 

Forfeitures

    (30,000 ) $ 0.13              
                         

Balance at December 31, 2008

    39,724,430   $ 0.08     6.33   $ 122,219,518  
                         

Vested and expected to vest at December 31, 2007

   
39,037,625
 
$

0.08
   
5.21
 
$

1,433,503
 
                         

Exercisable at December 31, 2007

    15,860,936   $ 0.07     6.51   $ 791,737  
                         

Vested and expected to vest at December 31, 2008

   
39,155,423
 
$

0.08
   
6.04
 
$

120,474,683
 
                         

Exercisable at December 31, 2008

    20,757,522   $ 0.07     5.78   $ 64,058,353  
                         

        The fair value of the options vested at December 31, 2007 and 2008 is $1.9 million and $65.6 million, respectively.

        The weighted average grant-date estimated fair value of options granted during the year ended December 31, 2006 and 2007 was $0.04 and $0.05 per share, respectively. No options were granted during the year ended December 31, 2008. As of December 31, 2008 no options issued under the plan have expired.

        During 2006 and 2007, 532,935 and 114,683 time vested options and 173,031 and 50,300 performance vested options, respectively, were exercised. These options had a total intrinsic value at the time of exercise of $14,000 and $8,000 in 2006 and 2007, respectively. The Company received $12,000 in cash from the exercise of options as of December 31, 2007. No options were exercised in the year ended December 31, 2008. During 2007 and 2008, respectively, 237,415 and 30,000, time and performance vested options were forfeited.

        The Company has reserved 44,383,342 shares of common stock for the exercise of existing stock options and stock options available for grant as of both December 31, 2007 and 2008.

        The fair value of each option award granted during the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2007 was estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. The Company's determination of the fair value of share-based awards is affected by the Company's common stock price as well as assumptions regarding a number of highly complex and subjective variables. These variables include, but are not limited to, the expected stock price volatility over the expected life of the awards

F-26



Bridgepoint Education, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

11. Stock-Based Compensation (Continued)


and actual and projected employee stock option exercise behavior with the following weighted average assumptions:

 
  2006   2007  

Risk free interest rate

    4.65 %   3.55 %

Expected dividend yield

         

Expected volatility

    48.14 %   40.72 %

Expected life (in years)

    6.1     6.1  

        The risk-free interest rate is based on the currently available rate on a U.S. Treasury zero-coupon issue with a remaining term equal to the expected term of the option converted into a continuously compounded rate. The expected volatility of stock options is based on an average of expected option terms disclosed by a peer group of publicly traded companies comparable to the Company. In evaluating comparability, the Company considered factors such as industry, stage of life cycle and size. The expected life of the Company's options is based on management's estimate. The dividend yield reflects the fact that the Company has never declared or paid any cash dividends and does not currently anticipate paying cash dividends in the future.

        During 2006, the Company modified certain option awards granted in previous years to 15 individuals by reducing the exercise price from $0.25 to $0.07. No other terms of the awards were modified. The fair value of each option award modified during the year ended December 31, 2006 was estimated on the date of modification based upon the increase in fair value from the original grant date, as calculated using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. The total incremental compensation cost recorded as a result of the modification was $228,000 and $52,000 for the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2007, respectively.

Award Modification

        As discussed in Note 15, "Related Party Transactions," Ryan Craig, a director of the Company, entered into an agreement with Warburg Pincus in August 2004 to serve on the Company's board of directors and to serve as a consultant in 2004 to the Company on behalf of Warburg Pincus. Under this agreement, Mr. Craig was to receive a portion of the proceeds from Warburg Pincus upon a liquidity event in an amount to be determined based on proceeds to Warburg Pincus from their holdings of the Company's common and preferred stock. This agreement was superceded by a new arrangement in December 2008 under which Mr. Craig received 504,342 shares of the Company's common stock from Warburg Pincus in January 2009. Under the new arrangement, Mr. Craig will receive no further cash payment upon a liquidity event. Because the consideration to be received by Mr. Craig is based on the fair value of the Company's stock and was earned by providing services to the Company, the Company has recognized the transaction as stock-based compensation expense and a capital contribution from Warburg Pincus. The new arrangement in December 2008 was accounted for as an improbable-to-probable modification of vesting conditions in accordance with SFAS 123R. The incremental stock-based compensation expense resulting from the modification, based on the fair value of the Company's common stock at December 31, 2008, was $1.6 million. As the award was for past services, the stock-based compensation expense was recorded at the time of the modification in December 2008.

F-27



Bridgepoint Education, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

11. Stock-Based Compensation (Continued)

Common Stock Valuations

        The exercise prices of stock options granted prior to January 2008 were determined by the Company's board of directors based on the estimated fair value of the underlying common stock. The common stock valuations were based on the combination of an income approach and a market value approach, which were used to estimate the total value of the company. The income approach is an estimate of the present value of the future monetary benefits expected to flow to the owners of a business. It requires a projection of the cash flows that the business is expected to generate. These cash flows are converted to a present value, using a rate of return that accounts for the time value of money after factoring in certain risks inherent in the business. Under the market approach, the value of the Company is estimated by comparing our business to similar businesses whose securities are actively traded in public markets. Valuation multiples are derived from the prices at which the securities trade in public markets and the companies' underlying financial metrics. The valuation multiples are then applied to the equivalent financial metrics of our business. Valuation multiples may be adjusted to account for differences between our company and similar companies for such factors as company size, growth prospects or diversification of operations. The Company then used that enterprise value to estimate the fair value of its common stock in the context of the capital structure as of each valuation date. The valuations were based on estimates and assumptions. If different estimates and assumptions had been used, the valuations could have been different.

        During 2006 and 2007, the Company granted options to purchase the Company's common stock on dates that generally fell on or near the dates of the valuations.

12. Warrants

        From time to time, the Company has issued warrants to purchase common stock to various consultants, licensors and lenders. Each warrant represents the right to purchase one share of common stock. No warrants were granted during the years ended December 31, 2006, 2007 or 2008.

        The following table summarizes information with respect to all warrants outstanding as of December 31, 2007 and 2008:

Exercise Price
  Warrants
outstanding
  Expiration
Date
 

$0.25

    3,324,741     2013-2015  

$0.50

    1,302,547     2013  

$0.63

    1,375,000     2013  

$0.65

    175,000     2013  

$1.00

    750,000     2013  

$2.00

    173,307     2013  

        As of December 31, 2007 and 2008, all 7,100,595 outstanding warrants were exercisable.

13. Income Taxes

        Under SFAS No. 109, Accounting for Income Taxes , the asset and liability method is used in accounting for taxes. Under this method, deferred income tax assets and liabilities result from

F-28



Bridgepoint Education, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

13. Income Taxes (Continued)


temporary differences between the tax basis of assets and liabilities and their reported amounts in the financial statements that will result in tax and deductions in future years.

        The components of income tax expense are as follows (in thousands):

 
  Year Ended December 31,  
 
  2006   2007   2008  

Current:

                   
 

Federal

      $ 123   $ 9,837  
 

State

        41     2,892  
               

      $ 164   $ 12,729  
               

Deferred:

                   
 

Federal

          $ (4,292 )
 

State

            (1,366 )
               

          $ (5,658 )
               

Total

      $ 164   $ 7,071  
               

        There were no deferred items in income tax expense for the year ended December 31, 2007. No current or deferred provision was recorded for the year ended December 31, 2006 due to the net operating loss in that year.

        Deferred tax assets and liabilities are comprised of the following (in thousands):

 
  As of December 31,  
 
  2006   2007   2008  

Deferred tax asset:

                   
 

Net operating loss

  $ 7,495   $ 5,072   $ 838  
 

Fixed assets

    371     225      
 

Bad debt

    377     616     2,943  
 

Vacation accrual

    70     230     527  
 

Stock-based compensation

    125     172     879  
 

Deferred rent

    151     804     1,263  
 

State tax

            904  
 

Tax credits

        150     8  
 

Contribution carry forward

    12          
 

Other

    3     14     3  
               
   

Total deferred tax assets

    8,604     7,283     7,365  
   

Valuation allowance

    (8,604 )   (7,283 )    
   

Net deferred tax assets

            7,365  
               

Deferred tax liabilities:

                   
 

Fixed assets and intangibles

    (543 )   (556 )   (2,265 )
               
   

Total net deferred tax assets

  $ (543 ) $ (556 ) $ 5,100  
               

F-29



Bridgepoint Education, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

13. Income Taxes (Continued)

        The Company periodically assesses the likelihood that it will be able to recover its deferred tax assets. The Company considers all available evidence, both positive and negative, including historical levels of income, expectations and risks associated with estimates of future taxable income and ongoing prudent and feasible profits. At December 31, 2007, principally because of the lack of consistent earnings history, the Company had concluded that it was more-likely-than-not that its net deferred tax assets would not be realized. However, based upon the earnings results at March 31, 2008, as well as the projected income for the remainder of 2008 and 2009, the Company concluded that it is more-likely-than-not that its net deferred tax assets will be realized. Accordingly, the total valuation allowance of $7.3 million at December 31, 2007 was fully reversed by December 31, 2008, primarily as a reduction to income tax expense.

        At December 31, 2008, the Company had federal net operating loss carry forwards of $1.0 million and state net operating loss carry forwards of $8.5 million, which are available to offset future taxable income. The federal net operating loss carry forwards will begin to expire in 2020. The state net operating loss carry forwards will begin to expire in 2016. During 2008 the State of California enacted legislation which limits the use of operating loss and tax credit carryforwards to offset income for years 2008 and 2009.

        Pursuant to Internal Code Section 382, use of our net operating loss carryforwards may be limited if a cumulative change in ownership of more than 50% occurs within a three-year period. We have performed a Section 382 analysis through December 31, 2008 and have determined that there is no material effect on our net operating loss carryforwards.

        A reconciliation of the income tax (benefit) expense computed using the U.S. federal statutory tax rate (34%, 34% and 35% for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2007 and 2008) and the Company's provision for income taxes follows (in thousands):

 
  As of December 31,  
 
  2006   2007   2008  

Computed expected federal tax (benefit) expense

  $ (1,751 ) $ 1,174   $ 11,725  

State taxes, net of federal benefit

    (244 )   184     1,803  

Permanent differences

    50     149     121  

Other

    39     (24 )   150  

Valuation allowance

    1,906     (1,319 )   (6,728 )
               

  $   $ 164   $ 7,071  
               

        In July 2006, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued FASB Interpretation No. 48, Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes ("FIN 48"), which prescribes a recognition threshold and measurement process for recording in the financial statements uncertain tax positions taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. Additionally, FIN 48 provides guidance on the derecognition, classification, accounting in interim periods and disclosure requirements for uncertain tax positions.

        The accrual for uncertain tax positions can result in a difference between the estimated benefit recorded in the Company's financial statements and the benefit taken or expected to be taken in the Company's income tax returns. This difference is generally referred to as an "unrecognized tax benefit."

F-30



Bridgepoint Education, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

13. Income Taxes (Continued)

        The Company is subject to the provisions of FIN 48 as of January 1, 2008, and has analyzed filing positions in all of the federal and state jurisdictions where it is required to file income tax returns, as well as all open tax years in these jurisdictions. Upon adoption, the Company had no material additions to its accrual for uncertain tax positions as a result of the implementation of FIN 48.

        A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of unrecognized tax benefits is as follows (in thousands):

Unrecognized tax benefits at January 1, 2008

  $  
 

Gross increases—tax positions in prior period

     
 

Gross decreases—tax positions in prior period

     
 

Gross increases—current period tax positions

    2,743  
 

Settlements

     
 

Lapse of statute of limitations

     
       

Unrecognized tax benefits balance at December 31, 2008

  $ 2,743  
       

        Included in the amount of unrecognized tax benefits at December 31, 2008 is $0.3 million of tax benefits that, if recognized, would affect the Company's effective tax rate. Also included in the balance of unrecognized tax benefits at December 31, 2008 is $2.4 million of tax benefits that, if recognized, would result in adjustments to other tax accounts, primarily deferred tax assets. These amounts represent positions for which the ultimate deductibility is highly certain but for which there is uncertainty about the timing of such deductibility. Because of the impact of deferred income tax accounting, other than for interest, the disallowance of the shorter deductibility period would not affect the effective income tax rate but would accelerate the payment of cash to the taxing authority to an earlier period.

        The Company recognizes interest related to uncertain tax positions in income tax expense. As of January 1, 2008 and December 31, 2008, the Company had approximately $0 and $0.2 million of accrued interest, before any tax benefit, related to uncertain tax positions, respectively.

        The tax years 2003-2008 remains open to examination by major taxing jurisdictions to which the Company is subject. The Company expects that as much as $2.2 million of the unrecognized tax benefits for uncertain positions taken in previous years may decrease within the next twelve months. However, this decrease is not expected to impact the effective tax rate.

        The Company's continuing practice is to recognize interest and/or penalties related to income tax matters in income tax expense.

14. Regulatory

        The Company is subject to extensive regulation by federal and state governmental agencies and accrediting bodies. In particular, the Higher Education Act and the regulations promulgated thereunder by the Department of Education subject the Company to significant regulatory scrutiny on the basis of numerous standards that schools must satisfy in order to participate in the various federal student financial assistance programs under Title IV of the Higher Education Act.

        To participate in Title IV programs, an institution must be authorized to offer its programs of instruction by the relevant agency of the state in which it is located, accredited by an accrediting agency

F-31



Bridgepoint Education, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

14. Regulatory (Continued)


recognized by the Department of Education and certified as eligible by the Department of Education. The Department of Education will certify an institution to participate in Title IV programs only after the institution has demonstrated compliance with the Higher Education Act and the Department of Education's extensive regulations regarding institutional eligibility. An institution must also demonstrate its compliance to the Department of Education on an ongoing basis. As of December 31, 2007 and 2008, management believes the Company is in compliance with the applicable regulations in all material respects.

        The Higher Education Act requires accrediting agencies to review many aspects of an institution's operations in order to ensure that the education offered is of sufficiently high quality to achieve satisfactory outcomes and that the institution is complying with accrediting standards. Failure to demonstrate compliance with accrediting standards may result in the imposition of probation, the requirements to provide periodic reports, the loss of accreditation or other penalties if deficiencies are not remediated.

        For each federal fiscal year, the Department of Education calculates a rate of student defaults for each educational institution which is known as a "cohort default rate." An institution may lose its eligibility to participate in some or all Title IV programs if, for each of the three most recent federal fiscal years, 25% or more of its students who became subject to a repayment obligation in that federal fiscal year defaulted on such obligation by the end of the following federal fiscal year. In addition, an institution may lose its eligibility to participate in some or all Title IV programs if its cohort default rate exceeds 40% in the most recent federal fiscal year for which default rates have been calculated by the Department of Education. Ashford University's cohort default rates for the 2004, 2005 and 2006 federal fiscal years, the three most recent years for which information is available, were 2.4%, 4.1% and 4.1%, respectively. The cohort default rates for the University of the Rockies for the 2004, 2005 and 2006 federal fiscal years, the three most recent years for which information is available, were 5.5%, 0.0% and 0.0%, respectively.

        The Department of Education calculates the institution's composite score for financial responsibility based on its (i) equity ratio, which measures the institution's capital resources, ability to borrow and financial viability; (ii) primary reserve ratio, which measures the institution's ability to support current operations from expendable resources; and (iii) net income ratio, which measures the institution's ability to operate at a profit. An institution that does not meet the Department of Education's minimum composite score may demonstrate its financial responsibility by posting a letter of credit in favor of the Department of Education and possibly accepting other conditions on its participation in the Title IV programs.

        As of and for the year ended December 31, 2007, Ashford University did not meet the composite score standard prescribed by the Department of Education and was required to post a letter of credit in favor of the Department of Education equal to 10% of total Title IV funds received in 2007, to accept provisional certification to participate in Title IV programs and to conform to the requirements of the heightened cash monitoring level one method of payment. Under the heightened cash monitoring level one method of payment, the Company may not draw down Title IV funds until they are disbursed to students. Ashford University has posted the required letter of credit in the amount of $12.1 million, which will remain in effect through September 30, 2009.

        For the fiscal year ended July 31, 2007, the University of the Rockies did not meet the composite score standard prescribed by the Department of Education and was required to post a letter of credit

F-32



Bridgepoint Education, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

14. Regulatory (Continued)


in favor of the Department of Education equal to 30% of total Title IV funds received in the fiscal year ending July 31, 2007, to accept provisional certification to participate in Title IV programs and to conform to the regulations of heightened cash monitoring level one method of payment. The University of the Rockies has posted the required letter of credit in the amount of $0.7 million, which will remain in effect through June 30, 2009.

        Pursuant to a provision of the Higher Education Act, a for-profit institution loses its eligibility to participate in Title IV programs if the institution derives more than 90% of its revenues form Title IV program funds. In 2007 and 2008, Ashford University derived 83.9% and 86.8%, respectively, and the University of the Rockies derived 61.9% and 80.8%, respectively, of their respective revenues (in each case calculated on a cash basis in accordance with applicable Department of Education regulations) from Title IV programs.

        An institution participating in Title IV programs must correctly calculate the amount of unearned Title IV program funds that have been disbursed to students who withdraw from their educational programs before completion and must return those unearned funds in a timely manner, generally within 45 days of the date the school determines that the student has withdrawn. Under Department of Education regulations, failure to make timely returns of Title IV program funds for 5% or more of students sampled on the institution's annual compliance audit can result in an institution having to post a letter of credit in an amount equal to 25% of its prior year Title IV returns. If unearned funds are not properly calculated and returned in a timely manner, an institution is also subject to monetary liabilities or an action to impose a fine or to limit, suspend or terminate its participation in Title IV programs.

        For the year ended December 31, 2007, Ashford University exceeded the threshold of 5% for late refunds sampled due to human error. As a result, the Company is required to post a letter of credit in favor of the Department of Education equal to 25% of the total refunds in 2007. Ashford University notified the Department of Education of its intention to post this letter of credit, but was advised by the Department of Education that such posting was unnecessary because the letter of credit in place due to our composite score noted above was in excess of the amount required for late refunds.

        Because the Company operates in a highly regulated industry, it, like other industry participants, may be subject from time to time to investigations, claims of noncompliance or lawsuits by governmental agencies or third parties, which allege statutory violations, regulatory infractions or common law causes of action. While there can be no assurance that regulatory agencies or third parties will not undertake investigations or make claims against the Company, or that such claims, if made, will not have a material adverse effect on the Company's business, results of operations or financial condition, management believes it has materially complied with all regulatory requirements.

15. Related Party Transactions

Director Agreement

        As discussed further under Award Modification in Note 11, "Stock-Based Compensation," Ryan Craig, a director of the Company, entered into an agreement with Warburg Pincus in August 2004 to serve on the Company's board of directors and to serve as a consultant in 2004 to the Company on behalf of Warburg Pincus. Under this agreement, Warburg Pincus agreed to compensate Mr. Craig from its equity ownership in the Company upon a liquidity event, which was deemed not to be

F-33



Bridgepoint Education, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

15. Related Party Transactions (Continued)


probable. This agreement was amended in December 2008. For his director services from August 2004 to August 2008, Mr. Craig earned the right to receive 198,516 shares of the Company's common stock from Warburg Pincus. In his role as a consultant to the Company in 2004, Mr. Craig earned the right to receive 305,826 shares of the Company's common stock from Warburg Pincus. Mr. Craig received an aggregate amount of 504,342 shares of the Company's common stock in January 2009 from Warburg Pincus. Based on the fair value of the Company's common stock on December 31, 2008, the Company recorded stock-based compensation expense of $1.6 million for the fair value of these shares.

November 2003 Loan from Warburg Pincus to the Company's CEO and President

        In November 2003, Warburg Pincus loaned $75,000 to Andrew Clark the Company's CEO and President to finance Mr. Clark's purchase of 75,000 shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock from the Company. In connection with such loan, Mr. Clark entered into a Secured Recourse Promissory Note and Pledge Agreement with Warburg Pincus which provided that the principal amount due under the note would accrue simple interest at a rate of 8% per year until November 26, 2005, the maturity date, after which time interest would accrue at a penalty rate of 16% per year, compounded monthly. The loan was secured by 75,000 shares of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock held by Mr. Clark. Mr. Clark repaid the loan in full on March 10, 2009, at which time the amount due under the note was $146,740 (including accrued interest of $71,740).

Line of Credit with Warburg Pincus

        In March 2007, the Company entered into a line of credit with Warburg Pincus under which we could borrow and repay up to $3.0 million in principal at any time prior to March 2008. Under the line of credit, interest accrued at the prime rate plus 1.50% per annum. During 2007, the Company borrowed a total of $2.0 million under the line of credit. As of December 31, 2007, all amounts were repaid and the line of credit was cancelled. The Company paid a total of $98,000 in interest under the line of credit before it was cancelled.

Warburg Pincus Guarantee

        In May 2004, Warburg Pincus entered into a guarantee in favor of a postsecondary college in the Connecticut state college system pursuant to which it agreed to guarantee the Company's obligations to such college arising from an agreement the Company entered into with such college in May 2004. No amounts have been paid under the guarantee. The maximum amount payable under the guarantee was $1.0 million from May 2004 to June 2006 and $500,000 from June 2006 to December 2006. Since January 2007, the maximum amount payable under the guarantee is $100,000. The Company has not recorded a liability for this guarantee as of December 31, 2007 or 2008.

Indemnification Agreements

        The Company's certificate of incorporation and bylaws require the Company to indemnify its directors and executive officers to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. The Company has entered into indemnification agreements with each of its directors and executive officers.

F-34



Bridgepoint Education, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

16. Qualified Retirement Plan

        The Company maintains an employee savings plan that qualifies as a deferred salary arrangement under Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code. Under the savings plan, participating employees may contribute a portion of their pre-tax earnings up to the Internal Revenue Service annual contribution limit. Additionally, the Company may elect to make matching contributions into the savings plan at its sole discretion. The Company's total contributions to the 401(k) plan were $110,000, $119,000 and $23,000 for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2007 and 2008, respectively.

17. Commitments and Contingencies

        From time to time, the Company is a party to various lawsuits, claims and other legal proceedings that arise in the ordinary course of business. As of December 31, 2008, the Company is not a party, as plaintiff or defendant, to any legal proceedings which, individually or in the aggregate, would be expected to have a material adverse effect on the Company's business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows. When the Company becomes aware of a claim or potential claim, it assesses the likelihood of any loss or exposure. If it is probable that a loss will result and the amount of the loss can be reasonably estimated, the Company records a liability for the loss. If the loss is not probable or the amount of the loss cannot be reasonably estimated, the Company discloses the nature of the specific claim if the likelihood of a potential loss is reasonably possible and the amount involved is material.

18. Concentration of Risk

Concentration of Credit Risk

        In 2008, Ashford University derived 86.8% and the University of the Rockies derived 80.8% of their respective revenues (in each case calculated on a cash basis in accordance with applicable Department of Education regulations) from Title IV programs. Title IV programs are subject to political and budgetary considerations and are subject to extensive and complex regulations. The Company's administration of these programs is periodically reviewed by various regulatory agencies. Any regulatory violation could be the basis for the initiation of potentially adverse actions including a suspension, limitation, or termination proceeding, which could have a material adverse effect on the Company's enrollments, revenues and results of operations.

        Students obtain access to federal student financial aid through a Department of Education prescribed application and eligibility certification process. Student financial aid funds are generally made available to students at prescribed intervals throughout their predetermined expected length of study. Students typically apply the funds received from the federal financial aid programs first to pay their tuition and fees. Any remaining funds are distributed directly to the student.

        The Company maintains its cash and cash equivalents accounts in financial institutions. Accounts at these institutions are insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC) up to $250,000. The Company performs ongoing evaluations of these institutions to limit its concentrations risk exposure.

Concentration of Sources of Supply

        The Company is dependent on a third party provider for its online platform, which includes a learning management system, which stores, manages and delivers course content, enables assignment

F-35



Bridgepoint Education, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

18. Concentration of Risk (Continued)


uploading, provides interactive communication between students and faculty and supplies online assessment tools. The partial or complete loss of this source may have a material adverse effect on the Company's consolidated financial statements.

19. Subsequent Events

        Two holders of the Company's common stock asserted in February 2009 that the Company took various actions in violation of their legal rights which resulted in an unfair dilution of their interests as holders of shares of common stock. The Company is engaged in discussions with the stockholders, through counsel, in an effort to resolve the concerns of the stockholders without litigation. While the Company believes the claims of the stockholders are without merit and intends to defend vigorously any litigation that is commenced, no assurance can be given that this matter will not have a material adverse effect on the Company's financial condition, results of operation or cash flows. The Company currently believes that a loss contingency from the purported stockholder action is neither remote nor probable and the amount of potential loss cannot be reliably estimated at this time. Therefore the Company has not recorded any related loss contingency amounts as of December 31, 2008.

F-36


GRAPHIC


LOGO



PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

Item 13.    Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution

        The following table sets forth an estimate of the fees and expenses relating to the issuance and distribution of the securities being registered hereby, other than underwriting discounts and commissions, all of which shall be borne by the registrant. All of such fees and expenses, except for the SEC registration fee, are estimated:

SEC registration fee

  $ 9,039  

FINRA filing fee

    23,500  

NYSE listing fee

    *  

Transfer agent's fees and expenses

    *  

Legal fees and expenses

    *  

Printing fees and expenses

    *  

Accounting fees and expenses

    *  

Miscellaneous fees and expenses

    *  
       

Total

    *  

      *
      Estimate

Item 14.    Indemnification of Directors and Officers

        Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law provides for the indemnification of officers, directors and other corporate agents in terms sufficiently broad to indemnify such persons under certain circumstances for liabilities (including reimbursement for expenses incurred) arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. The registrant's current certificate of incorporation and bylaws, as well as the certificate of incorporation and bylaws that will be in effect upon the closing of the registrant's initial public offering, will require the registrant to indemnify its directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law.

        Additionally, as permitted by Delaware law, the registrant has entered into indemnification agreements with each of its directors and officers that require the registrant to indemnify such persons, to the fullest extent authorized or permitted under Delaware law, against any and all costs and expenses (including attorneys', witness or other professional fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such persons in connection with the investigation, defense, settlement or appeal of any action, hearing, suit or other proceeding, whether pending, threatened or completed, to which any such person may be made a witness or a party by reason of (1) the fact that such person is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the registrant or its subsidiaries, whether serving in such capacity or otherwise acting at the request of the registrant or its subsidiaries and (2) anything done or not done, or alleged to have been done or not done, by such person in that capacity. The indemnification agreements also require the registrant to advance expenses incurred by directors and officers within 20 days after receipt of a written request, provided that such persons undertake to repay such amounts if it is ultimately determined that they are not entitled to indemnification. Additionally, the agreements set forth certain procedures that will apply in the event of a claim for indemnification thereunder, including a presumption that directors and officers are entitled to indemnification under the agreements, and that the registrant has the burden of proof to overcome that presumption in reaching any contrary determination. The registrant is not required to provide indemnification under the agreements for certain matters, including: (1) indemnification beyond that permitted by Delaware law; (2) indemnification for liabilities for which the officer or director is reimbursed pursuant to such insurance as may exist for such person's benefit; (3) indemnification related to disgorgement of profits

II-1



under Section 16(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; (4) in connection with certain proceedings initiated against the registrant by the director or officer; or (5) indemnification for settlements the director or officer enters into without the registrant's written consent. The indemnification agreements require the registrant to maintain directors' and officers' insurance in full force and effect while any director or officer continues to serve in such capacity, and so long as any such person may incur costs and expenses related to legal proceedings as described above.

Item 15.    Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities.

        Set forth below is information regarding securities sold by the registrant in the past three years which were not registered under the Securities Act.

        In January 2009, the registrant issued an aggregate of 504,342 shares of common stock to Warburg Pincus upon the conversion of 49,473.38 shares of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock. The shares were offered and sold without registration under the Securities Act in reliance upon the exemption provided by Section 3(a)(9) thereunder.

        In February 2009, the registrant issued to William C. Turner, Trustee of the Turner Trust dated 1/7/82, as amended, 250,000 shares of common stock upon the exercise of a warrant at an exercise price of $0.25 per share. The registrant concluded the investor qualified as an accredited investor under Rule 501(a) based on representations made by the investor at the time of sale. The shares were offered and sold in reliance on the exemption from registration provided by Section 4(2) of the Securities Act and Rule 506 of Regulation D promulgated thereunder.

Stock Option Awards

    As of March 1, 2009, under its 2005 Amended and Restated Stock Incentive Plan, or 2005 Plan, the registrant had outstanding stock options to directors, officers, employees and consultants to purchase an aggregate of 39,429,342 shares of common stock with a weighted average exercise price of $0.08 per share and had issued 870,949 shares of common stock for an aggregate purchase price of $60,966 upon exercise of options awarded under the 2005 Plan. The stock option grants and the common stock issuances described in this paragraph were made pursuant to written compensatory plans or agreements in reliance on the exemption provided by Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act.

    As of March 1, 2009, the registrant had outstanding stock options issued outside of the 2005 Plan to certain employees to purchase an aggregate of 295,088 shares of common stock with an exercise price of $0.07 per share. The registrant concluded each of such employees qualified as an accredited investor under Rule 501(a) of Regulation D promulgated under the Securities Act based on representations made by the employees at the time of award. The stock option grants were made in reliance on the exemption from registration provided by Section 4(2) of the Securities Act and Rule 506 of Regulation D promulgated thereunder.

With respect to the stock option grants that were made in reliance on the exemption from registration provided by Section 4(2) of the Securities Act and Rule 506 of Regulation D promulgated thereunder: (i) no underwriters were involved in the issuances of securities; (ii) each security holder represented to us in connection with the grant of stock options that the security holder was acquiring the securities for investment and not distribution, that security holders could bear the risks of the investment and could hold the securities for an indefinite period of time; (iii) the security holders received written disclosures that the securities had not been registered under the Securities Act and that any resale must be made pursuant to a registration or an available exemption from such registration; and (iv) the issuance of these securities were made without general solicitation or advertising.

II-2


Item 16.    Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

(a)
Exhibits.
Exhibit Number   Description of Document

1.1*

 

Form of Underwriting Agreement.

2.1**

 

Purchase and Sale Agreement dated December 3, 2004, as amended, among The Franciscan University of the Prairies, the Sisters of St. Francis and the registrant.

2.2**

 

Asset Purchase and Sale Agreement dated September 12, 2007 between the Colorado School of Professional Psychology and the registrant.

3.1**

 

Fourth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the registrant, as currently in effect.

3.2*

 

Certificate of Amendment to Fourth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation.

3.3

 

Form of Fifth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the registrant to be effective upon completion of this offering.

3.4

 

Second Amended and Restated Bylaws of the registrant.

4.1*

 

Specimen of Stock Certificate.

4.2**

 

Registration Rights Agreement dated November 26, 2003 among Warburg Pincus, Andrew S. Clark, the registrant and other persons named therein.

4.3**

 

Stockholders' Agreement dated November 26, 2003, as amended, among Warburg Pincus, Andrew S. Clark, the registrant and other persons named therein.

4.4*

 

Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement dated January 7, 2009, along with a Form of Adoption Agreement among the registrant and the other persons named therein.

4.5

 

Form of Warrant A.

4.6

 

Form of Warrant B.

4.7

 

Form of Warrant C.

4.8

 

Form of Warrant D.

4.9

 

Form of Warrant E.

4.10

 

Form of Warrant F.

4.11

 

Form of Warrant G.

4.12

 

Table of Warrants Granted.

5.1*

 

Opinion of Sheppard, Mullin, Richter & Hampton LLP.

10.1**

 

Amended and Restated 2005 Stock Incentive Plan.

10.2**

 

2005 Stock Incentive Plan—Form of Stock Option Agreement and Notice of Option Grant for Founders.

10.3**

 

2005 Stock Incentive Plan—Form of Stock Option Agreement and Notice of Option Grant for Charlene Dackerman, Jane McAuliffe, Ross Woodard and other non-executive employees.

10.4**

 

2005 Stock Incentive Plan—Form of Stock Option Agreement and Notice of Option Grant for Andrew S. Clark, Daniel J. Devine, Rodney T. Sheng and Christopher L. Spohn.

10.5

 

2009 Stock Incentive Plan.

10.6

 

Employee Stock Purchase Plan.

10.7**

 

Independent Contractor Agreement, as amended, between Robert Hartman and the registrant.

10.8**

 

Form of Indemnification Agreement.

10.9

 

Loan and Security Agreement dated April 12, 2004, as amended, between Comerica Bank, Bridgepoint Education Real Estate Holdings, LLC and the registrant.

10.10**

 

Grid Note dated March 12, 2007 between Warburg Pincus Private Equity VIII, L.P. and the registrant.

10.11**

 

Nominating Agreement between Warburg Pincus and the registrant.

II-3


Exhibit Number   Description of Document

10.12**

 

2005 Stock Incentive Plan—Form of Stock Option Agreement and Notice of Option Grant for Robert Hartman.

10.13†**

 

Amended and Restated 2005 Stock Incentive Plan—Form of Stock Option Agreement and Notice of Option Grant for Charlene Dackerman, Jane McAuliffe, Ross Woodard and other non-executive employees.

10.14†**

 

Amended and Restated 2005 Stock Incentive Plan—Form of Stock Option Agreement and Notice of Option Grant for Andrew S. Clark, Daniel J. Devine, Rodney T. Sheng and Christopher L. Spohn.

10.15**

 

Office Lease dated January 31, 2008 between Kilroy Realty, L.P. and the registrant related to the premises located at 13480 Evening Creek, San Diego, California.

10.16**

 

Office Lease and Sublease Agreements related to the premises located at 13500 Evening Creek, San Diego, California.

10.17†**

 

Standard Form Modified Gross Office Lease dated October 22, 2008, and addendum, between Sunroad Centrum Office I, L.P. and the registrant related to the premises located at 8620 Spectrum Center Lane, San Diego, California.

10.18**

 

Office Lease and Amendments related to the University of the Rockies Campus located in Colorado Springs, Colorado.

10.19**

 

Commercial Net Lease dated January 26, 2007, as amended, between Fry Development, Inc. and Center Leaf Partners,  LLC.

10.20†**

 

Blackboard License and Services Agreement dated December 23, 2003, as amended, between Blackboard, Inc. and Ashford University,  LLC.

10.21†**

 

Software License Agreement and Campuscare Support Agreement between Campus Management Corp. and the registrant.

10.22†**

 

General Services Agreement dated January 1, 2009 between Affiliated Computer Services, Inc. and Ashford University,  LLC.

10.23†**

 

General Services Agreement dated January 1, 2009 between Affiliated Computer Services, Inc. and University of the Rockies,  LLC.

10.24

 

Employment Agreement between Andrew S. Clark and the registrant.

10.25

 

Employment Agreement between Daniel J. Devine and the registrant.

10.26

 

Employment Agreement between Christopher L. Spohn and the registrant.

10.27

 

Employment Agreement between Rodney T. Sheng and the registrant.

10.28

 

Offer Letter to Diane Thompson.

10.29

 

Offer Letter to Thomas Ashbrook.

10.30

 

Offer Letter to Dale Crandall.

10.31

 

Executive Severance Plan.

10.32

 

Form of Severance Agreement under the Executive Severance Plan.

16.1**

 

Letter from Clifton Gunderson LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.

21.1**

 

List of subsidiaries of the registrant.

23.1*

 

Consent of Sheppard, Mullin, Richter & Hampton LLP.

23.2

 

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.

24.1**

 

Power of Attorney.


*
To be filed by amendment.

**
Previously filed.

Portions of this exhibit have been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment and the non-public information has been filed separately with the SEC.

II-4


(b)
Financial Statement Schedules.

        Below is Schedule II—Valuation and Qualifying Accounts. All other consolidated financial statement schedules are omitted because they are not applicable or the information is included in the consolidated financial statements or related notes.


Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm on Financial Statement Schedule

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of Bridgepoint Education, Inc.:

        Our audits of the consolidated financial statements referred to in our report dated March 19, 2009, appearing in the Registration Statement on Amendment No. 3 to Form S-1 of Bridgepoint Education, Inc. also included an audit of the financial statement schedule listed in Schedule II of this Registration Statement on Amendment No. 3 to Form S-1. In our opinion, this financial statement schedule presents fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein when read in conjunction with the related consolidated financial statements.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
San Diego, California
March 19, 2009


SCHEDULE II

Valuation and Qualifying Accounts

 
  Balance at
Beginning of
Year
  Charged to
Expense
  Deductions(1)   Balance at
End of
Year
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

Allowance for doubtful accounts receivable:

                         

Year ended December 31, 2006

  $ 973     971     (11 ) $ 1,933  

Year ended December 31, 2007

  $ 1,933     4,731     (648 ) $ 6,016  

Year ended December 31, 2008

  $ 6,016     13,431     (1,201 ) $ 18,246  

Valuation allowance for deferred tax assets:

                         

Year ended December 31, 2006

  $ 6,697     1,907       $ 8,604  

Year ended December 31, 2007

  $ 8,604         (1,321 ) $ 7,283  

Year ended December 31, 2008

  $ 7,283         (7,283 )    

(1)
Deductions represent accounts written off, net of recoveries or reversals of the allowance for deferred tax assets.

II-5


Item 17.    Undertakings

        The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement, certificates in such denomination and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

        Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 (the "Securities Act") may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issues.

        The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:

II-6



SIGNATURES

        Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this Amendment No. 3 to Form S-1 Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of San Diego, State of California, on March 20, 2009.

  BRIDGEPOINT EDUCATION, INC.

 

By:

 

/s/ ANDREW S. CLARK

Andrew S. Clark
CEO and President

        Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this Amendment No. 3 to Form S-1 Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the date indicated.

Name
 
Title
 
Date

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
/s/ ANDREW S. CLARK

Andrew S. Clark
  CEO and President (Principal Executive Officer) and a Director   March 20, 2009

/s/ DANIEL J. DEVINE

Daniel J. Devine

 

Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)

 

March 20, 2009

Directors:

 

 

 

 

Ryan Craig
Dale Crandall
Patrick T. Hackett
Robert Hartman
Adarsh Sarma

 

 

 

 

By:

 

/s/ ANDREW S. CLARK

Andrew S. Clark
Attorney-in-Fact

 

 

 

March 20, 2009

II-7



INDEX TO EXHIBITS

Exhibit
Number
  Description of Document

1.1*

 

Form of Underwriting Agreement.

2.1**

 

Purchase and Sale Agreement dated December 3, 2004, as amended, among The Franciscan University of the Prairies, the Sisters of St. Francis and the registrant.

2.2**

 

Asset Purchase and Sale Agreement dated September 12, 2007 between the Colorado School of Professional Psychology and the registrant.

3.1**

 

Fourth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the registrant as currently in effect.

3.2*

 

Certificate of Amendment to Fourth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation.

3.3

 

Form of Fifth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the registrant to be effective upon completion of this offering.

3.4

 

Second Amended and Restated Bylaws of the registrant.

4.1*

 

Specimen of Stock Certificate.

4.2**

 

Registration Rights Agreement dated November 26, 2003 among Warburg Pincus, Andrew S. Clark, the registrant and other persons named therein.

4.3**

 

Stockholders' Agreement dated November 26, 2003, as amended, among Warburg Pincus, Andrew S. Clark, the registrant and other persons named therein.

4.4*

 

Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement dated January 7, 2009, along with a Form of Adoption Agreement among the registrant and the other persons named therein.

4.5

 

Form of Warrant A.

4.6

 

Form of Warrant B.

4.7

 

Form of Warrant C.

4.8

 

Form of Warrant D.

4.9

 

Form of Warrant E.

4.10

 

Form of Warrant F.

4.11

 

Form of Warrant G.

4.12

 

Table of Warrants Granted.

5.1*

 

Opinion of Sheppard, Mullin, Richter & Hampton LLP.

10.1**

 

Amended and Restated 2005 Stock Incentive Plan.

10.2**

 

2005 Stock Incentive Plan—Form of Stock Option Agreement and Notice of Option Grant for Founders.

10.3**

 

2005 Stock Incentive Plan—Form of Stock Option Agreement and Notice of Option Grant for Charlene Dackerman, Jane McAuliffe, Ross Woodard and other non-executive employees.

10.4**

 

2005 Stock Incentive Plan—Form of Stock Option Agreement and Notice of Option Grant for Andrew S. Clark, Daniel J. Devine, Rodney T. Sheng and Christopher L. Spohn.

10.5

 

2009 Stock Incentive Plan.

10.6

 

Employee Stock Purchase Plan.

10.7**

 

Independent Contractor Agreement, as amended, between Robert Hartman and the registrant.

10.8**

 

Form of Indemnification Agreement.

10.9

 

Loan and Security Agreement dated April 12, 2004, as amended, between Comerica Bank, Bridgepoint Education Real Estate Holdings, LLC and the registrant.

10.10**

 

Grid Note dated March 12, 2007 between Warburg Pincus Private Equity VIII, L.P. and the registrant.

10.11**

 

Nominating Agreement between Warburg Pincus and the registrant.

10.12**

 

2005 Stock Incentive Plan—Form of Stock Option Agreement and Notice of Option Grant for Robert Hartman.

10.13†**

 

Amended and Restated 2005 Stock Incentive Plan—Form of Stock Option Agreement and Notice of Option Grant for Charlene Dackerman, Jane McAuliffe, Ross Woodard and other non-executive employees.


Exhibit
Number
  Description of Document

10.14†**

 

Amended and Restated 2005 Stock Incentive Plan—Form of Stock Option Agreement and Notice of Option Grant for Andrew S. Clark, Daniel J. Devine, Rodney T. Sheng and Christopher L. Spohn.

10.15**

 

Office Lease dated January 31, 2008 between Kilroy Realty, L.P. and the registrant related to the premises located at 13480 Evening Creek, San Diego, California.

10.16**

 

Office Lease and Sublease Agreements related to the premises located at 13500 Evening Creek, San Diego, California.

10.17†**

 

Standard Form Modified Gross Office Lease dated October 22, 2008, and addendum, between Sunroad Centrum Office I, L.P. and the registrant related to the premises located at 8620 Spectrum Center Lane, San Diego, California.

10.18**

 

Office Lease and Amendments related to the University of the Rockies Campus located in Colorado Springs, Colorado.

10.19**

 

Commercial Net Lease dated January 26, 2007, as amended, between Fry Development, Inc. and Center Leaf Partners,  LLC.

10.20†**

 

Blackboard License and Services Agreement dated December 23, 2003, as amended, between Blackboard, Inc. and Ashford University,  LLC.

10.21†**

 

Software License Agreement and Campuscare Support Agreement between Campus Management Corp. and the registrant.

10.22†**

 

General Services Agreement dated January 1, 2009 between Affiliated Computer Services, Inc. and Ashford University,  LLC.

10.23†**

 

General Services Agreement dated January 1, 2009 between Affiliated Computer Services, Inc. and University of the Rockies,  LLC.

10.24

 

Employment Agreement between Andrew S. Clark and the registrant.

10.25

 

Employment Agreement between Daniel J. Devine and the registrant.

10.26

 

Employment Agreement between Christopher L. Spohn and the registrant.

10.27

 

Employment Agreement between Rodney T. Sheng and the registrant.

10.28

 

Offer Letter to Diane Thompson.

10.29

 

Offer Letter to Thomas Ashbrook.

10.30

 

Offer Letter to Dale Crandall.

10.31

 

Executive Severance Plan.

10.32

 

Form of Severance Agreement under the Executive Severance Plan.

16.1**

 

Letter from Clifton Gunderson LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.

21.1**

 

List of subsidiaries of the registrant.

23.1*

 

Consent of Sheppard, Mullin, Richter & Hampton LLP.

23.2

 

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.

24.1**

 

Power of Attorney.


*
To be filed by amendment.

**
Previously filed.

Portions of this exhibit have been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment and the non-public information has been filed separately with the SEC.



QuickLinks

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Dealer Prospectus Delivery Obligation
PROSPECTUS SUMMARY
Summary Consolidated Financial and Other Data
RISK FACTORS
SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
USE OF PROCEEDS
DIVIDEND POLICY
CAPITALIZATION
DILUTION
SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL AND OTHER DATA
MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
BUSINESS
REGULATION
MANAGEMENT
COMPENSATION DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
Summary Compensation Table—2008
Grants of Plan-Based Awards—2008
Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year End—2008
CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS
PRINCIPAL AND SELLING STOCKHOLDERS
DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK
SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE
MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL TAX CONSEQUENCES TO NON-U.S. HOLDERS OF COMMON STOCK
UNDERWRITING
INTERNATIONAL SELLING RESTRICTIONS
LEGAL MATTERS
EXPERTS
CHANGE IN ACCOUNTANTS
WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION
INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS BRIDGEPOINT EDUCATION, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
Bridgepoint Education, Inc. Consolidated Balance Sheets (In thousands, except share and per share data)
Bridgepoint Education, Inc. Consolidated Statements of Operations (In thousands, except per share data)
Bridgepoint Education, Inc. Consolidated Statements of Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders' Equity (Deficit) (In thousands, except share data)
Bridgepoint Education, Inc. Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows (In thousands)
Bridgepoint Education, Inc. Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
PART II INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm on Financial Statement Schedule
SCHEDULE II Valuation and Qualifying Accounts
SIGNATURES
INDEX TO EXHIBITS

QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document


Exhibit 3.3

FIFTH AMENDED AND RESTATED
CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
OF
BRIDGEPOINT EDUCATION, INC.

Reflecting all amendments through                                    , 2009

        The undersigned, Andrew S. Clark and Diane Thompson, hereby certify that:

         FIRST:     They are duly elected and acting Chief Executive Officer and Secretary, respectively, of Bridgepoint Education, Inc. (f/k/a TeleUniversity, Inc.), a Delaware corporation.

         SECOND:     The Certificate of Incorporation of TeleUniversity, Inc. was originally filed in the Office of the Secretary of the State of Delaware on May 21, 1999.

         THIRD:     A Certificate of Amendment to the Certificate of Incorporation of TeleUniversity, Inc. was filed in the Office of the Secretary of the State of Delaware on January 21, 2001; the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of TeleUniversity, Inc. was filed in the Office of the Secretary of the State of Delaware on November 25, 2003; a Certificate of Amendment to the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of TeleUniversity, Inc. was filed in the Office of the Secretary of the State of Delaware on February 5, 2004; the Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Bridgepoint Education, Inc. was filed in the Office of the Secretary of the State of Delaware on March 30, 2005; the Third Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Bridgepoint Education, Inc. was filed in the Office of the Secretary of the State of Delaware on July 27, 2005; the Fourth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Bridgepoint Education, Inc. was filed in the Office of the Secretary of the State of Delaware on July 29, 2005.

         FOURTH:     The Fourth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Bridgepoint Education, Inc. is hereby amended and restated to read in its entirety as follows:

ARTICLE 1
NAME

        The name of this corporation is Bridgepoint Education, Inc.

ARTICLE 2
REGISTERED OFFICE AND RESIDENT AGENT

        The address of this corporation's registered office in the State of Delaware is located at 2711 Centerville Road, Suite 400, Wilmington, Delaware, County of New Castle, 19808. The name of the registered agent at such address is CorpAmerica, Inc.

ARTICLE 3
CORPORATE PURPOSES

        The purpose of this corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

ARTICLE 4
CAPITAL STOCK

        A.    This corporation is authorized to issue two classes of stock to be designated, respectively, "Common Stock" and "Preferred Stock." The total number of shares of stock which this corporation is authorized to issue is 320,000,000 shares, 300,000,000 of which shall be Common Stock with a par value


of $0.01 per share, and 20,000,000 of which shall be Preferred Stock with a par value of $0.01 per share.

        B.    The Preferred Stock may be issued from time to time by the Board of Directors as shares of one or more classes or series, without further stockholder approval. Subject to the provisions hereof and the limitations prescribed by law, the Board of Directors is expressly authorized, by adopting resolutions providing for the issuance of shares of any particular class or series and, if and to the extent from time to time required by law, by filing with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware a certificate setting forth the resolutions so adopted pursuant to the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, to establish the number of shares to be included in each such class or series and to fix the designation and relative powers, including voting powers (which may be full, limited or nonvoting powers), preferences, rights, qualifications and limitations and restrictions thereof, relating to the shares of each such class or series. The rights, privileges, preferences and restrictions of any such additional class or series may be subordinated to, pari passu with (including, without limitation, inclusion in provisions with respect to liquidation and acquisition preferences, redemption and/or approval of matters by vote), or senior to any of those of any present or future class or series of Preferred Stock or Common Stock. The Board of Directors is also authorized to increase or decrease the number of authorized shares of any class or series of Preferred Stock prior or subsequent to the issue of that class or series, but not below the number of shares of such class or series then outstanding. In case the number of shares of any class or series shall be so decreased, the shares constituting such decrease shall resume the status which they had prior to the adoption of the resolution originally fixing the number of shares of such class or series.

        The authority of the Board of Directors with respect to each class or series shall include, but not be limited to, determination of the following:

2


ARTICLE 5
STOCKHOLDER ACTION BY WRITTEN CONSENT

        Subject to the rights of any holders of Preferred Stock to act by written consent instead of a meeting, stockholder action may be taken only at an annual meeting or special meeting of stockholders and may not be taken by written consent instead of a meeting, unless the action to be taken by written consent of stockholders and the taking of this action by written consent has been expressly approved in advance by the Board of Directors; provided , however , that if Warburg Pincus Private Equity VIII, L.P. ("Warburg") holds at least 50% of the outstanding capital stock of the corporation on a fully diluted basis, whenever the vote of stockholders at a meeting thereof is required or permitted to be taken for or in connection with any corporate action, by any provision of statute or of this Certificate of Incorporation or of the corporation's Bylaws, the meeting and vote of stockholders may be dispensed with, and the action taken without such meeting and vote, if a consent in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares of stock of the corporation entitled to vote thereon were present and voted. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, the corporation shall hold an annual meeting of stockholders (i) in accordance with Section 302.00 (Annual Meetings) of the Listed Company Manual of the New York Stock Exchange, for so long as the corporation's stock is listed on the New York Stock Exchange, and (ii) as otherwise required by the Bylaws. Prompt notice of the taking of the corporate action without a meeting by less than unanimous written consent shall be given to those stockholders who have not consented in writing.

ARTICLE 6
AMENDMENT OR REPEAL OF BYLAWS; ELECTIONS OF DIRECTORS

        In furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred by statute, the Bylaws of this corporation may be amended or repealed by the Board of Directors at any meeting or by the stockholders at any meeting. Elections of directors need not be by written ballot.

ARTICLE 7
INDEMNIFICATION

        A.    To the fullest extent permitted by the law of the State of Delaware as it now exists or may hereafter be amended, no director or officer of this corporation shall be liable to this corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages arising from a breach of fiduciary duty owed by such director or officer, as applicable, to this corporation or its stockholders; provided, however, that liability of any director or officer shall not be eliminated or limited for acts or omissions which involve any breach of a director's or officer's duty of loyalty to this corporation or its stockholders, acts or omissions not in good faith, intentional misconduct, fraud or a knowing violation of law, under Section 174 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware or for transactions from which the officer or director derived an improper personal benefit.

        B.    This corporation shall, to the maximum extent permitted from time to time under the law of the State of Delaware, indemnify and hold harmless and upon request shall advance expenses to any person (and heirs, executors or administrators of such person) who is or was a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit, proceeding or claim, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the corporation), by reason of the fact that such person is or was or has agreed to be a director or officer of this corporation or while such a director or officer is or was serving at the request of this corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including service with respect to employee benefit plans, against expenses

3



(including attorneys' fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by the person in connection with such action, suit, proceeding or claim if the person acted in good faith and in a manner the person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe the person's conduct was unlawful; provided , however , that the foregoing shall not require this corporation to indemnify or advance expenses to any person in connection with any action, suit, proceeding, claim or counterclaim initiated by or on behalf of such person. Such indemnification shall not be exclusive of other indemnification rights arising under any bylaw, agreement, vote of disinterested directors or stockholders or otherwise and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs and legal representatives of such person. Any person seeking indemnification under this Article 7 shall be deemed to have met the standard of conduct required for such indemnification unless the contrary shall be established. Any repeal or modification of the foregoing provisions of this Article 7 shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a director or officer of this corporation with respect to any acts or omissions of such director or officer occurring prior to such repeal or modification.

        C.    This corporation shall, to the maximum extent permitted from time to time under the law of the State of Delaware, indemnify and hold harmless and upon request shall advance expenses to any person (and heirs, executors or administrators of such person) who is or was a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the corporation to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that the person is or was a director or officer of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys' fees) actually and reasonably incurred by the person in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if the person acted in good faith and in a manner the person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation and except that no indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the corporation unless and only to the extent that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware or the court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity by the corporation for such expenses which the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware or such other court shall deem proper.

        D.    This corporation may, by action of its Board of Directors, provide indemnification to such of the employees and agents of this corporation to such extent and to such effect as the Board of Directors shall determine to be appropriate and authorized by the law of the State of Delaware.

        E.    This corporation shall have power to purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of this corporation, or is or was serving at the request of this corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any liability asserted against such person and incurred by such person in any such capacity, or arising out of such person's status as such, whether or not this corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such liability under Section 145 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

        F.     The rights and authority conferred in this Article 7 shall not be exclusive of any other right which any person may otherwise have or hereafter acquire.

        G.    Neither the amendment nor repeal of this Article 7, nor the adoption of any provision of this Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws of this corporation inconsistent with this Article 7 shall eliminate or reduce the effect of this Article 7 in respect of any acts or omissions occurring prior to such amendment, repeal or adoption.

4


        H.    If the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware is amended after the date hereof to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of directors, then the liability of a director of this corporation shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, as so amended.

ARTICLE 8
DIRECTOR RELIANCE

        A director shall be fully protected in relying in good faith upon the books of account or other records of this corporation or statements prepared by any of its officers or by independent public accountants or by an appraiser selected with reasonable care by the Board of Directors as to the value and amount of the assets, liabilities and/or net profits of this corporation, or any other facts pertinent to the existence and amount of surplus or other funds from which dividends might properly be declared and paid, or with which this corporation's capital stock might properly be purchased or redeemed.

*    *    *

         FIFTH:     This Fifth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation has been duly approved by the Board of Directors of this corporation in accordance with the provisions of Sections 242 and 245 of the Delaware General Corporation Law.

         SIXTH:     This Fifth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation has been duly approved, in accordance with Sections 228, 242 and 245 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, by the written consent of the holders of the requisite number of the shares of outstanding Common Stock and the requisite number of the shares of outstanding stock of each class of stock entitled to vote thereon as a class and the requisite number of the shares of outstanding stock of each series of Preferred Stock, and written notice of such action will be given to the holders of such shares who did not so consent, in each case in accordance with Section 228 of the Delaware General Corporation Law.

        IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Bridgepoint Education, Inc. has caused this Fifth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to be signed by its Chief Executive Officer and Secretary on this                        day of                        , 2009.

  By:   /s/ 

Andrew S. Clark,
Chief Executive Officer

 

By:

 

/s/  

Diane Thompson,
Secretary

5




QuickLinks


QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document


Exhibit 3.4

SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED BYLAWS
OF
BRIDGEPOINT EDUCATION, INC.
a Delaware corporation

ARTICLE I
OFFICES

        The registered office of Bridgepoint Education, Inc. (the "Corporation") in the State of Delaware will be as provided for in the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation (the "Certificate of Incorporation"). The Corporation will have offices at such other places as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine.

ARTICLE II
STOCKHOLDERS

        2.1     Location of Meetings; Remote Communication.     

        2.2     Annual Meeting.     

        Unless Directors are elected by written consent in lieu of an annual meeting, the Board of Directors shall fix a date for the annual meeting of stockholders for the election of Directors on a date and at a time designated by or in the manner provided in these Bylaws, provided that the date of the annual meeting shall be within 13 months following the date of the last annual meeting or the last action by written consent to elect Directors in lieu of an annual meeting (or if no such meeting has been held or if no such consent has been signed, within 13 months of the date of incorporation). Stockholders may, unless the Certificate of Incorporation otherwise provides, act by written consent to elect Directors; provided, however, that, if such consent is less than unanimous, such action by written consent may be in lieu of holding an annual meeting only if all of the Directorships to which Directors

1



could be elected at an annual meeting held at the effective time of such action are vacant and are filled by such action.

        2.3     Special Meeting.     

        Special meetings of the stockholders for any purpose or purposes may be called at any time by a majority of the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer. Special meetings of stockholders may not be called by any other person. The business to be transacted at a special meeting shall be confined to the purposes specified in the notice thereof. Special meetings shall be held at such place, on such date, and at such time as the majority of the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer shall fix.

        2.4     Stockholder Proposals and Nominations.     

        (a)   At an annual meeting of the stockholders, only such business shall be conducted and only such proposals shall be acted upon, as shall have been properly brought before the annual meeting. To be properly brought before an annual meeting, business must be: (1) specified in the notice of meeting (or any supplement thereto) given by or at the direction of the Board of Directors, (2) otherwise properly brought before the meeting by or at the direction of the Board of Directors, or (3) otherwise properly brought before the meeting by a stockholder. For business to be properly brought before an annual meeting by a stockholder, the stockholder must have given timely notice thereof in writing to the Secretary of the Corporation. To be timely, a stockholder's notice must be delivered to or mailed and received at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not later than the close of business on the 60th day nor earlier than the close of business on the 90th day prior to the first anniversary of the preceding year's annual meeting; provided, however, that in the event that no annual meeting was held in the previous year or the date of the annual meeting has been changed by more than 30 days from the date contemplated at the time of the previous year's proxy statement, notice by the stockholder to be timely must be so received not earlier than the close of business on the 90th day prior to such annual meeting and not later than the close of business on the later of the 60th day prior to such annual meeting or, in the event a public announcement of the date of such annual meeting is first made by the Corporation fewer than 70 days prior to the date of such annual meeting, the close of business on the tenth 10th day following the day on which public announcement of the date of such meeting is first made by the Corporation.

        (b)   A stockholder's notice to the Secretary with respect to a proposal to be brought before an annual meeting other than the nomination of one or more persons for election to the Board of Directors, shall set forth as to each matter the stockholder proposes to bring before the annual meeting: (1) a brief description of the business desired to be brought before the annual meeting, the text of the proposal or business (including the text of any resolutions proposed for consideration and in the event that such business includes a proposal to amend these Bylaws, the language of the proposed amendment), the reasons for conducting such business at the annual meeting and any material interest in such business of such stockholder and the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the proposal is made; and (2) as to the stockholder giving the notice and the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the proposal is made: (A) the name and address of such stockholder, as it appears in the Corporation's books, and of such beneficial owner, (B) the class or series and number of shares of capital stock of the Corporation which are beneficially owned and of record by such stockholder and such beneficial owner, (C) a description of any agreement, arrangement or understanding with respect to the proposal between or among such stockholder and such beneficial owner, any of their respective affiliates or associates, and any others acting in concert with any of the foregoing, (D) a description of any agreement, arrangement or understanding (including any derivative or short positions, profit interests, options, warrants, stock appreciation or similar rights, hedging transactions, and borrowed or loaned shares) that has been entered into as of the date of the stockholder's notice by, or on behalf of, such stockholder or such beneficial owner, the effect or intent of which is to mitigate loss to, manage risk or

2



benefit of share price changes for, or increase or decrease the voting power of, such stockholder and such beneficial owner, with respect to shares of stock of the Corporation, (E) a representation that the stockholder is a holder of record of stock of the Corporation entitled to vote at such meeting and intends to appear in person or by proxy at the meeting to propose such business, and (F) a representation whether the stockholder or beneficial owner, if any, intends or is part of a group which intends (i) to deliver a proxy statement and/or form of proxy to holders of at least the percentage of the Corporation's outstanding capital stock required to approve or adopt the proposal and/or (ii) otherwise to solicit proxies from stockholders in support of such proposal. The notice procedures set forth in this paragraph (b) shall not be deemed to affect any rights of stockholders to request inclusion of s proposal in the Corporation's proxy statement pursuant to, and in compliance with the requirements of, Regulation 14A under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "1934 Act").

        Notwithstanding anything in these Bylaws to the contrary, no business shall be conducted at any annual meeting except in accordance with this paragraph (b). The chairman of the annual meeting shall, if the facts warrant, determine and declare at the meeting that business was not properly brought before the meeting and in accordance with this paragraph (b); and, if he should so determine, he shall so declare at the meeting that any such business not properly brought before the meeting shall not be transacted.

        (c)   Only persons who are nominated in accordance with the procedures set forth in this paragraph (c) shall be eligible for election as Directors. Nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors of the Corporation may be made at a meeting of stockholders by or at the direction of the Board of Directors or by any stockholder of the Corporation entitled to vote in the election of Directors at the meeting who complies with the notice procedures set forth in this paragraph (c). Such nominations, other than those made by or at the direction of the Board of Directors or a duly authorized committee thereof, shall be made pursuant to timely notice in writing to the Secretary of the Corporation in accordance with the provisions of paragraph (a) of this Section 2.4. Such stockholder's notice to the Secretary with respect to the nomination of one or more persons for election to the Board of Directors, shall set forth (1) as to each person whom the stockholder proposes to nominate for election or re-election as a Director: (A) the name, age, business address and residence address of such person, (B) the principal occupation or employment of such person, (C) the class and number of shares of the Corporation that are beneficially owned by such person, (D) a description of all arrangements or understandings between the stockholder and each nominee and any other person or persons (naming such person or persons) pursuant to which the nominations are to be made by the stockholder, and (E) any other information relating to such person that is required to be disclosed in solicitations of proxies for elections of Directors, or is otherwise required, in each case pursuant to Regulation 14A under the 1934 Act (including without limitation such person's written consent to being named in the proxy statement, if any, as a nominee and to serving as a Director if elected); and (2) as to such stockholder giving notice and the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the nomination is made, the information required to be provided pursuant to paragraph (b) of this Section 2.4. At the request of the Board of Directors, any person nominated by a stockholder for election as a Director shall furnish to the Secretary of the Corporation the information required to be set forth in the stockholder's notice of nomination which pertains to the nominee or any other information as may reasonably be required by the Corporation to determine the eligibility of such proposed nominee to serve as an independent director of the Corporation or that could be material to a reasonable stockholder's understanding of the independence, or lack thereof, of such nominee. No person shall be eligible for election as a Director of the Corporation unless nominated in accordance with the procedures set forth in this paragraph (c). The chairman of the annual meeting shall, if the facts warrant, determine and declare at the meeting that a nomination was not made in accordance with the procedures prescribed by these Bylaws, and if he should so determine, he shall so declare at the meeting, and the defective nomination shall be disregarded.

3


        (d)   For purposes of this Section 2.4, "public announcement" shall mean disclosure in a press release reported by the Dow Jones News Service, Associated Press or comparable national news service or in a document publicly filed by the Corporation with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Section 13, 14 or 15(d) of the 1934 Act.

        (e)   Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, Sections 2.4(a)-(d) of these Bylaws shall be effective only upon the Corporation's initial public offering of Common Stock or otherwise at such times as the Corporation is subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the 1934 Act.

        2.5     Notice of Meetings.     

        (a)   Whenever stockholders are required or permitted to take any action at a meeting, a written notice of the meeting shall be given which shall state the place, if any, date and hour of the meeting, the means of remote communication, if any, by which stockholders and proxy holders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such meeting, the information required to gain access to the list of stockholders entitled to vote, if such list is to be open for examination on a reasonably accessible electronic network, and, in the case of a special meeting, the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called. Unless otherwise required by the Delaware General Corporation Law (the "DGCL"), the written notice of any meeting shall be given not less than 10 nor more than 60 days before the date of the meeting to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting. If mailed, notice is given when deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid, directed to the stockholder at such stockholder's address as it appears on the records of the Corporation.

        (b)   Without limiting the manner by which notice otherwise may be given effectively to stockholders, any notice to stockholders given by the Corporation under any provision of the DGCL, the Certificate of Incorporation, or these Bylaws shall be effective if given by a form of electronic transmission consented to by the stockholder to whom the notice is given. Any such consent shall be revocable by the stockholder by written notice to the Corporation. Any such consent shall be deemed revoked if (1) the Corporation is unable to deliver by electronic transmission two consecutive notices given by the Corporation in accordance with such consent; and (2) such inability becomes known to the Secretary or an assistant secretary of the Corporation or to the transfer agent or other person responsible for giving the notice; provided, however, the inadvertent failure to treat such inability as a revocation shall not invalidate any meeting or other action. Notice given pursuant to this Section 2.5 shall be deemed given: (A) if by facsimile telecommunication, when directed to a number at which the stockholder has consented to receive, (B) if by electronic mail, when directed to an electronic mail address at which the stockholder has consented to receive notice, (C) if by a posting on an electronic network together with separate notice to the stockholder of such specific posting, upon the later of (i) such posting and (ii) the giving of such separate notice, and (D) if by any other form of electronic transmission, when directed to the stockholder. For purposes of these Bylaws, "electronic transmission" means any form of communication not directly involving the physical transmission of paper that creates a record the recipient may retain, retrieve and review and reproduce in paper form through an automated process.

        (c)   Without limiting the manner by which notice otherwise may be given effectively to stockholders, any notice to stockholders given by the Corporation under any provision of the DGCL, the Certificate of Incorporation, or these Bylaws shall be effective if given by a single written notice to stockholders who share an address if consented to by the stockholders at that address to whom such notice is given. Any such consent shall be revocable by the stockholder by written notice to the Corporation. Any stockholder who fails to object in writing to the Corporation, within 60 days of having been given written notice by the Corporation of its intention to send the single notice described in the preceding sentence, shall be deemed to have consented to receiving such single written notice.

4


        2.6     Waiver of Notice.     

        Whenever notice is required to be given under any provision of the DGCL, the Certificate of Incorporation, or these Bylaws, a written waiver, signed by the person entitled to notice, or a waiver by electronic transmission by the person entitled to notice, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent to notice. Attendance of a person at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except when the person attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any regular or special meeting of the stockholders, need be specified in any written waiver of notice or any waiver by electronic transmission unless so required by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws.

        2.7     Adjourned Meetings.     

        Any meeting of the stockholders may be adjourned from time to time either by the chairman of the meeting or by the vote of a majority of the shares present in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or represented by proxy at the meeting. When a meeting is adjourned to another time or place, notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting if the time, place, if any, thereof, and the means of remote communication, if any, by which stockholders and proxy holders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such adjourned meeting are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken. At the adjourned meeting the Corporation may transact any business which might have been transacted at the original meeting. If the adjournment is for more than 30 days, or if after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting.

        2.8     Voting, Quorum and Required Vote.     

        (a)   Unless provided in the Certificate of Incorporation and subject to Section 6.7, each stockholder shall be entitled to one vote for each share of capital stock held by such stockholder. If the Certificate of Incorporation provides for more or less than one vote for any share, on any matter, every reference in these Bylaws to a majority or other proportion of stock, voting stock or shares shall refer to such majority or other proportion of the votes of such stock, voting stock or shares.

        (b)   Except as otherwise provided by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, the presence, in person or by proxy, of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote shall constitute a quorum at a meeting of stockholders. The stockholders present at a duly organized meeting can continue to do business until adjournment, notwithstanding the withdrawal of enough stockholders to leave less than a quorum.

        (c)   When a quorum is present at any meeting of stockholders, in all matters other than the election of Directors, the affirmative vote of the majority of shares present in person or represented by proxy and entitled to vote thereon shall decide the matter brought before such meeting, unless otherwise provided by the Certificate of Incorporation, these Bylaws, the rules and regulations of any stock exchange applicable to the Corporation or applicable law or regulation. Notwithstanding the foregoing, where a separate vote by a class or series or classes or series is required, a majority of the outstanding shares of such class or series or classes or series, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum entitled to take action with respect to that vote on that matter and the affirmative vote of the majority of shares of such class or series or classes or series present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting shall be the act of such class or series or classes or series.

        2.9     Proxies.     

        (a)   Each stockholder entitled to vote at a meeting of stockholders or to express consent or dissent to corporate action in writing without a meeting may authorize another person or persons to act for such stockholder by proxy, but no such proxy shall be voted or acted upon after three years from its

5



date, unless the proxy provides for a longer period. Without limiting the manner in which a stockholder may authorize another person or persons to act for such stockholder as proxy, the following shall constitute a valid means by which a stockholder may grant such authority:

        (b)   Any copy, facsimile telecommunication or other reliable reproduction of the writing or transmission created pursuant to Section 2.9(a)(2) may be substituted or used in lieu of the original writing or transmission for any and all purposes for which the original writing or transmission could be used, provided that such copy, facsimile telecommunication or other reproduction shall be a complete reproduction of the entire original writing or transmission.

        (c)   A duly executed proxy shall be irrevocable if it states that it is irrevocable and if, and only as long as, it is coupled with an interest sufficient in law to support an irrevocable power. A proxy may be made irrevocable regardless of whether the interest with which it is coupled is an interest in the stock itself or an interest in the Corporation generally.

        2.10     Voting Rights of Fiduciaries, Pledgors and Joint Owners of Stock.     

        (a)   Persons holding stock in a fiduciary capacity shall be entitled to vote the shares so held. Persons whose stock is pledged shall be entitled to vote, unless in the transfer by the pledgor on the books of the Corporation such person has expressly empowered the pledgee to vote thereon, in which case only the pledgee, or such pledgee's proxy, may represent such stock and vote thereon.

        (b)   If shares or other securities having voting power stand of record in the names of two or more persons, whether fiduciaries, members of a partnership, joint tenants, tenants in common, tenants by the entirety or otherwise, or if two or more persons have the same fiduciary relationship respecting the same shares, unless the Secretary of the Corporation is given written notice to the contrary and is furnished with a copy of the instrument or order appointing them or creating the relationship wherein it is so provided, their acts with respect to voting shall have the following effect: (1) if only one votes, such person's act binds all; (2) if more than one vote, the act of the majority so voting binds all; (3) if more than one vote, but the vote is evenly split on any particular matter, each faction may vote the securities in question proportionally, or any person voting the shares, or a beneficiary, if any, may apply to the Court of Chancery or such other court as may have jurisdiction to appoint an additional person to act with the persons so voting the shares, which shall then be voted as determined by a majority of such persons and the person appointed by the Court. If the instrument so filed shows that any such tenancy is held in unequal interests, a majority or even split for the purpose of this subsection shall be a majority or even split in interest.

6


        2.11     Voting Procedures and Inspectors.     

        (a)   If the Corporation has a class of voting stock that is: (1) listed on a national securities exchange; (2) authorized for quotation on an interdealer quotation system of a registered national securities association; or (3) held of record by more than 2,000 stockholders, the procedures set forth in this Section 2.11 shall apply to any meeting of stockholders.

        (b)   The Corporation shall, in advance of any meeting of stockholders, appoint one or more inspectors to act at the meeting and make a written report thereof. The Corporation may designate one or more persons as alternate inspectors to replace any inspector who fails to act. If no inspector or alternate is able to act at a meeting of stockholders, the person presiding at the meeting shall appoint one or more inspectors to act at the meeting. Each inspector, before entering upon the discharge of the duties of inspector, shall take and sign an oath faithfully to execute the duties of inspector with strict impartiality and according to the best of such inspector's ability. The inspectors shall: (1) ascertain the number of shares outstanding and the voting power of each; (2) determine the shares represented at a meeting and the validity of proxies and ballots; (3) count all votes and ballots; (4) determine and retain for a reasonable period a record of the disposition of any challenges made to any determination by the inspectors; and (5) certify their determination of the number of shares represented at the meeting, and their count of all votes and ballots. The inspectors may appoint or retain other persons or entities to assist the inspectors in the performance of the duties of the inspectors.

        (c)   The date and time of the opening and the closing of the polls for each matter upon which the stockholders will vote at a meeting shall be announced at the meeting. No ballot, proxies or votes, nor any revocations thereof or changes thereto, shall be accepted by the inspectors after the closing of the polls unless the Court of Chancery upon application by a stockholder shall determine otherwise.

        2.12     List of Stockholders Entitled to Vote.     

        (a)   The officer who has charge of the stock ledger of the Corporation shall prepare and make, at least 10 days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. The Corporation is not required to include electronic mail addresses or other electronic contact information on such list. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder for any purpose germane to the meeting for a period of at least 10 days prior to the meeting: (1) on a reasonably accessible electronic network, provided that the information required to gain access to such list is provided with the notice of the meeting, or (2) during ordinary business hours, at the principal place of business of the Corporation. In the event that the Corporation determines to make the list available on an electronic network, the Corporation may take reasonable steps to ensure that such information is available only to stockholders of the Corporation. If the meeting is to be held at a place, then the list shall be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof and may be inspected by any stockholder who is present. If the meeting is to be held solely by means of remote communication, then the list shall also be open to the examination of any stockholder during the whole time of the meeting on a reasonably accessible electronic network, and the information required to access such list shall be provided with the notice of the meeting.

        (b)   The stock ledger shall be the only evidence considered in determining which stockholders are entitled to examine the list of stockholders or to vote in person or by proxy at any meeting of stockholders.

        2.13     Organization and Conduct of Business at Stockholder Meetings.     

        (a)   Unless otherwise determined by the Board of Directors, one of the following shall preside over each meeting of stockholders, in the following order of precedent: (1) the Chairman of the Board;

7



(2) the Chief Executive Officer; (3) the President; or (4) a chairman of the meeting chosen by a majority of the stockholders present at the meeting.

        (b)   Unless otherwise determined by the Board of Directors, at each meeting of the stockholders, the Secretary, or an Assistant Secretary, shall act as secretary of the meeting and keep the minutes thereof. In the absence of the Secretary, or an Assistant Secretary, the chairman of the meeting shall appoint a person to act as secretary of the meeting and keep the minutes thereof.

        (c)   The Board of Directors of the Corporation shall be entitled to make such rules or regulations for the conduct of meetings of stockholders as it shall deem necessary, appropriate or convenient. Subject to such rules and regulations of the Board of Directors, if any, the chairman of the meeting shall have the right and authority to prescribe such rules, regulations and procedures and to do all such acts as, in the judgment of such chairman, are necessary, appropriate or convenient for the proper conduct of the meeting, including, without limitation, (1) establishing an agenda or order of business for the meeting; (2) rules and procedures for maintaining order at the meeting and the safety of those present; (3) limitations on participation in such meeting to stockholders of record of the Corporation and their duly authorized and constituted proxies and such other persons as the chairman shall permit; (4) restrictions on entry to the meeting after the time fixed for the commencement thereof; (5) limitations on the time allotted for questions or comments by participants; and (6) regulation of the opening and closing of the polls for balloting on matters which are to be voted on by ballot. Unless and to the extent determined by the Board of Directors or the chairman of the meeting, meetings of stockholders shall not be required to be held in accordance with rules of parliamentary procedure.

        2.14     Stockholder Action by Written Consent.     

        Subject to the rights of any holders of Preferred Stock to act by written consent instead of a meeting, stockholder action may be taken only at an annual meeting or special meeting of stockholders and may not be taken by written consent instead of a meeting, unless the action to be taken by written consent of stockholders and the taking of this action by written consent has been expressly approved in advance by the Board of Directors; provided , however , that if Warburg Pincus Private Equity VIII, L.P. ("Warburg") holds at least 50% of the outstanding capital stock of the Corporation on a fully diluted basis, whenever the vote of stockholders at a meeting thereof is required or permitted to be taken for or in connection with any corporate action, by any provision of statute or of the Certificate of Incorporation or of these Bylaws, the meeting and vote of stockholders may be dispensed with, and the action taken without such meeting and vote, if a consent in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares of stock of the Corporation entitled to vote thereon were present and voted. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, the Corporation shall hold an annual meeting of stockholders (i) in accordance with Section 302.00 (Annual Meetings) of the Listed Company Manual of the New York Stock Exchange, for so long as the Corporation's stock is listed on the New York Stock Exchange, and (ii) as otherwise required by these Bylaws. Prompt notice of the taking of the corporate action without a meeting by less than unanimous written consent shall be given to those stockholders who have not consented in writing.

ARTICLE III
BOARD OF DIRECTORS

        3.1     Powers.     

        The powers of the Corporation shall be exercised, its business conducted and its property controlled by or under the direction of the Board of Directors, except as may be otherwise provided by statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation.

8


        3.2     Number.     

        Subject to any limitations imposed by the Certificate of Incorporation, the authorized number of Directors of the Corporation shall be fixed from time to time by the Board of Directors by resolution duly adopted by the Board of Directors, except that in the absence of such resolution, such number shall be one.

        3.3     Election and Term of Office.     

        (a)   Except as provided below in Section 3.4, the Directors shall be elected by a plurality vote of the shares represented in person or by proxy at each annual meeting of the stockholders, but if any such annual meeting is not held or the Directors are not elected thereat, the Directors may be elected at any special meeting of stockholders held for that purpose. All elections of Directors shall be by written ballot unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation. If authorized by the Board of Directors, such requirement of a written ballot shall be satisfied by a ballot submitted by electronic transmission, provided that any such electronic transmission must either set forth or be submitted with information from which it can be determined that the electronic transmission was authorized by the stockholder or proxy holder. No person entitled to vote at an election for Directors may cumulate votes.

        (b)   The Directors of the Corporation shall be divided into three classes, as nearly equal in number as reasonably possible, with the Directors in each class to hold office until their successor are elected and qualified. At each annual meeting of stockholders, the successor to the class of Directors whose term shall then expire shall be elected to hold office for a three-year term. If the number of Directors is changed, any increase or decrease shall be apportioned among the classes so as to maintain the number of Directors in each class as nearly equal as possible, and any additional Directors of any class elected to fill a vacancy resulting from an increase in such class shall hold office for a term that shall coincide with the remaining term of that class, but in no case will a decrease in the number of Directors shorten the term of any incumbent Director. A Director shall hold office until the annual meeting for the year in which his or her term expires or until his or her successor shall be elected and shall qualify, subject however, to prior death, resignation, retirement, disqualification or removal from office. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, in accordance with Section 141(d) of the DGCL, this Section 3.3(b) shall become effective only upon stockholder approval of these Bylaws.

        (c)fmDirectors need not be stockholders of the Corporation. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no person shall be elected to serve as a Director if such person is in a management position with or a director of a direct competitor of the Corporation.

        (d)   For any annual meeting of the stockholders, subject to the fiduciary duties of the Board of Directors and any committees thereof, the Board of Directors and any committees thereof shall cause to be nominated as directors at such meeting those persons designated by Warburg pursuant to that certain Nominating Agreement dated February 17, 2009 between the Corporation and Warburg (as the same may be amended from time to time, the "Nominating Agreement"), as applicable.

        3.4     Vacancies.     

        (a)   Unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation: (1) vacancies and newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of Directors elected by all of the stockholders having the right to vote as a single class may be filled only by a majority of the Directors then in office, although less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining Director; and (2) whenever the holders of any class or classes of stock or series thereof are entitled to elect one or more Directors by the Certificate of Incorporation, vacancies and newly created Directorships of such class or classes or series may be filled only by a majority of the Directors elected by such class or classes or series thereof then in office, or by a sole remaining Director so elected.

9


        (b)   Unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, when one or more Directors shall resign from the board, effective at a future date, a majority of the Directors then in office, including those who have so resigned, shall have the power to fill such vacancy or vacancies, the vote thereon to take effect when such resignation or resignations shall become effective, and each Director so chosen shall hold office as provided in this section in the filling of other vacancies.

        (c)   If at any time, by reason of death or resignation or other cause, the Corporation should have no Directors in office, then any officer or any stockholder or an executor, administrator, trustee or guardian of a stockholder, or other fiduciary entrusted with like responsibility for the person or estate of a stockholder, may call a special meeting of stockholders in accordance with the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, or may apply to the Court of Chancery for a decree summarily ordering an election as provided in Section 211 of the DGCL.

        (d)   For any vacancy, subject to the fiduciary duties of the Board of Directors and any committees thereof, the Board of Directors and any committees thereof shall cause such vacancy to be filled by a person designated by Warburg pursuant to the Nominating Agreement, as applicable.

        3.5     Resignation.     

        Any Director may resign at any time upon notice given in writing or by electronic transmission to the Corporation. Such resignation shall take effect at the time of its receipt by the Corporation unless another time is fixed in the resignation in which case it shall become effective at the time so fixed. The acceptance of a resignation shall not be required to make it effective.

        3.6     Removal.     

        Subject to the rights, if any, of the holders of shares of Preferred Stock then outstanding, any or all of the Directors of the Corporation may be removed from office by the stockholders at any annual or special meeting of stockholders of the Corporation, the notice of which shall state that the removal of a Director or Directors is among the purposes of the meeting, but only for cause, by the affirmative vote of at least a majority of the outstanding shares of common stock of the Corporation.

        3.7     Meetings.     

        (a)   Regular meetings of the Board of Directors shall be held at such place or places, on such date or dates, and at such time or times as shall have been established by the Board of Directors and publicized among all Directors. A notice of each regular meeting shall not be required.

        (b)   Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be called by one-third (1/3) of the Directors then in office (rounded up to the nearest whole number) or by the Chief Executive Officer and shall be held at such place, on such date, and at such time as they or he or she shall fix.

        (c)   Notice of the time and place of special meetings shall be (1) delivered personally by hand, by courier or by telephone, including a voice messaging system or other system or technology designed to record and communicate messages; (2) sent by United States first-class mail, postage prepaid; (3) sent by facsimile; or (4) sent by electronic mail or other means of electronic transmission, directed to each Director at that Director's address, telephone number, facsimile number, electronic mail address or other means of contact through electronic transmission, as the case may be, as shown on the Corporation's records. If the notice is (A) delivered personally by hand, by courier or by telephone, including a voice messaging system or other system or technology designed to record and communicate messages, (B) sent by facsimile or (C) sent by electronic mail or other means of electronic transmission, it shall be sent in a manner designed to be delivered at least 24 hours before the time of the meeting. If the notice is sent by United States mail, it shall be deposited in the United States mail at least three days before the time of the meeting. The notice need not specify the place of the meeting (if the meeting is to be held at the Corporation's principal executive office) nor the purpose of the meeting. Notice of any meeting may be waived in writing, or by electronic transmission, at any time before or

10



after the meeting and will be waived by any Director by attendance thereat, except when the Director attends the meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened.

        3.8     Organization.     

        (a)   At every meeting of the Directors, the Chairman of the Board, or in the absence of the Chairman of the Board, a chairman of the meeting chosen by a majority of the Directors present, shall preside over the meeting. The Secretary, or in the absence of the Secretary, an Assistant Secretary, or in the absence of an Assistant Secretary, a secretary of the meeting chosen by the chairman of the meeting, shall act as secretary of the meeting and take the minutes thereof.

        (b)   To promote the free exchange of ideas and candid discussions, only Directors are entitled to be present at meetings of the Board of Directors, provided that the Board of Directors may invite non-Directors to attend such meetings. Any non-Director shall be excluded from a meeting of the Board of Directors at any time by a majority vote of the Directors present at the meeting.

        3.9     Participation by Conference Telephone or Electronic Video Screen Communication.     

        The Board of Directors of the Corporation may hold its meetings, and have an office or offices, within or without the State of Delaware. Members of the Board of Directors of the Corporation, or any committee designated by the board, may participate in a meeting of such board or committee by means of conference telephone or electronic video screen communication or other communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and participation in a meeting pursuant to this Section 3.9 shall constitute presence in person at the meeting.

        3.10     Quorum.     

        A majority of the total number of Directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business, except to adjourn as hereinafter provided. The vote of the majority of the Directors present at a meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the Board of Directors, unless a greater number is required by law or by the Certificate of Incorporation. Whether or not a quorum is present, a majority of the Directors present at a meeting may adjourn the meeting to another place, date, or time, without further notice or waiver thereof.

        3.11     Action by Unanimous Written Consent.     

        Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors or of any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting if all members of the Board of Directors or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing, or by electronic transmission and the writing or writings or electronic transmission or transmissions are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board of Directors, or committee. Such filing shall be in paper form if the minutes are maintained in paper form and shall be in electronic form if the minutes are maintained in electronic form.

        3.12     Compensation of Directors.     

        The Board of Directors shall have the authority to fix the compensation of Directors. Directors, as such, may receive, pursuant to resolution of the Board of Directors, fixed fees and other compensation for their services as Directors, including, without limitation, their services as members of committees of the Board of Directors.

11


ARTICLE IV
COMMITTEES

        4.1     Committees of the Board of Directors.     

        (a)   The Board of Directors may designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of one or more of the Directors of the Corporation. The board may designate one or more Directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee. In the absence or disqualification of a member of a committee, the member or members present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not such member or members constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member.

        (b)   Any such committee, to the extent permitted by law and provided in the resolution of the Board of Directors or these Bylaws, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the Corporation, and may authorize the seal of the Corporation to be affixed to all papers which may require it; but no such committee shall have the power or authority in reference to the following matter: (1) approving or adopting, or recommending to the stockholders, any action or matter (other than the election or removal of Directors) expressly required by the DGCL to be submitted to stockholders for approval; or (2) adopting, amending or repealing any bylaw of the Corporation.

        (c)   Unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation or the resolutions establishing a committee, or in the charter of a committee, a committee may create one or more subcommittees, each subcommittee to consist of one or more members of the committee, and delegate to a subcommittee any or all of the powers and authority of the committee.

        4.2     Organization.     

        (a)   Each committee may determine the procedural rules for meeting and conducting its business and shall act in accordance therewith, except as otherwise provided herein or required by law: adequate provision shall be made for notice to members of all meetings; one-third ( 1 / 3 ) of the members shall constitute a quorum unless the committee shall consist of one or two members, in which event one member shall constitute a quorum; and all matters shall be determined by a majority vote of the members present. Action may be taken by any committee without a meeting if all members thereof consent thereto in writing, and the writing or writings are filed with the minutes of the proceedings of such committee.

        (b)   To promote the free exchange of ideas and candid discussions, only committee members are entitled to be present at committee meetings, provided that the committee may invite non-committee members to attend such meetings. Any non-committee member shall be excluded from a meeting of the committee at any time by a majority vote of the committee members present at the meeting.

ARTICLE V
OFFICERS

        5.1     Officers.     

        The officers of the Corporation shall consist of a Chief Executive Officer, a President, one or more Vice Presidents, a Secretary, and a Chief Financial Officer. The Board of Directors may also appoint a Chairman of the Board (who shall be a Director), one or more Assistant Secretaries, Assistant Chief Financial Officers, and such other officers and agents with such powers and duties as it shall deem necessary from time to time in accordance with this Article V; provided, however, that the Chairman of the Board shall not be considered an officer of the Corporation unless otherwise determined by the Board of Directors. Any number of offices may be held by the same person.

12


        5.2     Election of Officers, Vacancies.     

        The officers of the Corporation, except such officers as may be appointed in accordance with the provisions of Section 5.3, shall be elected by the Board of Directors, and each shall hold office until such officer resigns, is removed or otherwise disqualified to serve, or such officer's successor is elected and qualified. A vacancy in any office because of death, resignation, removal, disqualification or any other cause shall be filled in the manner prescribed in these Bylaws for regular appointments to such office.

        5.3     Subordinate Officers.     

        The Board of Directors may appoint, or empower the Chief Executive Officer or, in the absence of a Chief Executive Officer, the President, to appoint, such other officers as the business of the Corporation may require, each of whom shall have such powers and perform such duties as may from time to time be prescribed by the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer or the President. Each officer appointed pursuant to this Section 5.3 shall hold office until such officer resigns, is removed or otherwise disqualified to serve, or such officer's successor is appointed and qualified.

        5.4     Removal and Resignation.     

        (a)   Any officer may be removed either with or without cause, by the Board of Directors, at any regular or special meeting thereof. Any officer appointed pursuant to Section 5.3 by the Chief Executive Officer or the President may be removed by the Chief Executive Officer, or in the absence of a Chief Executive Officer, the President, unless such power of removal is expressly withheld by the Board of Directors.

        (b)   Any officer may resign at any time by giving written notice to the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, or the Secretary of the Corporation. Any such resignation shall take effect at the date of the receipt of such notice or at any later time specified therein; and, unless otherwise specified therein, the acceptance of such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective.

        5.5     Delegation of Authority.     

        The Board of Directors may from time to time delegate the powers or duties of any officer of the Corporation to any other officers, agents, or Directors, notwithstanding any provision hereof.

        5.6     Chief Executive Officer.     

        Subject to the control of the Board of Directors and such supervisory powers, if any, as may be given by the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation shall have general supervision, direction and control of the business and officers of the Corporation. The Chief Executive Officer shall, in the absence of the Chairman of the Board, or if there be none, preside at all meetings of the Board of Directors. The Chief Executive Officer shall have the general powers and duties of management usually vested in the office of chief executive officer of a corporation, and shall have such other powers and duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors.

        5.7     Chairman of the Board.     

        The Chairman of the Board, if any, shall, if present, preside at all meetings of the Board of Directors and exercise and perform such other powers and duties as may be from time to time assigned to him or her by the Board of Directors.

        5.8     President.     

        Subject to the provisions of these Bylaws and to the direction of the Board of Directors, and subject to the supervisory powers of the Chief Executive Officer, if the Chief Executive Officer is an officer other than the President, the President shall have the responsibility for the general management

13



and control of the business and affairs of the Corporation and the general supervision and direction of all of the officers, employees and agents of the Corporation, other than the Chief Executive Officer, if the Chief Executive Officer is an officer other than the President, and shall perform all duties and have all powers that are commonly incident to the office of president of a corporation or that are delegated to the President by the Board of Directors.

        5.9     Vice President.     

        Each Vice President shall have such powers and duties as may be delegated to him or her by the Board of Directors. One Vice President shall be designated by the board to perform the duties and exercise the powers of the President in the event of the President's absence or disability.

        5.10     Chief Financial Officer.     

        (a)   Unless otherwise designated by the Board of Directors, the Chief Financial Officer shall be the Treasurer of the Corporation and shall be deemed to perform all the functions of the "Treasurer" as contemplated by the DGCL. The Chief Financial Officer shall keep and maintain, or cause to be kept and maintained, adequate and correct accounts of the properties and business transactions of the Corporation, including accounts of its assets, liabilities, receipts, disbursements, gains, losses, capital, surplus and shares. Any surplus, including earned surplus, paid-in surplus and surplus arising from a reduction of stated capital, shall be classified according to source and shown in a separate account. The books of account shall at all reasonable times be open to inspection by any Director.

        (b)   The Chief Financial Officer shall deposit all moneys and other valuables in the name and to the credit of the Corporation with such depositories as may be designated by the Board of Directors. The Chief Financial Officer shall disburse the funds of the Corporation as are authorized, shall render to the Chief Executive Officer, the President and Directors, whenever they request it, an account of the transactions by the Corporation and of the financial condition of the Corporation, and shall have such other powers and perform such other duties as the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer or the President may from time to time prescribe.

        5.11     Secretary.     

        (a)   The Secretary shall keep or cause to be kept, at a principal office or such other place as the Board of Directors may order, a book of minutes of all meetings of Directors and stockholders, with the time and place of holding, whether regular or special, and, if special, how authorized, the notice thereof given, the names of those present at Directors' meetings, the number of shares present or represented at stockholders' meetings, and the proceedings thereof.

        (b)   The Secretary shall keep, or cause to be kept, at the principal office or at the office of the Corporation's transfer agent, a share register, or a duplicate share register, showing the names of the stockholders and their addresses, the number and classes of shares held by each, the number and date of certificates issued for the same, and the number and date of cancellation of every certificate surrendered for cancellation.

        (c)   The Secretary shall give, or cause to be given, notice of all meetings of stockholders and of the Board of Directors required by these Bylaws or by law to be given, and shall keep the seal of the Corporation in safe custody, and shall have such other powers and perform such other duties as the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer or the President may from time to time prescribe.

        5.12     Other Elected Officers.     

        The other officers elected by the Board of Directors pursuant to Section 5.2 shall, respectively, have such powers and perform such duties as may from time to time be prescribed for them by the Board of Directors, the Chief Financial Officer or the President.

14


        5.13     Action with Respect to Securities of Other Corporations.     

        Unless otherwise directed by the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer or any officer of the Corporation authorized by the Chief Executive Officer shall have power to vote and otherwise act on behalf of the Corporation, in person or by proxy, at any meeting of stockholders of or with respect to any action of stockholders of any other corporation in which this Corporation may hold securities and otherwise to exercise any and all rights and powers which this Corporation may possess by reason of its ownership of securities in such other corporation.

ARTICLE VI
STOCK

        6.1     Stock Certificates.     

        (a)   The shares of the Corporation shall be represented by certificates, provided that the Board of Directors of the Corporation may provide by resolution or resolutions that some or all of any or all classes or series of its stock shall be uncertificated shares. Any such resolution shall not apply to shares represented by a certificate until such certificate is surrendered to the Corporation (or, if such certificate has been lost, stolen or destroyed, the procedures required by the Corporation in Section 6.6 shall have been followed). Every holder of stock represented by certificates shall be entitled to have a certificate signed by, or in the name of the Corporation by the Chief Executive Officer, or the President or Vice-President, and by the Chief Financial Officer, or the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Corporation representing the number of shares registered in certificate form. Any or all the signatures on the certificate may be a facsimile. In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the Corporation with the same effect as if such person were such officer, transfer agent or registrar at the date of issue. The Corporation shall not have power to issue a certificate in bearer form.

        (b)   If the Corporation shall be authorized to issue more than one class of stock or more than one series of any class, the powers, designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional, or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights shall be set forth in full or summarized on the face or back of the certificate which the Corporation shall issue to represent such class or series of stock, provided that, except as otherwise provided in Section 6.3, in lieu of the foregoing requirements, there may be set forth on the face or back of the certificate which the Corporation shall issue to represent such class or series of stock, a statement that the Corporation will furnish without charge to each stockholder who so requests the powers, designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional, or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights. In the case of uncertificated shares, within a reasonable time after the issuance or transfer of uncertificated stock, the Corporation shall send to the registered owner thereof a written notice containing the information required to be set forth or stated on certificates pursuant to this Section 6.1 or Sections 6.2(b), 6.3 and 6.4, with respect to this section a statement that the Corporation will furnish without charge to each stockholder who so requests the powers, designations, preferences and relative participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights.

        6.2     Issuance of Stock; Lawful Consideration.     

        (a)   Shares of stock may be issued for such consideration, having a value not less than the par value thereof, as determined from time to time by the Board of Directors. Treasury shares may be disposed of by the Corporation for such consideration as may be determined from time to time by the Board of Directors. The consideration for subscriptions to, or the purchase of, the capital stock to be issued by the Corporation shall be paid in such form and in such manner as the Board of Directors

15



shall determine. The Board of Directors may authorize capital stock to be issued for consideration consisting of cash, any tangible or intangible property or any benefit to the Corporation, or any combination thereof. In the absence of actual fraud in the transaction, the judgment of the Board of Directors as to the value of such consideration shall be conclusive. The capital stock so issued shall be deemed to be fully paid and nonassessable stock upon receipt by the Corporation of such consideration; provided, however, nothing contained herein shall prevent the Board of Directors from issuing partly paid shares in accordance with Section 6.2(b).

        (b)   The Corporation may issue the whole or any part of its shares as partly paid and subject to call for the remainder of the consideration to be paid therefor. Upon the face or back of each stock certificate issued to represent any such partly paid shares, or upon the books and records of the Corporation in the case of uncertificated partly paid shares, the total amount of the consideration to be paid therefor and the amount paid thereon shall be stated. Upon the declaration of any dividend on fully paid shares, the Corporation shall declare a dividend upon partly paid shares of the same class, but only upon the basis of the percentage of the consideration actually paid thereon.

        6.3     Restrictions on Transfer and Ownership of Securities.     

        A written restriction or restrictions on the transfer or registration of transfer of a security of the Corporation, or on the amount of the Corporation's securities that may be owned by any person or group of persons, if permitted by the DGCL and noted conspicuously on the certificate or certificates representing the security or securities so restricted or, in the case of uncertificated shares, contained in the notice or notices sent pursuant to Section 6.1, may be enforced against the holder of the restricted security or securities or any successor or transferee of the holder including an executor, administrator, trustee, guardian or other fiduciary entrusted with like responsibility for the person or estate of the holder. Unless noted conspicuously on the certificate or certificates representing the security or securities so restricted or, in the case of uncertificated shares, contained in the notice or notices sent pursuant to Section 6.1, a restriction, even though permitted by this section, is ineffective except against a person with actual knowledge of the restriction.

        6.4     Voting Trusts and Voting Agreements.     

        (a)   One stockholder or two or more stockholders may by agreement in writing deposit capital stock of an original issue with or transfer capital stock to any person or persons, or entity or entities authorized to act as trustee, for the purpose of vesting in such person or persons, entity or entities, who may be designated voting trustee, or voting trustees, the right to vote thereon for any period of time determined by such agreement, upon the terms and conditions stated in such agreement.

        (b)   The agreement may contain any other lawful provisions not inconsistent with such purpose. After the filing of a copy of the agreement in the registered office of the Corporation in the State of Delaware, which copy shall be open to the inspection of any stockholder of the Corporation or any beneficiary of the trust under the agreement daily during business hours, certificates of stock or uncertificated stock shall be issued to the voting trustee or trustees to represent any stock of an original issue so deposited with such voting trustee or trustees, and any certificates of stock or uncertificated stock so transferred to the voting trustee or trustees shall be surrendered and cancelled and new certificates or uncertificated stock shall be issued therefore to the voting trustee or trustees. In the certificate so issued, if any, it shall be stated that it is issued pursuant to such agreement, and that fact shall also be stated in the stock ledger of the Corporation.

        (c)   The voting trustee or trustees may vote the stock so issued or transferred during the period specified in the agreement. Stock standing in the name of the voting trustee or trustees may be voted either in person or by proxy, and in voting the stock, the voting trustee or trustees shall incur no responsibility as stockholder, trustee or otherwise, except for their own individual malfeasance. In any case where two or more persons or entities are designated as voting trustees, and the right and method

16



of voting any stock standing in their names at any meeting of the Corporation are not fixed by the agreement appointing the trustees, the right to vote the stock and the manner of voting it at the meeting shall be determined by a majority of the trustees, or if they be equally divided as to the right and manner of voting the stock in any particular case, the vote of the stock in such case shall be divided equally among the trustees.

        6.5     Transfers of Shares.     

        (a)   Registration of transfer of shares of stock of the Corporation shall be effected on the books of the Corporation as follows:

        (b)   No transfer of shares of capital stock shall be made on the books of this Corporation if such transfer is in violation of a lawful restriction noted conspicuously on the certificate. No transfer of shares of capital stock shall be valid as against the Corporation for any purpose until it shall have been entered in the stock records of the Corporation by an entry showing from and to whom transferred.

        6.6     Lost, Stolen or Destroyed Certificates.     

        The Corporation may issue a new certificate of stock or uncertificated shares in place of any certificate previously issued by it, alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, and the Corporation may require the owner of the lost, stolen or destroyed certificate, or such owner's legal representative to give the Corporation a bond sufficient to indemnify it against any claim that may be made against it on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of any such certificate or the issuance of such new certificate or uncertificated shares.

        6.7     Fixing Date for Determination of Stockholders of Record.     

        (a)   In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors, and which record date shall not be more than 60 nor less than 10 days before the date of such meeting. If no record date is fixed by the Board of Directors, the

17



record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given, or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

        (b)   In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights or the stockholders entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock, or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted, and which record date shall be not more than 60 days prior to such action. If no record date is fixed, the record date for determining stockholders for any such purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution relating thereto.

ARTICLE VII
MISCELLANEOUS

        7.1     Form of Records.     

        Any records maintained by the Corporation in the regular course of its business, including its stock ledger, books of account, and minute books, may be kept on, or by means of, or be in the form of, any information storage device, or method provided that the records so kept can be converted into clearly legible paper form within a reasonable time. The Corporation shall so convert any records so kept upon the request of any person entitled to inspect such records under the DGCL.

        7.2     Reliance upon Books, Reports and Records.     

        A member of the Board of Directors, or a member of any committee designated by the Board of Directors, shall, in the performance of such member's duties, be fully protected in relying in good faith upon the records of the Corporation and upon such information, opinions, reports or statements presented to the Corporation by any of the Corporation's officers or employees, or committees of the Board of Directors, or by any other person as to matters the member reasonably believes are within such other person's professional or expert competence and who has been selected with reasonable care by or on behalf of the Corporation.

        7.3     Facsimile Signatures.     

        In addition to the provisions for use of facsimile signatures elsewhere specifically authorized in these Bylaws, facsimile signatures of any officer or officers of the Corporation may be used whenever and as authorized by the Board of Directors or a committee thereof.

        7.4     Corporate Seal.     

        The Board of Directors may provide a suitable seal, containing the name of the Corporation, which seal shall be in the charge of the Secretary. If and when so directed by the Board of Directors or a committee thereof, duplicates of the seal may be kept and used by the Chief Financial Officer or by an Assistant Secretary or Assistant Chief Financial Officer.

        7.5     Fiscal Year.     

        The fiscal year of the Corporation shall be as fixed by the Board of Directors.

18


        7.6     Time Periods.     

        In applying any provision of these Bylaws which requires that an act be done or not be done in a specified number of days prior to an event or that an act be done during a period of a specified number of days prior to an event, calendar days shall be used, the day of the doing of the act shall be excluded, and the day of the event shall be included.

        7.7     Construction and Definitions.     

        Unless the context otherwise requires, the general provisions, rules of construction and definitions contained in the DGCL shall govern the construction of these Bylaws. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing the masculine gender include the feminine and neuter, the singular number includes the plural and the plural number includes the singular,

ARTICLE VIII
INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS, OFFICERS, EMPLOYEES
AND OTHER AGENTS

        8.1     Indemnification—Third Party Proceedings.     

        The Corporation shall indemnify any person (the "Indemnitee") who is or was a party or is threatened to be made a party to any proceeding (other than an action by or in the right of the Corporation to procure a judgment in its favor) by reason of the fact that Indemnitee is or was a Director or officer of the Corporation, or any subsidiary of the Corporation, and the Corporation may indemnify a person who is or was a party or is threatened to be made a party to any proceeding (other than an action by or in the right of the Corporation to procure a judgment in its favor) by reason of the fact that such person is or was an employee or other agent of the Corporation (the "Indemnitee Agent") by reason of any action or inaction on the part of Indemnitee or Indemnitee Agent while an officer, Director or agent or by reason of the fact that Indemnitee or Indemnitee Agent is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including subject to Section 8.19, attorneys' fees and any expenses of establishing a right to indemnification pursuant to this ARTICLE VIII or under the DGCL), judgments, fines, settlements (if such settlement is approved in advance by the Corporation, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld) and other amounts actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or Indemnitee Agent in connection with such proceeding if Indemnitee or Indemnitee Agent acted in good faith and in a manner Indemnitee or Indemnitee Agent reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation and, in the case of a criminal proceeding, if Indemnitee or Indemnitee Agent had no reasonable cause to believe Indemnitee's or Indemnitee Agent's conduct was unlawful. The termination of any proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent shall not, of itself, create a presumption that Indemnitee or Indemnitee Agent did not act in good faith and in a manner which Indemnitee or Indemnitee Agent reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation, or with respect to any criminal proceedings, would not create a presumption that Indemnitee or Indemnitee Agent had reasonable cause to believe that Indemnitee's or Indemnitee Agent's conduct was unlawful.

        8.2     Indemnification—Proceedings by or in the Right of the Corporation.     

        The Corporation shall indemnify Indemnitee and may indemnify Indemnitee Agent if Indemnitee, or Indemnitee Agent, as the case may be, was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action by or in the right of the Corporation or any subsidiary of the Corporation to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that Indemnitee or Indemnitee Agent is or was a Director, officer, employee or other agent of the Corporation, or any subsidiary of the Corporation, by reason of any action or inaction on the part of Indemnitee or Indemnitee Agent

19



while an officer, Director or agent or by reason of the fact that Indemnitee or Indemnitee Agent is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including subject to Section 8.19, attorneys' fees and any expenses of establishing a right to indemnification pursuant to this ARTICLE VIII or under the DGCL) and, to the fullest extent permitted by law, amounts paid in settlement, in each case to the extent actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or Indemnitee Agent in connection with the defense or settlement of the proceeding if Indemnitee or Indemnitee Agent acted in good faith and in a manner Indemnitee or Indemnitee Agent reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation and its stockholders, except that no indemnification shall be made with respect to any claim, issue or matter to which Indemnitee or Indemnitee Agent shall have been adjudged to have been liable to the Corporation in the performance of Indemnitee's or Indemnitee Agent's duty to the Corporation and its stockholders, unless and only to the extent that the court in which such proceeding is or was pending shall determine upon application that, in view of all the circumstances of the case, Indemnitee or Indemnitee Agent is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for expenses and then only to the extent that the court shall determine is proper.

        8.3     Successful Defense on Merits.     

        To the extent that Indemnitee or Indemnitee Agent without limitation has been successful on the merits in defense of any proceeding referred to in Section 8.1 and Section 8.2 above, or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, the Corporation shall indemnify Indemnitee or Indemnitee Agent against expenses (including attorneys' fees) actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or Indemnitee Agent in connection therewith.

        8.4     Certain Terms Defined.     

        For purposes of this ARTICLE VIII, references to "other enterprises" shall include employee benefit plans, references to "fines" shall include any excise taxes assessed on Indemnitee or Indemnitee Agent with respect to an employee benefit plan, and references to "proceeding" shall include any threatened, pending or completed action or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative. References to "Corporation" include all constituent corporations absorbed in a consolidation or merger as well as the resulting or surviving corporation, so that any person who is or was a director, officer, employee, or other agent of such a constituent corporation or who, being or having been such a director, officer, employee or other agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise shall stand in the same position under the provisions of this ARTICLE VIII with respect to the resulting or surviving corporation as such person would if he or she had served the resulting or surviving corporation in the same capacity.

        8.5     Advancement of Expenses.     

        The Corporation shall advance all expenses incurred by Indemnitee and may advance all or any expenses incurred by Indemnitee Agent in connection with the investigation, defense, settlement (excluding amounts actually paid in settlement of any action, suit or proceeding) or appeal of any civil or criminal action, suit or proceeding referenced in Section 8.1 and Section 8.2 above. Indemnitee or Indemnitee Agent hereby undertakes to repay such amounts advanced only if, and to the extent that, it shall be determined ultimately that Indemnitee or Indemnitee Agent is not entitled to be indemnified by the Corporation as authorized hereby. The advances to be made hereunder shall be paid by the Corporation (i) to Indemnitee within 20 days following delivery of a written request therefor by Indemnitee to the Corporation; and (ii) to Indemnitee Agent within 20 days following the later of a written request therefor by Indemnitee Agent to the Corporation and determination by the Corporation to advance expenses to Indemnitee Agent pursuant to the Corporation's discretionary authority hereunder.

20


        8.6     Notice of Claim.     

        Indemnitee shall, as a condition precedent to his or her right to be indemnified under this ARTICLE VIII, and Indemnitee Agent shall, as a condition precedent to his or her ability to be indemnified under this ARTICLE VIII, give the Corporation notice in writing as soon as practicable of any claim made against Indemnitee or Indemnitee Agent, as the case may be, for which indemnification will or could be sought under this ARTICLE VIII. Notice to the Corporation shall be given by hand delivery or by mail and shall be directed to the Secretary of the Corporation at the principal business office of the Corporation (or such other address as the Corporation shall designate in writing to Indemnitee). In addition, Indemnitee or Indemnitee Agent shall give the Corporation such information and cooperation as it may reasonably require and as shall be within Indemnitee's or Indemnitee Agent's power.

        8.7     Enforcement Rights.     

        Any indemnification provided for in Section 8.1, 8.2 or 8.3 shall be made no later than 60 days after receipt of the written request of Indemnitee. If a claim or request under this ARTICLE VIII, under any statute, or under any provision of the Certificate of Incorporation providing for indemnification is not paid by the Corporation, or on its behalf, within 60 days after written request for payment thereof has been received by the Corporation, Indemnitee may, but need not, at any time thereafter bring suit against the Corporation to recover the unpaid amount of the claim or request, and subject to Section 8.19, Indemnitee shall also be entitled to be paid for the expenses (including attorneys' fees) of bringing such action. It shall be a defense to any such action (other than an action brought to enforce a claim for expenses incurred in connection with any action, suit or proceeding in advance of its final disposition) that Indemnitee has not met the standards of conduct which make it permissible under applicable law for the Corporation to indemnify Indemnitee for the amount claimed, but the burden of proving such defense shall be on the Corporation, and Indemnitee shall be entitled to receive interim payments of expenses pursuant to Section 8.5 unless and until such defense may be finally adjudicated by court order or judgment for which no further right of appeal exists. The parties hereto intend that if the Corporation contests Indemnitee's right to indemnification, the question of Indemnitee's right to indemnification shall be a decision for the court, and no presumption regarding whether the applicable standard has been met will arise based on any determination or lack of determination of such by the Corporation (including its Board or any subgroup thereof, independent legal counsel or its stockholders). The Board of Directors may, in its discretion, provide by resolution for similar or identical enforcement rights for any Indemnitee Agent.

        8.8     Assumption of Defense.     

        In the event the Corporation shall be obligated to pay the expenses of any proceeding against the Indemnitee or Indemnitee Agent, as the case may be, the Corporation, if appropriate, shall be entitled to assume the defense of such proceeding with counsel approved by Indemnitee or Indemnitee Agent, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, upon the delivery to Indemnitee or Indemnitee Agent of written notice of its election so to do. After delivery of such notice, approval of such counsel by Indemnitee or Indemnitee Agent and the retention of such counsel by the Corporation, the Corporation will not be liable to Indemnitee or Indemnitee Agent under this ARTICLE VIII for any fees of counsel subsequently incurred by Indemnitee or Indemnitee Agent with respect to the same proceeding, unless (1) the employment of counsel by Indemnitee or Indemnitee Agent is authorized by the Corporation, (2) Indemnitee or Indemnitee Agent shall have reasonably concluded that there may be a conflict of interest of such counsel retained by the Corporation between the Corporation and Indemnitee or Indemnitee Agent in the conduct of such defense, or (3) the Corporation ceases or terminates the employment of such counsel with respect to the defense of such proceeding, in any of which events then the fees and expenses of Indemnitee's or Indemnitee Agent's counsel shall be at the

21



expense of the Corporation. At all times, Indemnitee or Indemnitee Agent shall have the right to employ other counsel in any such proceeding at Indemnitee's or Indemnitee Agent's expense.

        8.9     Approval of Expenses.     

        No expenses for which indemnity shall be sought under this ARTICLE VIII, other than those in respect of judgments and verdicts actually rendered, shall be incurred without the prior consent of the Corporation, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld.

        8.10     Subrogration.     

        In the event of payment under this ARTICLE VIII, the Corporation shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of the Indemnitee or Indemnitee Agent, who shall do all things that may be necessary to secure such rights, including the execution of such documents necessary to enable the Corporation effectively to bring suit to enforce such rights.

        8.11     Exceptions.     

        Notwithstanding any other provision herein to the contrary, the Corporation shall not be obligated pursuant to this ARTICLE VIII:

        8.12     Partial Indemnification.     

        If Indemnitee is entitled under any provision of this ARTICLE VIII to indemnification by the Corporation for some or a portion of the expenses, judgments, fines or penalties actually or reasonably incurred by the Indemnitee in the investigation, defense, appeal or settlement of any civil or criminal action, suit or proceeding, but not, however, for the total amount thereof, the Corporation shall nevertheless indemnify Indemnitee for the portion of such expenses, judgments, fines or penalties to which Indemnitee is entitled.

22


        8.13     Coverage.     

        This ARTICLE VIII shall, to the extent permitted by law, apply to acts or omissions of (1) Indemnitee which occurred prior to the adoption of this ARTICLE VIII if Indemnitee was a Director or officer of the Corporation or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director or officer of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, at the time such act or omission occurred; and (2) Indemnitee Agent which occurred prior to the adoption of this ARTICLE VIII if Indemnitee Agent was an employee or other agent of the Corporation or was serving at the request of the Corporation as an employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise at the time such act or omission occurred. All rights to indemnification under this ARTICLE VIII shall be deemed to be provided by a contract between the Corporation and the Indemnitee in which the Corporation hereby agrees to indemnify Indemnitee to the fullest extent permitted by law, notwithstanding that such indemnification is not specifically authorized by the Certificate of Incorporation, these Bylaws or by statute. Any repeal or modification of these Bylaws, the DGCL or any other applicable law shall not affect any rights or obligations then existing under this ARTICLE VIII. The provisions of this ARTICLE VIII shall continue as to Indemnitee and Indemnitee Agent for any action taken or not taken while serving in an indemnified capacity even though the Indemnitee or Indemnitee Agent may have ceased to serve in such capacity at the time of any action, suit or other covered proceeding. This ARTICLE VIII shall be binding upon the Corporation and its successors and assigns and shall inure to the benefit of Indemnitee and Indemnitee Agent and Indemnitee's and Indemnitee Agent's estate, heirs, legal representatives and assigns.

        8.14     Non-Exclusivity.     

        Nothing herein shall be deemed to diminish or otherwise restrict any rights to which Indemnitee or Indemnitee Agent may be entitled under the Certificate of Incorporation, these Bylaws, any agreement, any vote of stockholders or disinterested Directors, or under the laws of the State of Delaware.

        8.15     Severability.     

        Nothing in this ARTICLE VIII is intended to require or shall be construed as requiring the Corporation to do or fail to do any act in violation of applicable law. If this ARTICLE VIII or any portion hereof shall be invalidated on any ground by any court of competent jurisdiction, then the Corporation shall nevertheless indemnify Indemnitee or Indemnitee Agent to the fullest extent permitted by any applicable portion of this ARTICLE VIII that shall not have been invalidated.

        8.16     Mutual Acknowledgement.     

        Both the Corporation and Indemnitee acknowledge that in certain instances, federal law or applicable public policy may prohibit the Corporation from indemnifying its Directors and officers under this ARTICLE VIII or otherwise. Indemnitee understands and acknowledges that the Corporation has undertaken or may be required in the future to undertake with the Securities and Exchange Commission to submit the question of indemnification to a court in certain circumstances for a determination of the Corporation's right under public policy to indemnify Indemnitee.

        8.17     Officer and Director Liability Insurance.     

        The Corporation shall, from time to time, make the good faith determination whether or not it is practicable for the Corporation to obtain and maintain a policy or policies of insurance with reputable insurance companies providing the officers and Directors of the Corporation with coverage for losses from wrongful acts, or to ensure the Corporation's performance of its indemnification obligations under this ARTICLE VIII. Among other considerations, the Corporation will weigh the costs of obtaining such insurance coverage against the protection afforded by such coverage. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Corporation shall have no obligation to obtain or maintain such insurance if the

23



Corporation determines in good faith that such insurance is not reasonably available, if the premium costs for such insurance are disproportionate to the amount of coverage provided, if the coverage provided by such insurance is limited by exclusions so as to provide an insufficient benefit, or if Indemnitee is covered by similar insurance maintained by a subsidiary or parent of the Corporation.

        8.18     Notice to Insurers.     

        If, at the time of the receipt of a notice of a claim pursuant to Section 8.6 hereof, the Corporation has director and officer liability insurance in effect, the Corporation shall give prompt notice of the commencement of such proceeding to the insurers in accordance with the procedures set forth in the respective policies. The Corporation shall thereafter take all necessary or desirable action to cause such insurers to pay, on behalf of the Indemnitee, all amounts payable as a result of such proceeding in accordance with the terms of such policies.

        8.19     Attorneys' Fees.     

        In the event that any action is instituted by Indemnitee under this ARTICLE VIII to enforce or interpret any of the terms hereof, Indemnitee shall be entitled to be paid all court costs and expenses, including reasonable attorneys' fees, incurred by Indemnitee with respect to such action, unless as a part of such action, the court of competent jurisdiction determines that the action was not instituted in good faith or was frivolous. In the event of an action instituted by or in the name of the Corporation under this ARTICLE VIII, or to enforce or interpret any of the terms of this ARTICLE VIII, Indemnitee shall be entitled to be paid all court costs and expenses, including attorneys' fees, incurred by Indemnitee in defense of such action (including with respect to Indemnitee's counterclaims and cross-claims made in such action), unless as a part of such action the court determines that Indemnitee's defenses to such action were not made in good faith or were frivolous. The Board of Directors may, in its discretion, provide by resolution for payment of such attorneys' fees to any Indemnitee Agent.

ARTICLE IX
AMENDMENTS

        These Bylaws may be amended or repealed by the Board of Directors at any meeting or by the stockholders at any meeting.

[REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

24


CERTIFICATE OF SECRETARY

        The undersigned hereby certifies that:

        IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have executed this Certificate of Secretary as of March 16, 2009.

      /s/ DIANE THOMPSON

Diane Thompson
Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary

25




QuickLinks


QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document


Exhibit 4.5


WARRANT

        THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY OR ISSUABLE UPON THE EXERCISE OF ALL OR ANY PORTION OF THIS WARRANT HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED ("1933 ACT"), OR ANY STATE SECURITIES LAWS AND SHALL NOT BE SOLD, PLEDGED, HYPOTHECATED, DONATED, OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, WHETHER OR NOT FOR CONSIDERATION, BY THE HOLDER EXCEPT UPON THE ISSUANCE TO THE COMPANY OF A FAVORABLE OPINION OF ITS COUNSEL OR THE SUBMISSION TO THE COMPANY OF SUCH OTHER EVIDENCE AS MAY BE SATISFACTORY TO COUNSEL FOR THE COMPANY, IN EITHER CASE, TO THE EFFECT THAT ANY SUCH TRANSFER SHALL NOT BE IN VIOLATION OF THE 1933 ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS.

        IF THE COMPANY EFFECTS A PUBLIC OFFERING OF ITS SECURITIES, THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY OR ISSUABLE UPON THE EXERCISE OF ALL OR ANY PORTION OF THIS WARRANT WILL BE SUBJECT TO A MARKET STANDOFF AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE COMPANY AND THE HOLDER, A COPY OF WHICH WILL BE AVAILABLE FROM THE SECRETARY OF THE COMPANY; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, THAT SUCH MARKET STANDOFF AGREEMENT IS 180 DAYS OR LESS AND IS IN THE SAME FORM AND SHALL HAVE THE SAME TERMS AS IS AGREED TO BY THE HOLDERS OF ALL OF THE COMPANY'S ISSUED AND OUTSTANDING SHARES OF COMMON STOCK.


TELEUNIVERSITY, INC.

Common Stock Purchase Warrant
to
Purchase                Shares
of
Common Stock

This Common Stock Purchase Warrant is issued to:

    

by TELEUNIVERSITY, INC., a Delaware corporation (hereinafter called the "Company", which term shall include its successors and assigns).

        FOR VALUE RECEIVED, and subject to the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth, the registered holder of this Warrant as set forth on the books and records of the Company (the "Holder") is entitled, upon surrender of this Warrant, to purchase from the Company up to            fully paid and non-assessable shares of common stock, $0.01 par value per share, of the Company (the "Common Stock"), at the Exercise Price (as defined below) per share.

        This Warrant shall expire at the close of business on                .

        1.     (a)    The right to purchase shares of Common Stock represented by this Warrant may be exercised by the Holder, in whole or in part, by the surrender of this Warrant (properly endorsed, if required) at the principal office of the Company at 4350 E. Camelback Road, Suite 240-B, Phoenix, Arizona 85018 (or such other office or agency of the Company as it may designate by notice in writing to the Holder at the address of the Holder appearing on the books of the Company), and upon payment to the Company, by cash or by certified check or bank draft, of the Exercise Price for such shares. The Company agrees that the shares of Common Stock so purchased shall be deemed to be

1



issued to the Holder as the record owner of such shares of Common Stock as of the close of business on of the date on which this Warrant shall have been surrendered and payment made for such shares of Common Stock as aforesaid. Certificates for the shares of Common Stock so purchased (together with a cash adjustment in lieu of any fraction of a share) shall be delivered to the Holder within a reasonable time, not exceeding five (5) business days, after the rights represented by this Warrant shall have been so exercised, and, unless this Warrant has expired, a new Warrant representing the number of shares of Common Stock, if any, with respect to which this Warrant shall not then have been exercised, in all other respects identical with this Warrant, shall also be issued and delivered to the Holder within such time, or, at the request of the Holder, appropriate notation may be made on this Warrant and the same returned to the Holder.

            (b)   This Warrant may be exercised to acquire, from and after the date hereof, the number of shares of Common Stock set forth on the first page hereof; provided,, however, the right hereunder to purchase such shares of Common Stock shall expire at the close of business on                             .

        2.     The Company covenants and agrees that all Common Stock upon issuance against payment in full of the Exercise Price by the Holder pursuant to this Warrant will be validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable and FREE from all taxes, liens and charges with respect to the issue thereof; and, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Company covenants and agrees that it will take from time to time all such action as may be requisite to assure that the par value per share of the Common Stock is at all times equal to or less than the then effective Exercise Price. The Company further covenants and agrees that during the period within which the rights represented by this Warrant may be exercised, the Company will have at all times authorized, and reserved for the purpose of issue or transfer upon exercise of the rights evidenced by this Warrant, a sufficient number of shares of Common Stock to provide for the exercise of the rights represented by this Warrant and will procure at its sole expense upon each such reservation of shares the listing thereof (subject to issuance or notice of issuance) on all stock exchanges on which the Common Stock is then listed or inter-dealer trading systems on which the Common Stock is then traded, if applicable. The Company will take all such action as may be necessary to assure that such shares of Common Stock may be so issued without violation of any applicable law or regulation, or of any requirements of any national securities exchange upon which the Common Stock may be listed or inter-dealer trading system on which the Common Stock is then traded, if applicable. The Company will not take any action which would result in any adjustment in the number of shares of Common Stock purchasable hereunder if the total number of shares of Common Stock issuable pursuant to the terms of this Warrant after such action upon full exercise of this Warrant and, together with all shares of Common Stock then outstanding and all shares of Common Stock then issuable upon exercise of all options and other rights to purchase shares of Common Stock then outstanding, would exceed the total number of shares of Common Stock then authorized by the Company's Certificate of Incorporation, as then amended.

        3.     The Initial Exercise Price is            per share of Common Stock (the "Initial Exercise Price"). The Initial Exercise Price shall be adjusted as provided for below in this Section 3 (the Initial Exercise Price, and the Initial Exercise Price, as thereafter then adjusted, shall be referred to as the "Exercise Price") and the Exercise Price from time to time shall be further adjusted as provided for below in this Section 3. Upon each adjustment of the Exercise Price in this Section 3, the Holder shall thereafter be entitled to receive upon exercise of this Warrant, at the Exercise Price resulting from such adjustment, the number of shares of Common Stock obtained by (a) multiplying the Exercise Price in effect immediately prior to such adjustment by the number of shares of Common Stock purchasable hereunder immediately prior to such adjustment, and (b) dividing the product thereof by the Exercise Price resulting from such adjustment. The Exercise Price shall be adjusted as follows:

2


3


        Whenever the Exercise Price shall be adjusted pursuant to this Section 3, the Company shall issue a certificate signed by its President or Vice President and by its Treasurer, Assistant Treasurer, Secretary or Assistant Secretary, setting forth, in reasonable detail, the event requiring the adjustment, the amount of the adjustment, the method by which such adjustment was calculated (including a description of the basis on which the Board of Directors of the Company made any determination hereunder), and the Exercise Price after giving effect to such adjustment, and shall cause copies of such certificates to be mailed (by first-class mail, postage prepaid) to the Holder of this Warrant. The Company shall make such certificate and mail it to the Holder promptly after each adjustment.

        No fractional shares of Common Stock shall be issued in connection with any exercise of this Warrant. In lieu, of such fractional shares, the Company shall make a cash payment therefor equal in amount to the product of the applicable fraction multiplied by the Exercise Price then in effect.

        4.     In the event the Company grants rights to all stockholders to purchase Common Stock, the Holder shall have the same rights as if this Warrant had been exercised immediately prior to such grant.

        5.     This Warrant need not be changed because of any change in the Exercise Price or in the number of shares of Common Stock purchasable hereunder.

        6.     The terms defined in this paragraph, whenever used in this Warrant, shall, unless the context otherwise requires, have the respective meanings hereinafter specified. The term "Common Stock" shall mean and include the Company's Common Stock, $0.01 par value per share, authorized on the date of the original issue of this Warrant and shall also include, in case of any reorganization, reclassification, consolidation, merger or sale of assets of the character referred to in Paragraph 4 hereof, the stock, securities or assets provided for in such paragraph. The term "Company" shall also include any successor corporation to TeleUniversity, Inc. by merger, consolidation or otherwise. The term "outstanding" when used with reference to Common Stock shall mean at any date as of which the number of shares thereof is to be determined, all issued shares of Common Stock, except shares then owned or held by, or for the account of, the Company. The term "1933 Act" shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or any similar Federal statute, and the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission, or any other Federal agency then administering the 1933 Act, all as the same shall be in effect at the time.

        7.     This Warrant is exchangeable, upon the surrender hereby by the Holder at the office or agency of the Company, for new Warrants of like tenor representing in the aggregate the right to subscribe for and purchase the number of shares of Common Stock which may be subscribed for and purchased hereunder, each of such new Warrants to represent the right to subscribe for and purchase such number of shares of Common Stock as shall be designated by the Holder at the time of such surrender. Upon receipt of evidence satisfactory to the Company of the loss, theft, destruction or

4



mutilation of this Warrant or any such new Warrants and, in the case of any such loss, theft or destruction, upon delivery of a bond of indemnity reasonably satisfactory to the Company, or, in the case of any such mutilation, upon surrender or cancellation of this Warrant or such new Warrants, the Company will issue to the Holder a new Warrant of like tenor, in lieu of this Warrant or such new Warrants, representing the right to subscribe for and purchase the number of shares of Common Stock which may be subscribed for and purchased hereunder.

        8.     The Company will at no time close its transfer books against the transfer of this Warrant or of any shares of Common Stock issued or issuable upon the exercise of this Warrant in any manner which interferes with the timely exercise of this Warrant. Except as set forth herein, this Warrant shall not entitle the Holder to any voting rights or any rights as a stockholder of the Company. The rights and obligations of the Company, the Holder, and any holder of shares of Common Stock issuable hereunder shall survive the exercise of this Warrant.

        9.     By accepting this Warrant, the Holder hereby agrees that if the Company effects a public offering for its securities pursuant to an effective registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"), other than a registration statement relating to an offering of debt securities of the Company, securities being offered in a transaction described under Rule 145 promulgated under the Securities Act or under or in connection with an employee benefit plan of the Company (a "Public Offering"), then the Holder, in connection with, and in anticipation of, such Public Offering, if requested by the Company or the managing underwriter, if any, in such Public Offering, hereby agrees to enter into with the Company (or the managing underwriter) a customary Market Stand-Off Agreement pursuant to which the Holder agrees not to sell, make any short sale of, loan, pledge (or otherwise encumber or hypothecate), grant any option for the purchase of, or otherwise directly or indirectly dispose of this Warrant or any of the shares of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of this Warrant without the prior written consent of the Company (or the managing underwriter) for such period of time as the Board of Directors of the Company establishes in good faith, which period, in no event, shall exceed 180 days from the date that the Company consummates its Public Offering.

        10.   By acceptance of this Warrant, the Holder acknowledges that each certificate representing the securities issuable upon the exercise of all or any portion of this Warrant (together with any other securities issued or issuable in respect hereof and thereof upon any stock split, stock dividend, recapitalization, merger, consolidation or similar event) shall bear the following legends (in addition to any legends required by applicable state securities laws and the Stockholders Agreement (defined in Section 12 below)):

        "THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED ("1933 ACT"), OR ANY STATE SECURITIES LAWS AND SHALL NOT BE SOLD, PLEDGED, HYPOTHECATED, DONATED, OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, WHETHER OR NOT FOR CONSIDERATION, BY THE HOLDER EXCEPT UPON THE ISSUANCE TO THE COMPANY OF A FAVORABLE OPINION OF ITS COUNSEL OR THE SUBMISSION TO THE COMPANY OF SUCH OTHER EVIDENCE AS MAY BE SATISFACTORY TO COUNSEL FOR THE COMPANY, IN EITHER CASE, TO THE EFFECT THAT ANY SUCH TRANSFER SHALL NOT BE IN VIOLATION OF THE 1933 ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS."

        "IF THE COMPANY EFFECTS A PUBLIC OFFERING OF ITS SECURITIES, THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY OR ISSUABLE UPON THE EXERCISE OF ALL OR ANY PORTION OF THIS WARRANT WILL BE SUBJECT TO A MARKET STANDOFF AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE COMPANY AND THE HOLDER, A COPY OF WHICH WILL BE AVAILABLE FROM THE SECRETARY OF THE COMPANY; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, THAT SUCH MARKET STAND OFF AGREEMENT IS 180 DAYS OR LESS AND IS IN THE SAME FORM AND SHALL

5



HAVE THE SAME TERMS AS IS AGREED TO BY THE HOLDERS OF ALL OF THE COMPANY'S ISSUED AND OUTSTANDING SHARES OF COMMON STOCK."

        11.   The validity, interpretation and performance of this Warrant and each of its terms and provisions shall be governed by the laws of the State of New York or another state designated by the Company, without giving effect to the principles of conflicts of law thereof.

        12.     Stockholders Agreement and Registration Rights.     The Holder agrees to, and this Warrant and the shares of Common Stock issued upon exercise of this Warrant shall, become subject to the terms and provisions of the Stockholders Agreement substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A and the Registration Rights Agreement substantially in the form attached as Exhibit B by executing and delivering to the Company a joinder agreement in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit C (a " Joinder Agreement ") simultaneously with the execution of this Warrant, pursuant to which the Holder will become a party to, and be bound by and obligated to comply, with the terms and provisions of, the Stockholders Agreement on the Effective Date, provided, however, if the Holder is a party to the Stockholders Agreement prior to the Effective Date, the execution and delivery of a Joinder Agreement is not required under this Warrant.

        13.     Waivers, Representations and Covenants of Holder.     Holder hereby acknowledges and agrees that (a) this Warrant, the Registration Rights Agreement and the Stockholders Agreement constitute the entire understanding of the parties hereto relating to the rights of the Holder regarding the Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of this Warrant and any rights related to such Common Stock or Warrant, and (b) that this Warrant, the Stockholders Agreement and the Registration Rights Agreement together supersede all prior understandings among such parties related to the subject matter hereof and thereof. The provisions of any prior agreements, written or oral, relating to such rights are hereby terminated and shall have no further force or effect and all rights thereunder are hereby waived in their entirety. Holder disclaims and waives any rights or claims to any securities or equity of the Company other than as evidenced by this Warrant, and further disclaims any indebtedness owed by the Company to Holder. Holder disclaims and waives any rights or claims to any options or warrants for the securities of the Company any rights to purchase or sell securities of the Company, voting rights, registration rights, or other rights with respect to securities of the Company outstanding on the date hereof or issued in the future, that are inconsistent or in conflict with the terms of this Warrant, the Registration Rights Agreement and the Stockholders Agreement, whether such rights were granted under any previous or future shareholders agreement or other agreement, including without limitation the 2000 Subscription Agreement. Notwithstanding any provision herein to the contrary or the exercise of this Warrant, the waivers, representations and covenants of the Holder herein shall survive indefinitely and shall constitute a release of liability of the Company for any claims to rights waived.

        14.     Restrictions on Transfer.     The Holder acknowledges that the Company will issue the shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of this Warrant in reliance on an exemption from registration under the Act. The Holder agrees not to sell or otherwise dispose of the shares of Common Stock unless Holder establishes to the Company's reasonable satisfaction that the transfer of the shares is not a violation of the Act, applicable state securities laws, or other laws. The Holder represents to the Company that the Holder is acquiring the Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the Warrant for investment and not with a view towards the resale, transfer or distribution, nor with any present intention of distributing the shares, but subject, nevertheless, to any requirement of law that the disposition of the Holder's shares shall at all times be within the Holder's control, and without prejudice to the Holder's right at all times to sell or otherwise dispose of all or any part of such shares under a registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the " Act ") or under an exemption from said registration available under the Act. The Holder represents to the Company that the Holder has had access to complete information about the Company, its business, management, and prospects and that the Holder understands the nature, and is able to bear the economic risks, of an investment in shares.

        15.     Independent Counsel.     The Holder acknowledges that the Holder has been provided with an opportunity to consult with the Holder's own counsel with respect to this Warrant.

6


        IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Warrant to be signed by its duly authorized officer under its corporate seal as of November 12, 2003.

    TELEUNIVERSITY, INC.

 

 

By:

 

/s/ Scott Turner

Name: Scott Turner
Title: Chief Executive Officer

7




QuickLinks

WARRANT
TELEUNIVERSITY, INC. Common Stock Purchase Warrant to Purchase Shares of Common Stock This Common Stock Purchase Warrant is issued to

QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document


Exhibit 4.6


WARRANT

        THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY OR ISSUABLE UPON THE EXERCISE OF ALL OR ANY PORTION OF THIS WARRANT HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED ("1933 ACT"), OR ANY STATE SECURITIES LAWS AND SHALL NOT BE SOLD, PLEDGED, HYPOTHECATED, DONATED, OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, WHETHER OR NOT FOR CONSIDERATION, BY THE HOLDER EXCEPT UPON THE ISSUANCE TO THE COMPANY OF A FAVORABLE OPINION OF ITS COUNSEL OR THE SUBMISSION TO THE COMPANY OF SUCH OTHER EVIDENCE AS MAY BE SATISFACTORY TO COUNSEL FOR THE COMPANY, IN EITHER CASE, TO THE EFFECT THAT ANY SUCH TRANSFER SHALL NOT BE IN VIOLATION OF THE 1933 ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS.

        IF THE COMPANY EFFECTS A PUBLIC OFFERING OF ITS SECURITIES, THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY OR ISSUABLE UPON THE EXERCISE OF ALL OR ANY PORTION OF THIS WARRANT WILL BE SUBJECT TO A MARKET STANDOFF AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE COMPANY AND THE HOLDER, A COPY OF WHICH WILL BE AVAILABLE FROM THE SECRETARY OF THE COMPANY; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, THAT SUCH MARKET STANDOFF AGREEMENT IS 180 DAYS OR LESS AND IS IN THE SAME FORM AND SHALL HAVE THE SAME TERMS AS IS AGREED TO BY THE HOLDERS OF ALL OF THE COMPANY'S ISSUED AND OUTSTANDING SHARES OF COMMON STOCK.


BRIDGEPOINT EDUCATION, INC.

Common Stock Purchase Warrant
to
Purchase            Shares
of
Common Stock

This Common Stock Purchase Warrant is issued to:

    

                 by BRIDGEPOINT EDUCATION, INC., a Delaware corporation (hereinafter called the "Company", which term shall include its successors and assigns).

        This Warrant is made and entered into as of                and effective as of the Effective Date (as defined below).

        WHEREAS, it is a condition to the obligations of the Warburg Pincus under the Purchase Agreement that the shareholders of the Company and the Company enter into a Stockholders Agreement (the "Stockholders Agreement") under which the parties agree to certain matters relating to the operations of the Company and the disposition and voting of the shares of Company's stock;

        WHEREAS, it is a condition to the obligations of Warburg Pincus under the Purchase Agreement that the Company enter into a Registration Rights Agreement ("Registration Rights Agreement"), under which the Company shall grant the parties thereto certain registration rights; and

        WHEREAS, the Holder, in consideration of the benefits expected to inure to Holder from the Warrants has previously executed and delivered and agreed to be bound by the Warrant form, the

1



Stockholders Agreement and the Registration Rights Agreement (collectively, the "Transaction Documents") pursuant to the terms hereof;

        NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing premises and for other good and valuable consideration, the parties hereby agree as follows:

2


        FOR VALUE RECEIVED, and subject to the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth, the registered holder of this Warrant as set forth on the books and records of the Company (the "Holder") is entitled, upon surrender of this Warrant, to purchase from the Company up to            fully paid and non-assessable shares of common stock, $0.01 par value per share, of the Company (the "Common Stock"), at the Exercise Price (as defined below) per share.

        This Warrant shall expire at the close of business on                             .

        1.     (a)    The right to purchase shares of Common Stock represented by this Warrant may be exercised by the Holder, in whole or in part, by the surrender of this Warrant (properly endorsed, if required) at the principal office of the Company at 13880 Stowe Drive, Suite C, Poway, California 92064 (or such other office or agency of the Company as it may designate by notice in writing to the Holder at the address of the Holder appearing on the books of the Company), and upon payment to the Company, by cash or by certified check or bank draft, of the Exercise Price for such shares. The Company agrees that the shares of Common Stock so purchased shall be deemed to be issued to the Holder as the record owner of such shares of Common Stock as of the close of business on of the date on which this Warrant shall have been surrendered and payment made for such shares of Common Stock as aforesaid. Certificates for the shares of Common Stock so purchased (together with a cash adjustment in lieu of any fraction of a share) shall be delivered to the Holder within a reasonable time, not exceeding five (5) business days, after the rights represented by this Warrant shall have been so exercised, and, unless this Warrant has expired, a new Warrant representing the number of shares of Common Stock, if any, with respect to which this Warrant shall not then have been exercised, in all other respects identical with this Warrant, shall also be issued and delivered to the Holder within such time, or, at the request of the Holder, appropriate notation may be made on this Warrant and the same returned to the Holder.

            (b)   This Warrant may be exercised to acquire, from and after the date hereof, the number of shares of Common Stock set forth on the first page hereof; provided, however, the right hereunder to purchase such shares of Common Stock shall expire at the close of business on                             .

        2.     The Company covenants and agrees that all Common Stock upon issuance against payment in full of the Exercise Price by the Holder pursuant to this Warrant will be validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable and FREE from all taxes, liens and charges with respect to the issue thereof; and, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Company covenants and agrees that it will take from time to time all such action as may be requisite to assure that the par value per share of the Common Stock is at all times equal to or less than the then effective Exercise Price. The Company further covenants and agrees that during the period within which the rights represented by this Warrant may be exercised, the Company will have at all times authorized, and reserved for the purpose of issue or transfer upon exercise of the rights evidenced by this Warrant, a sufficient number of shares of Common Stock to provide for the exercise of the rights represented by this Warrant and will procure at its sole expense upon each such reservation of shares the listing thereof (subject to issuance or notice of issuance) on all stock exchanges on which the Common Stock is then listed or inter-dealer trading systems on which the Common Stock is then traded, if applicable. The Company will take all such action as may be necessary to assure that such shares of Common Stock may be so issued without violation of any applicable law or regulation, or of any requirements of any national securities exchange upon which the Common Stock may be listed or inter-dealer trading system on which the Common Stock is then traded, if applicable. The Company will not take any action which would result in any adjustment in the number of shares of Common Stock purchasable hereunder if the total number of

3



shares of Common Stock issuable pursuant to the terms of this Warrant after such action upon full exercise of this Warrant and, together with all shares of Common Stock then outstanding and all shares of Common Stock then issuable upon exercise of all options and other rights to purchase shares of Common Stock then outstanding, would exceed the total number of shares of Common Stock then authorized by the Company's Certificate of Incorporation, as then amended.

        3.     The initial exercise price per share of Common Stock (the "Initial Exercise Price") is                             .

        From time to time, the Initial Exercise Price shall be adjusted as provided for below in this Section 3 (the Initial Exercise Price, and the Initial Exercise Price as thereafter adjusted pursuant to this Section 3, shall be referred to as the "Exercise Price"), and the Exercise Price shall be further adjusted as provided for below in this Section 3. Upon each adjustment of the Exercise Price in this Section 3, the Holder shall thereafter be entitled to receive upon exercise of this Warrant, at the Exercise Price resulting from such adjustment, the number of shares of Common Stock obtained by (a) multiplying the Exercise Price in effect immediately prior to such adjustment by the number of shares of Common Stock purchasable hereunder immediately prior to such adjustment, and (b) dividing the product thereof by the Exercise Price resulting from such adjustment. The Exercise Price shall be adjusted as follows:

4


        Whenever the Exercise Price shall be adjusted pursuant to this Section 3, the Company shall issue a certificate signed by its President or Vice President and by its Treasurer, Assistant Treasurer, Secretary or Assistant Secretary, setting forth, in reasonable detail, the event requiring the adjustment, the amount of the adjustment, the method by which such adjustment was calculated (including a description of the basis on which the Board of Directors of the Company made any determination hereunder), and the Exercise Price after giving effect to such adjustment, and shall cause copies of such certificates to be mailed (by first-class mail, postage prepaid) to the Holder of this Warrant. The Company shall make such certificate and mail it to the Holder promptly after each adjustment.

        No fractional shares of Common Stock shall be issued in connection with any exercise of this Warrant. In lieu of such fractional shares, the Company shall make a cash payment therefor equal in amount to the product of the applicable fraction multiplied by the Exercise Price then in effect.

        4.     In the event the Company grants rights to all stockholders to purchase Common Stock, the Holder shall have the same rights as if this Warrant had been exercised immediately prior to such grant.

5


        5.     This Warrant need not be changed because of any change in the Exercise Price or in the number of shares of Common Stock purchasable hereunder.

        6.     The terms defined in this paragraph, whenever used in this Warrant, shall, unless the context otherwise requires, have the respective meanings hereinafter specified. The term "Common Stock" shall mean and include the Company's Common Stock, $0.01 par value per share, authorized on the date of the original issue of this Warrant and shall also include, in case of any reorganization, reclassification, consolidation, merger or sale of assets of the character referred to in Paragraph 4 hereof, the stock, securities or assets provided for in such paragraph. The term "Company" shall also include any successor corporation to Bridgepoint Education, Inc. by merger, consolidation or otherwise. The term "outstanding" when used with reference to Common Stock shall mean at any date as of which the number of shares thereof is to be determined, all issued shares of Common Stock, except shares then owned or held by, or for the account of, the Company. The term "1933 Act" shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or any similar Federal statute, and the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission, or any other Federal agency then administering the 1933 Act, all as the same shall be in effect at the time.

        7.     This Warrant is exchangeable, upon the surrender hereby by the Holder at the office or agency of the Company, for new Warrants of like tenor representing in the aggregate the right to subscribe for and purchase the number of shares of Common Stock which may be subscribed for and purchased hereunder, each of such new Warrants to represent the right to subscribe for and purchase such number of shares of Common Stock as shall be designated by the Holder at the time of such surrender. Upon receipt of evidence satisfactory to the Company of the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of this Warrant or any such new Warrants and, in the case of any such loss, theft or destruction, upon delivery of a bond of indemnity reasonably satisfactory to the Company, or, in the case of any such mutilation, upon surrender or cancellation of this Warrant or such new Warrants, the Company will issue to the Holder a new Warrant of like tenor, in lieu of this Warrant or such new Warrants, representing the right to subscribe for and purchase the number of shares of Common Stock which may be subscribed for and purchased hereunder.

        8.     The Company will at no time close its transfer books against the transfer of this Warrant or of any shares of Common Stock issued or issuable upon the exercise of this Warrant in any manner which interferes with the timely exercise of this Warrant. Except as set forth herein, this Warrant shall not entitle the Holder to any voting rights or any rights as a stockholder of the Company. The rights and obligations of the Company, the Holder, and any holder of shares of Common Stock issuable hereunder shall survive the exercise of this Warrant.

        9.     By accepting this Warrant, the Holder hereby agrees that if the Company effects a public offering for its securities pursuant to an effective registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"), other than a registration statement relating to an offering of debt securities of the Company, securities being offered in a transaction described under Rule 145 promulgated under the Securities Act or under or in connection with an employee benefit plan of the Company (a "Public Offering"), then the Holder, in connection with, and in anticipation of, such Public Offering, if requested by the Company or the managing underwriter, if any, in such Public Offering, hereby agrees to enter into with the Company (or the managing underwriter) a customary Market Stand-Off Agreement pursuant to which the Holder agrees not to sell, make any short sale of, loan, pledge (or otherwise encumber or hypothecate), grant any option for the purchase of, or otherwise directly or indirectly dispose of this Warrant or any of the shares of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of this Warrant without the prior written consent of the Company (or the managing underwriter) for such period of time as the Board of Directors of the Company establishes in good faith, which period, in no event, shall exceed 180 days from the date that the Company consummates its Public Offering.

6


        10.   By acceptance of this Warrant, the Holder acknowledges that each certificate representing the securities issuable upon the exercise of all or any portion of this Warrant (together with any other securities issued or issuable in respect hereof and thereof upon any stock split, stock dividend, recapitalization, merger, consolidation or similar event) shall bear the following legends (in addition to any legends required by applicable state securities laws and the Stockholders Agreement (defined in Section C above)):

        "THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED ("1933 ACT"), OR ANY STATE SECURITIES LAWS AND SHALL NOT BE SOLD, PLEDGED, HYPOTHECATED, DONATED, OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, WHETHER OR NOT FOR CONSIDERATION, BY THE HOLDER EXCEPT UPON THE ISSUANCE TO THE COMPANY OF A FAVORABLE OPINION OF ITS COUNSEL OR THE SUBMISSION TO THE COMPANY OF SUCH OTHER EVIDENCE AS MAY BE SATISFACTORY TO COUNSEL FOR THE COMPANY, IN EITHER CASE, TO THE EFFECT THAT ANY SUCH TRANSFER SHALL NOT BE IN VIOLATION OF THE 1933 ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS."

        "IF THE COMPANY EFFECTS A PUBLIC OFFERING OF ITS SECURITIES, THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY OR ISSUABLE UPON THE EXERCISE OF ALL OR ANY PORTION OF THIS Warrant WILL BE SUBJECT TO A MARKET STANDOFF AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE COMPANY AND THE HOLDER, A COPY OF WHICH WILL BE AVAILABLE FROM THE SECRETARY OF THE COMPANY; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, THAT SUCH MARKET STAND OFF AGREEMENT IS 180 DAYS OR LESS AND IS IN THE SAME FORM AND SHALL HAVE THE SAME TERMS AS IS AGREED TO BY THE HOLDERS OF ALL OF THE COMPANY'S ISSUED AND OUTSTANDING SHARES OF COMMON STOCK."

        11.   The validity, interpretation and performance of this Warrant and each of its terms and provisions shall be governed by the laws of the State of Delaware or another state designated by the Company, without giving effect to the principles of conflicts of law thereof.

7


        IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Warrant to be signed by its duly authorized officer under its corporate seal as of                             .

    BRIDGEPOINT EDUCATION, INC.
a Delaware corporation

 

 

By:

 

/s/ Andrew Clark

Name: Andrew Clark
Title: Chief Executive Officer

8




QuickLinks

WARRANT
BRIDGEPOINT EDUCATION, INC. Common Stock Purchase Warrant to Purchase Shares of Common Stock This Common Stock Purchase Warrant is issued to

QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document


Exhibit 4.7

THIS WARRANT AND THE SHARES ISSUABLE HEREUNDER HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND MAY NOT BE SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED WITHOUT AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION THEREOF UNDER SUCH ACT OR PURSUANT TO RULE 144 OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL REASONABLY SATISFACTORY TO THE CORPORATION AND ITS COUNSEL THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED.

WARRANT TO PURCHASE STOCK

Corporation:   BRIDGEPOINT EDUCATION, INC., a Delaware corporation
Number of Shares:    
Class of Securities:   Common Stock, par value $.01 per share
Initial Exercise Price:               per share
Issue Date:    
Expiration Date:               (Subject to Section 4.1)

        THIS WARRANT CERTIFIES THAT, for good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged,                              or its assignee ("Holder") is entitled to purchase the number of fully paid and nonassessable shares of the class of securities (the "Shares") of the corporation (the "Company") at the initial exercise price per Share (the "Warrant Price") all as set forth above and as adjusted pursuant to Article 2 of this warrant, subject to the provisions and upon the terms and conditions set forth in this warrant.

ARTICLE 1. EXERCISE.

        1.1     Method of Exercise .    Holder may exercise this warrant by delivering this warrant and a duly executed Notice of Exercise in substantially the form attached as Appendix 1 to the principal office of the Company. Unless Holder is exercising the conversion right set forth in Section 1.2, Holder shall also deliver to the Company a check for the aggregate Warrant Price for the Shares being purchased.

        1.2     Conversion Right .    In lieu of exercising this warrant as specified in Section 1.1, Holder may from time to time convert this warrant, in whole or in part, into a number of Shares determined by dividing (a) the aggregate fair market value of the Shares or other securities otherwise issuable upon exercise of this warrant minus the aggregate Warrant Price of such Shares by (b) the fair market value of one Share. The fair market value of the Shares shall be determined pursuant to Section 1.4.

        1.3     Intentionally Omitted.     

        1.4     Fair Market Value .    If the Shares are traded regularly in a public market, the fair market value of the Shares shall be the closing price of the Shares reported for the business day immediately before Holder delivers its Notice of Exercise to the Company. If the Shares are not regularly traded in a public market, the Board of Directors of the Company shall determine fair market value in its reasonable good faith judgment.

        1.5     Delivery of Certificate and New Warrant .    Promptly after Holder exercises or converts this warrant, the Company shall deliver to Holder certificates for the Shares acquired and, if this warrant has not been fully exercised or converted and has not expired, a new warrant representing the Shares not so acquired.

        1.6     Replacement of Warrants .    On receipt of evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Company of the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of this warrant and, in the case of loss, theft or destruction, on delivery of an indemnity agreement reasonably satisfactory in form and amount to the Company or, in

1



the case of mutilation, on surrender and cancellation of this warrant, the Company at its expense shall execute and deliver, in lieu of this warrant, a new warrant of like tenor.

        1.7     Repurchase on Sale, Merger, or Consolidation of the Company.     

ARTICLE 2. ADJUSTMENTS TO THE SHARES.

        2.1     Stock Dividends, Splits, Etc .    If the Company declares or pays a dividend on its common stock payable in common stock, or other securities, subdivides the outstanding common stock into a greater amount of common stock, then upon exercise of this warrant, for each Share acquired, Holder shall receive, without cost to Holder, the total number and kind of securities to which Holder would have been entitled had Holder owned the Shares of record as of the date the dividend or subdivision occurred.

        2.2     Reclassification, Exchange or Substitution .    Upon any reclassification, exchange, substitution, or other event that results in a change of the number and/or class of the securities issuable upon exercise or conversion of this warrant, Holder shall be entitled to receive, upon exercise or conversion of this warrant, the number and kind of securities and property that Holder would have received for the Shares if this warrant had been exercised immediately before such reclassification, exchange, substitution, or other event. The Company or its successor shall promptly issue to Holder a new warrant for such new securities or other property. The new warrant shall provide for adjustments which shall be as nearly equivalent as may be practicable to the adjustments provided for in this Article 2 including, without limitation, adjustments to the Warrant Price and to the number of securities or property issuable upon exercise of the new warrant. The provisions of this Section 2.2 shall similarly apply to successive reclassifications, exchanges, substitutions, or other events.

        2.3     Adjustments for Combinations, Etc .    If the outstanding Shares are combined or consolidated, by reclassification or otherwise, into a lesser number of shares, the Warrant Price shall be proportionately increased. If the outstanding Shares are combined or consolidated, by reclassification or otherwise, into a greater number of shares, the Warrant Price shall be proportionately decreased.

2


        2.4     Intentionally Omitted.     

        2.5     No Impairment .    The Company shall not, by amendment of its Certificate of Incorporation or through a reorganization, transfer of assets, consolidation, merger, dissolution, issue, or sale of securities or any other voluntary action, avoid or seek to avoid the observance or performance of any of the terms to be observed or performed under this warrant by the Company, but shall at all times in good faith assist in carrying out all the provisions of this Article 2 and in taking all such action as may be necessary or appropriate to protect Holder's rights under this Article against impairment.

        2.6     Certificate as to Adjustments .    Upon each adjustment of the Warrant Price, the Company at its expense shall promptly compute such adjustment, and furnish Holder with a certificate of its Chief Financial Officer setting forth such adjustment and the facts upon which such adjustment is based. The Company shall, upon written request, furnish Holder a certificate setting forth the Warrant Price in effect upon the date thereof and the series of adjustments leading to such Warrant Price.

        2.7     Fractional Shares .    No fractional Shares shall be issuable upon exercise or conversion of the Warrant and the number of Shares to be issued shall be rounded down to the nearest whole Share. If a fractional share interest arises upon any exercise or conversion of the Warrant, the Company shall eliminate such fractional share interest by paying Holder an amount computed by multiplying the fractional interest by the fair market value of a full Share.

ARTICLE 3. REPRESENTATIONS AND COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY.

        3.1     Representations and Warranties .    The Company hereby represents and warrants to the Holder as follows:

        3.2     Notice of Certain Events .    If the Company proposes at any time (a) to declare any dividend or distribution upon its common stock, whether in cash, property, stock, or other securities and whether or not a regular cash dividend; (b) to offer for subscription pro rata to the holders of any class or series of its stock any additional shares of stock of any class or series or other rights; (c) to effect any reclassification or recapitalization of common stock; or (d) to merge or consolidate with or into any other corporation, or sell, lease, license, or convey all or substantially all of its assets, or to liquidate, dissolve or wind up, then, in connection with each such event, the Company shall give Holder (1) at least 20 days prior written notice of the date on which a record will be taken for such dividend, distribution, or subscription rights (and specifying the date on which the holders of common stock will be entitled thereto) or for determining rights to vote, if any, in respect of the matters referred to in (a) and (b) above; and (2) in the case of the matters referred to in (c) and (d) above at least 20 days prior written notice of the date when the same will take place (and specifying the date on which the holders of common stock will be entitled to exchange their common stock for securities or other property deliverable upon the occurrence of such event).

        3.3     Information Rights .    So long as the Holder holds this warrant and/or any of the Shares, the Company shall deliver to the Holder (a) promptly after mailing, copies of all communiqués to the shareholders of the Company, (b) within ninety (90) days after the end of each fiscal year of the

3



Company, the annual audited financial statements of the Company certified by independent public accountants of recognized standing and (c) within forty-five (45) days after the end of each of the first three quarters of each fiscal year, the Company's quarterly, unaudited financial statements.

        3.4     Registration Under Securities Act of 1933, as amended .    The Company agrees that the Shares shall be subject to the registration rights set forth on Exhibit A.

ARTICLE 4. MISCELLANEOUS.

        4.1     Term: Notice of Expiration .    This warrant is exercisable in whole or in part, at any time and from time to time on or before the Expiration Date set forth above; provided, however, that if the Company completes its initial public offering within the three-year period immediately prior to the Expiration Date, the Expiration Date shall automatically be extended until the third anniversary of the effective date of the Company's initial public offering. If this warrant has not been exercised prior to the Expiration Date, this warrant shall be deemed to have been automatically exercised on the Expiration Date by "cashless" conversion pursuant to Section 1.2.

        4.2     Legends .    This warrant and the Shares shall be imprinted with a legend in substantially the following form:

        4.3     Compliance with Securities Laws on Transfer .    This warrant and the Shares issuable upon exercise of this warrant may not be transferred or assigned in whole or in part without compliance with applicable federal and state securities laws by the transferor and the transferee (including, without limitation, the delivery of investment representation letters and legal opinions reasonably satisfactory to the Company). The Company shall not require Holder to provide an opinion of counsel if the transfer is to an affiliate of Holder or if there is no material question as to the availability of current information as referenced in Rule 144(c) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"), Holder represents that it has complied with Rule 144(d) and (e) of the Securities Act in reasonable detail, the selling broker represents that it has complied with Rule 144(f) of the Securities Act, and the Company is provided with a copy of Holder's notice of proposed sale.

        4.4     Transfer Procedure .    Subject to the provisions of Section 4.3, Holder may transfer all or part of this warrant or the Shares issuable upon exercise of this warrant by giving the Company notice of the portion of the warrant being transferred setting forth the name, address and taxpayer identification number of the transferee and surrendering this warrant to the Company for reissuance to the transferee(s) (and Holder, if applicable); provided , however , that Holder may transfer all or part of this warrant to its affiliates, including, without limitation,                              , at any time without notice to the Company, and such affiliate shall then be entitled to all the rights of Holder under this warrant and any related agreements, and the Company shall cooperate fully in ensuring that any stock issued upon exercise of this warrant is issued in the name of the affiliate that exercises the warrant. The terms and conditions of this warrant shall inure to the benefit of, and be binding upon, the Company and the holders hereof and their respective permitted successors and assigns. Unless the Company is filing financial information with the Securities Exchange Commission pursuant to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Company shall have the right to refuse to transfer any portion of this warrant to any person who directly competes with the Company.

4


        4.5     Notices .    All notices and other communications from the Company to the Holder, or vice versa, shall be deemed delivered and effective when given personally or mailed by first-class registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, at such address as may have been furnished to the Company or the Holder, as the case may be, in writing by the Company or such Holder from time to time. All notices to the Holder shall be addressed as follows:

        4.6     Amendments .    This warrant and any term hereof may be changed, waived, discharged or terminated only by an instrument in writing signed by the party against which enforcement of such change, waiver, discharge or termination is sought.

        4.7     Attorneys' Fees .    In the event of any dispute between the parties concerning the terms and provisions of this warrant, the party prevailing in such dispute shall be entitled to collect from the other party all costs incurred in such dispute, including reasonable attorneys' fees.

[ Balance of Page Intentionally Left Blank ]

5


        4.8     Governing Law .    This warrant shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California, without giving effect to its principles regarding conflicts of law.

  BRIDGEPOINT EDUCATION, INC.

 

By:

 

 
     
 
  Name:    
     
 
  Title:    
     
 

 

By:

 

 
     
 
  Name:    
     
 
  Title:    
     
 

Authorized signatories under Corporate Resolutions to Borrow or an authorized signer(s) under a resolution covering warrants must sign the warrant.

[ Signature Page to Warrant to Purchase Stock ]




QuickLinks


QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document


Exhibit 4.8


AMENDED AND RESTATED

WARRANT

        THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY OR ISSUABLE UPON THE EXERCISE OF ALL OR ANY PORTION OF THIS AMENDED AND RESTATED WARRANT HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE "1933 ACT") OR ANY STATE SECURITIES LAWS AND SHALL NOT BE SOLD, PLEDGED, HYPOTHECATED, DONATED, OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, WHETHER OR NOT FOR CONSIDERATION BY THE HOLDER EXCEPT UPON THE DELIVERY TO THE COMPANY OF REASONABLY SATISFACTORY OPINION OF COUNSEL OR THE SUBMISSION TO THE COMPANY OF SUCH OTHER EVIDENCE AS MAY BE REASONABLY SATISFACTORY TO COUNSEL FOR THE COMPANY, IN EITHER CASE, TO THE EFFECT THAT ANY SUCH TRANSFER SHALL NOT BE IN VIOLATION OF THE 1933 ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS.

        IF THE COMPANY EFFECTS PUBLIC OFFERING OF ITS SECURITIES, THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY OR ISSUABLE UPON THE EXERCISE OF ALL OR ANY PORTION OF THIS AMENDED AND RESTATED WARRANT WILL BE SUBJECT TO A MARKET STANDOFF AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE COMPANY AND THE HOLDER, COPY OF WHICH WILL BE AVAILABLE FROM THE SECRETARY OF THE COMPANY; PROVIDED HOWEVER THAT SUCH MARKET STANDOFF AGREEMENT IS 180 DAYS OR LESS AND IS IN THE SAME FORM AND SHALL HAVE THE SAME TERMS AS IS AGREED TO BY THE HOLDERS OF ALL OF THE COMPANY'S ISSUED AND OUTSTANDING SHARES OF COMMON STOCK.


TELEUNIVERSITY, INC.

Common Stock Purchase Warrant
to
Purchase            Shares
of
Common Stock

This Common Stock Purchase Warrant is issued to:

    

by TELEUNIVERSITY, INC., a Delaware corporation with its principal business address at 4350 East Camelback Road, Suite 240B, Phoenix, AZ 85018 (hereinafter called the "Company", which term shall include its successors and assigns).

        This Amended and Restated Warrant is made and entered into as of November 12, 2003 and effective as of the Effective Date (as defined below).

        WHEREAS, the Company issued to the Holder on                             a Warrant exercisable for            shares of Common Stock (as defined below) (the "Original Warrant" );

        WHEREAS, Warburg Pincus Private Equity VIII, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership ("Warburg Pincus") has proposed to purchase shares of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock of the Company (the "Proposed Financing") pursuant to a Securities Purchase Agreement (the "Purchase Agreement").

        WHEREAS, it is a condition to the obligations of Warburg Pincus under the Purchase Agreement that the Holder amend and restate the Original Warrant as provided herein;

        WHEREAS, it is a condition to the obligations of the Warburg Pincus under the Purchase Agreement that the shareholders of the Company and the Company enter into Stockholders Agreement, the form of which is attached as Exhibit A hereto (the "Stockholders Agreement" ) under



which the parties shall agree to certain matters relating to the operations of the Company and the disposition and voting of the shares of Company's stock;

        WHEREAS, it is a condition to the obligations of Warburg Pincus under the Purchase Agreement that the Company enter into Registration Rights Agreement, the form of which is attached as Exhibit B hereto ( "Registration Rights Agreement" ) under which the Company shall grant the parties thereto certain registration rights; and

        WHEREAS, the Holder in consideration of the benefits expected to inure to Holder from the Proposed Financing, agrees to execute and deliver and be bound this Amended and Restated Warrant, the Stockholders Agreement and the Registration Rights Agreement (collectively, the "Transaction Documents" ) pursuant to the terms hereof;

        NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing premises and for other good and valuable consideration, the parties hereby agree as follows:

2


        FOR VALUE RECEIVED, and subject to the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth, the registered holder of this Amended and Restated Warrant, as set forth on the books and records of the Company (the "Holder") is entitled, upon surrender of this Amended and Restated Warrant, to purchase from the Company up to                             fully paid and non-assessable shares of Common Stock, $0.01 par value per share, of the Company ("Common Stock"), at the Exercise Price (as defined herein) per share.

        This Amended and Restated Warrant shall expire at the close of business on                             .

        1.     General.

        (a)   The right to purchase shares of Common Stock represented by this Amended and Restated Warrant may be exercised by the Holder, in whole or in part, by the surrender of this Amended and Restated Warrant at the principal office of the Company at 4350 East Camelback Road, Suite 240B, Phoenix, AZ 85018 (or such other office or agency of the Company as it may designate by notice as set forth herein), and upon payment to the Company, by cash, certified check or bank draft, unless exercised in accordance with Section 1(c), of the Exercise Price for such shares. The Company agrees that the shares of Common Stock acquired hereunder shall be deemed to be issued to the Holder as

3



the record owner of such shares of Common Stock as of the close of business on of the date on which this Amended and Restated Warrant shall have been surrendered and payment made for, such shares of Common Stock as aforesaid (unless exercised pursuant to Section 1(c)). Certificates for the shares of Common Stock so purchased (together with a cash adjustment in lieu of any fraction of a share) shall be delivered to the Holder within five (5) business days, time being of the essence, after the rights represented by this Amended and Restated Warrant shall have been so exercised, and, unless this Amended and Restated Warrant has expired, a new Warrant representing the number of shares of Common Stock, if any, with respect to which this Amended and Restated Warrant shall, not have been exercised, in all other respects identical with this Amended and Restated Warrant, shall also be issued and delivered to the Holder within such time, or, at the request of the Holder, an appropriate notation may be made on this Amended and Restated Warrant and the same returned to the Holder.

        (b)   This Amended and Restated Warrant may be exercised to acquire, at any time from and after the date hereof, the number of shares of Common Stock set forth on the first page hereof; provided, however, the right hereunder to purchase such shares of Common Stock shall expire at the close of business on                             .

        (c)   Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 1(a) with respect to the payment of the Exercise Price to the contrary, the Holder may elect to exercise this Amended and Restated Warrant, in whole or in part, by receiving Common Stock equal to the value (as herein determined) of the portion of this Amended and Restated Warrant then being exercised, in which event the Company shall issue to the Holder the number of shares of Common Stock determined by using the following formula:

X=   Y(A-B)

A
Where:    

X =

 

the number of shares of Common Stock to be issued to the Holder under the provisions of this Section 1(c)

Y =

 

the number of shares of Common Stock that would otherwise be issued upon such exercise, taking into account previously issued shares under this Amended and Restated Warrant

A =

 

the Current Fair Market Value (as hereinafter defined) of one share of Common Stock calculated as of the last trading day immediately preceding such exercise

B =

 

the Exercise Price

        As used herein, the "Current Fair Market Value" of the Common Stock of a specified date shall mean with respect to each share of Common Stock: (i) the average of the closing prices of Common Stock sold on the principal securities exchange on which the Common Stock may at the time be listed; or (ii) if there have been no sales on any such exchange on such day, the average highest bid and lowest asked prices on such exchange at the end of such day; or (iii) if on such day the Common Stock is not so listed, the average of representative bid and asked prices quoted in the NASDAQ System as of 4:00 p.m., New York time; or (iv) if on such day the Common Stock is not quoted in the NASDAQ System, the average of the highest bid and lowest asked prices on such day in the domestic over-the-counter market as reported by the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. Over-the-Counter Bulletin Board System or any similar successor organization, in each such case either: (i) calculated on the date which the form of election specified in Section 1(a) is deemed to have been sent to the Company; or (ii) averaged over a period of five (5) days consisting of the day as of which the Current Fair Market Value is being determined and the four (4) consecutive business days prior to such day. The Holder shall determine, in its sole discretion, which method of calculation to use, if on the date for which Current Fair Market Value is to be determined the Common Stock is not listed on

4



any securities exchange or quoted in the NASDAQ System or the over-the-counter market, the then Current Fair Market Value of the Common Stock shall be the price per share which the Company could then obtain from a willing buyer (not a current employee or director) for Common Stock sold by the Company from authorized but unissued shares, as determined in good faith, by the Board of Directors 'of the Company, unless prior to such date the Company has become subject to a merger, consolidation, reorganization, acquisition or other similar transaction pursuant to which the Company is not the surviving entity, in which case the Current Fair Market Value of the Common Stock shall be deemed to be the per share value received or to be received in such transaction by the holders of the Company's issued and outstanding Common Stock.

        2.     The Company covenants and agrees that all Common Stock upon issuance of this Amended and Restated Warrant will be validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable and free from all taxes, liens and charges with respect to the issue thereof; and, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Company covenants and agrees that it will take from time to time all such action as may be requisite to assure that the par value per share of the Common Stock is at all times equal to or less than the then effective Exercise Price. The Company further covenants and agrees that during the period within which the rights represented by this Amended and Restated Warrant may be exercised, the Company will have at all times authorized, and reserved for the purpose of issue or transfer upon exercise of the rights evidenced by this Amended and Restated Warrant, a sufficient number of shares of Common Stock to provide for the exercise of the rights represented by this Amended and Restated Warrant, and will procure at its sole expense upon each such reservation of shares, the listing thereof (subject to issuance or notice of issuance) on all stock exchanges on which the Common Stock is then listed or inter-dealer trading systems on which the Common Stock is then traded, if applicable. The Company will take all such action as may be necessary to assure that such shares of Common Stock may be so issued without violation of any applicable law or regulation, or of any requirements of any national securities exchange upon which the Common Stock may be listed or inter-dealer trading system on which the Common Stock is then traded, if applicable.

        3.     The Initial Exercise Price is $            per share of Common Stock (the "Initial Exercise Price"). The Initial Exercise Price shall also be adjusted from time to time as provided for below in this Section 3 (the Initial Exercise Price, and the Initial Exercise Price, as thereafter then adjusted, shall be referred to as the "Exercise Price"). This Section 3 contemplates that successive reductions to the Exercise Price may be made. Upon each adjustment of the Exercise Price pursuant to this Section 3, the Holder shall thereafter be entitled to receive upon exercise of this Amended and Restated Warrant, at the Exercise Price resulting from such adjustment, the number of' shares of Common Stock obtained by (a) multiplying the Exercise Price in effect immediately prior to such adjustment by the number of shares of Common Stock purchasable hereunder immediately prior to such adjustment, and (b) dividing the product thereof by the Exercise Price resulting from such adjustment. The Exercise Price shall be adjusted as follows:

5


        Company with another corporation or entity, or the sale of all or substantially all of the Company's assets to another corporation or other entity shall be effected in such a way that holders of shares of Common Stock shall be entitled to receive stock, securities, other evidence of equity ownership or assets with respect to or in exchange for shares of Common Stock, then, as a condition of such reorganization, reclassification, consolidation, merger or sale (except as otherwise provided below in this Section 4), lawful and adequate provisions shall be made whereby the Holder shall thereafter have the right to receive upon the basis and upon the terms and conditions specified herein, such shares of stock, securities, other evidence of equity ownership or assets as may be issued or payable with respect to or in exchange for a number of outstanding shares of such Common Stock equal to the number of shares of Common Stock immediately theretofore purchasable and receivable upon the exercise of this Amended and Restated Warrant under this Section 4 had such reorganization, reclassification, consolidation, merger or sale not taken place, and in any such case appropriate provisions shall be made with respect to the rights and interests of the Holder to the end that the provisions hereof (including, without limitation, provisions for adjustments of the Exercise Price and of the number of shares of Common Stock receivable upon the exercise of this Amended and Restated Warrant) shall thereafter be applicable, as nearly as may be, in relation to any shares of stock, securities, other evidence of equity ownership or assets thereafter deliverable upon the exercise hereof (including an immediate adjustment, by reason of such consolidation or merger, of the Exercise Price to the value for the Common Stock reflected by the terms of such consolidation or merger if the value so reflected is less than the Exercise Price in effect immediately prior to such consolidation or merger). Subject to the terms of this Amended and Restated Warrant, in the event of a merger or consolidation of the Company with or into another corporation or other entity as a result of which the number of shares of common stock of the surviving corporation or other entity issuable to holders of Common Stock of the Company is greater or lesser than the number of shares of Common Stock of the Company outstanding immediately prior to such merger or consolidation, then the Exercise Price in effect immediately prior to such merger or consolidation shall be adjusted in the same manner as though there were a subdivision or combination of the outstanding shares of Common Stock of the Company. In the event of (i) a merger or consolidation such that after such merger or consolidation the Company is not the surviving entity or the ultimate parent of the surviving entity, (ii) the sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, or (iii) the reorganization or liquidation of the Company (a "Corporate Event"), the Company shall require the successor entity or parent thereof to assume the obligation to deliver to the Holder such shares of stock, securities, other evidence of equity ownership or assets as, in accordance with the foregoing provisions, the Holder may be entitled to receive or otherwise acquire; provided , however , the Board of Directors of the Company may, subject to providing the Holder 10 days prior written notice of such Corporate Event, in its discretion and in lieu of requiring such assumption, provide that all such outstanding obligations shall terminate as of the consummation of such Corporate Event, and provide that the Holder will receive a payment in respect of cancellation of such obligations based on the amount (if any) by which the per share consideration being paid for the Common Stock of the Company in connection with such Corporate Event exceeds the applicable exercise price, such payment to be made in cash, or, in the sole discretion of the Board of Directors of the Company, in such other consideration necessary for the Holder to receive property, cash or

6


securities as the Holder would have been entitled to receive upon the occurrence of the transaction if the Holder had been, immediately prior to such transaction, the holder of the number of shares of Common Stock covered by this Amended and Restated Warrant at such time.

        Whenever the Exercise Price shall be adjusted pursuant to this Section 4, the Company shall issue a certificate signed by its President or Vice President and by its Treasurer, Assistant Treasurer, Secretary or Assistant Secretary, setting forth, in reasonable detail, the event requiring the adjustment, the amount of the adjustment, the method by which such adjustment was calculated (including a description of the basis on which the Board of Directors of the Company made any determination hereunder), and the Exercise Price after giving effect to such adjustment, and shall cause copies of such certificates to be mailed (by first-class mail, postage prepaid) to the Holder of this Amended and Restated Warrant. The Company shall make such certificate and mail it to the Holder within five (5) business days after each adjustment, time being of the essence.

No fractional shares of Common Stock shall be issued in connection with any exercise of this Amended and Restated Warrant. In lieu of such fractional shares, the Company shall make a cash payment therefor equal in amount to the product of the applicable fraction multiplied by the Exercise Price then in effect.

        4.     In the event the Company grants rights to all stockholders to purchase Common Stock, the Holder shall have the same rights as if this Amended and Restated Warrant had been exercised immediately prior to such grant.

        5.     This Amended and Restated Warrant need not be submitted to the Company for cancellation and reissuance because of any change in the Exercise Price or in the number of shares of Common Stock purchasable hereunder.

        6.     The terms defined in this paragraph, whenever used in this Amended and Restated Warrant, shall, unless the context otherwise requires, have the respective meanings hereinafter specified. The term "Common Stock" shall mean and include the Company's Common Stock, $0.01 par value per share, authorized on the date of the original issue of this Amended and Restated Warrant and shall also include, in case of any reorganization, reclassification, consolidation, merger or sale of assets of the character referred to in Paragraph 4 hereof, the stock, securities or assets provided for in such paragraph. The term "Company" shall also include any successor corporation to TeleUniversity, Inc., by merger, consolidation or otherwise. The term "outstanding" when used with reference to Common Stock shall mean at any date as of which the number of shares thereof is to be determined, all issued shares of Common Stock, 'except shares then owned or held by, or for the account of, the Company. The term "1933 Act" shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or any similar Federal statute, and the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission, or any other Federal agency then administering the 1933 Act, all as the same shall be in effect at the time.

        7.     This Amended and Restated Warrant is exchangeable, upon the surrender hereby by the Holder at the office or agency of the Company, for new warrants of like tenor representing in the aggregate the right to subscribe for and purchase the number of shares of Common Stock which may be subscribed for and purchased hereunder, each of such new warrants to represent the right to subscribe for and purchase such number of shares of Common Stock as shall be designated by the Holder at the time of such surrender. Upon receipt of evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Company of the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of this Amended and Restated Warrant or any such new warrants, the Company will issue to the Holder a new warrant of like tenor, in lieu of this Amended and Restated Warrant or such new Warrants, representing the right to subscribe for and purchase the number of shares of Common Stock which may be subscribed for and purchased hereunder.

        8.     The Company will at no time close its transfer books against the transfer of this Amended and Restated Warrant or of any shares of Common Stock issued or issuable upon the exercise of this

7



Amended and Restated Warrant in any manner which interferes with the timely exercise of this Amended and Restated Warrant. Except as set forth herein, this Amended and Restated Warrant shall not entitle the Holder to any voting rights or any rights as a stockholder of the Company.' The rights and obligations of the Company, the Holder, and any holder of shares of Common Stock issuable hereunder shall survive the exercise of this Amended and Restated Warrant.

        9.     By acceptance of this Amended and Restated Warrant, the Holder acknowledges that each certificate representing the securities issuable upon the exercise of all or any portion of this Amended and Restated Warrant (together with any other securities issued or issuable in respect hereof and thereof upon any stock split, stock dividend, recapitalization, merger, consolidation or similar event) shall bear the following legends (in addition to any legends required by applicable state securities laws and the Stockholders Agreement (defined in Section C above)):

        10.   Any notice, request or other communication hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to be duly given (a) when personally delivered with receipt acknowledged, (b) three business days after it is mailed by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, or (c) when delivered by a nationally recognized overnight courier service as follows:

        11.   The validity, interpretation and performance of this Amended and Restated Warrant and each of its terms and provisions shall be governed by the laws of the State of New York, without reference to such State's laws respecting the conflicts of laws.

8


        IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Amended and Restated Warrant to be signed by its duly authorized officer under its corporate seal as of November 12, 2003.

    TELEUNIVERSITY, INC.

 

 

By:

 

/s/ Scott Turner

Scott Turner
Chief Executive Officer

9




QuickLinks

AMENDED AND RESTATED WARRANT
TELEUNIVERSITY, INC. Common Stock Purchase Warrant to Purchase Shares of Common Stock This Common Stock Purchase Warrant is issued to

QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document


Exhibit 4.9

AMENDED AND RESTATED

WARRANT

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY OR ISSUABLE UPON THE EXERCISE OF ALL OR ANY PORTION OF THIS AMENDED AND RESTATED WARRANT HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED ("1933 ACT"), OR ANY STATE SECURITIES LAWS AND SHALL NOT BE SOLD, PLEDGED, HYPOTHECATED, DONATED, OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, WHETHER OR NOT FOR CONSIDERATION, BY THE HOLDER EXCEPT UPON THE ISSUANCE TO THE COMPANY OF FAVORABLE OPINION OF ITS COUNSEL OR THE SUBMISSION TO THE COMPANY OF SUCH OTHER EVIDENCE AS MAY BE SATISFACTORY TO COUNSEL FOR THE COMPANY, IN EITHER CASE, TO THE EFFECT THAT ANY SUCH TRANSFER SHALL NOT BE IN VIOLATION OF THE 1933 ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS.

        IF THE COMPANY EFFECTS A PUBLIC OFFERING OF ITS SECURITIES, THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY OR ISSUABLE UPON THE EXERCISE OF ALL OR ANY PORTION OF THIS AMENDED AN RESTATED WARRANT WILL BE SUBJECT TO A MARKET STANDOFF AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE COMPANY AND THE HOLDER, A COPY OF WHICH WILL BE AVAILABLE FROM THE SECRETARY OF THE COMPANY; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, THAT SUCH MARKET STANDOFF AGREEMENT IS 180 DAYS OR LESS AND IS IN THE SAME FORM AND SHALL HAVE THE SAME TERMS AS IS AGREED TO BY THE HOLDERS OF ALL OF THE COMPANY'S ISSUED AND OUTSTANDING SHARES OF COMMON STOCK.

TELEUNIVERSITY, INC.

Common Stock Purchase Warrant
to
Purchase            Shares
of
Common Stock

This Common Stock Purchase Warrant is issued to:

by TELEUNIVERSITY, INC., a Delaware corporation (hereinafter called the "Company", which term shall include its successors and assigns).

        This Amended and Restated Warrant is made and entered into as of                             and effective as of the Effective Date (as defined below).

        WHEREAS, the Company issued (or was obligated pursuant to the License Agreement dated                             between Holder and the Company (the "License") to issue) to the Holder on                              a Warrant exercisable for            shares of Common Stock (as defined below) (the " Original Warrant ");

        WHEREAS, Warburg Pincus Private Equity VIII, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership ("Warburg Pincus"), has proposed to purchase shares of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock of the Company (the "Proposed Financing") pursuant to a Securities Purchase Agreement (the "Purchase Agreement");

        WHEREAS, it is a condition to the obligations of Warburg Pincus under the Purchase Agreement that the Holder amend and restate each Original Warrant as provided herein;

1


        WHEREAS, it is a condition to the obligations of the Warburg Pincus under the Purchase Agreement that the shareholders of the Company and the Company enter into a Stockholders Agreement, the form of which is attached as Exhibit A hereto (the " Stockholders Agreement ") under which the parties shall agree to certain matters relating to the operations of the Company and the disposition and voting of the shares of Company's stock;

        WHEREAS, it is a condition to the obligations of Warburg Pincus under the Purchase Agreement that the Company enter into a Registration Rights Agreement, the form of which is attached as Exhibit B hereto (" Registration Rights Agreement "), under which the Company shall grant the parties thereto certain registration rights; and

        WHEREAS, the Holder, in consideration of the benefits expected to inure to Holder from the Proposed Financing, agrees to execute and deliver and be bound this Amended and Restated Warrant, the Stockholders Agreement and the Registration Rights Agreement (collectively, the "Transaction Documents") pursuant to the terms hereof;

        NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing premises and for other good and valuable consideration, the parties hereby agree as follows:

2


        FOR VALUE RECEIVED, and subject to the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth, the registered holder of this Amended and Restated Warrant as set forth on the books and records of the Company (the "Holder") is entitled, upon surrender of this Amended and Restated Warrant, to purchase from the Company up to            fully paid and non-assessable shares of common stock, $0.01 par value per share, of the Company (the "Common Stock"), at the Exercise Price (as defined below) per share.

        This Amended and Restated Warrant shall expire at the close of business on                             .

        1.     (a)    The right to purchase shares of Common Stock represented by this Amended and Restated Warrant may be exercised by the Holder, in whole or in part, by the surrender of this Amended and Restated Warrant (properly endorsed, if required) at the principal office of the Company at 4350 E. Camelback Road, Suite 240-B, Phoenix, Arizona 85018 (or such other office or agency of the Company as it may designate by notice in writing to the Holder at the address of the Holder appearing on the books of the Company), and upon payment to the Company, by cash or by certified

3



check or bank draft, of the Exercise Price for such shares. The Company agrees that the shares of Common Stock so purchased shall be deemed to be issued to the Holder as the record owner of such shares of Common Stock as of the close of business on of the date on which this Amended and Restated Warrant shall have been surrendered and payment made for such shares of Common Stock as aforesaid. Certificates for the shares of Common Stock so purchased (together with cash adjustment in lieu of any fraction of a share) shall be delivered to the Holder within reasonable time, not exceeding five (5) business days, after the rights represented by this Amended and Restated Warrant shall have been so exercised, and, unless this Amended and Restated Warrant has expired, a new Warrant representing the number of shares of Common Stock, if any, with respect to which this Amended and Restated Warrant shall not then have been exercised, in all other respects identical with this Amended and Restated Warrant, shall also be issued and delivered to the Holder within such time, or, at the request of the Holder, appropriate notation may be made on this Amended and Restated Warrant and the same returned to the Holder.

            (b)   This Amended and Restated Warrant may be exercised to acquire, from and after the date hereof, the number of shares of Common Stock set forth on the first page hereof; provided, however, the right hereunder to purchase such shares of Common Stock shall expire at the close of business on                             .

        2.     The Company covenants and agrees that all Common Stock upon issuance against payment in full of the Exercise Price by the Holder pursuant to this Amended and Restated Warrant will be validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable and FREE from all taxes, liens and charges with respect to the issue thereof; and, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Company covenants and agrees that it will take from time to time all such action as may be requisite to assure that the par value per share of the Common Stock is at all times equal to or less than the then effective Exercise Price. The Company further covenants and agrees that during the period within which the rights represented by this Amended and Restated Warrant may be exercised, the Company will have at all times authorized, and reserved for the purpose of issue or transfer upon exercise of the rights evidenced by this Amended and Restated Warrant, a sufficient number of shares of Common Stock to provide for the exercise of the rights represented by this Amended and Restated Warrant and will procure at its sole expense upon each such reservation of shares the listing thereof (subject to issuance or notice of issuance) on all stock exchanges on which the Common Stock is then listed or inter-dealer trading systems on which the Common Stock is then traded, if applicable. The Company will take all such action as may be necessary to assure that such shares of Common Stock may be so issued without violation of any applicable law or regulation, or of any requirements of any national securities exchange upon which the Common Stock may be listed or inter-dealer trading system on which the Common Stock is then traded, if applicable. The Company will not take any action which would result in any adjustment in the number of shares of Common Stock purchasable hereunder if the total number of shares of Common Stock issuable pursuant to the terms of this Amended and Restated Warrant after such action upon full exercise of this Amended and Restated Warrant and, together with all shares of Common Stock then outstanding and all shares of Common Stock then issuable upon exercise of all options and other rights to purchase shares of Common Stock then outstanding, would exceed the total number of shares of Common Stock then authorized by the Company's Certificate of Incorporation, as then amended.

        3.     The Initial Exercise Price is $            per share of Common Stock (the "Initial Exercise Price"). The Initial Exercise Price shall be adjusted as provided for below in this Section 3 (the Initial Exercise Price, and the Initial Exercise Price as thereafter adjusted pursuant to this Section 3, shall be referred to as the "Exercise Price"), and the Exercise Price shall be further adjusted as provided for below in this Section 3. Upon each adjustment of the Exercise Price in this Section 3, the Holder shall thereafter be entitled to receive upon exercise of this Amended and Restated Warrant, at the Exercise Price resulting from such adjustment, the number of shares of Common Stock obtained by

4



(a) multiplying the Exercise Price in effect immediately prior to such adjustment by the number of shares of Common Stock purchasable hereunder immediately prior to such adjustment, and (b) dividing the product thereof by the Exercise Price resulting from such adjustment. The Exercise Price shall be adjusted as follows:

5


        Whenever the Exercise Price shall be adjusted pursuant to this Section 3, the Company shall issue a certificate signed by its President or Vice President and by its Treasurer, Assistant Treasurer, Secretary or Assistant Secretary, setting forth, in reasonable detail, the event requiring the adjustment, the amount of the adjustment, the method by which such adjustment was calculated (including description of the basis on which the Board of Directors of the Company made any determination hereunder), and the Exercise Price after giving effect to such adjustment, and shall cause copies of such certificates to be mailed (by first-class mail, postage prepaid) to the Holder of this Amended and Restated Warrant. The Company shall make such certificate and mail it to the Holder promptly after each adjustment.

        No fractional shares of Common Stock shall be issued in connection with any exercise of this Amended and Restated Warrant. In lieu of such fractional shares, the Company shall make a cash payment therefor equal in amount to the product of the applicable fraction multiplied by the Exercise Price then in effect.

        4.     In the event the Company grants rights to all stockholders to purchase Common Stock, the Holder shall have the same rights as if this Amended and Restated Warrant had been exercised immediately prior to such grant.

        5.     This Amended and Restated Warrant need not be changed because of any change in the Exercise Price or in the number of shares of Common Stock purchasable hereunder

        6.     The terms defined in this paragraph, whenever used in this Amended and Restated Warrant, shall, unless the context otherwise requires, have the respective meanings hereinafter specified. The term "Common Stock" shall mean and include the Company's Common Stock, $0.01 par value per share, authorized on the date of the original issue of this Amended and Restated Warrant and shall also include, in case of any reorganization, reclassification, consolidation, merger or sale of assets of the character referred to in Paragraph 4 hereof, the stock, securities or assets provided for in such paragraph. The term "Company" shall also include any successor corporation to TeleUniversity, Inc. by merger, consolidation or otherwise. The term "outstanding" when used with reference to Common

6



Stock shall mean at any date as of which the number of shares thereof is to be determined, all issued shares of Common Stock, except shares then owned or held by, or for the account of, the Company. The term "1933 Act" shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or any similar Federal statute, and the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission, or any other Federal agency then administering the 1933 Act, all as the same shall be in effect at the time.

        7.     This Amended and Restated Warrant is exchangeable, upon the surrender hereby by the Holder at the office or agency of the Company, for new Warrants of like tenor representing in the aggregate the right to subscribe for and purchase the number of shares of Common Stock which may be subscribed for and purchased hereunder, each of such new Warrants to represent the right to subscribe for and purchase such number of shares of Common Stock as shall be designated by the Holder at the time of such surrender. Upon receipt of evidence satisfactory to the Company of the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of this Amended and Restated Warrant or any such new Warrants and, in the case of any such loss, theft or destruction, upon delivery of bond of indemnity reasonably satisfactory to the Company, or, in the case of any such mutilation, upon surrender or cancellation of this Amended and Restated Warrant or such new Warrants, the Company will issue to the Holder a new Warrant of like tenor, in lieu of this Amended and Restated Warrant or such new Warrants, representing the right to subscribe for and purchase the number of shares of Common Stock which may be subscribed for and purchased hereunder.

        8.     The Company will at no time close its transfer books against the transfer of this Amended and Restated Warrant or of any shares of Common Stock issued or issuable upon the exercise of this Amended and Restated Warrant in any manner which interferes with the timely exercise of this Amended and Restated Warrant. Except as set forth herein, this Amended and Restated Warrant shall not entitle the Holder to any voting rights or any rights as a stockholder of the Company. The rights and obligations of the Company, the Holder, and any holder of shares of Common Stock issuable hereunder shall survive the exercise of this Amended and Restated Warrant.

        9.     By accepting this Amended and Restated Warrant, the Holder hereby agrees that if the Company effects public offering for its securities pursuant to an effective registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"), other than a registration statement relating to an offering of debt securities of the Company, securities being offered in a transaction described under Rule 145 promulgated under the Securities Act or under or in connection with an employee benefit plan of the Company (a "Public Offering"), then the Holder, in connection with, and in anticipation of, such Public Offering, if requested by the Company or the managing underwriter, if any, in such Public Offering, hereby agrees to enter into with the Company (or the managing underwriter) a customary Market Stand-Off Agreement pursuant to which the Holder agrees not to sell, make any short sale of, loan, pledge (or otherwise encumber or hypothecate), grant any option for the purchase of, or otherwise directly or indirectly dispose of this Amended and Restated Warrant or any of the shares of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of this Amended and Restated Warrant without the prior written consent of the Company (or the managing underwriter) for such period of time as the Board of Directors of the Company establishes in good faith, which period, in no event, shall exceed 180 days from the date that the Company consummates its Public Offering.

        10.   By acceptance of this Amended and Restated Warrant, the Holder acknowledges that each certificate representing the securities issuable upon the exercise of all or any portion of this Amended and Restated Warrant (together with any other securities issued or issuable in respect hereof and thereof upon any stock split, stock dividend, recapitalization, merger, consolidation or similar event)

7



shall bear the following legends (in addition to any legends required by applicable state securities laws and the Stockholders Agreement (defined in Section C above)):

        "THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED ("1933 ACT"), OR ANY STATE SECURITIES LAWS AND SHALL NOT BE SOLD, PLEDGED, HYPOTHECATED, DONATED, OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, WHETHER OR NOT FOR CONSIDERATION, BY THE HOLDER EXCEPT UPON THE ISSUANCE TO THE COMPANY OF A FAVORABLE OPINION OF ITS COUNSEL OR THE SUBMISSION TO THE COMPANY OF SUCH OTHER EVIDENCE AS MAY BE SATISFACTORY TO COUNSEL FOR THE COMPANY, IN EITHER CASE, TO THE EFFECT THAT ANY SUCH TRANSFER SHALL NOT BE IN VIOLATION OF THE 1933 ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS."

        "IF THE COMPANY EFFECTS A PUBLIC OFFERING OF ITS SECURITIES, THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY OR ISSUABLE UPON THE EXERCISE OF ALL OR ANY PORTION OF THIS AMENDED AND RESTATED WARRANT WILL BE SUBJECT TO A MARKET STANDOFF AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE COMPANY AND THE HOLDER, A COPY OF WHICH WILL BE AVAILABLE FROM THE SECRETARY OF THE COMPANY; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, THAT SUCH MARKET STAND OFF AGREEMENT IS 180 DAYS OR LESS AND IS IN THE SAME FORM AND SHALL HAVE THE SAME TERMS AS IS AGREED TO BY THE HOLDERS OF ALL OF THE COMPANY'S ISSUED AND OUTSTANDING SHARES OF COMMON STOCK."

        11.   The validity, interpretation and performance of this Amended and Restated Warrant and each of its terms and provisions shall be governed by the laws of the State of New York or another state designated by the Company, without giving effect to the principles of conflicts of law thereof.

        IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Amended and Restated Warrant to be signed by its duly authorized officer under its corporate seal as of November 12, 2003.

  TELEUNIVERSITY, INC.

 

By:

 

/s/ Scott Turner

Scott Turner
Chief Executive Officer

8




QuickLinks


QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document


Exhibit 4.10

WARRANT

        THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY OR ISSUABLE UPON THE EXERCISE OF ALL OR ANY PORTION OF THIS WARRANT HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 AS AMENDED ("1933 ACT"), OR ANY STATE SECURITIES LAWS AND SHALL NOT BE SOLD, PLEDGED, HYPOTHECATED, DONATED, OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, WHETHER OR NOT FOR CONSIDERATION, BY THE HOLDER EXCEPT UPON THE ISSUANCE TO THE COMPANY OF FAVORABLE OPINION OF ITS COUNSEL OR THE SUBMISSION TO THE COMPANY OF SUCH OTHER EVIDENCE AS MAY BE SATISFACTORY TO COUNSEL FOR THE COMPANY, IN EITHER CASE, TO THE EFFECT THAT ANY SUCH TRANSFER SHALL NOT BE IN VIOLATION OF THE 1933 ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS.

        IF THE COMPANY EFFECTS PUBLIC OFFERING OF ITS SECURITIES THE SECURITIES, REPRESENTED HEREBY OR ISSUABLE UPON THE EXERCISE OF ALL OR ANY PORTION OF THIS WARRANT WILL BE SUBJECT TO MARKET STANDOFF AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE COMPANY AND THE HOLDER, A COPY OF WHICH WILL BE AVAILABLE FROM THE SECRETARY OF THE COMPANY; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, THAT SUCH MARKET STANDOFF AGREEMENT IS 180 DAYS OR LESS AND IS IN THE SAME FORM AND SHALL HAVE THE SAME TERMS AS IS AGREED TO BY THE HOLDERS OF ALL OF THE COMPANY'S ISSUED AND OUTSTANDING SHARES OF COMMON STOCK.

TELEUNIVERSITY, INC.

Common Stock Purchase Warrant
to
Purchase          Shares
of
Common Stock

This Common Stock Purchase Warrant is issued to:



by TELEUNIVERSITY, INC. Delaware corporation (hereinafter called the "Company," which term shall include its successors and assigns).

        FOR VALUE RECEIVED, and subject to the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth the registered holder of this Warrant as set forth on the books and records of the Company (the "Holder"), is entitled, upon surrender of this Warrant, to purchase from the Company up to            fully paid and nonassessable shares of common stock, $0.01 par value per share, of the Company (the "Common Stock"), at the Exercise Price (as defined below) per share.

        This Warrant shall expire at the close of business on            .

        1.

        (a)   The right to purchase shares of Common Stock represented by this Warrant may be exercised by the Holder, in whole or in part, by the surrender of this Warrant (properly endorsed, if required) at the principal office of the Company at 4350 E. Camelback Road, Suite 240-B, Phoenix, Arizona 85018 (or such other office or agency of the Company as it may designate by notice in writing to the Holder at the address of the Holder appearing on the books of the Company), and upon payment to the Company, by cash or by certified check or bank draft, of the Exercise Price for such shares. The Company agrees that the shares of Common Stock so purchased shall be deemed to be issued to the Holder as the record owner of such shares of Common Stock as of the close of business on the date on

1



which this Warrant shall have been surrendered and payment made for such shares of Common Stock as aforesaid. Certificates for the shares of Common Stock so purchased (together with cash adjustment in lieu of any fraction of a share) shall be delivered to the Holder within reasonable time not exceeding five (5) business days, after the rights represented by this Warrant shall have been so exercised, and, unless this Warrant has expired, new Warrant representing the number of shares of Common Stock, if any, with respect to which this Warrant shall not then have been exercised, in all other respects identical with this Warrant, shall also be issued and delivered to the Holder within such time, or, at the request of the Holder, appropriate notation may be made on this Warrant and the same returned to the Holder.

        (b)   Subject to the vesting requirements of this subsection (b), this Warrant may be exercised to acquire, from and after the date hereof, the number of shares of Common Stock set forth on the first page hereof; provided, however, the right hereunder to purchase such shares of Common Stock shall expire at the close of business on            .

Warrant Group
  Number of Shares   Exercise Price   Vesting Schedule
A                                                                                 
B                                                                                 
C                                                                                 
D                                                                                 

        2.     The Company covenants and agrees that all Common Stock upon issuance against payment in full of the Exercise Price by the Holder pursuant to this Warrant will be validly issued fully paid and nonassessable and FREE from all taxes liens and charges with respect to the issue thereof; and, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Company covenants and agrees that it will take from time to time all such action as may be requisite to assure that the par value per share of the Common Stock is at all times equal to or less than the then effective Exercise Price. The Company further covenants and agrees that during the period within which the rights represented by this Warrant may be exercised, the Company will have at all times authorized, and reserved for the purpose of issue or transfer upon exercise of the rights evidenced by this Warrant, sufficient number of shares of Common Stock to provide for the exercise of the rights represented by this Warrant and will procure at its sole expense upon each such reservation of shares the listing thereof (subject to issuance or notice of issuance) on all stock exchanges on which the Common Stock is then listed or inter-dealer trading systems on which the Common Stock is then traded if applicable. The Company will take all such action as may be necessary to assure that such shares of Common Stock may be so issued without violation of any applicable law or regulation, or of any requirements of any national securities exchange upon which the Common Stock may be listed or inter-dealer trading system on which the Common Stock is then traded, if applicable. The Company will not take any action which would result in any adjustment in the number of shares of Common Stock purchasable hereunder if the total number of shares of Common Stock issuable pursuant to the terms of this Warrant after such action upon full exercise of this Warrant and together with all shares of Common Stock then outstanding, and all shares of Common Stock then issuable upon exercise of all options and other rights to purchase shares of Common Stock then outstanding would exceed the total number of shares of Common Stock then authorized by the Company's Certificate of Incorporation, as then amended.

        3.     The initial exercise price per share of Common Stock (the "Initial Exercise Price") is as set forth in Section 1(b). The Initial Exercise Price shall be adjusted as provided for below in this Section 3 (the Initial Exercise Price, and the Initial Exercise Price as thereafter then adjusted, shall be referred to as the "Exercise Price") and the Exercise Price from time to time shall be further adjusted as provided for below in this Section 3. Upon each adjustment of the Exercise Price in this Section 3, the Holder shall thereafter be entitled to receive upon exercise of this Warrant, at the Exercise Price resulting from such adjustment, the number of shares of Common Stock obtained by (a) multiplying the Exercise

2



Price in effect immediately prior to such adjustment by the number of shares of Common Stock purchasable hereunder immediately prior to such adjustment, and (b) dividing the product thereof by the Exercise Price resulting from such adjustment. The Exercise Price shall be adjusted as follows:

3


        Whenever the Exercise Price shall be adjusted pursuant to this Section 3, the Company shall issue certificate signed by its President or Vice President and by its Treasurer, Assistant Treasurer, Secretary or Assistant Secretary, setting forth, in reasonable detail, the event requiring the adjustment, the amount of the adjustment, the method by which such adjustment was calculated (including description of the basis on which the Board of Directors of the Company made any determination hereunder), and the Exercise Price after giving effect to such adjustment, and shall cause copies of such certificates to be mailed (by first-class mail, postage prepaid) to the Holder of this Warrant. The Company shall make such certificate and mail it to the Holder promptly after each adjustment.

        No fractional shares of Common Stock shall be issued in connection with any exercise of this Warrant. In lieu of such fractional shares, the Company shall make cash payment therefor equal in amount to the product of the applicable fraction multiplied by the Exercise Price then in effect.

        4.     In the event the Company grants rights to all stockholders to purchase Common Stock, the Holder shall have the same rights as if this Warrant had been exercised immediately prior to such grant.

        5.     This Warrant need not be changed because of any change in the Exercise Price or in the number of shares of Common Stock purchasable hereunder.

        6.     The terms defined in this paragraph, whenever used in this Warrant, shall, unless the context otherwise requires, have the respective meanings hereinafter specified. The term "Common Stock" shall mean and include the Company's Common Stock, $0.01 par value per share, authorized on the date of the original issue of this Warrant and shall also include, in case of any reorganization, reclassification, consolidation, merger or sale of assets of the character referred to in Paragraph 4 hereof, the stock, securities or assets provided for in such paragraph. The term "Company" shall also include any successor corporation to TeleUniversity, Inc. by merger, consolidation or otherwise. The term "outstanding" when used with reference to Common Stock shall mean at any date as of which the number of shares thereof is to be determined, all issued shares of Common Stock, except shares then owned or held by, or for the account of, the Company. The term "1933 Act" shall mean the Securities

4



Act of 1933, as amended, or any similar Federal statute, and the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission, or any other Federal agency then administering the 1933 Act, all as the same shall be in effect at the time.

        7.     This Warrant is exchangeable, upon the surrender hereby by the Holder at the office or agency of the Company, for new Warrants of like tenor representing in the aggregate the right to subscribe for and purchase the number of shares of Common Stock which may be subscribed for and purchased hereunder, each of such new Warrants to represent the right to subscribe for and purchase such number of shares of Common Stock as shall be designated by the Holder at the time of such surrender. Upon receipt of evidence satisfactory to the Company of the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of this Warrant or any such new Warrants and, in the case of any such loss, theft or destruction, upon delivery of bond of indemnity reasonably satisfactory to the Company, or, in the case of any such mutilation, upon surrender or cancellation of this Warrant or such new Warrants the Company will issue to the Holder new Warrant of like tenor, in lieu of this Warrant or such new Warrants, representing the right to subscribe for and purchase the number of shares of Common Stock which may be subscribed for and purchased hereunder.

        8.     The Company will at no time close its transfer books against the transfer of this Warrant or of any shares of Common Stock issued or issuable upon the exercise of this Warrant in any manner which interferes with the timely exercise of this Warrant. Except as set forth herein, this Warrant shall not entitle the Holder to any voting rights or any rights as stockholder of the Company. The rights and obligations of the Company, the Holder, and any holder of shares of Common Stock issuable hereunder shall survive the exercise of this Warrant.

        9.     By accepting this Warrant, the Holder hereby agrees that if the Company effects public offering for its securities pursuant to an effective registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"), other than registration statement relating to an offering of debt securities of the Company securities being offered in transaction described under Rule 145 promulgated under the Securities Act or under or in connection with an employee benefit plan of the Company (a "Public Offering"), then the Holder, in connection with, and in anticipation of, such Public Offering, if requested by the Company or the managing underwriter, if any, in such Public Offering, hereby agrees to enter into with the Company (or the managing underwriter) customary Market Stand Off Agreement pursuant to which the Holder agrees not to sell, make any short sale of, loan, pledge (or otherwise encumber or hypothecate), grant any option for the purchase of, or otherwise directly or indirectly dispose of this Warrant or any of the shares of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of this Warrant without the prior written consent of the Company (or the managing underwriter) for such period of time as the Board of Directors of the Company establishes in good faith, which period, in no event, shall exceed 180 days from the date that the Company consummates its Public Offering

        10.   By acceptance of this Warrant, the Holder acknowledges that each certificate representing the securities issuable upon the exercise of all or any portion of this Warrant (together with any other securities issued or issuable in respect hereof and thereof upon any stock split, stock dividend, recapitalization, merger, consolidation or similar event) shall bear the following legends (in addition to any legends required by applicable state securities laws and the Stockholders Agreement (defined in Section 12 below)):

        THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 AS AMENDED ("1933 ACT"), OR ANY STATE SECURITIES LAWS AND SHALL NOT BE SOLD, PLEDGED, HYPOTHECATED, DONATED, OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, WHETHER OR NOT FOR CONSIDERATION, BY THE HOLDER EXCEPT UPON THE ISSUANCE TO THE COMPANY OF FAVORABLE OPINION OF ITS COUNSEL OR THE SUBMISSION TO THE COMPANY OF SUCH OTHER EVIDENCE AS

5



MAY BE SATISFACTORY TO COUNSEL FOR THE COMPANY, IN EITHER CASE, TO THE EFFECT THAT ANY SUCH TRANSFER SHALL NOT BE IN VIOLATION OF THE 1933 ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS."

        "IF THE COMPANY EFFECTS PUBLIC OFFERING OF ITS SECURITIES, THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY OR ISSUABLE UPON THE EXERCISE OF ALL OR ANY PORTION OF THIS WARRANT WILL BE SUBJECT TO MARKET STANDOFF AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE COMPANY AND THE HOLDER, A COPY OF WHICH WILL BE AVAILABLE FROM THE SECRETARY OF THE COMPANY; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, THAT SUCH MARKET STAND OFF AGREEMENT IS 180 DAYS OR LESS AND IS IN THE SAME FORM AND SHALL HAVE THE SAME TERMS AS IS AGREED TO BY THE HOLDERS OF ALL OF THE COMPANY'S ISSUED AND OUTSTANDING SHARES OF COMMON STOCK."

        11.   The validity, interpretation and performance of this Warrant and each of its terms and provisions shall be governed by the laws of the State of New York or another state designated by the Company, without giving effect to the principles of conflicts of law thereof.

        12.     Stockholders Agreement.     The Holder agrees to, and this Warrant and the shares of Common Stock (as defined below) issued upon exercise of this Warrant shall, become subject to the terms and provisions of the Stockholders Agreement substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A ("Stockholders Agreement") by executing and delivering to the Company joiner agreement in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit B (a " Joinder Agreement ") simultaneously with the execution of this Warrant, pursuant to which the Holder will become party to, and be bound by and obligated to comply, with the terms and provisions of, the Stockholders Agreement on the Effective Date, provided, however , if the Holder is party to the Stockholders Agreement prior to the Effective Date, the execution and delivery of Joinder Agreement is not required under this Warrant.

        13.     Waivers, Representations and Covenants of Holder.     Holder hereby acknowledges and agrees that (a) this Warrant and the Stockholders Agreement constitute the entire understanding of the parties hereto relating to the rights of the Holder regarding the Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of the Warrant and any rights related to such Common Stock or Warrant, and (b) that this Warrant and the Stockholders Agreement together supersede all prior understandings among such parties related to the subject matter hereof and thereof. The provisions of any prior agreements, written or oral, relating to such rights are hereby terminated and shall have no further force or effect and all rights thereunder are hereby waived in their entirety. Holder disclaims and waives any rights or claims to any securities or equity of the Company as of the date hereof other than as evidenced by this Warrant, and further disclaims any indebtedness owed by the Company to Holder. Holder disclaims and waives any rights or claims to any options or warrants for the securities of the Company as of the date hereof, any rights to purchase or sell securities of the Company as of the date hereof, and any voting rights, registration rights, or other rights with respect to securities of the Company outstanding on the date hereof or issued in the future, that are inconsistent or in conflict with the terms of this Warrant, the Stockholders Agreement, and the Registration Rights Agreement substantially in the form attached as Exhibit C ("Registration Rights Agreement"), whether such rights were granted under any previous or future shareholders agreement or other agreement including without limitation the Summary of Key Terms of December 2001 Bridge Financing. Notwithstanding any provision herein to the contrary or the exercise of this Warrant, the waivers, representations and covenants of the Holder herein shall survive indefinitely and shall constitute release of liability of the Company for any claims to rights waived.

        14.     Restrictions on Transfer.     The Holder acknowledges that the Company will issue the shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of this Warrant in reliance on an exemption from registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the Act "). The Holder agrees not to sell or otherwise dispose of the shares of Common Stock unless Holder establishes to the Company's reasonable

6



satisfaction that the transfer of the shares is not violation of the Act, applicable state securities laws, or other laws. The Holder represents to the Company that the Holder is acquiring the Common Stock issuable upon exercise of the Warrant for investment and not with view towards the resale, transfer or distribution, nor with any present intention of distributing the shares, but subject, nevertheless, to any requirement of law that the disposition of the Holder's shares shall at all times be within the Holder's control, and without prejudice to the Holder's right at all times to sell or otherwise dispose of all or any part of such shares under registration under the Act or under an exemption from said registration available under the Act. The Holder represents to the Company that the Holder has had access to complete information about the Company, its business, management, and prospects and that the Holder understands the nature, and is able to bear the economic risks, of an investment in shares.

        15.     Independent Counsel.     The Holder acknowledges that the Holder has been provided with an opportunity to consult with the Holder's own counsel with respect to this Warrant.

        IN WITNESS WHEREOF the Company has caused this Warrant to be signed by its duly authorized officer under its corporate seal as of            .

 
   
   
    TELEUNIVERSITY, INC.

 

 

By:

 

/s/ Scott Turner

Name:  Scott Turner
Title:  Chief Executive Officer

7



EXHIBIT A
SHAREHOLDERS AGREEMENT



EXHIBIT C
REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT




QuickLinks

WARRANT
EXHIBIT A SHAREHOLDERS AGREEMENT
EXHIBIT C REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document


Exhibit 4.11

WARRANT

        THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY OR ISSUABLE UPON THE EXERCISE OF ALL OR ANY PORTION OF THIS WARRANT HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED ("1933 ACT"), OR ANY STATE SECURITIES LAWS AND SHALL NOT BE SOLD, PLEDGED, HYPOTHECATED, DONATED, OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, WHETHER OR NOT FOR CONSIDERATION, BY THE HOLDER EXCEPT UPON THE ISSUANCE TO THE COMPANY OF A FAVORABLE OPINION OF ITS COUNSEL OR THE SUBMISSION TO THE COMPANY OF SUCH OTHER EVIDENCE AS MAY BE SATISFACTORY TO COUNSEL FOR THE COMPANY, IN EITHER CASE, TO THE EFFECT THAT ANY SUCH TRANSFER SHALL NOT BE IN VIOLATION OF THE 1933 ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS.

        IF THE COMPANY EFFECTS A PUBLIC OFFERING OF ITS SECURITIES, THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY OR ISSUABLE UPON THE EXERCISE OF ALL OR ANY PORTION OF THIS WARRANT WILL BE SUBJECT TO A MARKET STANDOFF AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE COMPANY AND THE HOLDER, A COPY OF WHICH WILL BE AVAILABLE FROM THE SECRETARY OF THE COMPANY; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, THAT SUCH MARKET STANDOFF AGREEMENT IS 180 DAYS OR LESS AND IS IN THE SAME FORM AND SHALL HAVE THE SAME TERMS AS IS AGREED TO BY THE HOLDERS OF ALL OF THE COMPANY'S ISSUED AND OUTSTANDING SHARES OF COMMON STOCK.

TELEUNIVERSITY, INC.

Common Stock Purchase Warrant
to
Purchase          Shares
of
Common Stock

This Common Stock Purchase Warrant is issued to:



by TELEUNIVERSITY, INC., a Delaware corporation (hereinafter called the "Company", which term shall include its successors and assigns).

        FOR VALUE RECEIVED, and subject to the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth, the registered holder of this Warrant as set forth on the books and records of the Company (the "Holder") is entitled, upon surrender of this Warrant, to purchase from the Company up to          fully paid and non-assessable shares of common stock, $0.01 par value per share, of the Company (the "Common Stock"), at the Exercise Price (as defined below) per share.

        This Warrant shall expire at the close of business on          .

        1.     (a)    The right to purchase shares of Common Stock represented by this Warrant may be exercised by the Holder, in whole or in part, by the surrender of this Warrant (properly endorsed, if required) at the principal office of the Company at 4350 E. Camelback Road, Suite 240-B, Phoenix, Arizona 85018 (or such other office or agency of the Company as it may designate by notice in writing to the Holder at the address of the Holder appearing on the books of the Company), and upon payment to the Company, by cash or by certified check or bank draft, of the Exercise Price for such shares. The Company agrees that the shares of Common Stock so purchased shall be deemed to be issued to the Holder as the record owner of such shares of Common Stock as of the close of business on of the date on which this Warrant shall have been surrendered and payment made for such shares of Common Stock as aforesaid. Certificates for the shares of Common Stock so purchased (together with a cash adjustment in lieu of any fraction of a share) shall be delivered to the Holder within a reasonable time, not exceeding five (5) business days, after the rights represented by this Warrant shall have been so exercised, and, unless this Warrant has expired, a new Warrant representing the number



of shares of Common Stock, if any, with respect to which this Warrant shall not then have been exercised, in all other respects identical with this Warrant, shall also be issued and delivered to the Holder within such time, or, at the request of the Holder, appropriate notation may be made on this Warrant and the same returned to the Holder.

               (b)   This Warrant may be exercised to acquire, from and after the date hereof, the number of shares of Common Stock set forth on the first page hereof; provided, however, the right hereunder to purchase such shares of Common Stock shall expire at the close of business on December 1, 2013.

        2.     The Company covenants and agrees that all Common Stock upon issuance against payment in full of the Exercise Price by the Holder pursuant to this Warrant will be validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable and FREE from all taxes, liens and charges with respect to the issue thereof; and, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Company covenants and agrees that it will take from time to time all such action as may be requisite to assure that the par value per share of the Common Stock is at all times equal to or less than the then effective Exercise Price. The Company further covenants and agrees that during the period within which the rights represented by this Warrant may be exercised, the Company will have at all times authorized, and reserved for the purpose of issue or transfer upon exercise of the rights evidenced by this Warrant, a sufficient number of shares of Common Stock to provide for the exercise of the rights represented by this Warrant and will procure at its sole expense upon each such reservation of shares the listing thereof (subject to issuance or notice of issuance) on all stock exchanges on which the Common Stock is then listed or inter-dealer trading systems on which the Common Stock is then traded, if applicable. The Company will take all such action as may be necessary to assure that such shares of Common Stock may be so issued without violation of any applicable law or regulation, or of any requirements of any national securities exchange upon which the Common Stock may be listed or inter-dealer trading system on which the Common Stock is then traded, if applicable. The Company will not take any action which would result in any adjustment in the number of shares of Common Stock purchasable hereunder if the total number of shares of Common Stock issuable pursuant to the terms of this Warrant after such action upon full exercise of this Warrant and, together with all shares of Common Stock then outstanding and all shares of Common Stock then issuable upon exercise of all options and other rights to purchase shares of Common Stock then outstanding, would exceed the total number of shares of Common Stock then authorized by the Company's Certificate of Incorporation, as then amended.

        3.     The Initial Exercise Price is          per share of Common Stock (the "Initial Exercise Price"). The Initial Exercise Price shall be adjusted as provided for below in this Section 3 (the Initial Exercise Price, and the Initial Exercise Price, as thereafter then adjusted, shall be referred to as the "Exercise Price") and the Exercise Price from time to time shall be further adjusted as provided for below in this Section 3. Upon each adjustment of the Exercise Price in this Section 3, the Holder shall thereafter be entitled to receive upon exercise of this Warrant, at the Exercise Price resulting from such adjustment, the number of shares of Common Stock obtained by (a) multiplying the Exercise Price in effect immediately prior to such adjustment by the number of shares of Common Stock purchasable hereunder immediately prior to such adjustment, and (b) dividing the product thereof by the Exercise Price resulting from such adjustment. The Exercise Price shall be adjusted as follows:

2


3


        Whenever the Exercise Price shall be adjusted pursuant to this Section 3, the Company shall issue a certificate signed by its President or Vice President and by its Treasurer, Assistant Treasurer, Secretary or Assistant Secretary, setting forth, in reasonable detail, the event requiring the adjustment, the amount of the adjustment, the method by which such adjustment was calculated (including a description of the basis on which the Board of Directors of the Company made any determination hereunder), and the Exercise Price after giving effect to such adjustment, and shall cause copies of such certificates to be mailed (by first-class mail, postage prepaid) to the Holder of this Warrant. The Company shall make such certificate and mail it to the Holder promptly after each adjustment.

        No fractional shares of Common Stock shall be issued in connection with any exercise of this Warrant. In lieu of such fractional shares, the Company shall make a cash payment therefor equal in amount to the product of the applicable fraction multiplied by the Exercise Price then in effect.

        4.     In the event the Company grants rights to all stockholders to purchase Common Stock, the Holder shall have the same rights as if this Warrant had been exercised immediately prior to such grant.

        5.     This Warrant need not be changed because of any change in the Exercise Price or in the number of shares of Common Stock purchasable hereunder.

        6.     The terms defined in this paragraph, whenever used in this Warrant, shall, unless the context otherwise requires, have the respective meanings hereinafter specified. The term "Common Stock" shall mean and include the Company's Common Stock, $0.01 par value per share, authorized on the date of the original issue of this Warrant and shall also include, in case of any reorganization, reclassification, consolidation, merger or sale of assets of the character referred to in Paragraph 4 hereof, the stock, securities or assets provided for in such paragraph. The term "Company" shall also include any successor corporation to TeleUniversity, Inc. by merger, consolidation or otherwise. The term "outstanding" when used with reference to Common Stock shall mean at any date as of which the number of shares thereof is to be determined, all issued shares of Common Stock, except shares then owned or held by, or for the account of, the Company. The term "1933 Act" shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or any similar Federal statute, and the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission, or any other Federal agency then administering the 1933 Act, all as the same shall be in effect at the time.

        7.     This Warrant is exchangeable, upon the surrender hereby by the Holder at the office or agency of the Company, for new Warrants of like tenor representing in the aggregate the right to subscribe for and purchase the number of shares of Common Stock which may be subscribed for and purchased hereunder, each of such new Warrants to represent the right to subscribe for and purchase such number of shares of Common Stock as shall be designated by the Holder at the time of such surrender. Upon receipt of evidence satisfactory to the Company of the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of this Warrant or any such new Warrants and, in the case of any such loss, theft or destruction, upon delivery of a bond of indemnity reasonably satisfactory to the Company, or, in the case of any such mutilation, upon surrender or cancellation of this Warrant or such new Warrants, the Company will issue to the Holder a new Warrant of like tenor, in lieu of this Warrant or such new Warrants, representing the right to subscribe for and purchase the number of shares of Common Stock which may be subscribed for and purchased hereunder.

4


        8.     The Company will at no time close its transfer books against the transfer of this Warrant or of any shares of Common Stock issued or issuable upon the exercise of this Warrant in any manner which interferes with the timely exercise of this Warrant. Except as set forth herein, this Warrant shall not entitle the Holder to any voting rights or any rights as a stockholder of the Company. The rights and obligations of the Company, the Holder, and any holder of shares of Common Stock issuable hereunder shall survive the exercise of this Warrant.

        9.     By accepting this Warrant, the Holder hereby agrees that if the Company effects a public offering for its securities pursuant to an effective registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"), other than a registration statement relating to an offering of debt securities of the Company, securities being offered in a transaction described under Rule 145 promulgated under the Securities Act or under or in connection with an employee benefit plan of the Company (a "Public Offering"), then the Holder, in connection with, and in anticipation of, such Public Offering, if requested by the Company or the managing underwriter, if any, in such Public Offering, hereby agrees to enter into with the Company (or the managing underwriter) a customary Market Stand-Off Agreement pursuant to which the Holder agrees not to sell, make any short sale of, loan, pledge (or otherwise encumber or hypothecate), grant any option for the purchase of, or otherwise directly or indirectly dispose of this Warrant or any of the shares of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of this Warrant without the prior written consent of the Company (or the managing underwriter) for such period of time as the Board of Directors of the Company establishes in good faith, which period, in no event, shall exceed 180 days from the date that the Company consummates its Public Offering.

        10.   By acceptance of this Warrant, the Holder acknowledges that each certificate representing the securities issuable upon the exercise of all or any portion of this Warrant (together with any other securities issued or issuable in respect hereof and thereof upon any stock split, stock dividend, recapitalization, merger, consolidation or similar event) shall bear the following legends (in addition to any legends required by applicable state securities laws and the Stockholders Agreement (defined in Section 12 below)):

        "THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED ("1933 ACT"), OR ANY STATE SECURITIES LAWS AND SHALL NOT BE SOLD, PLEDGED, HYPOTHECATED, DONATED, OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, WHETHER OR NOT FOR CONSIDERATION, BY THE HOLDER EXCEPT UPON THE ISSUANCE TO THE COMPANY OF A FAVORABLE OPINION OF ITS COUNSEL OR THE SUBMISSION TO THE COMPANY OF SUCH OTHER EVIDENCE AS MAY BE SATISFACTORY TO COUNSEL FOR THE COMPANY, IN EITHER CASE, TO THE EFFECT THAT ANY SUCH TRANSFER SHALL NOT BE IN VIOLATION OF THE 1933 ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS."

        "IF THE COMPANY EFFECTS A PUBLIC OFFERING OF ITS SECURITIES, THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY OR ISSUABLE UPON THE EXERCISE OF ALL OR ANY PORTION OF THIS WARRANT WILL BE SUBJECT TO A MARKET STANDOFF AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE COMPANY AND THE HOLDER, A COPY OF WHICH WILL BE AVAILABLE FROM THE SECRETARY OF THE COMPANY; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, THAT SUCH MARKET STAND OFF AGREEMENT IS 180 DAYS OR LESS AND IS IN THE SAME FORM AND SHALL HAVE THE SAME TERMS AS IS AGREED TO BY THE HOLDERS OF ALL OF THE COMPANY'S ISSUED AND OUTSTANDING SHARES OF COMMON STOCK."

        11.   The validity, interpretation and performance of this Warrant and each of its terms and provisions shall be governed by the laws of the State of New York or another state designated by the Company, without giving effect to the principles of conflicts of law thereof.

5


        12.    Stockholders Agreement .    The Holder agrees to, and this Warrant and the shares of Common Stock issued upon exercise of this Warrant shall, become subject to the terms and provisions of the Stockholders Agreement substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A by executing and delivering to the Company a joinder agreement in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit C (a " Joinder Agreement ") simultaneously with the execution of this Warrant, pursuant to which the Holder will become a party to, and be bound by and obligated to comply, with the terms and provisions of, the Stockholders Agreement on the Effective Date, provided, however, if the Holder is a party to the Stockholders Agreement prior to the Effective Date, the execution and delivery of a Joinder Agreement is not required under this Warrant.

        13.    Waivers, Representations and Covenants of Holder .    This Warrant and the Stockholders Agreement (and any other Warrant of Holder effective simultaneously herewith) sets forth the entire agreement of the Company and the Holder with respect to the rights of the Holder regarding the Common Stock issuable upon the exercise thereof. Holder hereby acknowledges and agrees that this Warrant and the Stockholders Agreement constitute the entire understanding of the parties hereto relating to the rights to acquire the shares of Common Stock upon conversion hereof and any rights related hereto and thereto and supersede all prior understandings among such parties relating thereto. The provisions of any prior agreements, written or oral, relating to such rights are hereby terminated and shall have no further force or effect and all rights thereunder are hereby waived in their entirety. Holder disclaims and waives any rights or claims to any securities or equity of the Company other than as evidenced by this Warrant. Holder disclaims and waives any rights or claims of rights to any options or warrants for the securities of the Company upon exercise hereof, any other rights to purchase or sell securities of the Company, voting rights, registration rights, or other rights with respect to securities, outstanding on the date hereof or issued in the future, of the Company, that are inconsistent or in conflict with the terms of this Warrant and the Stockholders Agreement, whether such rights were granted under any previous or future shareholders agreement or other agreement. Notwithstanding any provision herein to the contrary or the exercise of this Warrant, the waivers, representations and covenants of the Holder herein shall survive indefinitely and shall constitute a release of liability of the Company for any claims to rights waived.

        14.    Restrictions on Transfer .    The Holder acknowledges that the Company will issue the shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of this Warrant in reliance on an exemption from registration under the Act. The Holder agrees not to sell or otherwise dispose of the shares of Common Stock unless Holder establishes to the Company's reasonable satisfaction that the transfer of the shares is not a violation of the Act, applicable state securities laws, or other laws. The Holder represents to the Company that the Holder is acquiring the Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the Warrant for investment and not with a view towards the resale, transfer or distribution, nor with any present intention of distributing the shares, but subject, nevertheless, to any requirement of law that the disposition of the Holder's shares shall at all times be within the Holder's control, and without prejudice to the Holder's right at all times to sell or otherwise dispose of all or any part of such shares under a registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Act") or under an exemption from said registration available under the Act. The Holder represents to the Company that the Holder has had access to complete information about the Company, its business, management, and prospects and that the Holder understands the nature, and is able to bear the economic risks, of an investment in shares.

        15.    Independent Counsel .    The Holder acknowledges that the Holder has been provided with an opportunity to consult with the Holder's own counsel with respect to this Warrant.

6


        IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Warrant to be signed by its duly authorized officer under its corporate seal as of          .

 
   
   
    TELEUNIVERSITY, INC.

 

 

By:

 

/s/ Scott Turner

Name:  Scott Turner
Title:  Chief Executive Officer

7



EXHIBIT A
SHAREHOLDERS AGREEMENT



EXHIBIT C
JOINDER AGREEMENT

        This Joinder Agreement (this "Joinder Agreement"), dated as of          , among the undersigned (the "Holder"), TeleUniversity, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), and the other parties to or contemplated to be a party to the Agreement (as defined below)(all of the foregoing, collectively, the "Parties," and individually a "Party").


RECITALS:

        A.    Warburg Pincus Private Equity VIII, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership ("Warburg Pincus"), has proposed to purchase shares of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock of the Company (the "Proposed Financing") pursuant to a Securities Purchase Agreement (the "Purchase Agreement"). In connection with the Proposed Financing, the Company and the Parties are parties to, or are contemplated to be parties to, the Stockholder Agreement among Warburg Pincus Private Equity VIII, L.P., the Company and the other parties thereto (collectively, the "Agreement"):

        B.    The purpose of this Joinder Agreement is joinder of the Holder as a party to the Agreement, effective as of the Effective Date.


AGREEMENTS:

        IN CONSIDERATION of the recitals and promises contained in this Joinder Agreement and the anticipated benefits to be received under the Purchase Agreement, it is mutually agreed as follows:



JOINDER AGREEMENT/SIGNATURE PAGE
TO
SHAREHOLDERS AGREEMENT

    HOLDER
         
   
 

 

 

 

 

 
   
 
         
   
[include name and signature of spouse]

 

 

 

 

 
    By    
       
 
    Its    
       

 

   
 
    Date of Signing:  

2




QuickLinks

WARRANT
EXHIBIT A SHAREHOLDERS AGREEMENT
EXHIBIT C JOINDER AGREEMENT
RECITALS
AGREEMENTS
JOINDER AGREEMENT/SIGNATURE PAGE TO SHAREHOLDERS AGREEMENT

QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document


Exhibit 4.12

Table of Warrant Grants

        Bridgepoint Education, Inc. (the "Company") issues warrants to purchase shares of the Company's common stock.

        The warrants are documented pursuant to the form of warrants attached hereto as Exhibit 4.5 through Exhibit 4.11.

        The following table sets forth the principal terms of the warrant grants held by the selling stockholders named in the prospectus ("Prospectus") included as a part of the Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-156408) initially filed by the registrant on December 22, 2008:

Name of Warrant Holder
  Form of
Warrant
  Date of
Expiration
  # of
Warrants
Granted
  Exercise
Price
 

Alfred Rattenni

  A     12/1/2013     50,000   $ 0.25  

Erich Tengelsen

  A     12/1/2013     50,000   $ 0.25  

William C. Turner, Trustee of Tuner Trust

  A     12/1/2013     250,000   $ 0.25  

Tyler Christian Guthrie Exempt Irrevocable Trust

  A     12/1/2013     250,000   $ 0.25  

Cooper Keith Guthrie Exempt Irrevocable Trust

  A     12/1/2013     250,000   $ 0.25  

Roberts Wesleyan College

  B     7/1/2014     59,747   $ 0.25  

Comerica Ventures Incorporated

  C     4/12/2014     80,000   $ 0.25  

Comerica Ventures Incorporated

  C     4/9/2015     180,000   $ 0.25  

Venturetek L.P.

  D     12/1/2013     1,450,000   $ 0.25  

Leonard Katz

  D     12/1/2013     175,000   $ 0.25  

Jonathan Turkel

  D     12/1/2013     175,000   $ 0.25  

Linda M. Clugston

  E     12/1/2013     175,000   $ 0.65  

R.Wayne Clugston

  E     12/1/2013     1,375,000   $ 0.63  

Roberts Wesleyan College

  E     12/1/2013
12/1/2013
12/1/2013
    75,000
73,307
64,547
  $
$
$
2.00
2.00
0.50
 

Scott Turner

  F     12/1/2013
12/1/2013
12/1/2013
12/1/2013
    150,000
600,000
600,000
500,000
  $
$
$
$
1.00
1.00
0.50
0.25
 

David Vande Pol

  F     12/1/2013
12/1/2013
12/1/2013
    50,000
25,000
550,000
  $
$
$
0.50
2.00
0.50
 

*

  F     12/1/2013     18,000   $ 0.50  

*

  F     12/1/2013     20,000   $ 0.50  

*

  G     12/1/2013     10,000   $ 0.25  

*

  G     12/1/2013     20,000   $ 0.25  

*

  G     12/1/2013     50,000   $ 0.25  

*

  G     12/1/2013     10,000   $ 0.25  

*

  G     12/1/2013     10,000   $ 0.25  

*

  G     12/1/2013     25,000   $ 0.25  

*

  G     12/1/2013     25,000   $ 0.25  

*

  G     12/1/2013     20,000   $ 0.25  

*

  G     12/1/2013     50,000   $ 0.25  

*

  G     12/1/2013     3,000   $ 0.25  

*

  G     12/1/2013     3,000   $ 0.25  

*

  G     12/1/2013     3,000   $ 0.25  

*

  G     12/1/2013     1,000   $ 0.25  

*

  G     12/1/2013     5,000   $ 0.25  

*

  G     12/1/2013     10,000   $ 0.25  

*

  G     12/1/2013     15,000   $ 0.25  

*

  G     12/1/2013     25,000   $ 0.25  

*

  G     12/1/2013     20,000   $ 0.25  

*
Denotes warrant holders that are not named as selling stockholders in the Prospectus.



QuickLinks


QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document


Exhibit 10.5


BRIDGEPOINT EDUCATION, INC.
2009 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN

SECTION 1. INTRODUCTION.

        The Company's Board of Directors adopted the Bridgepoint Education, Inc. 2009 Stock Incentive Plan on the Adoption Date. The Plan is effective on the Effective Date conditioned upon and subject to obtaining Company stockholder approval as provided in Section 15 below.

        No Awards may be issued under the Plan until on or after the date of the IPO. Awards granted under the Plan prior to stockholder approval of the Plan may not be exercised and no Shares may be released to any Participant until such stockholder approval is obtained. If the Company's stockholders do not approve the Plan on or before the first anniversary of the Adoption Date, then the Plan (and any outstanding Awards granted) shall be null and void and forfeited without consideration.

        The purpose of the Plan is to promote the long-term success of the Company and the creation of stockholder value by offering Selected Employees an opportunity to acquire a proprietary interest in the success of the Company, or to increase such interest, and to encourage such Selected Employees to continue to provide services to the Company and to attract new individuals with outstanding qualifications.

        The Plan seeks to achieve this purpose by providing for Awards in the form of Options (which may constitute Incentive Stock Options or Nonstatutory Stock Options), Stock Appreciation Rights, Stock Grants and Stock Units.

        This Plan and all Awards shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws of the State of Delaware, but without regard to its conflict of law provisions. Capitalized terms shall have the meaning provided in Section 2 unless otherwise provided in this Plan or any related Stock Option Agreement, SAR Agreement, Stock Grant Agreement or Stock Unit Agreement.

SECTION 2. DEFINITIONS.

        (a)   "Adoption Date" means March 4, 2009.

        (b)   "Affiliate" means any entity other than a Subsidiary, if the Company and/or one or more Subsidiaries own not less than 50% of such entity. For purposes of determining an individual's "Service," this definition shall include any entity other than a Subsidiary, if the Company, a Parent and/or one or more Subsidiaries own not less than 50% of such entity.

        (c)   "Award" means any award of an Option, SAR, Stock Grant or Stock Unit under the Plan.

        (d)   "Board" means the Board of Directors of the Company, as constituted from time to time.

        (e)   "Cashless Exercise" means, to the extent that a Stock Option Agreement so provides and as permitted by applicable law, a program approved by the Committee in which payment may be made all or in part by delivery (on a form prescribed by the Committee) of an irrevocable direction to a securities broker to sell Shares and to deliver all or part of the sale proceeds to the Company in payment of the aggregate Exercise Price and any applicable tax withholding obligations (up to the maximum amount permitted by applicable law) relating to the Option.

        (f)    "Cause" means, except as may otherwise be provided in a Participant employment agreement or applicable Award agreement, (i) a conviction of a Participant for a felony crime or the failure of a Participant to contest prosecution for a felony crime, or (ii) a Participant's misconduct, fraud, disloyalty or dishonesty (as such terms may be defined by the Committee in its sole discretion), or (iii) any

1



unauthorized use or disclosure of confidential information or trade secrets by a Participant, or (iv) a Participant's negligence, malfeasance, breach of fiduciary duties, neglect of duties, or (v) any material violation by a Participant of a written Company or Subsidiary or Affiliate policy or any material breach by a Participant of a written agreement with the Company or Subsidiary or Affiliate, or (vi) any other act or omission by a Participant that, in the opinion of the Committee, could reasonably be expected to adversely affect the Company's or a Subsidiary's or an Affiliate's business, financial condition, prospects and/or reputation. In each of the foregoing subclauses (i) through (vi), whether or not a "Cause" event has occurred will be determined by the Committee in its sole discretion and the Committee's determination shall be conclusive, final and binding.

        (g)   "Change In Control" except as may otherwise be provided in a Participant's employment agreement or Award agreement, means any of the following:

        A transaction shall not constitute a Change In Control if its sole purpose is to change the state of the Company's incorporation or to create a holding company that will be owned in substantially the same proportions by the persons who held the Company's securities immediately before such transactions. In addition, an IPO shall not constitute a Change In Control.

        (h)   "Code" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the regulations and interpretations promulgated thereunder.

        (i)    "Committee" means a committee described in Section 3.

        (j)    "Common Stock" means the Company's common stock, $0.01 par value per share.

        (k)   "Company" means Bridgepoint Education, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

        (l)    "Company Directors" means (A) individuals who as of the Adoption Date are members of the Board, (B) individuals elected or directors of the Company subsequent to the Adoption Date for whose election proxies shall have been solicited by the Board, or (C) any individual elected or appointed to the Board to fill vacancies of the Board caused by death or resignation (but not by removal) or to fill newly created directorships.

        (m)  "Consultant" means an individual who performs bona fide services to the Company, a Parent, a Subsidiary or an Affiliate, other than as an Employee or Director or Non-Employee Director.

        (n)   "Covered Employees" means those persons whose compensation is subject to the deduction limitations of Code Section 162(m).

        (o)   "Director" means a member of the Board who is also an Employee.

2


        (p)   "Disability" means that the Selected Employee is classified as disabled under a long-term disability policy of the Company or, if no such policy applies, the Selected Employee is unable to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment which can be expected to result in death or which has lasted or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months.

        (q)   "Effective Date" means the date that the Company's stockholders approve this Plan provided such approval must occur before the first anniversary of the Adoption Date.

        (r)   "Employee" means any individual who is a common-law employee of the Company, a Parent, a Subsidiary or an Affiliate.

        (s)   "Exchange Act" means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

        (t)    "Exercise Price" means, in the case of an Option, the amount for which a Share may be purchased upon exercise of such Option, as specified in the applicable Stock Option Agreement. "Exercise Price," in the case of a SAR, means an amount, as specified in the applicable SAR Agreement, which is subtracted from the Fair Market Value in determining the amount payable to a Participant upon exercise of such SAR.

        (u)   "Fair Market Value" means the market price of a Share, determined by the Committee as follows:

        Whenever possible, the determination of Fair Market Value by the Committee shall be based on the prices reported by the applicable exchange or the OTC Bulletin Board, as applicable, or a nationally recognized publisher of stock prices or quotations (including an electronic on-line publication). Such determination shall be conclusive and binding on all persons.

        (v)   "Fiscal Year" means the Company's fiscal year.

        (w)  "Grant" means any grant of an Award under the Plan.

        (x)   "Incentive Stock Option" or "ISO" means an incentive stock option described in Code Section 422.

        (y)   "IPO" means an initial public offering by the Company of the Shares.

        (z)   "Non-Employee Director" means a member of the Board who is not an Employee.

        (aa) "Nonstatutory Stock Option" or "NSO" means a stock option that is not an ISO.

3


        (bb) "Option" means an ISO or NSO granted under the Plan entitling the Optionee to purchase a specified number of Shares, at such times and applying a specified Exercise Price, as provided in the applicable Stock Option Agreement.

        (cc) "Optionee" means an individual, estate or other entity that holds an Option.

        (dd) "Parent" means any corporation (other than the Company) in an unbroken chain of corporations ending with the Company, if each of the corporations other than the Company owns stock possessing 50% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other corporations in such chain. A corporation that attains the status of a Parent on a date after the Adoption Date shall be considered a Parent commencing as of such date.

        (ee) "Participant" means an individual or estate or other entity that holds an Award.

        (ff)  "Performance Goals" means one or more objective measurable performance factors as determined by the Committee with respect to each Performance Period based upon one or more of the following: (i) operating income; (ii) earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization, or EBITDA; (iii) earnings; (iv) cash flow; (v) market share; (vi) sales or revenue; (vii) expenses; (viii) cost of goods sold; (ix) profit/loss or profit margin; (x) working capital; (xi) return on equity or assets; (xii) earnings per share; (xiii) economic value added, or EVA; (xiv) stock price; (xv) price/earnings ratio; (xvi) debt or debt-to-equity; (xvii) accounts receivable; (xviii) writeoffs; (xix) cash; (xx) assets; (xxi) liquidity; (xxii) operations; (xxiii) research or related milestones; (xxiv) business development; (xxv) intellectual property (e.g., patents); (xxvi) product development; (xxvii) regulatory activity; (xxviii) information technology; (xxix) financings; (xxx) product quality control; (xxxi) management; (xxxii) human resources; (xxxiii) corporate governance; (xxxiv) compliance program; (xxxv) legal matters; (xxxvi) internal controls; (xxxvii) policies and procedures; (xxxviii) accounting and reporting; (xxxix) strategic alliances, licensing and partnering; (xl) site, plant or building development; and/or (xli) mergers and acquisitions or divestitures; each with respect to the Company and/or one or more Affiliates or operating units as determined by the Committee in its sole discretion. Awards issued to persons who are not Covered Employees may take into account other (or no) factors.

        (gg) "Performance Period" means any period not exceeding 36 months as determined by the Committee, in its sole discretion. The Committee may establish different Performance Periods for different Participants, and the Committee may establish concurrent or overlapping Performance Periods.

        (hh) "Plan" means this Bridgepoint Education, Inc. 2009 Stock Incentive Plan as it may be amended from time to time.

        (ii)   "Prior Equity Plans" means the Company's Amended and Restated 2005 Stock Incentive Plan and its predecessor plans.

        (jj)   "Re-Price" means that the Company has lowered or reduced the Exercise Price of outstanding Options and/or outstanding SARs for any Participant(s) in a manner described by SEC Regulation S-K Item 402(d)(2)(viii) (or as described in any successor provision(s) or definition(s)).

        (kk) "SAR Agreement" means the agreement described in Section 8 evidencing each Award of a Stock Appreciation Right.

        (ll)   "SEC" means the Securities and Exchange Commission.

        (mm)  "Section 16 Persons" means those officers, directors or other persons who are subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act.

        (nn) "Securities Act" means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

4


        (oo) "Selected Employee" means an Employee, Consultant, Director, or Non-Employee Director who has been selected by the Committee to receive an Award under the Plan.

        (pp) "Service" means service as an Employee, Director, Non-Employee Director or Consultant. Service will be deemed terminated as soon as the entity to which Service is being provided is no longer either (i) the Company, (ii) a Parent, (iii) a Subsidiary or (iv) an Affiliate. A Participant's Service does not terminate if he or she is a common-law employee and goes on a bona fide leave of absence that was approved by the Company in writing and the terms of the leave provide for continued service crediting, or when continued service crediting is required by applicable law. However, for purposes of determining whether an Option is entitled to continuing ISO status, a common-law employee's Service will be treated as terminating ninety (90) days after such Employee went on leave, unless such Employee's right to return to active work is guaranteed by law or by a contract. Service terminates in any event when the approved leave ends, unless such Employee immediately returns to active work. The Committee determines which leaves count toward Service, and when Service terminates for all purposes under the Plan.

        (qq) "Share" means one share of Common Stock.

        (rr)  "Stock Appreciation Right" or "SAR" means a stock appreciation right awarded under the Plan which provides the holder with a right to potentially receive, in cash and/or Shares, value with respect to a specific number of Shares, as provided in Section 8.

        (ss)  "Stock Grant" means Shares awarded under the Plan.

        (tt)  "Stock Grant Agreement" means the agreement described in Section 9 evidencing each Award of a Stock Grant.

        (uu) "Stock Option Agreement" means the agreement described in Section 6 evidencing each Award of an Option.

        (vv) "Stock Unit" means a bookkeeping entry representing the equivalent of one Share, as awarded under the Plan.

        (ww)  "Stock Unit Agreement" means the agreement described in Section 10 evidencing each Award of a Stock Unit.

        (xx) "Subsidiary" means any corporation (other than the Company) in an unbroken chain of corporations beginning with the Company, if each of the corporations other than the last corporation in the unbroken chain owns stock possessing 50% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other corporations in such chain. A corporation that attains the status of a Subsidiary on a date after the Adoption Date shall be considered a Subsidiary commencing as of such date.

        (yy) "10-Percent Shareholder" means an individual who owns more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of outstanding stock of the Company, its Parent or any of its Subsidiaries. In determining stock ownership, the attribution rules of Section 424(d) of the Code shall be applied.

SECTION 3. ADMINISTRATION.

        (a)    Committee Composition .    A Committee appointed by the Board shall administer the Plan. Unless the Board provides otherwise, the Board's Compensation Committee (or a comparable committee of the Board) shall be the Committee. The Board may also at any time terminate the functions of the Committee and reassume all powers and authority previously delegated to the Committee.

5


        The Committee shall have membership composition which enables (i) Awards to Section 16 Persons to qualify as exempt from liability under Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act and (ii) Awards to Covered Employees to qualify as performance-based compensation as provided under Code Section 162(m).

        The Board may also appoint one or more separate committees of the Board, each composed of one or more directors of the Company who need not qualify under Rule 16b-3 or Code Section 162(m), that may administer the Plan with respect to Selected Employees who are not Section 16 Persons or Covered Employees, respectively, may grant Awards under the Plan to such Selected Employees and may determine all terms of such Awards. To the extent permitted by applicable law, the Board may also appoint a committee, composed of one or more officers of the Company, that may authorize Awards to Employees (who are not Section 16 Persons or Covered Employees) within parameters specified by the Board and consistent with any limitations imposed by applicable law.

        Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Board shall constitute the Committee and shall administer the Plan with respect to all Awards granted to Non-Employee Directors.

        (b)    Authority of the Committee .    Subject to the provisions of the Plan, the Committee shall have full authority and discretion to take any actions it deems necessary or advisable for the administration of the Plan. Such actions shall include without limitation:

        The Committee may adopt such rules or guidelines, as it deems appropriate to implement the Plan. The Committee's determinations under the Plan shall be final and binding on all persons. The Committee's decisions and determinations need not be uniform and may be made selectively among Participants in the Committee's sole discretion. The Committee's decisions and determinations will be afforded the maximum deference provided by law.

        (c)    Indemnification .    To the maximum extent permitted by applicable law, each member of the Committee, or of the Board, or any persons (including without limitation Employees and officers) who are delegated by the Board or Committee to perform administrative functions in connection with the Plan, shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Company against and from (i) any loss, cost, liability, or expense that may be imposed upon or reasonably incurred by him or her in connection with or resulting from any claim, action, suit, or proceeding to which he or she may be a party or in which he or she may be involved by reason of any action taken or failure to act under the Plan or any Stock Option Agreement, SAR Agreement, Stock Grant Agreement or Stock Unit Agreement, and (ii) from any and all amounts paid by him or her in settlement thereof, with the Company's approval, or paid by

6



him or her in satisfaction of any judgment in any such claim, action, suit, or proceeding against him or her, provided he or she shall give the Company an opportunity, at its own expense, to handle and defend the same before he or she undertakes to handle and defend it on his or her own behalf. The foregoing right of indemnification shall not be exclusive of any other rights of indemnification to which such persons may be entitled under the Company's Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws, by contract, as a matter of law, or otherwise, or under any power that the Company may have to indemnify them or hold them harmless.

SECTION 4. GENERAL.

        (a)    General Eligibility .    Only Employees, Consultants, Directors and Non-Employee Directors shall be eligible for designation as Selected Employees by the Committee.

        (b)    Incentive Stock Options .    Only Selected Employees who are common-law employees of the Company, a Parent or a Subsidiary shall be eligible for the grant of ISOs. In addition, a Selected Employee who is a 10-Percent Shareholder shall not be eligible for the grant of an ISO unless the requirements set forth in Section 422(c)(5) of the Code are satisfied. If and to the extent that any Shares are issued under a portion of any Option that exceeds the $100,000 limitation of Section 422 of the Code, such Shares shall not be treated as issued under an ISO notwithstanding any designation otherwise. Certain decisions, amendments, interpretations and actions by the Committee and certain actions by a Participant may cause an Option to cease to qualify as an ISO pursuant to the Code and by accepting an Option the Participant agrees in advance to such disqualifying action.

        (c)    Buyout of Awards .    The Committee may at any time (i) offer to buy out for a payment in cash or cash equivalents (including without limitation Shares valued at Fair Market Value that may or may not be issued from this Plan) an Award previously granted or (ii) authorize a Participant to elect to cash out an Award previously granted, in either case at such time and based upon such terms and conditions as the Committee shall establish.

        (d)    Restrictions on Shares .    Any Shares issued pursuant to an Award shall be subject to such rights of repurchase, rights of first refusal and other transfer restrictions as the Committee may determine. Such restrictions shall apply in addition to any restrictions that may apply to holders of Shares generally and shall also comply to the extent necessary with applicable law. In no event shall the Company be required to issue fractional Shares under this Plan.

        (e)    Beneficiaries .    A Participant may designate one or more beneficiaries with respect to an Award by timely filing the prescribed form with the Company. A beneficiary designation may be changed by filing the prescribed form with the Company at any time before the Participant's death. If no beneficiary was designated or if no designated beneficiary survives the Participant, then after a Participant's death any vested Award(s) shall be transferred or distributed to the Participant's estate.

        (f)     Performance Conditions .    The Committee may, in its discretion, include performance conditions in an Award. If performance conditions are included in Awards to Covered Employees that are intended to qualify as performance-based compensation under Code Section 162(m), then such Awards will be subject to the achievement of Performance Goals that shall be established and administered pursuant to the requirements of Code Section 162(m) and as described in this Section 4(f). Before any Shares underlying an Award or any Award payments are released to a Covered Employee with respect to a Performance Period, the Committee shall certify in writing that the Performance Goals for such Performance Period have been satisfied. Without limitation, the approved minutes of a Committee meeting shall constitute such written certification. The Committee may appropriately adjust any evaluation of performance under a Performance Goal to exclude any of the following events that occurs during a Performance Period:

7


        Notwithstanding satisfaction of any completion of any Performance Goal, to the extent specified at the time of grant of an Award, the number of Shares, Options, SARs, Restricted Stock Units or other benefits granted, issued, retainable and/or vested under an Award on account of satisfaction of such Performance Goals may be reduced by the Committee on the basis of such further considerations as the Committee in its sole discretion shall determine. Awards with performance conditions that are granted to Selected Employees who are not Covered Employees or any Awards to Covered Employees which are not intended to qualify as performance-based compensation under Code Section 162(m) need not comply with the requirements of Code Section 162(m).

        (g)    No Rights as a Stockholder .    A Participant, or a transferee of a Participant, shall have no rights as a stockholder (including without limitation voting rights or dividend or distribution rights) with respect to any Common Stock covered by an Option, SAR, or Stock Unit until such person becomes entitled to receive such Common Stock, has satisfied any applicable withholding or tax obligations relating to the Award and has been issued the applicable stock certificate by the Company. No adjustment shall be made for cash or stock dividends or other rights for which the record date is prior to the date when such certificate is issued, except as expressly provided in Section 11.

8


        (h)    Termination of Service .    Unless the applicable Award agreement or employment agreement provides otherwise (and in such case, the Award or employment agreement shall govern as to the consequences of a termination of Service for such Awards), the following rules shall govern the vesting, exercisability and term of outstanding Awards held by a Participant in the event of termination of such Participant's Service (in all cases subject to the term of the Option or SAR as applicable): (i) if the Service of a Participant is terminated for Cause, then all Options, SARs, unvested portions of Stock Units and unvested portions of Stock Grants shall terminate and be forfeited immediately without consideration; (ii) if the Service of Participant is terminated for any reason other than for Cause, death or Disability, then the vested portion of his/her then-outstanding Options/SARs may be exercised by such Participant or his or her personal representative within three months after the date of such termination and all unvested portions of any outstanding Awards shall be forfeited without consideration as of the date of such termination; or (iii) if the Service of a Participant is terminated due to death or Disability, the vested portion of his/her then-outstanding Options/SARs may be exercised within twelve months after the date of termination of Service and all unvested portions of any outstanding Awards shall be forfeited without consideration as of the date of such termination. In the event of a termination of an Employee's Service due to Disability, an unexercised ISO will be treated as an NSO commencing as of one year and one day after such termination.

        (i)     Code Section 409A .    Notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the contrary, the Plan and Awards granted hereunder are intended to comply with the requirements of Code Section 409A and shall be interpreted in a manner consistent with such intention. If upon a Participant's "separation from service" within the meaning of Code Section 409A, he/she is then a "specified employee" (as defined in Code Section 409A), then to the extent necessary to comply with Code Section 409A and avoid the imposition of taxes under Code Section 409A, the Company shall defer payment of "nonqualified deferred compensation" subject to Code Section 409A payable as a result of and within six (6) months following such separation from service under this Plan until the earlier of (i) the first business day of the seventh month following the Participant's separation from service, or (ii) ten (10) days after the Company receives notification of the Participant's death. Any such delayed payments shall be made without interest.

        (j)     Suspension or Termination of Awards .    If at any time (including after a notice of exercise has been delivered) the Committee (or the Board), reasonably believes that a Participant has committed an act of Cause (which includes a failure to act), the Committee (or Board) may suspend the Participant's right to exercise any Option or SAR (or vesting of Stock Grants or Stock Units) pending a determination of whether there was in fact an act of Cause. If the Committee (or the Board) determines a Participant has committed an act of Cause, neither the Participant nor his or her estate shall be entitled to exercise any outstanding Option or SAR whatsoever and all of Participant's outstanding Awards shall then terminate without consideration. Any determination by the Committee (or the Board) with respect to the foregoing shall be final, conclusive and binding on all interested parties.

        (k)    Electronic Communications .    Subject to compliance with applicable law and/or regulations, an Award agreement or other documentation or notices relating to the Plan and/or Awards may be communicated to Participants by electronic media.

        (l)     Unfunded Plan .    Insofar as it provides for Awards, the Plan shall be unfunded. Although bookkeeping accounts may be established with respect to Participants who are granted Awards under this Plan, any such accounts will be used merely as a bookkeeping convenience. The Company shall not be required to segregate any assets which may at any time be represented by Awards, nor shall this Plan be construed as providing for such segregation, nor shall the Company or the Committee be deemed to be a trustee of stock or cash to be awarded under the Plan.

9


        (m)   Liability of Company Plan .    The Company (or members of the Board or Committee) shall not be liable to a Participant or other persons as to: (a) the non-issuance or sale of Shares as to which the Company has been unable to obtain from any regulatory body having jurisdiction the authority deemed by the Company's counsel to be necessary to the lawful issuance and sale of any Shares hereunder; and (b) any unexpected or adverse tax consequence or any tax consequence expected, but not realized, by any Participant or other person due to the grant, receipt, exercise or settlement of any Award granted hereunder.

SECTION 5. SHARES SUBJECT TO PLAN AND SHARE LIMITS.

        (a)    Basic Limitation .    The stock issuable under the Plan shall be authorized but unissued Shares or treasury Shares. Subject to adjustment as provided in Sections 5(b), 5(c) and 11, the aggregate number of Shares reserved for Awards under the Plan shall not exceed 23,000,000 Shares. The aggregate number of Shares that may be issued in connection with any single type of Award (NSOs, ISOs, SARs, Stock Grants or Stock Units) under the Plan shall be 23,000,000 Shares.

        (b)   Subject to adjustment as provided in Section 11, the maximum aggregate number of Shares that may be issued under the Plan as set forth in Section 5(a) shall be increased on January 1, 2010 and on each subsequent January 1 through and including January 1, 2019, by a number of Shares (the "Annual Increase") equal to the lesser of (i) two percent (2%) of the number of Shares issued and outstanding on the immediately preceding December 31, or (ii) 6,000,000 Shares, or (iii) an amount determined by the Board.

        (c)    Additional Shares .    If Awards are forfeited or are terminated for any reason other than being exercised, then the Shares underlying such Awards shall again become available for Awards under the Plan. If SARs are exercised or Stock Units are settled in Shares, then only the number of Shares (if any) actually issued in settlement of such SARs or Stock Units shall reduce the number of Shares available under Section 5(a), as adjusted by Section 5(b), and the balance shall again become available for Awards under the Plan. If a Participant pays the Exercise Price by net exercise or by surrendering previously owned Shares (or by stock attestation) and/or, as permitted by the Committee, pays any withholding tax obligation with respect to an Award by electing to have Shares withheld or surrendering previously owned Shares (or by stock attestation), the surrendered Shares and the Shares withheld to pay taxes shall be available for issuance under the Plan and shall not count toward the maximum number of shares that may be issued under the Plan as set forth in Section 5(a), as adjusted by Section 5(b).

        (d)    Dividend Equivalents .    Any dividend equivalents distributed under the Plan shall not be applied against the number of Shares available for Awards.

        (e)    Share Limits .    For so long as: (x) the Company is a "publicly held corporation" within the meaning of Code Section 162(m) and (y) the deduction limitations of Code Section 162(m) are applicable to the Company's Covered Employees, then the limits specified below in this Section 5(e) shall be applicable to Awards issued under the Plan that are intended to qualify as performance-based compensation under Code Section 162(m).

10


SECTION 6. TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF OPTIONS.

        (a)    Stock Option Agreement .    Each Grant of an Option under the Plan shall be evidenced by a Stock Option Agreement between the Optionee and the Company. Such Option shall be subject to all applicable terms and conditions of the Plan and may be subject to any other terms and conditions that are not inconsistent with the Plan and that the Committee deems appropriate for inclusion in a Stock Option Agreement (including without limitation any performance conditions). The provisions of the various Stock Option Agreements entered into under the Plan need not be identical. The Stock Option Agreement shall also specify whether the Option is an ISO; if not specified then the Option shall be an NSO.

        (b)    Number of Shares .    Each Stock Option Agreement shall specify the number of Shares that are subject to the Option and shall be subject to adjustment of such number in accordance with Section 11.

        (c)    Exercise Price .    An Option's Exercise Price shall be established by the Committee and set forth in a Stock Option Agreement. The Exercise Price of an Option shall not be less than 100% of the Fair Market Value (110% for ISO Grants to 10-Percent Shareholders) on the date of Grant.

        (d)    Exercisability and Term .    Each Stock Option Agreement shall specify the date when all or any installment of the Option is to become exercisable. The Stock Option Agreement shall also specify the term of the Option; provided that the term of an Option shall in no event exceed ten years from the date of Grant (and may be for a shorter period of time than ten years). A Stock Option Agreement may provide for accelerated vesting in the event of the Participant's death, or Disability or other events. Notwithstanding the previous sentence, an ISO that is granted to a 10-Percent Shareholder shall have a maximum term of five years. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, no Option can be exercised after the expiration date provided in the applicable Stock Option Agreement. A Stock Option Agreement may permit an Optionee to exercise an Option before it is vested (an "early exercise"), subject to the Company's right of repurchase at the original Exercise Price of any Shares acquired under the unvested portion of the Option which right of repurchase shall lapse at the same rate the Option would have vested had there been no early exercise. In no event shall the Company be required to issue fractional Shares upon the exercise of an Option and the Committee may specify a minimum number of Shares that must be purchased in any one Option exercise.

        (e)    Modifications or Assumption of Options .    Within the limitations of the Plan, the Committee may modify, extend or assume outstanding options or may accept the cancellation of outstanding options (whether granted by the Company or by another issuer) in return for the grant of new Options for the same or a different number of Shares and at the same or a different Exercise Price. For avoidance of doubt, the Committee may Re-Price outstanding Options. No modification of an Option shall, without the consent of the Optionee, alter or impair his or her rights or obligations under such Option.

        (f)     Assignment or Transfer of Options .    Except as otherwise provided in the applicable Stock Option Agreement and then only to the extent permitted by applicable law, no Option shall be

11



transferable by the Optionee other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution. Except as otherwise provided in the applicable Stock Option Agreement, an Option may be exercised during the lifetime of the Optionee only by Optionee or by the guardian or legal representative of the Optionee. No Option or interest therein may be assigned, pledged or hypothecated by the Optionee during his or her lifetime, whether by operation of law or otherwise, or be made subject to execution, attachment or similar process.

SECTION 7. PAYMENT FOR OPTION SHARES.

        (a)    General Rule .    The entire Exercise Price of Shares issued upon exercise of Options shall be payable in cash at the time when such Shares are purchased, except as follows and if so provided for in an applicable Stock Option Agreement:

        (b)    Surrender of Stock .    To the extent that this Section 7(b) is made applicable to an Option in a Stock Option Agreement, payment for all or any part of the Exercise Price may be made with Shares which have already been owned by the Optionee for such duration as shall be specified by the Committee. Such Shares shall be valued at their Fair Market Value on the date when the new Shares are purchased under the Plan.

        (c)    Cashless Exercise .    To the extent that this Section 7(c) is made applicable to an Option in a Stock Option Agreement, payment for all or a part of the Exercise Price may be made through Cashless Exercise.

        (d)    Net Exercise .    To the extent that this Section 7(d) is made applicable to an Option in a Stock Option Agreement, payment for all or a part of the Exercise Price may be made through a "net exercise" arrangement pursuant to which the number of Shares issued to the Optionee in connection with the Optionee's exercise of the Option will be reduced by the Company's retention of a portion of such Shares. Upon such a net exercise of an Option, the Optionee will receive a net number of Shares that is equal to (i) the number of Shares as to which the Option is being exercised minus (ii) the quotient (rounded down to the nearest whole number) of the aggregate Exercise Price of the Shares being exercised divided by the Fair Market Value of a Share on the Option exercise date. The number of Shares covered by clause (ii) will be retained by the Company and not delivered to the Optionee. No fractional Shares will be created as a result of a net exercise and the Optionee must contemporaneously pay for any portion of the aggregate Exercise Price that is not covered by the Shares retained by the Company under clause (ii).

        (e)    Other Forms of Payment .    To the extent that this Section 7(e) is made applicable to an Option in a Stock Option Agreement, payment may be made in any other form that is consistent with applicable laws, regulations and rules and approved by the Committee.

SECTION 8. TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF STOCK APPRECIATION RIGHTS.

        (a)    SAR Agreement .    Each Award of a SAR under the Plan shall be evidenced by a SAR Agreement between the Participant and the Company. Such SAR shall be subject to all applicable terms of the Plan and may be subject to any other terms that are not inconsistent with the Plan (including without limitation any performance conditions). A SAR Agreement may provide for a maximum limit on the amount of any payout notwithstanding the Fair Market Value on the date of exercise of the SAR. The provisions of the various SAR Agreements entered into under the Plan need

12


not be identical. SARs may be granted in consideration of a reduction in the Participant's other compensation.

        (b)    Number of Shares .    Each SAR Agreement shall specify the number of Shares to which the SAR pertains and is subject to adjustment of such number in accordance with Section 11.

        (c)    Exercise Price .    Each SAR Agreement shall specify the Exercise Price. The Exercise Price of a SAR shall not be less than 100% of the Fair Market Value on the date of Grant.

        (d)    Exercisability and Term .    Each SAR Agreement shall specify the date when all or any installment of the SAR is to become exercisable. The SAR Agreement shall also specify the term of the SAR which shall not exceed ten years from the date of Grant. A SAR Agreement may provide for accelerated exercisability in the event of the Participant's death, or Disability or other events and may provide for expiration prior to the end of its term in the event of the termination of the Participant's Service. A SAR may be included in an ISO only at the time of Grant but may be included in an NSO at the time of Grant or at any subsequent time, but not later than six months before the expiration of such NSO. A SAR granted under the Plan may provide that it will be exercisable only in the event of a Change In Control.

        (e)    Exercise of SARs .    If, on the date when a SAR expires, the Exercise Price under such SAR is less than the Fair Market Value on such date but any portion of such SAR has not been exercised or surrendered, then such SAR may automatically be deemed to be exercised as of such date with respect to such portion to the extent so provided in the applicable SAR agreement. Upon exercise of a SAR, the Participant (or any person having the right to exercise the SAR after Participant's death) shall receive from the Company (i) Shares, (ii) cash or (iii) any combination of Shares and cash, as the Committee shall determine. The amount of cash and/or the Fair Market Value of Shares received upon exercise of SARs shall, in the aggregate, be equal to the amount by which the Fair Market Value (on the date of surrender) of the Shares subject to the SARs exceeds the Exercise Price of the Shares.

        (f)     Modification or Assumption of SARs .    Within the limitations of the Plan, the Committee may modify, extend or assume outstanding SARs or may accept the cancellation of outstanding SARs (including stock appreciation rights granted by another issuer) in return for the grant of new SARs for the same or a different number of Shares and at the same or a different Exercise Price. For avoidance of doubt, the Committee may Re-Price outstanding SARs. No modification of a SAR shall, without the consent of the Participant, alter or impair his or her rights or obligations under such SAR.

        (g)    Assignment or Transfer of SARs .    Except as otherwise provided in the applicable SAR Agreement and then only to the extent permitted by applicable law, no SAR shall be transferable by the Participant other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution. Except as otherwise provided in the applicable SAR Agreement, a SAR may be exercised during the lifetime of the Participant only by the Participant or by the guardian or legal representative of the Participant. No SAR or interest therein may be assigned, pledged or hypothecated by the Participant during his or her lifetime, whether by operation of law or otherwise, or be made subject to execution, attachment or similar process.

SECTION 9. TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR STOCK GRANTS.

        (a)    Time, Amount and Form of Awards .    Awards under this Section 9 may be granted in the form of a Stock Grant.

        (b)    Stock Grant Agreement .    Each Stock Grant awarded under the Plan shall be evidenced by a Stock Grant Agreement between the Participant and the Company. Each Stock Grant shall be subject to all applicable terms and conditions of the Plan and may be subject to any other terms and conditions that are not inconsistent with the Plan that the Committee deems appropriate for inclusion in the

13



applicable Stock Grant Agreement (including without limitation any performance conditions). The provisions of the Stock Grant Agreements entered into under the Plan need not be identical.

        (c)    Payment for Stock Grants .    Stock Grants may be issued with or without cash consideration under the Plan.

        (d)    Vesting Conditions .    Each Stock Grant may or may not be subject to vesting. Vesting shall occur, in full or in installments, upon satisfaction of the conditions specified in the Stock Grant Agreement. A Stock Grant Agreement may provide for accelerated vesting in the event of the Participant's death, or Disability or other events.

        (e)    Assignment or Transfer of Stock Grants .    Except as provided in Section 14, or in a Stock Grant Agreement, or as required by applicable law, a Stock Grant awarded under the Plan shall not be anticipated, assigned, attached, garnished, optioned, transferred or made subject to any creditor's process, whether voluntarily, involuntarily or by operation of law. Any act in violation of this Section 9(e) shall be void. However, this Section 9(e) shall not preclude a Participant from designating a beneficiary who will receive any vested outstanding Stock Grant Awards in the event of the Participant's death, nor shall it preclude a transfer of vested Stock Grant Awards by will or by the laws of descent and distribution.

        (f)     Voting and Dividend Rights .    The holder of a Stock Grant (irrespective of whether the Shares subject to the Stock Grant are vested or unvested) awarded under the Plan shall have the same voting, dividend and other rights as the Company's other stockholders. A Stock Grant Agreement, however, may require that the holder of such Stock Grant invest any cash dividends received in additional Shares subject to the Stock Grant. Such additional Shares subject to the Stock Grant shall be subject to the same conditions and restrictions as the Stock Grant with respect to which the dividends were paid. Such additional Shares subject to the Stock Grant shall not reduce the number of Shares available for issuance under Section 5.

        (g)    Modification or Assumption of Stock Grants .    Within the limitations of the Plan, the Committee may modify or assume outstanding Stock Grants or may accept the cancellation of outstanding Stock Grants (including stock granted by another issuer) in return for the grant of new Stock Grants for the same or a different number of Shares. No modification of a Stock Grant shall, without the consent of the Participant, alter or impair his or her rights or obligations under such Stock Grant.

SECTION 10. TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF STOCK UNITS.

        (a)    Stock Unit Agreement .    Each grant of Stock Units under the Plan shall be evidenced by a Stock Unit Agreement between the Participant and the Company. Such Stock Units shall be subject to all applicable terms of the Plan and may be subject to any other terms that are not inconsistent with the Plan (including without limitation any performance conditions). The provisions of the various Stock Unit Agreements entered into under the Plan need not be identical. Stock Units may be granted in consideration of a reduction in the Participant's other compensation.

        (b)    Number of Shares .    Each Stock Unit Agreement shall specify the number of Shares to which the Stock Unit Grant pertains and is subject to adjustment of such number in accordance with Section 11.

        (c)    Payment for Awards .    To the extent that an Award is granted in the form of Stock Units, no cash consideration shall be required of the Award recipients.

        (d)    Vesting Conditions .    Each Award of Stock Units may or may not be subject to vesting. Vesting shall occur, in full or in installments, upon satisfaction of the conditions specified in the Stock Unit

14



Agreement. A Stock Unit Agreement may provide for accelerated vesting in the event of the Participant's death, or Disability or other events.

        (e)    Voting and Dividend Rights .    The holders of Stock Units shall have no voting rights. Prior to settlement or forfeiture, any Stock Unit awarded under the Plan may, at the Committee's discretion, carry with it a right to dividend equivalents. Such right entitles the holder to be credited with an amount equal to all cash dividends paid on one Share while the Stock Unit is outstanding. Dividend equivalents may be converted into additional Stock Units. Settlement of dividend equivalents may be made in the form of cash, in the form of Shares, or in a combination of both. Prior to distribution, any dividend equivalents which are not paid shall be subject to the same conditions and restrictions as the Stock Units to which they attach.

        (f)     Form and Time of Settlement of Stock Units .    Settlement of vested Stock Units may be made in the form of (a) cash, (b) Shares or (c) any combination of both, as determined by the Committee. The actual number of Stock Units eligible for settlement may be larger or smaller than the number included in the original Award. Methods of converting Stock Units into cash may include (without limitation) a method based on the average Fair Market Value of Shares over a series of trading days. Except as otherwise provided in a Stock Unit Agreement or a timely completed deferral election, vested Stock Units shall be settled within thirty days after vesting. The distribution may occur or commence when all vesting conditions applicable to the Stock Units have been satisfied or have lapsed, or it may be deferred, in accordance with applicable law, to any later date. The amount of a deferred distribution may be increased by an interest factor or by dividend equivalents. Until an Award of Stock Units is settled, the number of such Stock Units shall be subject to adjustment pursuant to Section 11.

        (g)    Creditors' Rights .    A holder of Stock Units shall have no rights other than those of a general creditor of the Company. Stock Units represent an unfunded and unsecured obligation of the Company, subject to the terms and conditions of the applicable Stock Unit Agreement.

        (h)    Modification or Assumption of Stock Units .    Within the limitations of the Plan, the Committee may modify or assume outstanding Stock Units or may accept the cancellation of outstanding Stock Units (including stock units granted by another issuer) in return for the grant of new Stock Units for the same or a different number of Shares. No modification of a Stock Unit shall, without the consent of the Participant, alter or impair his or her rights or obligations under such Stock Unit.

        (i)     Assignment or Transfer of Stock Units .    Except as provided in Section 14, or in a Stock Unit Agreement, or as required by applicable law, Stock Units shall not be anticipated, assigned, attached, garnished, optioned, transferred or made subject to any creditor's process, whether voluntarily, involuntarily or by operation of law. Any act in violation of this Section 10(i) shall be void. However, this Section 10(i) shall not preclude a Participant from designating a beneficiary who will receive any outstanding vested Stock Units in the event of the Participant's death, nor shall it preclude a transfer of vested Stock Units by will or by the laws of descent and distribution.

SECTION 11. ADJUSTMENTS.

        (a)    Adjustments .    In the event of a subdivision of the outstanding Shares, a declaration of a dividend payable in Shares, a declaration of a dividend payable in a form other than Shares in an amount that has a material effect on the price of Shares, a combination or consolidation of the outstanding Shares (by reclassification or otherwise) into a lesser number of Shares, a stock split, a reverse stock split, a reclassification or other distribution of the Shares without the receipt of consideration by the Company, of or on the Common Stock, a recapitalization, a combination, a spin-off or a similar occurrence, the Committee shall make equitable and proportionate adjustments to:

15


        If, and only in the event, a reverse stock split is effected prior to the IPO, the amount resulting after the proportionate adjustment to the item specified: (x) in subsection 11(a)(i) above shall be rounded down to the nearest 250,000 Shares, if such adjusted number is not a whole multiple of 250,000, (y) in subsection 11(a)(ii) above shall be rounded down to the nearest 100,000 Shares, if such adjusted number is not a whole multiple of 100,000, and (z) in subsection 11(a)(iv) above shall be rounded down to the nearest 50,000 Shares, if such adjusted number is not a whole multiple of 50,000. Such downward adjustments shall be a one-time special adjustment. As purely a hypothetical example to illustrate the foregoing, assume as a result of a reverse stock split effected prior to the IPO, the maximum aggregate number of Shares that may be Granted under the Plan after the proportionate adjustment equaled 7,485,133 Shares. Such number would then be rounded down to equal 7,250,000 Shares.

        (b)    Participant Rights .    Except as provided in this Section 11, a Participant shall have no rights by reason of any issue by the Company of stock of any class or securities convertible into stock of any class, any subdivision or consolidation of shares of stock of any class, the payment of any stock dividend or any other increase or decrease in the number of shares of stock of any class. If by reason of an adjustment pursuant to this Section 11, a Participant's Award covers additional or different shares of stock or securities, then such additional or different shares and the Award in respect thereof shall be subject to all of the terms, conditions and restrictions which were applicable to the Award and the Shares subject to the Award prior to such adjustment.

        (c)    Fractional Shares .    Any adjustment of Shares pursuant to this Section 11 shall be rounded down to the nearest whole number of Shares. Under no circumstances shall the Company be required to authorize or issue fractional shares and no consideration shall be provided as a result of any fractional shares not being issued or authorized.

SECTION 12. EFFECT OF A CHANGE IN CONTROL.

        (a)    Merger or Reorganization .    In the event that the Company is a party to a merger or other reorganization, outstanding Awards shall be subject to the agreement of merger or reorganization. Such agreement may provide, without limitation, for the assumption of outstanding Awards by the surviving corporation or its parent, for their continuation by the Company (if the Company is a surviving corporation), for accelerated vesting or for their cancellation with or without consideration, in all cases without the consent of the Participant.

        (b)    Acceleration .    Except as otherwise provided in the applicable Stock Option Agreement, SAR Agreement, Stock Unit Agreement or Stock Award Agreement, in the event that a Change In Control occurs with respect to the Company and the applicable agreement of merger or reorganization provides for assumption or continuation of Awards pursuant to Section 12(a), no acceleration of vesting shall occur. In the event that a Change In Control occurs with respect to the Company and there is no assumption or continuation of Awards pursuant to Section 12(a), all Awards shall vest and become exercisable as of immediately before such Change In Control.

16


SECTION 13. LIMITATIONS ON RIGHTS.

        (a)    Retention Rights .    Neither the Plan nor any Award granted under the Plan shall be deemed to give any individual a right to remain an employee, consultant or director of the Company, a Parent, a Subsidiary or an Affiliate. The Company and its Parents and Subsidiaries and Affiliates reserve the right to terminate the Service of any person at any time, and for any reason, subject to applicable laws, the Company's Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws and a written employment agreement (if any).

        (b)    Stockholders' Rights .    A Participant shall have no dividend rights, voting rights or other rights as a stockholder with respect to any Shares covered by his or her Award prior to the issuance of such Shares. No adjustment shall be made for cash dividends or other rights for which the record date is prior to the date when such Shares are issued, except as expressly provided in Section 11.

        (c)    Regulatory Requirements .    Any other provision of the Plan notwithstanding, the obligation of the Company to issue Shares or other securities under the Plan shall be subject to all applicable laws, rules and regulations and such approval by any regulatory body as may be required. The Company reserves the right to restrict, in whole or in part, the delivery of Shares or other securities pursuant to any Award prior to the satisfaction of all legal requirements relating to the issuance of such Shares or other securities, to their registration, qualification or listing or to an exemption from registration, qualification or listing.

        (d)    Dissolution .    To the extent not previously exercised or settled, Options, SARs, Stock Units and unvested Stock Grants shall terminate immediately prior to the dissolution or liquidation of the Company and be forfeited to the Company.

        (e)    Clawback Policy .    The Company may (i) cause the cancellation of any Award, (ii) require reimbursement of any Award by a Participant and (iii) effect any other right of recoupment of equity or other compensation provided under this Plan or otherwise in accordance with Company policies and/or applicable law (each, a "Clawback Policy"). In addition, a Participant may be required to repay to the Company certain previously paid compensation, whether provided under this Plan or an Award Agreement or otherwise, in accordance with the Clawback Policy.

SECTION 14. TAXES.

        (a)    General .    A Participant shall make arrangements satisfactory to the Company for the satisfaction of any withholding tax obligations that arise in connection with his or her Award. The Company shall not be required to issue any Shares or make any cash payment under the Plan until such obligations are satisfied.

        (b)    Share Withholding .    The Committee in its discretion may permit a Participant to satisfy all or part of his or her withholding or income tax obligations by having the Company withhold all or a portion of any Shares that otherwise would be issued to him or her or by surrendering all or a portion of any Shares that he or she previously acquired (or by stock attestation). Such Shares shall be valued based on the value of the actual trade or, if there is none, the Fair Market Value as of the previous day. Any payment of taxes by assigning Shares to the Company may be subject to restrictions, including, but not limited to, any restrictions required by rules of the SEC. The Committee may also, in its discretion, permit a Participant to satisfy withholding or income tax obligations (up to the maximum amount permitted by applicable law) related to an Award through a sale of Shares underlying the Award or, in the case of Options, through a net exercise or Cashless Exercise.

SECTION 15. DURATION AND AMENDMENTS.

        (a)    Term of the Plan .    The Plan, as set forth herein, is conditioned upon and subject to the approval of the Company's stockholders and is effective on the Effective Date. The Plan shall terminate on the day before the tenth anniversary of the Effective Date and may be terminated on any

17


earlier date pursuant to this Section 15. This Plan will not in any way affect outstanding awards that were issued under the Prior Equity Plans or other Company equity compensation plans. No further awards may be granted under the Prior Equity Plans as of the date of an IPO.

        (b)    Right to Amend or Terminate the Plan .    The Board may amend or terminate the Plan at any time and for any reason. No Awards shall be granted under the Plan after the Plan's termination. An amendment of the Plan shall be subject to the approval of the Company's stockholders only to the extent required by applicable laws, regulations or rules. In addition, no such amendment or termination shall be made which would impair the rights of any Participant, without such Participant's written consent, under any then-outstanding Award, provided that no such Participant consent shall be required with respect to any amendment or alteration if the Committee determines in its sole discretion that such amendment or alteration either (i) is required or advisable in order for the Company, the Plan or the Award to satisfy or conform to any law or regulation or to meet the requirements of any accounting standard, or (ii) is not reasonably likely to significantly diminish the benefits provided under such Award, or that any such diminishment has been adequately compensated. In the event any provision of this Plan shall be held illegal or invalid for any reason, such provisions will be reformed by the Board if possible and to the extent needed in order to be held legal and valid. If it is not possible to reform the illegal or invalid provisions then the illegality or invalidity shall not affect the remaining parts of this Plan, and this Plan shall be construed and enforced as if the illegal or invalid provision had not been included. In the event of any conflict in terms between the Plan and any Award agreement, the terms of the Plan shall prevail and govern.

SECTION 16. EXECUTION.

        To record the adoption of the Plan by the Board, the Company has caused its duly authorized officer to execute this Plan on behalf of the Company.

  BRIDGEPOINT EDUCATION, INC.

    

       

    

       

  By   /s/ Andrew Clark

  Title   Chief Executive Officer

18




QuickLinks

BRIDGEPOINT EDUCATION, INC. 2009 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN

QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document


Exhibit 10.6

BRIDGEPOINT EDUCATION, INC.
EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN

1.     Establishment of Plan.

        The Company proposes to grant options for purchase of the Company's Common Stock to Eligible Employees of the Company and its Participating Subsidiaries pursuant to this Plan. The Company intends this Plan to qualify as an "employee stock purchase plan" under Section 423 of the Code (including any amendments to or replacements of such Section), and this Plan shall be so construed. Any term not expressly defined in this Plan but defined for purposes of Section 423 of the Code shall have the same definition herein.

2.     Definitions.

        (a)   "Board" means the Board of Directors of the Company, as constituted from time to time.

        (b)   "Code" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the regulations and interpretations promulgated thereunder.

        (c)   "Committee" means the Compensation Committee of the Company and such other committee or subcommittee of the Board, if any, duly appointed to administer the Plan and having such powers in each instance as shall be specified by the Board and as specified in Section 5 of this Plan.

        (d)   "Common Stock" means the Company's common stock, $0.01 par value per share.

        (e)   "Company" means Bridgepoint Education, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

        (f)    "Compensation" means all Form W-2 cash compensation, including, but not limited to, base salary, wages, bonuses, incentive compensation, commissions, overtime, shift premiums, plus draws against commissions, provided, however that Compensation shall not include any long term disability or workmens compensation payments, car allowances, relocation payments or expense reimbursements and further provided, however, that for purposes of determining a Participant's Compensation, any election by such Participant to reduce his or her regular cash remuneration under Sections 125 or 401(k) of the Code shall be treated as if the Participant did not make such election.

        (g)   "Eligible Employee" means an Employee who meets the requirements set forth in Section 6 for eligibility to participate in the Plan.

        (h)   "Employee" means any individual who is an employee of the Company or a Participating Subsidiary. Whether an individual qualifies as an Employee shall be determined by the Committee, in its sole discretion. The Committee shall be guided by the provisions of Treasury Regulation Section 1.421-1 and Section 3401(c) of the Code and the Treasury Regulations thereunder, with the intent that the Plan cover all "employees" within the meaning of those provisions other than those who are not eligible to participate in the Plan, provided, however, that any determinations regarding whether an individual is an Employee shall be prospective only, unless otherwise determined by the Committee. Unless the Committee makes a contrary determination, the Employees of the Company shall, for all purposes of this Plan, be those individuals who are carried as employees of the Company or a Participating Subsidiary for regular payroll purposes or are on a leave of absence for not more than 90 days.

        (i)    "Exchange Act" means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

1


        (j)    "Fair Market Value" means the market price of a Share, determined by the Committee as follows:

        Whenever possible, the determination of Fair Market Value by the Committee shall be based on the prices reported by the applicable exchange or the OTC Bulletin Board, as applicable, or a nationally recognized publisher of stock prices or quotations (including an electronic on-line publication). Such determination shall be conclusive and binding on all persons.

        (k)   "First Purchase Period" means the first Purchase Period within the First Offering Period, established by the Committee under the Plan in accordance with Section 7.

        (l)    "First Offering Date" means the Offering Date for the First Offering Period.

        (m)  "First Offering Period" means the first Offering Period established by the Committee under the Plan in accordance with Section 7.

        (n)   "Foreign Plan" means a substantially similar plan as this Plan for Employees resident outside the United States which the Board may implement at such time as it deems necessary.

        (o)   "IPO" means an initial public offering by the Company of the Shares.

        (p)   "Maximum Share Amount" means the maximum number of Shares which may be purchased by any Employee at any single Purchase Date, as specified by the Committee, in its sole discretion.

        (q)   "Notice Period" means the period that is within two (2) years from the Offering Date or within one (1) year from the Purchase Date on which Shares were purchased pursuant to this Plan.

        (r)   "Offering Period" means a period, established by the Committee in accordance with Section 7, during which an offering of Common Stock pursuant to the Plan is outstanding.

        (s)   "Offering Date" means the first business day of each Offering Period.

        (t)    "Parent" means the same as "parent corporation" in Section 424(e) of the Code.

        (u)   "Participant" means an Eligible Employee who has become a Participant in an Offering Period in accordance with Section 8 and remains a Participant in accordance with the Plan.

        (v)   "Participating Subsidiary" is a Parent or Subsidiary that the Board designates from time to time as a corporation that shall participate in this Plan.

        (w)  "Plan" means this Bridgepoint Education, Inc. Employee Stock Purchase Plan as it may be amended from time to time.

2


        (x)   "Purchase Date" means, for any Offering Period, the last business day of each Purchase Period occurring within such Offering Period.

        (y)   "Purchase Period" means a period, established by the Committee in accordance with Section 7, included within an Offering Period.

        (z)   "Purchase Price" means the price at which a Share may be purchased under the Plan, as determined in accordance with Section 10.

        (aa) "SEC" means the Securities and Exchange Commission.

        (bb) "Securities Act" means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

        (cc) "Share" means one share of Common Stock.

        (dd) "Share Limit" means the total number of shares of Common Stock reserved and available for issuance pursuant to this Plan as specified in Section 3 of this Plan, subject to adjustments effected in accordance with Sections 3 and 16 of this Plan.

        (ee) "Subsidiary" means the same as "subsidiary corporation" in Section 424(f) of the Code.

3.     Number of Shares.

        The Share Limit shall be 4,500,000, subject to adjustments effected in accordance with Section 16 of this Plan. The Board may at such time as it deems necessary implement a Foreign Plan, in which case the Share Limit shall be reduced by the number of Shares issued under the Foreign Plan. Shares issued under this Plan may consist, in whole or in part, of authorized and unissued Shares or treasury shares reacquired in private transactions or open market purchases, but all Shares issued under this Plan and the Foreign Plan shall be counted against the Share Limit.

        Subject to adjustment as provided in Section 16, the Share Limit shall be increased on January 1, 2010 and on each subsequent January 1 through and including January 1, 2019, by a number of Shares (the "Annual Increase") equal to the lesser of (i) one percent (1%) of the number of Shares issued and outstanding on the immediately preceding December 31, or (ii) 2,000,000 Shares, or (iii) an amount determined by the Board.

4.     Purpose.

        The purpose of this Plan is to provide Eligible Employees of the Company and Participating Subsidiaries with a convenient means of acquiring an equity interest in the Company through payroll deductions, to enhance such Employees' sense of participation in the affairs of the Company and Participating Subsidiaries, and to provide an incentive for continued employment.

5.     Administration.

        This Plan shall be administered by the Committee. Subject to the provisions of this Plan and the limitations of Section 423 of the Code or any successor provision in the Code, all questions of interpretation or application of this Plan shall be determined by the Committee and its decisions shall be final and binding upon all persons. Additionally, any inquiries regarding eligibility to participate in the Plan shall be directed to the Committee, whose decision shall be final. Members of the Committee shall receive no compensation for their services in connection with the administration of this Plan, other than standard fees as established from time to time by the Board for services rendered by Board members serving on Board committees. All expenses incurred in connection with the administration and carrying out of this Plan shall be paid by the Company.

3


6.     Eligibility.

        (a)   Any Employee of the Company or Participating Subsidiaries who, together with any other person whose stock would be attributed to such Employee pursuant to Section 424(d) of the Code, owns stock or holds options to purchase stock possessing five percent (5%) or more of the total combined voting power or value of all classes of stock of the Company or any of its Participating Subsidiaries or who, as a result of being granted an option under this Plan with respect to such Offering Period, would own stock or hold options to purchase stock possessing five percent (5%) or more of the total combined voting power or value of all classes of stock of the Company or any of its Participating Subsidiaries shall not be permitted to participate in any Offering Period under the Plan.

        (b)   Subject to Section 6(a), any Employee of the Company or the Participating Subsidiaries is eligible to participate in an Offering Period under this Plan except the following may be excluded by the Company with respect to any particular Offering Period:

        (c)   The Company shall determine in good faith and in the exercise of its discretion whether an individual has become or has ceased to be an Employee or an Eligible Employee and the effective date of such individual's attainment or termination of such status, as the case may be. For purposes of an individual's participation in or other rights, if any, under the Plan as of the time of the Company's determination of whether or not the individual is an Employee, all such determinations by the Company shall be final, binding and conclusive as to such rights, if any, notwithstanding that the Company or any court of law or governmental agency subsequently makes a contrary determination as to such individual's status as an Employee.

7.     Offering Dates.

        Except as otherwise provided below, the Offering Periods of this Plan shall be three (3) months duration commencing on or about January, April, July, and October of each year, respectively (or at such other time or times as may be determined by the Board), or such other duration as the Committee shall determine. Within each Offering Period, there may be one or more consecutive Purchase Periods each of such number and duration as may be determined by the Board and which shall cover the entire duration of the Offering Period. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the First Offering Period (and First Purchase Period) shall commence on the first business day on which price quotations for the Company's Common Stock are available on the New York Stock Exchange. The First Purchase Period shall end on the same date as the end of the First Offering Period which shall be the last day of the Company's fiscal quarter during which the First Offering Date occurred. The Committee shall have the power to establish additional or alternative sequential or overlapping Offering Periods, a different duration for one or more Offering Periods or Purchase Periods, or different Offering Dates and Purchase Dates without stockholder approval if such change is announced prior to the relevant

4



Offering Period or Purchase Period (as applicable) or prior to such other time period as specified by the Committee; provided , that , the duration of each Offering Period shall not exceed twenty-seven (27) months.

8.     Participation in this Plan.

        Eligible Employees may become Participants in an Offering Period under this Plan on the Offering Date, after satisfying the eligibility requirements, by delivering a subscription agreement to the Company prior to such Offering Date, or such other time period as specified by the Committee, provided, however, that all Eligible Employees employed as of the First Offering Date shall be automatically enrolled in the First Offering Period. Enrollment will become effective upon the first day of an Offering Period. Notwithstanding the foregoing, (i) after the filing of an effective Registration Statement pursuant to Form S-8 for Shares under the Plan, an Eligible Employee may elect to decrease the number of Shares that such Employee would otherwise be permitted to purchase pursuant to Section 9 below for the First Offering Period and/or may elect or may as a condition to remaining in the Plan be required to elect to purchase Shares for the First Offering Period through payroll deductions by delivering a subscription agreement to the Company within thirty (30) days following the First Offering Date; and (ii) the Committee may set a later time for delivering the subscription agreement authorizing payroll deductions for all Eligible Employees with respect to a given Offering Period. Except as provided above with respect to the First Offering Period, an Eligible Employee who does not deliver a subscription agreement to the Company after becoming eligible to participate in an Offering Period shall not participate in that Offering Period or any subsequent Offering Period unless such Employee enrolls in this Plan by delivering a subscription agreement with the Company prior to such Offering Period, or such other time period as specified by the Committee. Once an Employee becomes a Participant in an Offering Period, such Employee shall automatically participate in the Offering Period commencing immediately following the last day of the prior Offering Period unless the Employee withdraws or is deemed to withdraw from this Plan or terminates further participation in the Offering Period as set forth in Section 13 below. Such Participant is not required to file any additional subscription agreement in order to continue participation in this Plan.

9.     Grant of Option on Enrollment.

        Enrollment by an Eligible Employee in this Plan with respect to an Offering Period shall constitute the grant (as of the Offering Date) by the Company to such Employee of an option to purchase on the Purchase Date up to that whole number of Shares determined by a fraction, the numerator of which is the amount accumulated in such Employee's payroll deduction account during such Purchase Period and the denominator of which is the per share Purchase Price provided under Section 10. However, for the First Offering Period, the numerator shall be ten percent (10%) of the Eligible Employee's Compensation for such First Offering Period, unless the employee otherwise elects to decrease the percentage of such employee's Compensation as provided in Section 8 above. The number of Shares subject to any option granted pursuant to this Plan shall not exceed the lesser of (x) the maximum number of Shares set by the Committee pursuant to Section 12(b) below with respect to the applicable Purchase Date, or (y) the maximum number of Shares which may be purchased pursuant to Section 12(c) below with respect to the applicable Purchase Date. The Fair Market Value of a Share shall be determined as provided in Section 10 below. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event of a change in generally accepted accounting principles which would adversely affect the accounting treatment applicable to any current Offering Period, the Committee may make such changes to the number of Shares purchased at the end of the Purchase Period or the Purchase Price paid as are allowable under generally accepted accounting principles and as it deems necessary in the sole discretion of the Committee to avoid or minimize adverse accounting consequences. In the event that the Fair Market Value of a Share on an Offering Date is less than the Fair Market Value of a Share for the immediately preceding Offering Period's Offering Date then all Participants in the prior

5



Offering Period shall be automatically enrolled in such Offering Period (and removed from the prior Offering Period). A Participant may be enrolled in only one Offering Period at any time.

10.   Purchase Price.

        The Purchase Price per share at which a share of Common Stock shall be sold in any Purchase Period shall be established by the Committee; provided, however, that the Purchase Price on each Purchase Date shall not be less than eighty-five percent (85%) of the lesser of the Fair Market Value of a Share on the (i) Offering Date or (ii) Purchase Date (but in no event less than the par value of a Share). Unless otherwise provided by the Committee, the Purchase Price for each Purchase Period shall be ninety-five percent (95%) of the Fair Market Value of a Share on the Purchase Date.

        Notwithstanding the foregoing, for purposes of the First Offering Period, the Fair Market Value with respect to the First Offering Date shall be the price per Share at which Shares are initially offered for sale to the public by the Company's underwriters in the initial public offering of the Company's Common Stock pursuant to a registration statement filed with the SEC under the Securities Act.

11.   Payment Of Purchase Price; Changes In Payroll Deductions; Issuance Of Shares.

        (a)   The Purchase Price of the Shares is accumulated by regular payroll deductions made during each Purchase Period. However, for the First Offering Period, the aggregate Purchase Price of the Shares shall be paid by each Eligible Employee in cash on the Purchase Date in the First Offering Period with the whole number of Shares purchased by an Eligible Employee determined by dividing ten percent (10%) of such Eligible Employee's Compensation received during such First Offering Period by the Purchase Price for the First Offering Period. Notwithstanding the previous sentence, an Eligible Employee may elect to purchase Shares in the First Offering Period through payroll deductions (in which case the number of purchased Shares will be determined based on the Eligible Employee's accumulated payroll deductions as of the Purchase Date) after the Company has filed an effective Form S-8 registration statement pursuant to Section 8 above, within thirty (30) days following the First Offering Date. Payroll deductions are made as a percentage of the Participant's Compensation in one percent (1%) increments, not less than one percent (1%), nor greater than ten percent (10%), or such lower limit set by the Committee. Except as otherwise provided in this Plan, payroll deductions shall commence on the first payday of the Offering Period and shall continue to the end of the Offering Period unless sooner altered or terminated as provided in this Plan.

        (b)   A Participant may increase or decrease the rate of payroll deductions during an Offering Period (but not below one percent (1%) of regular earnings) by filing with the Company a new authorization for payroll deductions, in which case the new rate shall become effective for the next payroll period commencing after the Company's receipt of the authorization and shall continue for the remainder of the Offering Period unless changed as described below. Such increase or decrease in the rate of payroll deductions may be made at any time during an Offering Period, but not more than one (1) change to increase and one (1) change to decrease deductions may be made effective during any Offering Period; provided however that a change to decrease payroll deductions to zero shall be governed by Section 11(c) below. A Participant may increase or decrease the rate of payroll deductions for any subsequent Offering Period by filing with the Company a new authorization for payroll deductions prior to the beginning of such Offering Period, or such other time period as specified by the Committee.

        (c)   A Participant may reduce his or her payroll deduction percentage to zero during an Offering Period by filing with the Company a request for cessation of payroll deductions. Such reduction shall be effective beginning with the next payroll period after the Company's receipt of the request and no further payroll deductions shall be made for the duration of the Offering Period. Payroll deductions credited to the Participant's account prior to the effective date of the request shall be used to purchase

6



Shares in accordance with Section 11(e) below. A Participant may not resume making payroll deductions during the Offering Period in which he or she reduced his or her payroll deductions to zero.

        (d)   All payroll deductions made for a Participant are credited to his or her account under this Plan and are deposited with the general funds of the Company. No interest accrues on the payroll deductions. All payroll deductions received or held by the Company may be used by the Company for any corporate purpose, and the Company shall not be obligated to segregate such payroll deductions.

        (e)   On each Purchase Date, for so long as this Plan remains in effect and provided that the Participant has not submitted a signed and completed withdrawal form before that date, which notifies the Company that the Participant wishes to withdraw from that Offering Period under this Plan and have all payroll deductions accumulated in the account maintained on behalf of the Participant, as of that date returned to the Participant, the Company shall apply the funds then in the Participant's account to the purchase of whole Shares reserved under the option granted to such Participant with respect to the Offering Period to the extent that such option is exercisable on the Purchase Date. The Purchase Price per Share shall be as specified in Section 10 of this Plan. Any cash remaining in a Participant's account after such purchase of Shares shall be refunded to such Participant in cash, without interest, provided, however, that any amount remaining in such Participant's account on a Purchase Date which is less than the amount necessary to purchase a full Share shall be carried forward, without interest, into the next Purchase Period, as the case may be. In the event that this Plan has been oversubscribed, all funds not used to purchase Shares on the Purchase Date shall be returned to the Participant, without interest. No Common Stock shall be purchased on a Purchase Date on behalf of any Employee whose participation in this Plan has terminated prior to such Purchase Date.

        (f)    As soon as practicable after the Purchase Date, the Company shall issue shares for the Participant's benefit representing the Shares purchased upon exercise of his or her option.

        (g)   During a Participant's lifetime, his or her option to purchase Shares hereunder is exercisable only by him or her. The Participant shall have no interest or voting rights in Shares covered by his or her option until such option has been exercised.

12.   Limitations on Shares to be Purchased.

        (a)   No Participant shall be entitled to purchase stock under this Plan at a rate which, when aggregated with his or her rights to purchase stock under all other employee stock purchase plans of the Company or any Subsidiary, exceeds $25,000 in Fair Market Value, determined as of the Offering Date (or. such other limit as may be imposed by the Code) for each calendar year in which the Employee participates in this Plan. The Company shall automatically suspend the payroll deductions of any Participant as necessary to enforce such limit provided that when the Company automatically resumes such payroll deductions, the Company must apply the rate in effect immediately prior to such suspension.

        (b)   No Participant shall be entitled to purchase more than the Maximum Share Amount on any single Purchase Date. Prior to the commencement of any Offering Period or prior to such time period as specified by the Committee, the Committee may, in its sole discretion, set a Maximum Share Amount or change the Maximum Share Amount. The initial Maximum Share Amount shall equal the number of Shares (rounded down to the nearest whole Share) resulting from dividing $6,250 by the Fair Market Value of a Share on the First Offering Date. If a new Maximum Share Amount is set, then all Participants must be notified of such Maximum Share Amount prior to the commencement of the next Offering Period. The Maximum Share Amount shall continue to apply with respect to all succeeding Offering Periods unless revised by the Committee as set forth above.

        (c)   If the number of Shares to be purchased on a Purchase Date by all Employees participating in this Plan exceeds the number of Shares then available for issuance under this Plan, then the Company

7



shall make a pro rata allocation of the remaining Shares in as uniform a manner as shall be reasonably practicable and as the Committee shall determine to be equitable. In such event, the Company shall give written notice of such reduction of the number of Shares to be purchased under a Participant's option to each Participant affected.

        (d)   Any payroll deductions accumulated in a Participant's account which are not used to purchase Common Stock due to the limitations in this Section 12 shall be returned to the Participant as soon as practicable after the end of the applicable Purchase Period, without interest.

13.   Withdrawal.

        (a)   Each Participant may withdraw from an Offering Period under this Plan by signing and delivering to the Company a written notice to that effect on a form provided for such purpose. Such withdrawal may be elected at any time at least five (5) days prior to the end of an Offering Period, or such other time period as specified by the Committee.

        (b)   Upon withdrawal from this Plan, the accumulated payroll deductions shall be returned to the withdrawn Participant, without interest, and his or her interest in this Plan shall terminate. In the event a Participant voluntarily elects to withdraw from this Plan, he or she may not resume his or her participation in this Plan during the same Offering Period, but he or she may participate in any Offering Period under this Plan which commences on a date subsequent to such withdrawal by filing a new authorization for payroll deductions in the same manner as set forth in Section 8 above for initial participation in this Plan.

14.   Termination of Employment.

        Termination of a Participant's employment for any reason, including retirement, death or the failure of a Participant to remain an Eligible Employee of the Company or of a Participating Subsidiary, shall immediately terminate his or her participation in this Plan and the Participant's option to purchase will terminate. In such event, the payroll deductions credited to the Participant's account shall be returned to him or her or, in the case of his or her death, to his or her legal representative, without interest. For purposes of this Section 14, an Employee shall not be deemed to have terminated employment or failed to remain in the continuous employ of the Company or of a Participating Subsidiary in the case of sick leave, military leave, or any other leave of absence approved by the Board, provided, however that such leave is for a period of not more than ninety (90) days or reemployment upon the expiration of such leave is guaranteed by contract or statute.

15.   Return of Payroll Deductions.

        In the event a Participant's interest in this Plan is terminated by withdrawal, termination of employment or otherwise, or in the event this Plan is terminated by the Board, the Company shall deliver to the Participant all payroll deductions credited to such Participant's account. No interest shall accrue on the payroll deductions of a Participant in this Plan.

16.   Capital Changes.

        Subject to any required action by the stockholders of the Company, the number and type of shares of common stock covered by each option under this Plan which has not yet been exercised and the number and type of shares of Common Stock which have been authorized for issuance under this Plan but have not yet been placed under option (collectively, the "Reserves"), as well as the price per share of Common Stock covered by each option under this Plan which has not yet been exercised, shall be proportionately adjusted for any increase or decrease in the number of issued and outstanding shares of Common Stock of the Company resulting from a stock split or the payment of a stock dividend (but only on the Common Stock), any other increase or decrease in the number of issued and outstanding

8


shares of Common Stock effected without receipt of any consideration by the Company or other change in the corporate structure or capitalization affecting the Company's present Common Stock, provided, however, that conversion of any convertible securities of the Company shall not be deemed to have been "effected without receipt of consideration." Such adjustment shall be made by the Committee, whose determination shall be final, binding and conclusive. Except as expressly provided herein, no issue by the Company of shares of stock of any class, or securities convertible into shares of stock of any class, shall affect, and no adjustment by reason thereof shall be made with respect to, the number or price of shares of Common Stock subject to an option.

        In the event a reverse stock split is effected prior to the IPO, and after the proportionate adjustment described in the preceding paragraph has occurred, then (x) the Share Limit shall be rounded down to the nearest 100,000 Shares, if such adjusted number is not a whole multiple of 100,000 and (y) clause (ii) of the Annual Increase in Section 3 shall be rounded down to the nearest 50,000 Shares, if such adjusted number is not a whole multiple of 50,000. Such downward adjustments shall be a one-time special adjustment. As purely a hypothetical example to illustrate the foregoing, assume as a result of a reverse stock split effected prior to the IPO, the Share Limit after the proportionate adjustment equaled 2,250,000 Shares. Such Share Limit would then be rounded down to equal 2,200,000 Shares.

        In the event of the proposed dissolution or liquidation of the Company, the Offering Period shall terminate immediately prior to the consummation of such proposed action, unless otherwise provided by the Committee. The Committee may, in the exercise of its sole discretion in such instances, declare that this Plan shall terminate as of a date fixed by the Committee and give each Participant the right to purchase Shares under this Plan prior to such termination. In the event of (i) a merger or consolidation in which the Company is not the surviving corporation (other than a merger or consolidation with a wholly-owned subsidiary, a reincorporation of the Company in a different jurisdiction, or other transaction in which there is no substantial change in the stockholders of the Company or their relative stock holdings and the options under this Plan are assumed, converted or replaced by the successor corporation, which assumption shall be binding on all participants), (ii) a merger in which the Company is the surviving corporation but after which the stockholders of the Company immediately prior to such merger (other than any stockholder that merges, or which owns or controls another corporation that merges, with the Company in such merger) cease to own their Shares or other equity interest in the Company, (iii) the sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, or (iv) the acquisition, sale, or transfer of more than 50% of the outstanding shares of the Company by tender offer or similar transaction, the Plan shall continue with regard to Offering Periods that commenced prior to the closing of the proposed transaction and Shares shall be purchased based on the Fair Market Value of the surviving corporation's stock on an upcoming Purchase Date, unless otherwise provided by the Committee.

        The Committee may, if it so determines in the exercise of its sole discretion, also make provision for adjusting the Reserves, as well as the price per share of Common Stock covered by each outstanding option, in the event that the Company effects one or more reorganizations, recapitalizations, rights offerings or other increases or reductions of shares of its outstanding Common Stock, or in the event of the Company being consolidated with or merged into any other corporation.

17.   Withholding of Taxes.

        To the extent that a participating Employee realizes ordinary income in connection with a sale or other transfer of any Shares purchased under the Plan, the Company may withhold amounts needed to cover such taxes from any payments otherwise due and owing to the participating Employee or from Shares that would otherwise be issued to the participating Employee hereunder. Any participating Employee who sells or otherwise transfers Shares purchased under the Plan within two years after the

9



beginning of the Offering Period in which the Shares were purchased must within thirty (30) days of such transfer notify the payroll department of the Company in writing of such transfer.

18.   Nonassignability.

        Neither payroll deductions credited to a Participant's account nor any rights with regard to the exercise of an option or to receive Shares under this Plan may be assigned, transferred, pledged or otherwise disposed of in any way (other than by the laws of descent and distribution or as provided in Section 25 below) by the Participant. Any such attempt at assignment, transfer, pledge or other disposition shall be void and without effect.

19.   Reports.

        Individual accounts shall be maintained for each Participant in this Plan. Each Participant shall receive, as soon as practicable after the end of each Purchase Period, a report of his or her account setting forth the total payroll deductions accumulated, the number of Shares purchased, the per Share price thereof and the remaining cash balance, if any, carried forward to the next Purchase Period.

20.   Notice of Disposition.

        Each Participant shall notify the Company in writing if the Participant disposes of any of the Shares purchased in a Purchase Period pursuant to this Plan if such disposition occurs within the Notice Period. The Company may, at any time during the Notice Period, place a legend or legends on any certificate representing Shares acquired pursuant to this Plan requesting the Company's transfer agent to notify the Company of any transfer of the Shares. The obligation of the Participant to provide such notice shall continue notwithstanding the placement of any such legend on the certificates.

21.   No Rights to Continued Employment.

        Neither this Plan nor the grant of any option hereunder shall confer any right on any Employee to remain in the employ of the Company or any Participating Subsidiary, or restrict the right of the Company or any Participating Subsidiary to terminate such Employee's employment.

22.   Equal Rights And Privileges.

        All Eligible Employees shall have equal rights and privileges with respect to this Plan so that this Plan qualifies as an "employee stock purchase plan" within the meaning of Section 423 or any successor provision of the Code and the related regulations. Any provision of this Plan which is inconsistent with Section 423 or any successor provision of the Code shall, without further act or amendment by the Company, the Committee or the Board, be reformed to comply with the requirements of Section 423. This Section 22 shall take precedence over all other provisions in this Plan.

23.   Notices.

        All notices or other communications by a Participant to the Company under or in connection with this Plan shall be deemed to have been duly given when received in the form specified by the Company at the location, or by the person, designated by the Company for the receipt thereof.

24.   Term; Stockholder Approval.

        After this Plan is adopted by the Board, this Plan shall become effective on the First Offering Date. This Plan shall be approved by the stockholders of the Company, in any manner permitted by applicable corporate law, within twelve (12) months before or after the date this Plan is adopted by the

10



Board. If the stockholders fail to approve the Plan with such twelve month time period, the Plan shall terminate, any right to purchase shares granted hereunder shall be null and void and of no effect, and all contributed funds shall be refunded to participating Employees. No purchase of shares pursuant to this Plan shall occur prior to such stockholder approval. This Plan shall continue until the earlier to occur of (a) termination of this Plan by the Board (which termination may be effected by the Board at any time), (b) issuance of all of the Shares reserved for issuance under this Plan, or (c) twenty (20) years from the adoption of this Plan by the Board.

25.   Designation of Beneficiary.

        (a)   A Participant may file a written designation of a beneficiary who is to receive any Shares and cash, if any, from the Participant's account under this Plan in the event of such Participant's death subsequent to the end of an Purchase Period but prior to delivery to him of such Shares and cash. In addition, a Participant may file a written designation of a beneficiary who is to receive any cash from the Participant's account under this Plan in the event of such Participant's death prior to a Purchase Date.

        (b)   Such designation of beneficiary may be changed by the Participant at any time by written notice. In the event of the death of a Participant and in the absence of a beneficiary validly designated under this Plan who is living at the time of such Participant's death, the Company shall deliver such Shares or cash to the executor or administrator of the estate of the Participant, or if no such executor or administrator has been appointed (to the knowledge of the Company), the Company, in its discretion, may deliver such Shares or cash to the spouse or to any one or more dependents or relatives of the Participant, or if no spouse, dependent or relative is known to the Company, then to such other person as the Company may designate.

26.   Conditions Upon Issuance of Shares; Limitation on Sale of Shares.

        Shares shall not be issued with respect to an option unless the exercise of such option and the issuance and delivery of such Shares pursuant thereto shall comply with all applicable provisions of law, domestic or foreign, including, without limitation, the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, as amended, the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, and the requirements of any stock exchange or automated quotation system upon which the Shares may then be listed, and shall be further subject to the approval of counsel for the Company with respect to such compliance.

27.   Applicable Law.

        The Plan shall be governed by the substantive laws (excluding the conflict of laws rules) of the State of Delaware.

28.   Amendment or Termination.

        The Board may at any time amend, terminate or extend the term of this Plan, except that any such termination cannot affect options previously granted under this Plan, nor may any amendment make any change in an option previously granted which would adversely affect the right of any Participant, nor may any amendment be made without approval of the stockholders of the Company obtained in accordance with Section 24 above within twelve (12) months of the adoption of such amendment (or earlier if required by Section 24) if such amendment would:

        (a)   increase the number of Shares or change the type of Shares that may be issued under this Plan;

        (b)   change the designation of the Employees (or class of Employees) eligible for participation in this Plan; or

11


        (c)   otherwise require stockholder approval under applicable law or the requirements of any stock exchange or consolidated listing system on which the Company's stock is then listed.

        Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Board may make such amendments to the Plan as the Board determines to be advisable and which do not cause unfavorable accounting treatment, including termination of or changes with respect to current Offering Periods, if the continuation of the Plan or any Offering Period would result in financial accounting treatment for the Plan that is different from the financial accounting treatment in effect on the date this Plan is adopted by the Board.

29.   Rule 16b-3.

        Transactions under this Plan are intended to comply with all applicable conditions of Rule 16b-3 or any successor provision under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. If any provision of the Plan or action by the Board fails to so comply, it shall be deemed null and void to the extent permitted by law and deemed advisable by the Board. Moreover, in the event the Plan does not include a provision required by Rule 16b-3 to be stated herein, such provision (other than one relating to eligibility requirements, or the price and amount of awards) shall be deemed automatically to be incorporated by reference into the Plan.

12




QuickLinks


QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document


Exhibit 10.9


BRIDGEPOINT EDUCATION, INC.

LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT


        This LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT is entered into as of April 12, 2004, by and between COMERICA BANK ("Bank") and BRIDGEPOINT EDUCATION, INC. ("Borrower").


RECITALS

        Borrower wishes to obtain credit from time to time from Bank, and Bank desires to extend credit to Borrower. This Agreement sets forth the terms on which Bank will advance credit to Borrower, and Borrower will repay the amounts owing to Bank.


AGREEMENT

        The parties agree as follows:

        1.     DEFINITIONS AND CONSTRUCTION.     

2


3


4


5


        2.     LOAN AND TERMS OF PAYMENT.     

        Borrower promises to pay to the order of Bank, in lawful money of the United States of America, the aggregate unpaid principal amount of all Credit Extensions made by Bank to Borrower hereunder.

        Borrower shall also pay interest on thc unpaid principal amount of such Credit Extensions at rates in accordance with the terms hereof.

6


7


8


        3.     CONDITIONS OF LOANS     

        3.1     Conditions Precedent to Initial Credit Extension.     The obligation of Bank to make the initial Credit Extension is subject to the condition precedent that Bank shall have received, in form and substance satisfactory to Bank, the following:

        4.     CREATION OF SECURITY INTEREST.     

9


        5.     REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES.     

        Borrower represents and warrants as follows:

10


11


        6.     AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS     

        Borrower covenants and agrees that, until payment in full of all outstanding Obligations, and for so long as Bank may have any commitment to make a Credit Extension hereunder, Borrower shall do all of the following:

12


13


14


        7.     NEGATIVE COVENANTS.     

        Borrower covenants and agrees that, so long as any credit hereunder shall be available and until payment in full of the outstanding Obligations or for so long as Bank may have any commitment to make any Credit Extensions, Borrower will not do any of the following:

15


        8.     EVENTS OF DEFAULT.     

        Any one or more of the following events shall constitute an Event of Default by Borrower under this Agreement:

16


        9.     BANK'S RIGHTS AND REMEDIES.     

17


18


        10.     NOTICES.     

        Unless otherwise provided in this Agreement, all notices or demands by any party relating to this Agreement or any other agreement entered into in connection herewith shall be in writing and (except for financial statements and other informational documents which may be sent by first-class mail, postage prepaid) shall be personally delivered or sent by a recognized overnight delivery service,

19



certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, or by telefacsimile to Borrower or to Bank, as the case may be, at its addresses set forth below:

If to Borrower:   BRIDGEPOINT EDUCATION, INC.
4350 E. Camelback Road
Phoenix, AZ 85018
Attn: Chief Financial Officer
FAX: (602) 553-                        

If to Bank:

 

Comerica Bank
2321 Rosecrans Avenue, Suite 5000
El Segundo, CA 90245
Attn: Manager
FAX: (310) 338-6110

with a copy to:

 

Comerica Bank
11512 El Camino Real, Ste. 350
San Diego, CA 92130
Attn: Michael A. Berrier
FAX: (858) 509-2365

        The parties hereto may change the address at which they are to receive notices hereunder, by notice in writing in the foregoing manner given to the other.

        11.     CHOICE OF LAW AND VENUE; JURY TRIAL WAIVER.     

        This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the internal laws of the State of California, without regard to principles of conflicts of law. Each of Borrower and Bank hereby submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of the state and Federal courts located in the County of Santa Clara, State of California. BORROWER AND BANK EACH HEREBY WAIVE THEIR RESPECTIVE RIGHTS TO A JURY TRIAL OF ANY CLAIM OR CAUSE OF ACTION BASED UPON OR ARISING OUT OF ANY OF THE LOAN DOCUMENTS OR ANY OF THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED THEREIN, INCLUDING CONTRACT CLAIMS, TORT CLAIMS, BREACH OF DUTY CLAIMS, AND ALL OTHER COMMON LAW OR STATUTORY CLAIMS. EACH PARTY RECOGNIZES AND AGREES THAT THE FOREGOING WAIVER CONSTITUTES A MATERIAL INDUCEMENT FOR IT TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT. EACH PARTY REPRESENTS AND WARRANTS THAT IT HAS REVIEWED THIS WAIVER WITH ITS LEGAL COUNSEL AND THAT IT KNOWINGLY AND VOLUNTARILY WAIVES ITS JURY TRIAL RIGHTS FOLLOWING CONSULTATION WITH LEGAL COUNSEL.

        12.     JUDICIAL REFERENCE.     

        If and only if the jury trial waiver set forth in Section 11 of this Agreement is invalidated for any reason by a court of law, statute or otherwise, the reference provisions set forth below shall be substituted in place of the jury trial waiver. So long as the jury trial waiver remains valid, the reference provisions set forth in this Section shall be inapplicable.

20


21


        13.     GENERAL PROVISIONS.     

22


        IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed as of the date first above written.

    BRIDGEPOINT EDUCATION, INC.

   

By:

 

/s/ ANDREW CLARK


    Title:    Chief Executive Officer

         

    COMERICA BANK

   

By:

 

/s/ COMERICA BANK


    Title:    Senior VP

         

         

[Signature Page to Loan and Security Agreement]

23



FIRST AMENDMENT
TO LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

        This First Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement (this "Amendment") is entered into as of March 9, 2005, by and between COMERICA BANK ("Bank") and BRIDGEPOINT EDUCATION, INC., a Delaware corporation ("BPE"), and BRIDGEPOINT EDUCATION REAL ESTATE HOLDINGS, LLC, an Iowa limited liability company, and wholly-owned Subsidiary of BPE ("BEREH" and, collectively with BPE, the "Borrowers;" and each individually, a "Borrower").


RECITALS

        BPE and Bank are parties to that certain Loan and Security Agreement dated as of April 12, 2004, as amended from time to time (the "Agreement"). The parties desire to amend the Agreement in accordance with the terms of this Amendment.

        NOW, THEREFORE, the parties agree as follows:

        1.     The following defined terms in Section 1.1 of the Agreement hereby are amended or restated as follows:

        "Acquisition" means the purchase by BEREH and Ashford of substantially all the real and personal property assets of Sellers, pursuant to the terms and conditions of the Acquisition Documents.

        "Acquisition Documents" means that certain Purchase and Sale Agreement dated as of December 3, 2004, as amended from time to time, by and between BPE and Sellers, and such other documents, instruments and agreements, including but not limited to the Assignment Agreement, each as amended from time to time, in form and content reasonably acceptable to Bank, executed and delivered in connection therewith, pursuant to which the parties thereto will consummate the Acquisition.

        "Appraisal" means that certain appraisal of the Real Property, ordered by and prepared for the benefit of Bank, which Bank shall receive, in form and content reasonably acceptable to Bank, within sixty (60) days of the date hereof.

        "Ashford" means Ashford University, LLC, an Iowa limited liability company, and wholly-owned Subsidiary of BPE.

        "Assignment Agreement" means that certain agreement pursuant to which BPE will assign to BEREH and Ashford, as assignees, BPE's rights, duties and obligations under the Acquisition Documents.

        "Escrow Agent" means Abstract and Title Co., as escrow agent with respect to the Acquisition.

        "Escrow Instructions" means the joint escrow instructions delivered to and accepted by Escrow Agent with respect to the Acquisition, in form and content reasonably satisfactory to Bank.

        "Excess Loan Amount" means, as of the date of determination, the difference between (1) the sum of (a) the face amount of the Letter of Credit issued hereunder, and (b) the principal amount of the Term Loan, and (2) seventy five percent (75%) of the appraised value of the Real Property, as reported in the Appraisal.

        "Letter of Credit" means that certain letter of credit issued by Bank at Parent's request in accordance with Section 2.1(c).

        "Obligations" means all debt, principal, interest, Bank Expenses and other amounts owed to Bank by Borrowers or their Subsidiaries pursuant to this Agreement or any other agreement, whether absolute or contingent, due or to become due, now existing or hereafter arising, including any interest that accrues after the commencement of an Insolvency Proceeding and including any debt, liability, or

1



obligation owing from Borrowers or their Subsidiaries to others that Bank may have obtained by assignment or otherwise.

        "Parent" means BPE, as Borrower.

        "Real Estate Documents" means, collectively, that certain Deed of Trust, Security Agreement and Fixture Filing (With Assignment of Rents and Leases); Environmental Indemnity; Assignment of Real Property Leases and Rents; and Subordination Agreement; each executed for the benefit of Bank.

        "Real Property" means the real property being acquired in connection with the Acquisition, and commonly referred to as the "Franciscan University."

        "Sellers" means, collectively, The Franciscan University of the Prairies, an Iowa non-profit corporation, and the Sisters of St. Francis, Clinton, Iowa, an Iowa non-profit corporation.

        "Shares" means (i) sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66 2 / 3 %) of the issued and outstanding capital stock, membership units or other securities owned or held of record by a Borrower in any Subsidiary of such Borrower which is not an entity organized under the laws of the United States or any territory thereof, and (ii) one hundred percent (100%) of the issued and outstanding capital stock, membership units or other securities owned or held of record by a Borrower in any Subsidiary of such Borrower which is an entity organized under the laws of the United States or any territory thereof.

        "Term Loan" has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(b).

        "Term Loan Maturity Date" means March 9, 2008.

        2.     Except as the context otherwise requires, references throughout the Loan Documents to "Borrower" shall mean and refer to "Borrowers." BEREH shall be a "Borrower" for all purposes under the Agreement. BEREH shall have the rights and obligations of a Borrower under the Agreement. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, "Obligations" shall include all Obligations of BEREH, and BEREH grants Bank a security interest in the Collateral to secure the Obligations.

        3.     New Section 2.1(b) hereby is added to the Agreement to read as follows:

2


        4.     New Section 2.1(c) hereby is added to the Agreement to read as follows:

        5.     Section 2.3(a) of the Agreement hereby is amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

        6.     New Section 2.3(e) hereby is added to the Agreement to read as follows:

3


        7.     New Section 4.4 hereby is added to the Agreement to read as follows:

        8.     New Section 4.5 hereby is added to the Agreement to read as follows:

        9.     Section 5.12 of the Agreement hereby is amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

4


        10.   New Section 5.18 hereby is added to the Agreement to read as follows:

        11.   Section 6.3 (b) of the Agreement is hereby amended to replace the words "one hundred twenty (120)" with "one hundred eighty (180)."

        12.   New Section 6.6(c) hereby is added to the Agreement to read as follows:

        13.   Section 6.8 of the Agreement hereby is amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

        14.   Section 6.9 of the Agreement hereby is amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

        15.   New Section 6.12 hereby is added to the Agreement to read as follows:

5


        16.   New Section 6.13 hereby is added to the Agreement to read as follows:

        17.   Section 7.1 of the Agreement hereby is amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

        18.   Section 7.2 of the Agreement hereby is amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

        19.   Section 7.8 of the Agreement hereby is amended and restated to read as follows:

        20.   The address for the Borrower set forth in Section 10 of the Agreement hereby is amended to read as follows:

"If to Borrower:   BRIDGEPOINT EDUCATION, INC.
13880 Stowe Drive
Poway, CA 92064-8826

 

 

BRIDGEPOINT EDUCATION REAL ESTATE
HOLDINGS, LLC
400 North Bluff Boulevard
Clinton, Iowa 52732"

6


        21.   Article 14 hereby is added to the Agreement to read as follows:

7


        22.   Exhibit C to the Agreement hereby is replaced in its entirety with Exhibit C attached hereto.

        23.   Notwithstanding any provision in the Agreement to the contrary, subject to the terms and conditions (and execution and delivery) of this Amendment, Bank hereby consents to Borrowers' consummation of the Acquisition.

        24.   No course of dealing on the part of Bank or its officers, nor any failure or delay in the exercise of any right by Bank, shall operate as a waiver thereof, and any single or partial exercise of any such right shall not preclude any later exercise of any such right. Bank's failure at any time to require strict performance by a Borrower of any provision shall not affect any right of Bank thereafter to demand strict compliance and performance. Any suspension or waiver of a right must be in writing signed by an officer of Bank.

        25.   Unless otherwise defined, all initially capitalized terms in this Amendment shall be as defined in the Agreement. The Agreement, as amended hereby, shall be and remain in full force and effect in accordance with its respective terms and hereby is ratified and confirmed in all respects. Except as

8



expressly set forth herein, the execution, delivery, and performance of this Amendment shall not operate as a waiver of, or as an amendment of, any right, power, or remedy of Bank under the Agreement, as in effect prior to the date hereof.

        26.   Each Borrower represents and warrants that the Representations and Warranties contained in the Agreement are true and correct as of the date of this Amendment, and that no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.

        27.   As a condition to the effectiveness of this Amendment, Bank shall have received, in form and substance satisfactory to Bank, the following:

        28.   This Amendment may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one instrument.

[Balance of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

9


        In witness whereof, the undersigned have executed this Amendment as of the first date above written.

  BRIDGEPOINT EDUCATION, INC., a Delaware corporation

 

By:

 

/s/ ANDREW CLARK


 

Title:

 

Chief Executive Officer


 

BRIDGEPOINT EDUCATION REAL ESTATE HOLDINGS, LLC, an Iowa Limited Liability Company

 

By:

 

/s/ ANDREW CLARK


 

Title:

 

Chief Executive Officer


 

COMERICA BANK

 

By:

 

/s/ COMERICA BANK


 

Title:

 

Senior V.P.


[Signature Page to First Amendment to Loan & Security Agreement)

10



SECOND AMENDMENT
TO LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

        This Second Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement (this "Amendment") is entered into as of June 13, 2006, by and between COMERICA BANK ("Bank") and BRIDGEPOINT EDUCATION, INC. and BRIDGEPOINT EDUCATION REAL ESTATE HOLDINGS, LLC (each, a "Borrower" and collectively, Borrowers").


RECITALS

        Borrowers and Bank are parties to that certain Loan and Security Agreement dated as of April 12, 2004, as amended from time to time, including but not limited to that certain First Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement dated as of March 9, 2005 (collectively, the "Agreement"). The parties desire to amend the Agreement in accordance with the terms of this Amendment.

        NOW, THEREFORE, the parties agree as follows:

        1.     The following defined terns in Section 1.1 of the Agreement hereby are amended or restated as follows:

        2.     New Section 2.1(d) hereby is added to the Agreement to reads as follows:

1


        3.     New Section 2.1(e) hereby is added to the Agreement to read as follows:

        4.     New subsections (iii) and (iv) hereby are added to Section 2.3(a) of the Agreement to read as follows:

2


        5.     A new unnumbered paragraph hereby is added to the end of Section 6.3 of the Agreement to read as follows:

        6.     Exhibit C to the Agreement hereby is replaced in its entirety with Exhibit C attached hereto.

        7.     All references in the Loan Documents (except the Warrant) to Bank's address at 2321 Rosecrans Ave., Suite 5000, El Segundo, CA 90245 shall mean and refer to 75 East Trimble Road, MIC 4770, San Jose, California 95131, Attn: Manager, FAX: (408) 556-5091; and the reference to the Bank's address at 11512 El Camino Real, Ste. 350, San Diego, CA 92130, Attn: Michael A. Berrier shall mean and refer to 11943 El Camino Real, Ste. 110B, San Diego, CA 92130, Attn: Raquel Cunningham. The reference in the Warrant to Bank's address(es) shall mean and refer to 500 Woodward Avenue, 32nd Floor, MC 3379, Detroit, MI 48226.

        8.     Section 11 of the Agreement hereby is amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

        9.     Section 12 of the Agreement hereby is amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

3


4


        10.   No course of dealing on the part of Bank or its officers, nor any failure or delay in the exercise of any right by Bank, shall operate as a waiver thereof, and any single or partial exercise of any such right shall not preclude any later exercise of any such right Bank's failure at any time to require strict performance by Borrower of any provision shall not affect any right of Bank thereafter to demand strict compliance and performance. Any suspension or waiver of a right must be in writing signed by an officer of Bank.

        11.   Unless otherwise defined, all initially capitalized terms in this Amendment shall be as defined in the Agreement. The Agreement, as amended hereby, shall be and remain in full force and effect in accordance with its respective terms and hereby is ratified and confirmed in all respects. Except as expressly set forth herein, the execution, delivery, and performance of this Amendment shall not operate as a waiver of, or as an amendment of, any right, power, or remedy of Bank under the Agreement, as in effect prior to the date hereof.

        12.   Borrower represents and warrants that the Representations and Warranties contained in the Agreement are true and correct as of the date of this Amendment, and that no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.

        13.   As a condition to the effectiveness of this Amendment, Bank shall have received, in form and substance satisfactory to Bank, the following:

5


        14.   This Amendment may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one instrument.

[Balance of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

6


        IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Amendment as of the first date above written.

   

BRIDGEPOINT EDUCATION, INC.

   

By:

 

/s/ ANDREW CLARK


   

Title:

 

Chief Executive Officer


         

   

BRIDGEPOINT EDUCATION REAL ESTATE HOLDINGS, LLC

   

By:

 

/s/ ANDREW CLARK


   

Title:

 

Chief Executive Officer


         

   

COMERICA BANK

   

By:

 

/s/ COMERICA BANK


   

Title:

 

Senior V.P.


         

         

         

         

         

         

[Signature Page to Second Amendment to Loan & Security Agreement]



THIRD AMENDMENT
TO LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

        This Third Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement (this "Amendment") is entered into as of January 11, 2007, by and between COMERICA BANK ("Bank") and BRIDGEPOINT EDUCATION, INC. and BRIDGEPOINT EDUCATION REAL ESTATE HOLDINGS, LLC (each, a "Borrower" and collectively, "Borrowers").


RECITALS

        Borrowers and Bank are parties to that certain Loan and Security Agreement dated as of April 12, 2004, as amended from time to time, including but not limited to that certain First Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement dated as of March 9, 2005 and that certain Second Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement dated as of June 13, 2006 (collectively, the "Agreement"). The parties desire to amend the Agreement in accordance with the terms of this Amendment.

        NOW, THEREFORE, the parties agree as follows:

        1.     The following defined terms in Section 1.1 of the Agreement hereby are amended or restated as follows:

        2.     No course of dealing on the part of Bank or its officers, nor any failure or delay in the exercise of any right by Bank, shall operate as a waiver thereof, and any single or partial exercise of any such right shall not preclude any later exercise of any such right Bank's failure at any time to require strict performance by Borrower of any provision shall not affect any right of Bank thereafter to demand strict compliance and performance. Any suspension or waiver of a right must be in writing signed by an officer of Bank.

        3.     Unless otherwise defined, all initially capitalized terms in this Amendment shall be as defined in the Agreement. The Agreement, as amended hereby, shall be and remain in full force and effect in accordance with its respective terms and hereby is ratified and confirmed in all respects. Except as expressly set forth herein, the execution, delivery, and performance of this Amendment shall not operate as a waiver of or as an amendment of, any right, power, or remedy of Bank under the Agreement, as in effect prior to the date hereof.

        4.     Borrower represents and warrants that the Representations and Warranties contained in the Agreement are true and correct as of the date of this Amendment, and that no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.

        5.     As a condition to the effectiveness of this Amendment, Bank shall have received, in form and substance satisfactory to Bank, the following:

1


        6.     This Amendment may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one instrument.

[Balance of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

2


        IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Amendment as of the first date above written.

   

BRIDGEPOINT EDUCATION, INC.

   

By:

 

/s/ DANIEL J. DEVINE


   

Title:

 

Chief Financial Officer


         

   

BRIDGEPOINT EDUCATION REAL ESTATE HOLDINGS, LLC

   

By:

 

/s/ DANIEL J. DEVINE


   

Title:

 

Chief Financial Officer


         

   

COMERICA BANK

   

By:

 

/s/ COMERICA BANK


   

Title:

 

CBO


         

         

         

         

         

         

[Signature Page to Third Amendment to Loan & Security Agreement]

3



FOURTH AMENDMENT TO
LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

        This Fourth Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement (this "Amendment") is entered into as of March 12, 2007, by and between COMERICA BANK ("Bank") and BRIDGEPOINT EDUCATION, INC. and BRIDGEPOINT EDUCATION REAL ESTATE HOLDINGS, LLC (each, a "Borrower" and collectively, "Borrowers").


RECITALS

        Borrowers and Bank are parties to that certain Loan and Security Agreement dated as of April 12, 2004, as amended from time to time, including but not limited to that certain First Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement dated as of March 9, 2005, that certain Second Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement dated as of June 13, 2006, that certain Third Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement dated as of January 11, 2007 (collectively, the "Agreement").

        Borrowers have requested Bank to consent to the issuance by Borrowers of a Grid Note to Warburg Pincus Private Equity VIII, LP, in the original principal amount of $3,000,000. Bank has agreed to so consent subject to the terms and conditions of this Amendment. The parties further desire to amend the Agreement in accordance with the terms of this Amendment.

        NOW, THEREFORE, the parties agree as follows:

        1.     The following defined terms in Section 1.1 of the Agreement hereby are amended or restated as follows:

        2.     Bank hereby consents to Borrowers execution, delivery and performance of the Grid Note. The Indebtedness evidenced by the Grid Note shall be deemed "Permitted Indebtedness" and "Subordinated Debt" under the Agreement. The security interest created by the Grid Note shall be a "Permitted Lien" under the Agreement. Bank hereby waives any default or Event of Default under the Agreement as a result of the execution, delivery or performance of the Grid Note, including but not limited to Section 7.8 of the Agreement.

1


        3.     Section 2.1(d)(i) of the Agreement hereby is amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

        4.     New Sections 2.1(d)(iii) and (iv) hereby are added to the Agreement to read as follows:

        5.     Section 6.7 of the Agreement hereby is amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

        6.     Exhibit C to the Agreement hereby is replaced in its entirety with Exhibit C attached hereto.

        7.     No course of dealing on the part of Bank or its officers, nor any failure or delay in the exercise of any right by Bank, shall operate as a waiver thereof, and any single or partial exercise of any such right shall not preclude any later exercise of any such right. Bank's failure at any time to require strict performance by Borrower of any provision shall not affect any right of Bank thereafter to

2



demand strict compliance and performance. Any suspension or waiver of a right must be in writing signed by an officer of Bank.

        8.     Unless otherwise defined, all initially capitalized terms in this Amendment shall be as defined in the Agreement. The Agreement, as amended hereby, shall be and remain in full force and effect in accordance with its respective terms and hereby is ratified and confirmed in all respects. Except as expressly set forth herein, the execution, delivery, and performance of this Amendment shall not operate as a waiver of, or as an amendment of, any right, power, or remedy of Bank under the Agreement, as in effect prior to the date hereof.

        9.     Borrower represents and warrants that the Representations and Warranties contained in the Agreement are true and correct as of the date of this Amendment, and that no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.

        10.   As a condition to the effectiveness of this Amendment, Bank shall have received, in form and substance satisfactory to Bank, the following:

        11.   This Amendment may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one instrument.

[Balance of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

3


        IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Amendment as of the first date above written.

   

BRIDGEPOINT EDUCATION, INC.

   

By:

 

/s/ DANIEL J. DEVINE


   

Title:

 

Chief Financial Officer


         

   

BRIDGEPOINT EDUCATION REAL ESTATE HOLDINGS, LLC

   

By:

 

/s/ DANIEL J. DEVINE


   

Title:

 

Chief Financial Officer


         

   

COMERICA BANK

   
By:
 

/s/ COMERICA BANK


   

Title:

 

CBO


         

         

         

         

         

         

[Signature Page to Fourth Amendment to Loan & Security Agreement]



FIFTH AMENDMENT TO
LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

        This Fifth Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement (this "Amendment") is entered into as of October 1, 2007, by and between COMERICA BANK ("Bank") and BRIDGEPOINT EDUCATION, INC. and BRIDGEPOINT EDUCATION REAL ESTATE HOLDINGS, LLC (each, a "Borrower" and collectively, "Borrowers").


RECITALS

        Borrowers and Bank are parties to that certain Loan and Security Agreement dated as of April 12, 2004, as amended from time to time, including but not limited to that certain First Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement dated as of March 9, 2005, that certain Second Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement dated as of June 13, 2006, that certain Third Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement dated as of January 11, 2007, and that certain Fourth Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement dated as of March 12, 2007 (collectively, the "Agreement").

        NOW, THEREFORE, the parties agree as follows:

        1.     The following defined terms in Section 1.1 of the Agreement hereby are added, amended or restated as follows:

        2.     No course of dealing on the part of Bank or its officers, nor any failure or delay in the exercise of any right by Bank, shall operate as a waiver thereof, and any single or partial exercise of any such right shall not preclude any later exercise of any such right. Bank's failure at any time to require strict performance by Borrower of any provision shall not affect any right of Bank thereafter to demand strict compliance and performance. Any suspension or waiver of a right must be in writing signed by an officer of Bank.

        3.     Unless otherwise defined, all initially capitalized terms in this Amendment shall be as defined in the Agreement. The Agreement, as amended hereby, shall be and remain in full force and effect in accordance with its respective terms and hereby is ratified and confirmed in all respects. Except as expressly set forth herein, the execution, delivery, and performance of this Amendment shall not operate as a waiver of, or as an amendment of, any right, power, or remedy of Bank under the Agreement, as in effect prior to the date hereof.

        4.     Borrower represents and warrants that the Representations and Warranties contained in the Agreement are true and correct as of the date of this Amendment, and that no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.

        5.     As a condition to the effectiveness of this Amendment, Bank shall have received, in form and substance satisfactory to Bank, the following:

1


        6.     This Amendment may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one instrument.

[Balance of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

2


        IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Amendment as of the first date above written.

  BRIDGEPOINT EDUCATION, INC.

 

By:

 

/s/ ANDREW CLARK


  Title:   Chief Executive Officer

 

BRIDGEPOINT EDUCATION REAL ESTATE HOLDINGS, LLC

 

By:

 

/s/ ANDREW CLARK


  Title:   Chief Executive Officer

 

COMERICA BANK

 

By:

 

/s/ COMERICA BANK


  Title:  

















[Signature Page to Fifth Amendment to Loan & Security Agreement]



SIXTH AMENDMENT TO LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

        This Sixth Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement (this "Amendment") is entered into as of March 9, 2008, by and between COMERICA BANK ("Bank") and BRIDGEPOINT EDUCATION, INC. and BRIDGEPOINT EDUCATION REAL ESTATE HOLDINGS, LLC (each, a "Borrower" and collectively, "Borrowers").


RECITALS

        Borrowers and Bank are parties to that certain Loan and Security Agreement dated as of April 12, 2004, as amended from time to time, including but not limited to that certain First Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement dated as of March 9, 2005, that certain Second Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement dated as of June 13, 2006, that certain Third Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement dated as of January 11, 2007, that certain Fourth Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement dated as of March 12, 2007 and that certain Fifth Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement dated as of October 1, 2007 (the "Agreement"). The parties desire to amend the Agreement in accordance with the terms of this Amendment.

        NOW, THEREFORE, the parties agree as follows:

        1.     The following defined terms in Section 1.1 of the Agreement hereby are added, amended or restated as follows:

        2.     Section 2.l(b) of the Agreement hereby is amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

1


        3.     Section 2.3(a)(ii) of the Agreement hereby is amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

        4.     Section 2.3(e) of the Agreement hereby is amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

        5.     Section 6.7 of the Agreement hereby is amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

        6.     Exhibit C to the Agreement hereby is replaced in its entirety with Exhibit C attached hereto.

        7.     No course of dealing on the part of Bank or its officers, nor any failure or delay in the exercise of any right by Bank, shall operate as a waiver thereof, and any single or partial exercise of any such right shall not preclude any later exercise of any such right. Bank's failure at any time to require strict performance by Borrowers of any provision shall not affect any right of Bank thereafter to demand strict compliance and performance. Any suspension or waiver of a right must be in writing signed by an officer of Bank.

        8.     Unless otherwise defined, all initially capitalized terms in this Amendment shall be as defined in the Agreement. The Agreement, as amended hereby, shall be and remain in full force and effect in accordance with its respective terms and hereby is ratified and confirmed in all respects. Except as expressly set forth herein, the execution, delivery, and performance of this Amendment shall not operate as a waiver of, or as an amendment of, any right, power, or remedy of Bank under the Agreement, as in effect prior to the date hereof.

        9.     Each Borrower represents and warrants that the Representations and Warranties contained in the Agreement are true and correct as of the date of this Amendment, and that no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.

        10.   As a condition to the effectiveness of this Amendment, Bank shall have received, in form and substance satisfactory to Bank, the following:

        11.   This Amendment may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one instrument.

2


        IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Amendment as of the first date above written.

    BRIDGEPOINT EDUCATION, INC.

 

 

By:

 

/s/ DANIEL J. DEVINE

    Title:   Chief Financial Officer


 

 

BRIDGEPOINT EDUCATION REAL ESTATE HOLDINGS, LLC

 

 

By:

 

/s/ DANIEL J. DEVINE

    Title:   Chief Financial Officer


 

 

COMERICA BANK

 

 

By:

 

/s/ COMERICA BANK

    Title:   V.P.

[Signature Page to Sixth Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement]

3



SEVENTH AMENDMENT TO LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

        This Seventh Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement (this "Amendment") is entered into as of June 12, 2008, by and between COMERICA BANK ("Bank") and BRIDGEPOINT EDUCATION, INC. and BRIDGEPOINT EDUCATION REAL ESTATE HOLDINGS, LLC (each, a "Borrower" and collectively, "Borrowers").


RECITALS

        Borrowers and Bank are parties to that certain Loan and Security Agreement dated as of April 12, 2004, as amended from time to time, including but not limited to that certain First Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement dated as of March 9, 2005, that certain Second Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement dated as of June 13, 2006, that certain Third Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement dated as of January 11, 2007, that certain Fourth Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement dated as of March 12, 2007, that certain Fifth Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement dated as of October 1, 2007 and that certain Sixth Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement dated as of March 9, 2008 (the "Agreement"). The parties desire to amend the Agreement in accordance with the terms of this Amendment.

        NOW, THEREFORE, the parties agree as follows:

        1.     The following defined terms in Section 1.1 of the Agreement hereby are added, amended or restated as follows:

        2.     All references in Sections 2.l(d)(iii) and (iv) of the Agreement to "Letters of Credit" shall mean and refer to Letters of Credit exclusive of the "Collateralized L/C."

        3.     A new Section 4.6 hereby is added to the Agreement to read as follows:

        4.     No course of dealing on the part of Bank or its officers, nor any failure or delay in the exercise of any right by Bank, shall operate as a waiver thereof, and any single or partial exercise of any such right shall not preclude any later exercise of any such right. Bank's failure at any time to require strict performance by a Borrower of any provision shall not affect any right of Bank thereafter to demand strict compliance and performance. Any suspension or waiver of a right must be in writing signed by an officer of Bank.

        5.     Unless otherwise defined, all initially capitalized terms in this Amendment shall be as defined in the Agreement. The Agreement, as amended hereby, shall be and remain in full force and effect in accordance with its respective terms and hereby is ratified and confirmed in all respects. Except as

1



expressly set forth herein, the execution, delivery, and performance of this Amendment shall not operate as a waiver of, or as an amendment of, any right, power, or remedy of Bank under the Agreement, as in effect prior to the date hereof.

        6.     Each Borrower represents and warrants that the Representations and Warranties contained in the Agreement are true and correct as of the date of this Amendment, and that no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.

        7.     As a condition to the effectiveness of this Amendment, Bank shall have received, in form and substance satisfactory to Bank, the following:

        8.     This Amendment may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one instrument.

[Balance of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

2


        IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Amendment as of the first date above written.

    BRIDGEPOINT EDUCATION, INC.

 

 

By:

 

/s/ DANIEL J. DEVINE

    Title:   Chief Financial Officer


 

 

BRIDGEPOINT EDUCATION REAL ESTATE HOLDINGS, LLC

 

 

By:

 

/s/ DANIEL J. DEVINE

    Title:   Chief Financial Officer


 

 

COMERICA BANK

 

 

By:

 

/s/ COMERICA BANK

    Title:   Senior VP

[Signature Page to Seventh Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement]

3



EIGHTH AMENDMENT TO LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

        This Eight Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement (this "Amendment") is entered into as of October 3, 2008, by and between COMERICA BANK ("Bank") and BRIDGEPOINT EDUCATION, INC. and BRIDGEPOINT EDUCATION REAL ESTATE HOLDINGS, LLC (each, a "Borrower" and collectively, "Borrowers").


RECITALS

        Borrowers and Bank are parties to that certain Loan and Security Agreement dated as of April 12, 2004, as amended from time to time, including but not limited to that certain First Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement dated as of March 9, 2005, that certain Second Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement dated as of June 13, 2006, that certain Third Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement dated as of January 11, 2007, that certain Fourth Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement dated as of March 12, 2007, that certain Fifth Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement dated as of October 1, 2007, that certain Sixth Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement dated as of March 9, 2008 and that certain Seventh Amendment to the Loan and Security Agreement dated as of June 12, 2008 (the "Agreement"). The parties desire to amend the Agreement in accordance with the terms of this Amendment.

        NOW, THEREFORE, the parties agree as follows:

        1.     The following defined terms in Section 1.1 of the Agreement hereby are added, amended or restated as follows:

        2.     Section 4.6 of the Agreement hereby is deleted in its entirety. Any Letters of Credit previously secured under Section 4.6 shall be deemed to have been issued under the Letter of Credit Sublimit.

        3.     Section 6.7 of the Agreement hereby is amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

        4.     Section 6.8 of the Agreement hereby is amended and restated in its entirety tto read as follows:

        5.     Section 6.12 of the Agreement hereby is amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

        6.     Exhibit C to the Agreement hereby is replaced with Exhibit C attached hereto.

        7.     A new Annex II hereby is added to the Agreement in the form attached hereto.

1


        8.     No course of dealing on the part of Bank or its officers, nor any failure or delay in the exercise of any right by Bank, shall operate as a waiver thereof, and any single or partial exercise of any such right shall not preclude any later exercise of any such right. Bank's failure at any time to require strict performance by a Borrower of any provisions shall not affect any right of Bank thereafter to demand strict compliance and performance. Any suspension or waiver of a right must be in writing signed by an officer of Bank.

        9.     Unless otherwise defined, all initially capitalized terms in this Amendment shall be as defined in the Agreement. The Agreement, as amended hereby, shall be and remain in full force and effect in accordance with its respective terms and hereby is ratified and confirmed in all respects. Except as expressly set forth herein, the execution, delivery and of this Amendment shall not operate as a waiver of, or as an amendment of, any right, power or remedy of Bank under the Agreement, as in effect prior to the date hereof.

        10.   On or before November 1, 2008, Borrower shall have delivered to Bank a Sixth Amendment to and Affirmation (or similar) of that certain (i) Dead of Trust, Mortgage, Security Agreement and Fixture Filing (with Assignment of Rents and Leases); (ii) Assignment of Real Property Leases and Rents; (iii) Subordination Agreement; and (iv) Environmental Indemnity; each in form and substance acceptable to Bank. Failure to deliver such documents on or before such date shall be deemed an immediate Event of Default.

        11.   Each Borrower represents and warrants that the Representations and Warranties contained in the Agreement are true and correct as of the date of this Amendment, and that no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.

        12.   As a condition to the effectiveness of this Amendment, Bank shall have received, in form and substance satisfactory to Bank, the following:

        13.   This Amendment may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one instrument.

[Balance of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

2


        IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Amendment as of the first date above written.

    BRIDGEPOINT EDUCATION, INC.

 

 

By:

 

/s/ DANIEL J. DEVINE

    Title:   Chief Financial Officer


 

 

BRIDGEPOINT EDUCATION REAL ESTATE HOLDINGS, LLC

 

 

By:

 

/s/ DANIEL J. DEVINE

    Title:   Chief Financial Officer


 

 

COMERICA BANK

 

 

By:

 

/s/ COMERICA BANK

    Title:   Vice President

[Signature Page to Eighth Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement]

3




QuickLinks

BRIDGEPOINT EDUCATION, INC. LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT
RECITALS
AGREEMENT
FIRST AMENDMENT TO LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT
RECITALS
SECOND AMENDMENT TO LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT
RECITALS
THIRD AMENDMENT TO LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT
RECITALS
FOURTH AMENDMENT TO LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT
RECITALS
FIFTH AMENDMENT TO LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT
RECITALS
SIXTH AMENDMENT TO LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT
RECITALS
SEVENTH AMENDMENT TO LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT
RECITALS
EIGHTH AMENDMENT TO LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT
RECITALS

QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document


Exhibit 10.24


EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

        This employment agreement (the "Agreement") is entered into by and between Andrew S. Clark ("you" or "your") and Bridgepoint Education, Inc., a Delaware corporation, (the "Company"). This Agreement has an effective date of March 4, 2009 (the "Effective Date").

        In consideration of the mutual covenants and promises made in this Agreement, you and the Company agree as follows:

        1.      Position and Responsibilities.     As of the Effective Date, you will continue to serve as a full-time employee of the Company as the Company's Chief Executive Officer ("CEO"). As CEO, you shall report directly to the Company's Board of Directors (the "Board"). You shall have the duties, responsibilities and authority that are customarily associated with such position and such other senior management duties as may reasonably be assigned by the Board, in each case, in accordance with Company policy as set forth from time to time by the Board and subject to the terms hereof. At the request of the Company, you will also serve as an officer and/or member of the board of directors of any Company affiliate, without additional compensation. You shall devote substantially all of your business time and commit your best efforts to the Company's business. Your office will be located at the Company's headquarters at 13500 Evening Creek Drive, San Diego, California and your duties shall be primarily performed there subject to requisite business travel. While you are CEO and during the time that the Company's shares are not publicly traded, you will also serve as a member of the Board. If the Company's shares do become publicly traded, then the Company will annually nominate you to serve as a member of the Board during the time you are serving as CEO with actual election to the Board subject to obtaining the requisite Company stockholder vote. Nothing herein shall preclude you from (i) serving, with the prior written consent of the Company, as a member of the board of directors or advisory boards (or their equivalents in the case of a non-corporate entity) of non-competing businesses and charitable organizations, (ii) engaging in charitable activities and community affairs, and (iii) managing your personal investments and affairs; provided, however, that the activities set out in clauses (i), (ii) and (iii) shall be limited by you so as not to materially interfere, individually or in the aggregate, with the performance of your duties and responsibilities hereunder. The Company hereby acknowledges your ownership of any entities identified in Exhibit A and consents to such ownership for so long as such entities continue to be a non-competing business with the Company.

        2.      Term.     Your employment with the Company is at-will and either you or the Company may terminate your employment at any time and for any reason, with or without Cause (as defined below), in each case subject to the terms and provisions of this Agreement. Unless terminated earlier, this Agreement will extend through the fourth anniversary of the Effective Date ("Expiration Date") provided, however, on such fourth anniversary of the Effective Date (and on each subsequent anniversary thereafter) the Expiration Date will automatically be extended by an additional year unless either party has provided written notice to the other party at least three months before the applicable Expiration Date that such party will not agree to so extend the Agreement. The terms of Sections 8 through 15 shall survive any termination or expiration of this Agreement or of your employment.

        3.      Salary, Bonus and Equity Incentives.     For avoidance of doubt, the Board may delegate its authority and responsibilities under this Section 3 to a committee of members of the Board.

1


Upon the consummation of a Change of Control (as defined below), 50% of each of your then unvested time-based stock options and performance-based stock options shall become vested on a pro-rata basis (rounded down to the nearest whole number for each discrete option) over the vesting schedule. The remaining unvested portion of your options shall continue to vest pursuant to their original vesting schedule but at 50% of the original rate of vesting over such vesting period. As purely a hypothetical example to illustrate the foregoing, assume that at the time of a Change of Control, you held one time-based stock option which then had sixty unvested shares that were scheduled to vest at 10 shares, 20 shares, and 30 shares in each of the three following months, respectively. Thirty of such sixty unvested shares would become vested upon the Change of Control assuming you were then still employed by the Company. The remaining thirty unvested shares would vest at 5 shares, 10 shares, and 15 shares in each of the three following months subject to your continued service.

        4.      Expense Reimbursement.     During your employment as CEO and while this Agreement is in effect, you will be reimbursed for all reasonable business expenses (including, but without limitation, travel expenses) upon the properly completed submission of requisite forms and receipts to the Company in accordance with the Company's Expense Reimbursement Policy.

2


        5.      Change of Control.

        "Company Directors" shall mean (A) individuals who as of the date hereof are directors of the Company, (B) individuals elected as directors of the Company subsequent to the date hereof for whose election proxies shall have been solicited by the Board, or (C) any individual appointed to the Board to fill vacancies of the Board caused by death or resignation (but not by removal) or to fill newly created directorships.

        A transaction shall not constitute a Change of Control if its sole purpose is to change the state of the Company's incorporation or to create a holding company that will be owned in substantially the same proportions by the persons who held the Company's securities immediately before such transactions. In addition, an initial public offering of the Company's securities shall not constitute a Change of Control.

        You shall receive the greater, on an after-tax basis, of (i) or (ii) above, provided however that to the extent applicable, you may elect to subject the payments that are in excess of the permissible maximum payment amount specified under Code section 280G(b)(2)(A)(ii) to a shareholder vote as provided for under Code Section 280G(b)(5).

3


        Unless you and the Company agree otherwise in writing, any determination required under this Section 5(b) shall be made in writing by a qualified independent accountant selected by the Company (the "Accountant") whose determination shall be conclusive and binding. You and the Company shall furnish the Accountant such documentation and documents as the Accountant may reasonably request in order to make a determination. The Company shall bear all costs that the Accountant may reasonably incur in connection with performing any calculations contemplated by this Section 5(b).

        6.      Employee Benefit Programs.     During your employment with the Company, and except as may be provided under an employee stock purchase plan, you will be entitled to participate, on the same terms as generally provided to senior executives, in all Company employee benefit plans and programs at the time or thereafter made available to Company senior executive officers including, without limitation, any savings or profit sharing plans, deferred compensation plans, stock option incentive plans, group life insurance, accidental death and dismemberment insurance, hospitalization, surgical, major medical and dental coverage, vacation, sick leave (including salary continuation arrangements), long-term disability, holidays and other employee benefit programs sponsored by the Company. The Company may amend, modify or terminate these benefits at any time and for any reason. The Company will provide you with life insurance coverage for the benefit of your heirs with a face amount of not less than two times your Base Salary that is in effect as of the Effective Date. You will also be indemnified to the fullest extent permitted by law, from and against any and all liability, loss, damages or expenses incurred as a result of, arising out of, or in any way related to, your service as an employee, officer, director or agent of the Company or a Company affiliate, in accordance with the Company's Certificate of Incorporation and bylaws. The Company shall maintain a directors and officers liability insurance policy (including tail coverage) covering you in your capacity as an officer and director of the Company and any Company affiliate. The Company's obligation to indemnify you shall survive termination of this Agreement.

        7.      Consequences of Termination of Employment.     Unless the Company requests otherwise in writing, upon termination of your employment for any reason, you shall be deemed to have immediately resigned from all positions as an officer (and/or director, if applicable) with the Company (and its affiliates) as of your last day of employment (the "Termination Date"). Upon termination of your employment for any reason, you shall receive payment or benefits from the Company covering the following: (i) all unpaid salary and unpaid vacation accrued through the Termination Date, (ii) any payments/benefits to which you are entitled under the express terms of any applicable Company employee benefit plan, (iii) any unreimbursed valid business expenses for which you have submitted properly documented reimbursement requests and (iv) your then outstanding Prior Equity Awards as governed by their applicable terms (collectively, (i) through (iv) are the "Accrued Pay"). You may also be eligible for other post-employment payments and benefits as provided in this Agreement.

4


        Prior to your termination for Cause, you will be provided with written notice from the Company describing in detail the conduct forming the basis for the alleged Cause and to the extent curable, a reasonable opportunity (of not less than 30 days or more than 90 days) to cure such conduct before the Company may terminate you for Cause. You have the right to present your case to the full Board, with assistance of your legal counsel before any termination for Cause is finalized by the Company. Any termination for "Cause" will not limit any other right or remedy the Company may have under this Agreement or otherwise. You shall continue to receive the compensation and benefits provided by this Agreement during the period after you receive the written notice of the Company's intention to terminate your employment for Cause until such termination becomes effective.

        In the event your employment is terminated by the Company for Cause you will be entitled only to your Accrued Pay and you will be entitled to no other compensation from the Company. In addition, you may be required to repay to the Company certain previously paid compensation in accordance with Company policies and/or applicable law (each, "Clawback Policy").

        For avoidance of doubt, terminations of employment due to death or Disability, which are addressed in Section 7(d) below, are not terminations for Cause.

5


Subject to the express language in this Section 7(b) and Section 14, you shall not be required to mitigate the amount of any payment or benefit contemplated by this Section 7(b), nor shall any such payment or benefit be reduced by any earnings or benefits that you may receive from any other source. If any cash payments that are owed to you under this Agreement are not paid to you within fifteen days of their due date, then the Company will additionally owe you interest on such late payments, payable on a monthly basis while any overdue amount is still outstanding, with interest accruing at the then prevailing prime rate, compounded monthly. For avoidance of doubt, this Section 7(b) does not apply to terminations of employment due to death or Disability which are addressed in Section 7(d) below.

6


        In the event your employment with the Company is terminated by the Company as a result of your Disability, then you will receive the same payments and benefits specified in subparts (i) through (iii) of the preceding paragraph. For purposes of this Agreement, "Disability" is defined to occur when you are unable to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment which can be expected to result in death or which has lasted or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than twelve (12) months.

        8.      Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement; Confidentiality.     You will be required, as a condition of your employment with the Company, to timely execute the Company's form of proprietary information and inventions agreement as may be amended from time to time by the Company ("Confidentiality Agreement").

        9.      Assignability; Binding Nature.     Commencing on the Effective Date, this Agreement will be binding upon you and the Company and your respective successors, heirs, and assigns. This Agreement may not be assigned by you except that your rights to compensation and benefits hereunder, subject to the limitations of this Agreement, may be transferred by will or operation of law. No rights or obligations of the Company under this Agreement may be assigned or transferred except in the event of a merger or consolidation in which the Company is not the continuing entity, or the sale or liquidation of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company provided that the assignee or transferee is the successor to all or substantially all of the assets of the Company and assumes the Company's obligations under this Agreement contractually or as a matter of law. The Company will require any such purchaser, successor or assignee to expressly assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would be required to perform if no such purchase, succession or assignment had taken place. Your rights and obligations under this Agreement shall not be transferable by you by assignment or otherwise provided, however, that if you die, all amounts then payable to you hereunder shall be paid in accordance with the terms

7



of this Agreement to your devisee, legatee or other designee or, if there be no such designee, to your estate.

        10.    Governing Law; Arbitration.     This Agreement will be deemed a contract made under, and for all purposes shall be construed in accordance with, the laws of California. Any controversy or claim relating to this Agreement or any breach thereof, and any claims you may have arising from or relating to your employment with the Company, will be settled solely and finally by arbitration in San Diego, California before a single arbitrator in accordance with the National Rules for the Resolution of Employment Disputes of the American Arbitration Association ("AAA") then in effect in the State of California, and judgment upon such award rendered by the arbitrator may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof, provided that this Section 10 shall not be construed to eliminate or reduce any right the Company or you may otherwise have to obtain a temporary restraining order or a preliminary or permanent injunction to enforce any of the covenants contained in this Agreement before the matter can be heard in arbitration. If you prevail on at least one material claim with respect to such dispute, then within seventy-five days of the dispute's final resolution the Company shall reimburse you for your reasonable and substantiated legal fees and costs incurred in such dispute.

        11.    Taxes.     Anything to the contrary notwithstanding, all payments made by the Company hereunder to you or your estate or beneficiaries will be subject to tax withholding pursuant to any applicable laws or regulations. This Agreement is intended to comply with the requirements of section 409A of the Code. In the event this Agreement or any benefit paid to you hereunder is deemed to be subject to section 409A of the Code, you consent to the Company adopting such conforming amendments or taking such actions as the Company deems necessary, in its reasonable discretion, to comply with Code Section 409A and avoid the imposition of taxes under Code Section 409A. Notwithstanding any provision in the Agreement to the contrary, if upon your "separation from service" within the meaning of Code Section 409A, you are then a "specified employee" (as defined in Code Section 409A), then to the extent necessary to comply with Code Section 409A and avoid the imposition of taxes under Code Section 409A, the Company shall defer payment of "nonqualified deferred compensation" subject to Code Section 409A payable as a result of and within six (6) months following such "separation from service" under this Agreement until the earlier of (i) the first business day of the seventh month following your "separation from service," or (ii) ten (10) days after the Company receives notification of your death. Any such delayed payments shall be made without interest. Additionally, the reimbursement of expenses or in-kind benefits provided pursuant to this Agreement shall be subject to the following conditions: (1) the expenses eligible for reimbursement or in-kind benefits in one taxable year shall not affect the expenses eligible for reimbursement or in-kind benefits in any other taxable year; (2) the reimbursement of eligible expenses or in-kind benefits shall be made promptly, subject to the Company's applicable policies, but in no event later than the end of the year after the year in which such expense was incurred; and (3) the right to reimbursement or in-kind benefits shall not be subject to liquidation or exchange for another benefit.

        12.    Entire Agreement.     Except as otherwise specifically provided in this Agreement, this Agreement contains all the legally binding understandings and agreements between you and the Company pertaining to the subject matter of this Agreement and supersedes all such agreements, whether oral or in writing, previously entered into between the parties including without limitation your employment agreement with TeleUniversity, Inc. dated November 26, 2003 ("Prior Agreement") and any amendments to such Prior Agreement.

        13.    Covenants.

8


9


        14.    Offset.     Any severance or other payments or benefits made to you under this Agreement may be reduced, in the Company's discretion, by any amounts you owe to the Company or as will be needed to satisfy any future co-payments you would need to make for continuing post-termination benefits, provided however that any such offsets do not violate Code Section 409A.

        15.    Notice.     Any notice that the Company is required to or may desire to give you shall be given by personal delivery, recognized overnight courier service, email, telecopy or registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, addressed to you at your address of record with the Company, or at such other place as you may from time to time designate in writing. Any notice that you are required or may desire to give to the Company hereunder shall be given by personal delivery, recognized overnight courier service, email, telecopy or by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, addressed to the Company's General Counsel at its principal office, or at such other office as the Company may from time to time designate in writing. The date of actual delivery of any notice under this Section 15 shall be deemed to be the date of delivery thereof.

        16.    Waiver; Severability.     No provision of this Agreement may be amended or waived unless such amendment or waiver is agreed to by you and the Company in writing. No waiver by you or the Company of the breach of any condition or provision of this Agreement will be deemed a waiver of a similar or dissimilar provision or condition at the same or any prior or subsequent time. Except as expressly provided herein to the contrary, failure or delay on the part of either party hereto to enforce any right, power, or privilege hereunder will not be deemed to constitute a waiver thereof. In the event

10



any portion of this Agreement is determined to be invalid or unenforceable for any reason, the remaining portions shall be unaffected thereby and will remain in full force and effect to the fullest extent permitted by law.

        17.    Voluntary Agreement.     You acknowledge that you have been advised to review this Agreement with your own legal counsel and other advisors of your choosing and that prior to entering into this Agreement, you have had the opportunity to review this Agreement with your attorney and other advisors and have not asked (or relied upon) the Company or its counsel to represent you or your counsel in this matter. You further represent that you have carefully read and understand the scope and effect of the provisions of this Agreement and that you are fully aware of the legal and binding effect of this Agreement. This Agreement is executed voluntarily by you and without any duress or undue influence on the part or behalf of the Company.

        18.    Legal Fees.     The Company will pay the reasonable fees (not to exceed $15,000) of your legal counsel that were incurred in the review of this Agreement. Such payment will be made directly to your legal counsel. Your legal counsel must provide the Company with detailed invoices within 45 days of your execution of this Agreement.

        19.    Key-Man Insurance.     The Company shall have the right to insure your life for the sole benefit of the Company, in such amounts, and with such terms, as it may determine. All premiums payable thereon shall be the obligation of the Company. You shall have no interest in any such policy, but you agree to cooperate with the Company in taking out such insurance by submitting to physical examinations, supplying all information required by the insurance company, and executing all necessary documents, provided that no financial obligation is imposed on you by any such documents.

11


        Please acknowledge your acceptance and understanding of this Agreement by signing and returning it to the undersigned. A copy of this signed Agreement will be sent to you for your records.

         ACKNOWLEDGED AND AGREED:

BRIDGEPOINT EDUCATION, INC.   ANDREW S. CLARK

/s/ DIANE L. THOMPSON

BY: Diane L. Thompson
TITLE: SVP/General Counsel

 

/s/ ANDREW S. CLARK

12



EXHIBIT A

No entities owned as of the Effective Date.

13


EXHIBIT B


RELEASE OF ALL CLAIMS AND COVENANT NOT TO SUE PURSUANT
TO AGREEMENT

1.      PARTIES.     The parties to this Agreement and Release are Andrew S. Clark ("Executive") and Bridgepoint Education, Inc., a Delaware corporation, (the "Company").

2.      RECITALS.     This Release is made with reference to the following facts:

        Executive and Company are parties to an Employment Agreement dated March 4, 2009. That Employment Agreement provides that Executive must execute a general release and covenant not to sue within not later than forty-five (45) days after Executive's Termination Date (as defined in the Employment Agreement) in order for Executive to receive any severance payment and benefits under the Employment Agreement. This Release is the general release and covenant not to sue required by the Employment Agreement.

3.      EXECUTIVE'S PROMISES.     In consideration for the promises and payments contained in the Employment Agreement, Executive agrees as follows:

        3.1   Executive hereby covenants not to sue and also waives, releases and forever discharges Company, its parent company, divisions, subsidiaries, officers, directors, agents, employees, stockholders, affiliates and successors from any and all claims, causes of action, damages or costs of any type Executive may have against Company or its current and former parent company, divisions, subsidiaries, officers, directors, employees, agents, stockholders, successors or affiliates (the "Released Parties") including without limitation those arising out of or relating to Executive's employment with Company, or Executive's separation of employment (if separated by such date). This waiver and release includes, but is not limited to, claims, causes of action, damages or costs arising under or in relation to Company's employee handbook and personnel policies, or any oral or written representations or statements made by officers, directors, employees or agents of Company, or under any state or federal law regulating wages, hours, compensation or employment, or any claim for breach of contract or breach of the implied covenant of good faith and fair dealing, or any claim for stock, stock options, warrants, or phantom stock or equity of any kind or any claim for wrongful termination, or any discrimination claim on the basis of race, sex, sexual orientation, gender, age, religion, marital status, national origin, physical or mental disability, medical condition, or any claim arising under the federal Age Discrimination in Employment Act, the Equal Pay Act, the California Family Rights Act, the Pregnancy Discrimination Act, the Family Medical Leave Act, the California Labor Code, the California Wage Orders, Title VII of the Civil Rights Act, the Fair Employment and Housing Act, the California Labor Code Private Attorneys General Act of 2004, the California Wage Orders, and Business and Professions Code Section 17200, et seq. Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Release does not release (a) claims that cannot be released as a matter of law, (b) claims arising after the effective date of this release including those under the Employment Agreement, (c) claims to enforce any of Executive's rights to post-termination benefits under section 7 of the Employment Agreement, (d) claims for indemnification pursuant to section 6 of the Employment Agreement, or (e) claims to enforce any of Executive's vested benefits under any employee benefit plan of the Company.

        3.2   The waiver and release set forth in paragraph 3.1 applies to claims of which Executive does not currently have knowledge and Executive specifically waives the benefit of the provisions of Section 1542 of the Civil Code of the State of California which reads as follows: "A general release does not extend to claims which the creditor does not know or suspect to exist in his or her favor at the time of executing the release, which if known by him or her must have materially affected his or her settlement with the debtor."

14


        3.3   Executive has not suffered nor aggravated any known on-the-job injuries for which Executive has not already filed a Workers' Compensation claim.

        3.4   Executive represents and warrants that no claims have been filed by him or on his behalf against any Released Party prior to the effectiveness of this Release. Additionally, to the extent there is a claim filed (or subsequently filed in breach of section 3.1), then any such claim will be "dismissed with prejudice" and Executive shall promptly pay all fees and costs associated with obtaining the dismissal, or in connection with the dismissal, including reasonable legal fees.

        3.5   Executive agrees that nothing in this Release shall be construed as an admission of liability of any kind by Company to Executive.

4.      CONSULTATION, REVIEW, AND REVOCATION.     In accordance with the Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967 ("ADEA") as amended by the Older Workers Benefit Protection Act, Executive is advised to consult with an attorney before signing this Release. Executive is given a period of 21 days in which to consider whether to enter into this Release. Executive does not have to utilize the entire 21 day period before signing this Release, and may waive this right. If Executive does enter into this Release, he may revoke the Release within 7 days after the execution of the Release. Any revocation must be in writing and must be received by the Company no later than midnight of the seventh day after execution by Executive. The Release is not effective or enforceable until after this 7-day period has passed without revocation.

5.      LABOR CODE SECTION 206.5.     Executive agrees that the Company has paid to Executive his salary and vacation accrued as of the Termination Date and that these payments represent all such monies due to Executive through the Termination Date. In light of the payment by the Company of all wages due, or to become due to Executive, California Labor Code Section 206.5 is not applicable to the parties hereto. That section provides in pertinent part as follows: "No employer shall require the execution of any release of any claim or right on account of wages due, or to become due, or made as an advance on wages to be earned, unless payment of such wages has been made."

6.      MISCELLANEOUS.     

        6.1   This Release shall be deemed to have been executed and delivered within the State of California, and the rights and obligations of the parties hereunder shall be construed and enforced in accordance with, and governed by, the laws of the State of California.

        6.2   This Release is the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior and contemporaneous oral and written agreements and discussions. This Release may be amended only by an agreement in a writing signed by the parties.

        6.3   This Release is binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereof, their respective agents, employees, representatives, officers, directors, divisions, subsidiaries, affiliates, parent company, assigns, heirs, partners, successors in interest and stockholders, including any successor company of the Company.

        6.4   Executive agrees that he has read this Release and has had the opportunity to ask questions, seek counsel and time to consider the terms of the Release. Executive has entered into this Release freely and voluntarily.

        6.5   The parties agree that any dispute or controversy arising from or related to this Release shall be decided by final and binding arbitration as provided in the Employment Agreement.

15


        6.6   The execution date of this Release is the date that Executive signs this Release.

ANDREW S. CLARK ("Executive")   BRIDGEPOINT EDUCATION, INC. ("Company")


 

 

By:

 


 
        Its:  
 
Date:  
 
  Date:  
 

16




QuickLinks

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT
EXHIBIT A
RELEASE OF ALL CLAIMS AND COVENANT NOT TO SUE PURSUANT TO AGREEMENT

QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document


Exhibit 10.25


EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

        This employment agreement (the "Agreement") is entered into by and between Daniel J. Devine ("you" or "your") and Bridgepoint Education, Inc., a Delaware corporation, (the "Company"). This Agreement has an effective date of March 9, 2009 (the "Effective Date").

        In consideration of the mutual covenants and promises made in this Agreement, you and the Company agree as follows:

        1.      Position and Responsibilities .    As of the Effective Date, you will continue to serve as a full-time employee of the Company as the Company's Chief Financial Officer ("CFO"). As CFO, you shall report directly to the Company's Chief Executive Officer ("CEO"). You shall have the duties, responsibilities and authority that are customarily associated with such position and such other senior management duties as may reasonably be assigned by the CEO, in each case, in accordance with Company policy as set forth from time to time by the Company's Board of Directors (the "Board") and subject to the terms hereof. You shall devote substantially all of your business time and commit your best efforts to the Company's business. Your office will be located at the Company's headquarters at 13500 Evening Creek Drive, San Diego, California and your duties shall be primarily performed there subject to requisite business travel. Nothing herein shall preclude you from (i) serving, with the prior written consent of the Company, as a member of the board of directors or advisory boards (or their equivalents in the case of a non-corporate entity) of non-competing businesses and charitable organizations, (ii) engaging in charitable activities and community affairs, and (iii) managing your personal investments and affairs; provided, however, that the activities set out in clauses (i), (ii) and (iii) shall be limited by you so as not to materially interfere, individually or in the aggregate, with the performance of your duties and responsibilities hereunder. The Company hereby acknowledges your ownership of any entities identified in Exhibit A and consents to such ownership for so long as such entities continue to be a non-competing business with the Company.

        2.      Term .    Your employment with the Company is at-will and either you or the Company may terminate your employment at any time and for any reason, with or without Cause (as defined below), in each case subject to the terms and provisions of this Agreement. Unless terminated earlier, this Agreement will extend through the second anniversary of the Effective Date ("Expiration Date") provided, however, on such second anniversary of the Effective Date (and on each subsequent anniversary thereafter) the Expiration Date will automatically be extended by an additional year unless either party has provided written notice to the other party at least three months before the applicable Expiration Date that such party will not agree to so extend the Agreement. The terms of Sections 8 through 15 shall survive any termination or expiration of this Agreement or of your employment.

        3.      Salary, Bonus and Equity Incentives .    For avoidance of doubt, the Board may delegate its authority and responsibilities under this Section 3 to a committee of members of the Board.

1


Upon the consummation of a Change of Control (as defined below), 50% of each of your then unvested time-based stock options and performance-based stock options shall become vested on a pro-rata basis (rounded down to the nearest whole number for each discrete option) over the vesting schedule. The remaining unvested portion of your options shall continue to vest pursuant to their original vesting schedule but at 50% of the original rate of vesting over such vesting period. As purely a hypothetical example to illustrate the foregoing, assume that at the time of a Change of Control, you held one time-based stock option which then had sixty unvested shares that were scheduled to vest at 10 shares, 20 shares, and 30 shares in each of the three following months, respectively. Thirty of such sixty unvested shares would become vested upon the Change of Control assuming you were then still employed by the Company. The remaining thirty unvested shares would vest at 5 shares, 10 shares, and 15 shares in each of the three following months subject to your continued service.

        4.      Expense Reimbursement .    During your employment as CFO and while this Agreement is in effect, you will be reimbursed for all reasonable business expenses (including, but without limitation, travel expenses) upon the properly completed submission of requisite forms and receipts to the Company in accordance with the Company's Expense Reimbursement Policy.

        5.      Change of Control.

2


        "Company Directors" shall mean (A) individuals who as of the date hereof are directors of the Company, (B) individuals elected as directors of the Company subsequent to the date hereof for whose election proxies shall have been solicited by the Board, or (C) any individual appointed to the Board to fill vacancies of the Board caused by death or resignation (but not by removal) or to fill newly created directorships.

        A transaction shall not constitute a Change of Control if its sole purpose is to change the state of the Company's incorporation or to create a holding company that will be owned in substantially the same proportions by the persons who held the Company's securities immediately before such transactions. In addition, an initial public offering of the Company's securities shall not constitute a Change of Control.

        You shall receive the greater, on an after-tax basis, of (i) or (ii) above, provided however that to the extent applicable, you may elect to subject the payments that are in excess of the permissible maximum payment amount specified under Code section 280G(b)(2)(A)(ii) to a shareholder vote as provided for under Code Section 280G(b)(5).

        Unless you and the Company agree otherwise in writing, any determination required under this Section 5(b) shall be made in writing by a qualified independent accountant selected by the Company (the "Accountant") whose determination shall be conclusive and binding. You and the Company shall furnish the Accountant such documentation and documents as the Accountant may reasonably request in order to make a determination. The Company shall bear all costs that the Accountant may reasonably incur in connection with performing any calculations contemplated by this Section 5(b).

        6.      Employee Benefit Programs .    During your employment with the Company, and except as may be provided under an employee stock purchase plan, you will be entitled to participate, on the same terms as generally provided to senior executives, in all Company employee benefit plans and programs at the time or thereafter made available to Company senior executive officers including, without limitation, any savings or profit sharing plans, deferred compensation plans, stock option incentive plans, group life insurance, accidental death and dismemberment insurance, hospitalization, surgical,

3



major medical and dental coverage, vacation, sick leave (including salary continuation arrangements), long-term disability, holidays and other employee benefit programs sponsored by the Company. The Company may amend, modify or terminate these benefits at any time and for any reason. You will also be indemnified to the fullest extent permitted by law, from and against any and all liability, loss, damages or expenses incurred as a result of, arising out of, or in any way related to, your service as an employee, officer, director or agent of the Company or a Company affiliate, in accordance with the Company's Certificate of Incorporation and bylaws. The Company shall maintain a directors and officers liability insurance policy (including tail coverage) covering you in your capacity as an officer and director of the Company and any Company affiliate. The Company's obligation to indemnify you shall survive termination of this Agreement.

        7.      Consequences of Termination of Employment .    Unless the Company requests otherwise in writing, upon termination of your employment for any reason, you shall be deemed to have immediately resigned from all positions as an officer (and/or director, if applicable) with the Company (and its affiliates) as of your last day of employment (the "Termination Date"). Upon termination of your employment for any reason, you shall receive payment or benefits from the Company covering the following: (i) all unpaid salary and unpaid vacation accrued through the Termination Date, (ii) any payments/benefits to which you are entitled under the express terms of any applicable Company employee benefit plan, (iii) any unreimbursed valid business expenses for which you have submitted properly documented reimbursement requests and (iv) your then outstanding Prior Equity Awards as governed by their applicable terms (collectively, (i) through (iv) are the "Accrued Pay"). You may also be eligible for other post-employment payments and benefits as provided in this Agreement.

        Prior to your termination for Cause, you will be provided with written notice from the Company describing in detail the conduct forming the basis for the alleged Cause and to the extent curable, a reasonable opportunity (of not less than 30 days or more than 90 days) to cure such conduct before the Company may terminate you for Cause. You have the right to present your case to the full Board, with assistance of your legal counsel before any termination for Cause is finalized by the Company. Any termination for "Cause" will not limit any other right or remedy the Company may have under this Agreement or otherwise. You shall continue to receive the compensation and benefits provided by this Agreement during the period after you receive the written notice of the Company's intention to terminate your employment for Cause until such termination becomes effective.

4


        In the event your employment is terminated by the Company for Cause you will be entitled only to your Accrued Pay and you will be entitled to no other compensation from the Company. In addition, you may be required to repay to the Company certain previously paid compensation in accordance with Company policies and/or applicable law (each, "Clawback Policy").

        For avoidance of doubt, terminations of employment due to death or Disability, which are addressed in Section 7(d) below, are not terminations for Cause.

5


Subject to the express language in this Section 7(b) and Section 14, you shall not be required to mitigate the amount of any payment or benefit contemplated by this Section 7(b), nor shall any such payment or benefit be reduced by any earnings or benefits that you may receive from any other source. If any cash payments that are owed to you under this Agreement are not paid to you within fifteen days of their due date, then the Company will additionally owe you interest on such late payments, payable on a monthly basis while any overdue amount is still outstanding, with interest accruing at the then prevailing prime rate, compounded monthly. For avoidance of doubt, this Section 7(b) does not apply to terminations of employment due to death or Disability which are addressed in Section 7(d) below.

        In the event your employment with the Company is terminated by the Company as a result of your Disability, then you will receive the same payments and benefits specified in subparts (i) through (iii) of the preceding paragraph. For purposes of this Agreement, "Disability" is defined to occur when you are unable to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment which can be expected to result in death or which has lasted or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than twelve (12) months.

6


        8.      Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement; Confidentiality .    You will be required, as a condition of your employment with the Company, to timely execute the Company's form of proprietary information and inventions agreement as may be amended from time to time by the Company ("Confidentiality Agreement").

        9.      Assignability; Binding Nature .    Commencing on the Effective Date, this Agreement will be binding upon you and the Company and your respective successors, heirs, and assigns. This Agreement may not be assigned by you except that your rights to compensation and benefits hereunder, subject to the limitations of this Agreement, may be transferred by will or operation of law. No rights or obligations of the Company under this Agreement may be assigned or transferred except in the event of a merger or consolidation in which the Company is not the continuing entity, or the sale or liquidation of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company provided that the assignee or transferee is the successor to all or substantially all of the assets of the Company and assumes the Company's obligations under this Agreement contractually or as a matter of law. The Company will require any such purchaser, successor or assignee to expressly assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would be required to perform if no such purchase, succession or assignment had taken place. Your rights and obligations under this Agreement shall not be transferable by you by assignment or otherwise provided, however, that if you die, all amounts then payable to you hereunder shall be paid in accordance with the terms of this Agreement to your devisee, legatee or other designee or, if there be no such designee, to your estate.

        10.    Governing Law; Arbitration .    This Agreement will be deemed a contract made under, and for all purposes shall be construed in accordance with, the laws of California. Any controversy or claim relating to this Agreement or any breach thereof, and any claims you may have arising from or relating to your employment with the Company, will be settled solely and finally by arbitration in San Diego, California before a single arbitrator in accordance with the National Rules for the Resolution of Employment Disputes of the American Arbitration Association ("AAA") then in effect in the State of California, and judgment upon such award rendered by the arbitrator may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof, provided that this Section 10 shall not be construed to eliminate or reduce any right the Company or you may otherwise have to obtain a temporary restraining order or a preliminary or permanent injunction to enforce any of the covenants contained in this Agreement before the matter can be heard in arbitration. If you prevail on at least one material claim with respect to such dispute, then within seventy-five days of the dispute's final resolution the Company shall reimburse you for your reasonable and substantiated legal fees and costs incurred in such dispute.

        11.    Taxes .    Anything to the contrary notwithstanding, all payments made by the Company hereunder to you or your estate or beneficiaries will be subject to tax withholding pursuant to any applicable laws or regulations. This Agreement is intended to comply with the requirements of section 409A of the Code. In the event this Agreement or any benefit paid to you hereunder is deemed to be subject to section 409A of the Code, you consent to the Company adopting such conforming amendments or taking such actions as the Company deems necessary, in its reasonable discretion, to comply with Code Section 409A and avoid the imposition of taxes under Code Section 409A. Notwithstanding any provision in the Agreement to the contrary, if upon your "separation from service" within the meaning of Code Section 409A, you are then a "specified employee" (as defined in Code Section 409A), then to the extent necessary to comply with Code Section 409A and avoid the imposition of taxes under Code Section 409A, the Company shall defer payment of "nonqualified deferred compensation" subject to Code Section 409A payable as a result of and within six (6) months following such "separation from service" under this Agreement until the earlier of (i) the first business day of the seventh month following your "separation from service," or (ii) ten (10) days after the

7



Company receives notification of your death. Any such delayed payments shall be made without interest. Additionally, the reimbursement of expenses or in-kind benefits provided pursuant to this Agreement shall be subject to the following conditions: (1) the expenses eligible for reimbursement or in-kind benefits in one taxable year shall not affect the expenses eligible for reimbursement or in-kind benefits in any other taxable year; (2) the reimbursement of eligible expenses or in-kind benefits shall be made promptly, subject to the Company's applicable policies, but in no event later than the end of the year after the year in which such expense was incurred; and (3) the right to reimbursement or in-kind benefits shall not be subject to liquidation or exchange for another benefit.

        12.    Entire Agreement .    Except as otherwise specifically provided in this Agreement, this Agreement contains all the legally binding understandings and agreements between you and the Company pertaining to the subject matter of this Agreement and supersedes all such agreements, whether oral or in writing, previously entered into between the parties including without limitation your employment agreement with TeleUniversity, Inc. dated December 23, 2003 ("Prior Agreement") and any amendments to such Prior Agreement.

        13.    Covenants.

8


        14.    Offset .    Any severance or other payments or benefits made to you under this Agreement may be reduced, in the Company's discretion, by any amounts you owe to the Company or as will be needed

9


to satisfy any future co-payments you would need to make for continuing post-termination benefits, provided however that any such offsets do not violate Code Section 409A.

        15.    Notice .    Any notice that the Company is required to or may desire to give you shall be given by personal delivery, recognized overnight courier service, email, telecopy or registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, addressed to you at your address of record with the Company, or at such other place as you may from time to time designate in writing. Any notice that you are required or may desire to give to the Company hereunder shall be given by personal delivery, recognized overnight courier service, email, telecopy or by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, addressed to the Company's General Counsel at its principal office, or at such other office as the Company may from time to time designate in writing. The date of actual delivery of any notice under this Section 15 shall be deemed to be the date of delivery thereof.

        16.    Waiver; Severability .    No provision of this Agreement may be amended or waived unless such amendment or waiver is agreed to by you and the Company in writing. No waiver by you or the Company of the breach of any condition or provision of this Agreement will be deemed a waiver of a similar or dissimilar provision or condition at the same or any prior or subsequent time. Except as expressly provided herein to the contrary, failure or delay on the part of either party hereto to enforce any right, power, or privilege hereunder will not be deemed to constitute a waiver thereof. In the event any portion of this Agreement is determined to be invalid or unenforceable for any reason, the remaining portions shall be unaffected thereby and will remain in full force and effect to the fullest extent permitted by law.

        17.    Voluntary Agreement .    You acknowledge that you have been advised to review this Agreement with your own legal counsel and other advisors of your choosing and that prior to entering into this Agreement, you have had the opportunity to review this Agreement with your attorney and other advisors and have not asked (or relied upon) the Company or its counsel to represent you or your counsel in this matter. You further represent that you have carefully read and understand the scope and effect of the provisions of this Agreement and that you are fully aware of the legal and binding effect of this Agreement. This Agreement is executed voluntarily by you and without any duress or undue influence on the part or behalf of the Company.

        18.    Key-Man Insurance .    The Company shall have the right to insure your life for the sole benefit of the Company, in such amounts, and with such terms, as it may determine. All premiums payable thereon shall be the obligation of the Company. You shall have no interest in any such policy, but you agree to cooperate with the Company in taking out such insurance by submitting to physical examinations, supplying all information required by the insurance company, and executing all necessary documents, provided that no financial obligation is imposed on you by any such documents.

Please acknowledge your acceptance and understanding of this Agreement by signing and returning it to the undersigned. A copy of this signed Agreement will be sent to you for your records.

ACKNOWLEDGED AND AGREED:    
        
        
BRIDGEPOINT EDUCATION, INC.   DANIEL J. DEVINE
        
/s/ Diane L. Thompson

BY: Diane L. Thompson
TITLE: SVP/General Counsel
  /s/ Daniel J. Devine

10



EXHIBIT A

No entities owned as of the Effective Date.

11



EXHIBIT B


RELEASE OF ALL CLAIMS AND COVENANT NOT TO SUE PURSUANT
TO AGREEMENT

1.     PARTIES .    The parties to this Agreement and Release are Daniel J. Devine ("Executive") and Bridgepoint Education, Inc., a Delaware corporation, (the "Company").

2.     RECITALS .    This Release is made with reference to the following facts:

        Executive and Company are parties to an Employment Agreement dated March 9, 2009. That Employment Agreement provides that Executive must execute a general release and covenant not to sue within not later than forty-five (45) days after Executive's Termination Date (as defined in the Employment Agreement) in order for Executive to receive any severance payment and benefits under the Employment Agreement. This Release is the general release and covenant not to sue required by the Employment Agreement.

3.     EXECUTIVE'S PROMISES .    In consideration for the promises and payments contained in the Employment Agreement, Executive agrees as follows:

        3.1    Executive hereby covenants not to sue and also waives, releases and forever discharges Company, its parent company, divisions, subsidiaries, officers, directors, agents, employees, stockholders, affiliates and successors from any and all claims, causes of action, damages or costs of any type Executive may have against Company or its current and former parent company, divisions, subsidiaries, officers, directors, employees, agents, stockholders, successors or affiliates (the "Released Parties") including without limitation those arising out of or relating to Executive's employment with Company, or Executive's separation of employment (if separated by such date). This waiver and release includes, but is not limited to, claims, causes of action, damages or costs arising under or in relation to Company's employee handbook and personnel policies, or any oral or written representations or statements made by officers, directors, employees or agents of Company, or under any state or federal law regulating wages, hours, compensation or employment, or any claim for breach of contract or breach of the implied covenant of good faith and fair dealing, or any claim for stock, stock options, warrants, or phantom stock or equity of any kind or any claim for wrongful termination, or any discrimination claim on the basis of race, sex, sexual orientation, gender, age, religion, marital status, national origin, physical or mental disability, medical condition, or any claim arising under the federal Age Discrimination in Employment Act, the Equal Pay Act, the California Family Rights Act, the Pregnancy Discrimination Act, the Family Medical Leave Act, the California Labor Code, the California Wage Orders, Title VII of the Civil Rights Act, the Fair Employment and Housing Act, the California Labor Code Private Attorneys General Act of 2004, the California Wage Orders, and Business and Professions Code Section 17200, et seq. Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Release does not release (a) claims that cannot be released as a matter of law, (b) claims arising after the effective date of this release including those under the Employment Agreement, (c) claims to enforce any of Executive's rights to post-termination benefits under section 7 of the Employment Agreement, (d) claims for indemnification pursuant to section 6 of the Employment Agreement, or (e) claims to enforce any of Executive's vested benefits under any employee benefit plan of the Company.

        3.2    The waiver and release set forth in paragraph 3.1 applies to claims of which Executive does not currently have knowledge and Executive specifically waives the benefit of the provisions of Section 1542 of the Civil Code of the State of California which reads as follows: "A general release does not extend to claims which the creditor does not know or suspect to exist in his or her favor at the time of executing the release, which if known by him or her must have materially affected his or her settlement with the debtor."

12


        3.3    Executive has not suffered nor aggravated any known on-the-job injuries for which Executive has not already filed a Workers' Compensation claim.

        3.4    Executive represents and warrants that no claims have been filed by him or on his behalf against any Released Party prior to the effectiveness of this Release. Additionally, to the extent there is a claim filed (or subsequently filed in breach of section 3.1), then any such claim will be "dismissed with prejudice" and Executive shall promptly pay all fees and costs associated with obtaining the dismissal, or in connection with the dismissal, including reasonable legal fees.

        3.5    Executive agrees that nothing in this Release shall be construed as an admission of liability of any kind by Company to Executive.

4.     CONSULTATION, REVIEW, AND REVOCATION .    In accordance with the Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967 ("ADEA") as amended by the Older Workers Benefit Protection Act, Executive is advised to consult with an attorney before signing this Release. Executive is given a period of 21 days in which to consider whether to enter into this Release. Executive does not have to utilize the entire 21 day period before signing this Release, and may waive this right. If Executive does enter into this Release, he may revoke the Release within 7 days after the execution of the Release. Any revocation must be in writing and must be received by the Company no later than midnight of the seventh day after execution by Executive. The Release is not effective or enforceable until after this 7-day period has passed without revocation.

5.     LABOR CODE SECTION 206.5 .    Executive agrees that the Company has paid to Executive his salary and vacation accrued as of the Termination Date and that these payments represent all such monies due to Executive through the Termination Date. In light of the payment by the Company of all wages due, or to become due to Executive, California Labor Code Section 206.5 is not applicable to the parties hereto. That section provides in pertinent part as follows: "No employer shall require the execution of any release of any claim or right on account of wages due, or to become due, or made as an advance on wages to be earned, unless payment of such wages has been made."

6.     MISCELLANEOUS .

        6.1    This Release shall be deemed to have been executed and delivered within the State of California, and the rights and obligations of the parties hereunder shall be construed and enforced in accordance with, and governed by, the laws of the State of California.

        6.2    This Release is the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior and contemporaneous oral and written agreements and discussions. This Release may be amended only by an agreement in a writing signed by the parties.

        6.3    This Release is binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereof, their respective agents, employees, representatives, officers, directors, divisions, subsidiaries, affiliates, parent company, assigns, heirs, partners, successors in interest and stockholders, including any successor company of the Company.

        6.4    Executive agrees that he has read this Release and has had the opportunity to ask questions, seek counsel and time to consider the terms of the Release. Executive has entered into this Release freely and voluntarily.

        6.5    The parties agree that any dispute or controversy arising from or related to this Release shall be decided by final and binding arbitration as provided in the Employment Agreement.

13


        6.6    The execution date of this Release is the date that Executive signs this Release.

DANIEL J. DEVINE ("Executive")   BRIDGEPOINT EDUCATION, INC. ("Company")
                
 

  By:       
        Its:    

Date:     

  Date:       

14




QuickLinks

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT
EXHIBIT A
EXHIBIT B
RELEASE OF ALL CLAIMS AND COVENANT NOT TO SUE PURSUANT TO AGREEMENT

QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document


Exhibit 10.26


EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

        This employment agreement (the "Agreement") is entered into by and between Christopher L. Spohn ("you" or "your") and Bridgepoint Education, Inc., a Delaware corporation, (the "Company"). This Agreement has an effective date of March 3, 2009 (the "Effective Date").

        In consideration of the mutual covenants and promises made in this Agreement, you and the Company agree as follows:

        1.      Position and Responsibilities .    As of the Effective Date, you will continue to serve as a full-time employee of the Company as the Company's Chief Admissions Officer ("CAO"). As CAO, you shall report directly to the Company's Chief Executive Officer ("CEO"). You shall have the duties, responsibilities and authority that are customarily associated with such position and such other senior management duties as may reasonably be assigned by the CEO, in each case, in accordance with Company policy as set forth from time to time by the Company's Board of Directors (the "Board") and subject to the terms hereof. You shall devote substantially all of your business time and commit your best efforts to the Company's business. Your office will be located at the Company's headquarters at 13500 Evening Creek Drive, San Diego, California and your duties shall be primarily performed there subject to requisite business travel. Nothing herein shall preclude you from (i) serving, with the prior written consent of the Company, as a member of the board of directors or advisory boards (or their equivalents in the case of a non-corporate entity) of non-competing businesses and charitable organizations, (ii) engaging in charitable activities and community affairs, and (iii) managing your personal investments and affairs; provided, however, that the activities set out in clauses (i), (ii) and (iii) shall be limited by you so as not to materially interfere, individually or in the aggregate, with the performance of your duties and responsibilities hereunder. The Company hereby acknowledges your ownership of any entities identified in Exhibit A and consents to such ownership for so long as such entities continue to be a non-competing business with the Company.

        2.      Term .    Your employment with the Company is at-will and either you or the Company may terminate your employment at any time and for any reason, with or without Cause (as defined below), in each case subject to the terms and provisions of this Agreement. Unless terminated earlier, this Agreement will extend through the second anniversary of the Effective Date ("Expiration Date") provided, however, on such second anniversary of the Effective Date (and on each subsequent anniversary thereafter) the Expiration Date will automatically be extended by an additional year unless either party has provided written notice to the other party at least three months before the applicable Expiration Date that such party will not agree to so extend the Agreement. The terms of Sections 8 through 15 shall survive any termination or expiration of this Agreement or of your employment.

        3.      Salary, Bonus and Equity Incentives .    For avoidance of doubt, the Board may delegate its authority and responsibilities under this Section 3 to a committee of members of the Board.

1


Upon the consummation of a Change of Control (as defined below), 50% of each of your then unvested time-based stock options and performance-based stock options shall become vested on a pro-rata basis (rounded down to the nearest whole number for each discrete option) over the vesting schedule. The remaining unvested portion of your options shall continue to vest pursuant to their original vesting schedule but at 50% of the original rate of vesting over such vesting period. As purely a hypothetical example to illustrate the foregoing, assume that at the time of a Change of Control, you held one time-based stock option which then had sixty unvested shares that were scheduled to vest at 10 shares, 20 shares, and 30 shares in each of the three following months, respectively. Thirty of such sixty unvested shares would become vested upon the Change of Control assuming you were then still employed by the Company. The remaining thirty unvested shares would vest at 5 shares, 10 shares, and 15 shares in each of the three following months subject to your continued service.

        4.      Expense Reimbursement .    During your employment as CAO and while this Agreement is in effect, you will be reimbursed for all reasonable business expenses (including, but without limitation, travel expenses) upon the properly completed submission of requisite forms and receipts to the Company in accordance with the Company's Expense Reimbursement Policy.

        5.      Change of Control .

2


        "Company Directors" shall mean (A) individuals who as of the date hereof are directors of the Company, (B) individuals elected as directors of the Company subsequent to the date hereof for whose election proxies shall have been solicited by the Board, or (C) any individual appointed to the Board to fill vacancies of the Board caused by death or resignation (but not by removal) or to fill newly created directorships.

        A transaction shall not constitute a Change of Control if its sole purpose is to change the state of the Company's incorporation or to create a holding company that will be owned in substantially the same proportions by the persons who held the Company's securities immediately before such transactions. In addition, an initial public offering of the Company's securities shall not constitute a Change of Control.

        You shall receive the greater, on an after-tax basis, of (i) or (ii) above, provided however that to the extent applicable, you may elect to subject the payments that are in excess of the permissible maximum payment amount specified under Code section 280G(b)(2)(A)(ii) to a shareholder vote as provided for under Code Section 280G(b)(5).

        Unless you and the Company agree otherwise in writing, any determination required under this Section 5(b) shall be made in writing by a qualified independent accountant selected by the Company (the "Accountant") whose determination shall be conclusive and binding. You and the Company shall furnish the Accountant such documentation and documents as the Accountant may reasonably request in order to make a determination. The Company shall bear all costs that the Accountant may reasonably incur in connection with performing any calculations contemplated by this Section 5(b).

        6.      Employee Benefit Programs .    During your employment with the Company, and except as may be provided under an employee stock purchase plan, you will be entitled to participate, on the same terms as generally provided to senior executives, in all Company employee benefit plans and programs at the time or thereafter made available to Company senior executive officers including, without limitation, any savings or profit sharing plans, deferred compensation plans, stock option incentive plans, group life insurance, accidental death and dismemberment insurance, hospitalization, surgical,

3



major medical and dental coverage, vacation, sick leave (including salary continuation arrangements), long-term disability, holidays and other employee benefit programs sponsored by the Company. The Company may amend, modify or terminate these benefits at any time and for any reason. You will also be indemnified to the fullest extent permitted by law, from and against any and all liability, loss, damages or expenses incurred as a result of, arising out of, or in any way related to, your service as an employee, officer, director or agent of the Company or a Company affiliate, in accordance with the Company's Certificate of Incorporation and bylaws. The Company shall maintain a directors and officers liability insurance policy (including tail coverage) covering you in your capacity as an officer and director of the Company and any Company affiliate. The Company's obligation to indemnify you shall survive termination of this Agreement.

        7.      Consequences of Termination of Employment .    Unless the Company requests otherwise in writing, upon termination of your employment for any reason, you shall be deemed to have immediately resigned from all positions as an officer (and/or director, if applicable) with the Company (and its affiliates) as of your last day of employment (the "Termination Date"). Upon termination of your employment for any reason, you shall receive payment or benefits from the Company covering the following: (i) all unpaid salary and unpaid vacation accrued through the Termination Date, (ii) any payments/benefits to which you are entitled under the express terms of any applicable Company employee benefit plan, (iii) any unreimbursed valid business expenses for which you have submitted properly documented reimbursement requests and (iv) your then outstanding Prior Equity Awards as governed by their applicable terms (collectively, (i) through (iv) are the "Accrued Pay"). You may also be eligible for other post-employment payments and benefits as provided in this Agreement.

        Prior to your termination for Cause, you will be provided with written notice from the Company describing in detail the conduct forming the basis for the alleged Cause and to the extent curable, a reasonable opportunity (of not less than 30 days or more than 90 days) to cure such conduct before the Company may terminate you for Cause. You have the right to present your case to the full Board, with assistance of your legal counsel before any termination for Cause is finalized by the Company. Any termination for "Cause" will not limit any other right or remedy the Company may have under this Agreement or otherwise. You shall continue to receive the compensation and benefits provided by this Agreement during the period after you receive the written notice of the Company's intention to terminate your employment for Cause until such termination becomes effective.

4


        In the event your employment is terminated by the Company for Cause you will be entitled only to your Accrued Pay and you will be entitled to no other compensation from the Company. In addition, you may be required to repay to the Company certain previously paid compensation in accordance with Company policies and/or applicable law (each, "Clawback Policy").

        For avoidance of doubt, terminations of employment due to death or Disability, which are addressed in Section 7(d) below, are not terminations for Cause.

5


Subject to the express language in this Section 7(b) and Section 14, you shall not be required to mitigate the amount of any payment or benefit contemplated by this Section 7(b), nor shall any such payment or benefit be reduced by any earnings or benefits that you may receive from any other source. If any cash payments that are owed to you under this Agreement are not paid to you within fifteen days of their due date, then the Company will additionally owe you interest on such late payments, payable on a monthly basis while any overdue amount is still outstanding, with interest accruing at the then prevailing prime rate, compounded monthly. For avoidance of doubt, this Section 7(b) does not apply to terminations of employment due to death or Disability which are addressed in Section 7(d) below.

        In the event your employment with the Company is terminated by the Company as a result of your Disability, then you will receive the same payments and benefits specified in subparts (i) through (iii) of the preceding paragraph. For purposes of this Agreement, "Disability" is defined to occur when you are unable to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment which can be expected to result in death or which has lasted or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than twelve (12) months.

6


        8.      Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement; Confidentiality .    You will be required, as a condition of your employment with the Company, to timely execute the Company's form of proprietary information and inventions agreement as may be amended from time to time by the Company ("Confidentiality Agreement").

        9.      Assignability; Binding Nature .    Commencing on the Effective Date, this Agreement will be binding upon you and the Company and your respective successors, heirs, and assigns. This Agreement may not be assigned by you except that your rights to compensation and benefits hereunder, subject to the limitations of this Agreement, may be transferred by will or operation of law. No rights or obligations of the Company under this Agreement may be assigned or transferred except in the event of a merger or consolidation in which the Company is not the continuing entity, or the sale or liquidation of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company provided that the assignee or transferee is the successor to all or substantially all of the assets of the Company and assumes the Company's obligations under this Agreement contractually or as a matter of law. The Company will require any such purchaser, successor or assignee to expressly assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would be required to perform if no such purchase, succession or assignment had taken place. Your rights and obligations under this Agreement shall not be transferable by you by assignment or otherwise provided, however, that if you die, all amounts then payable to you hereunder shall be paid in accordance with the terms of this Agreement to your devisee, legatee or other designee or, if there be no such designee, to your estate.

        10.    Governing Law; Arbitration .    This Agreement will be deemed a contract made under, and for all purposes shall be construed in accordance with, the laws of California. Any controversy or claim relating to this Agreement or any breach thereof, and any claims you may have arising from or relating to your employment with the Company, will be settled solely and finally by arbitration in San Diego, California before a single arbitrator in accordance with the National Rules for the Resolution of Employment Disputes of the American Arbitration Association ("AAA") then in effect in the State of California, and judgment upon such award rendered by the arbitrator may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof, provided that this Section 10 shall not be construed to eliminate or reduce any right the Company or you may otherwise have to obtain a temporary restraining order or a preliminary or permanent injunction to enforce any of the covenants contained in this Agreement before the matter can be heard in arbitration. If you prevail on at least one material claim with respect to such dispute, then within seventy-five days of the dispute's final resolution the Company shall reimburse you for your reasonable and substantiated legal fees and costs incurred in such dispute.

        11.    Taxes .    Anything to the contrary notwithstanding, all payments made by the Company hereunder to you or your estate or beneficiaries will be subject to tax withholding pursuant to any applicable laws or regulations. This Agreement is intended to comply with the requirements of section 409A of the Code. In the event this Agreement or any benefit paid to you hereunder is deemed to be subject to section 409A of the Code, you consent to the Company adopting such conforming amendments or taking such actions as the Company deems necessary, in its reasonable discretion, to comply with Code Section 409A and avoid the imposition of taxes under Code Section 409A. Notwithstanding any provision in the Agreement to the contrary, if upon your "separation from service" within the meaning of Code Section 409A, you are then a "specified employee" (as defined in Code Section 409A), then to the extent necessary to comply with Code Section 409A and avoid the imposition of taxes under Code Section 409A, the Company shall defer payment of "nonqualified deferred compensation" subject to Code Section 409A payable as a result of and within six (6) months following such "separation from service" under this Agreement until the earlier of (i) the first business day of the seventh month following your "separation from service," or (ii) ten (10) days after the

7



Company receives notification of your death. Any such delayed payments shall be made without interest. Additionally, the reimbursement of expenses or in-kind benefits provided pursuant to this Agreement shall be subject to the following conditions: (1) the expenses eligible for reimbursement or in-kind benefits in one taxable year shall not affect the expenses eligible for reimbursement or in-kind benefits in any other taxable year; (2) the reimbursement of eligible expenses or in-kind benefits shall be made promptly, subject to the Company's applicable policies, but in no event later than the end of the year after the year in which such expense was incurred; and (3) the right to reimbursement or in-kind benefits shall not be subject to liquidation or exchange for another benefit.

        12.    Entire Agreement .    Except as otherwise specifically provided in this Agreement, this Agreement contains all the legally binding understandings and agreements between you and the Company pertaining to the subject matter of this Agreement and supersedes all such agreements, whether oral or in writing, previously entered into between the parties including without limitation your employment agreement with TeleUniversity, Inc. dated December 23, 2003 ("Prior Agreement") and any amendments to such Prior Agreement.

        13.    Covenants .

8


        14.    Offset .    Any severance or other payments or benefits made to you under this Agreement may be reduced, in the Company's discretion, by any amounts you owe to the Company or as will be needed

9


to satisfy any future co-payments you would need to make for continuing post-termination benefits, provided however that any such offsets do not violate Code Section 409A.

        15.    Notice .    Any notice that the Company is required to or may desire to give you shall be given by personal delivery, recognized overnight courier service, email, telecopy or registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, addressed to you at your address of record with the Company, or at such other place as you may from time to time designate in writing. Any notice that you are required or may desire to give to the Company hereunder shall be given by personal delivery, recognized overnight courier service, email, telecopy or by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, addressed to the Company's General Counsel at its principal office, or at such other office as the Company may from time to time designate in writing. The date of actual delivery of any notice under this Section 15 shall be deemed to be the date of delivery thereof.

        16.    Waiver; Severability .    No provision of this Agreement may be amended or waived unless such amendment or waiver is agreed to by you and the Company in writing. No waiver by you or the Company of the breach of any condition or provision of this Agreement will be deemed a waiver of a similar or dissimilar provision or condition at the same or any prior or subsequent time. Except as expressly provided herein to the contrary, failure or delay on the part of either party hereto to enforce any right, power, or privilege hereunder will not be deemed to constitute a waiver thereof. In the event any portion of this Agreement is determined to be invalid or unenforceable for any reason, the remaining portions shall be unaffected thereby and will remain in full force and effect to the fullest extent permitted by law.

        17.    Voluntary Agreement .    You acknowledge that you have been advised to review this Agreement with your own legal counsel and other advisors of your choosing and that prior to entering into this Agreement, you have had the opportunity to review this Agreement with your attorney and other advisors and have not asked (or relied upon) the Company or its counsel to represent you or your counsel in this matter. You further represent that you have carefully read and understand the scope and effect of the provisions of this Agreement and that you are fully aware of the legal and binding effect of this Agreement. This Agreement is executed voluntarily by you and without any duress or undue influence on the part or behalf of the Company.

        18.    Key-Man Insurance .    The Company shall have the right to insure your life for the sole benefit of the Company, in such amounts, and with such terms, as it may determine. All premiums payable thereon shall be the obligation of the Company. You shall have no interest in any such policy, but you agree to cooperate with the Company in taking out such insurance by submitting to physical examinations, supplying all information required by the insurance company, and executing all necessary documents, provided that no financial obligation is imposed on you by any such documents.

Please acknowledge your acceptance and understanding of this Agreement by signing and returning it to the undersigned. A copy of this signed Agreement will be sent to you for your records.

ACKNOWLEDGED AND AGREED:    
        
        
BRIDGEPOINT EDUCATION, INC.   CHRISTOPHER L. SPOHN
        
/s/ Diane L. Thompson

BY: Diane L. Thompson
TITLE: SVP / General Counsel
  /s/ Christopher L. Spohn

10



EXHIBIT A

No entities owned as of the Effective Date.

11



EXHIBIT B


RELEASE OF ALL CLAIMS AND COVENANT NOT TO SUE PURSUANT
TO AGREEMENT

1.     PARTIES .    The parties to this Agreement and Release are Christopher L. Spohn ("Executive") and Bridgepoint Education, Inc., a Delaware corporation, (the "Company").

2.     RECITALS .    This Release is made with reference to the following facts:

        Executive and Company are parties to an Employment Agreement dated March 3, 2009. That Employment Agreement provides that Executive must execute a general release and covenant not to sue within not later than forty-five (45) days after Executive's Termination Date (as defined in the Employment Agreement) in order for Executive to receive any severance payment and benefits under the Employment Agreement. This Release is the general release and covenant not to sue required by the Employment Agreement.

3.     EXECUTIVE'S PROMISES .    In consideration for the promises and payments contained in the Employment Agreement, Executive agrees as follows:

        3.1    Executive hereby covenants not to sue and also waives, releases and forever discharges Company, its parent company, divisions, subsidiaries, officers, directors, agents, employees, stockholders, affiliates and successors from any and all claims, causes of action, damages or costs of any type Executive may have against Company or its current and former parent company, divisions, subsidiaries, officers, directors, employees, agents, stockholders, successors or affiliates (the "Released Parties") including without limitation those arising out of or relating to Executive's employment with Company, or Executive's separation of employment (if separated by such date). This waiver and release includes, but is not limited to, claims, causes of action, damages or costs arising under or in relation to Company's employee handbook and personnel policies, or any oral or written representations or statements made by officers, directors, employees or agents of Company, or under any state or federal law regulating wages, hours, compensation or employment, or any claim for breach of contract or breach of the implied covenant of good faith and fair dealing, or any claim for stock, stock options, warrants, or phantom stock or equity of any kind or any claim for wrongful termination, or any discrimination claim on the basis of race, sex, sexual orientation, gender, age, religion, marital status, national origin, physical or mental disability, medical condition, or any claim arising under the federal Age Discrimination in Employment Act, the Equal Pay Act, the California Family Rights Act, the Pregnancy Discrimination Act, the Family Medical Leave Act, the California Labor Code, the California Wage Orders, Title VII of the Civil Rights Act, the Fair Employment and Housing Act, the California Labor Code Private Attorneys General Act of 2004, the California Wage Orders, and Business and Professions Code Section 17200, et seq. Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Release does not release (a) claims that cannot be released as a matter of law, (b) claims arising after the effective date of this release including those under the Employment Agreement, (c) claims to enforce any of Executive's rights to post-termination benefits under section 7 of the Employment Agreement, (d) claims for indemnification pursuant to section 6 of the Employment Agreement, or (e) claims to enforce any of Executive's vested benefits under any employee benefit plan of the Company.

        3.2    The waiver and release set forth in paragraph 3.1 applies to claims of which Executive does not currently have knowledge and Executive specifically waives the benefit of the provisions of Section 1542 of the Civil Code of the State of California which reads as follows: "A general release does not extend to claims which the creditor does not know or suspect to exist in his or her favor at the time of executing the release, which if known by him or her must have materially affected his or her settlement with the debtor."

12


        3.3    Executive has not suffered nor aggravated any known on-the-job injuries for which Executive has not already filed a Workers' Compensation claim.

        3.4    Executive represents and warrants that no claims have been filed by him or on his behalf against any Released Party prior to the effectiveness of this Release. Additionally, to the extent there is a claim filed (or subsequently filed in breach of section 3.1), then any such claim will be "dismissed with prejudice" and Executive shall promptly pay all fees and costs associated with obtaining the dismissal, or in connection with the dismissal, including reasonable legal fees.

        3.5    Executive agrees that nothing in this Release shall be construed as an admission of liability of any kind by Company to Executive.

4.     CONSULTATION, REVIEW, AND REVOCATION .    In accordance with the Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967 ("ADEA") as amended by the Older Workers Benefit Protection Act, Executive is advised to consult with an attorney before signing this Release. Executive is given a period of 21 days in which to consider whether to enter into this Release. Executive does not have to utilize the entire 21 day period before signing this Release, and may waive this right. If Executive does enter into this Release, he may revoke the Release within 7 days after the execution of the Release. Any revocation must be in writing and must be received by the Company no later than midnight of the seventh day after execution by Executive. The Release is not effective or enforceable until after this 7-day period has passed without revocation.

5.     LABOR CODE SECTION 206.5 .    Executive agrees that the Company has paid to Executive his salary and vacation accrued as of the Termination Date and that these payments represent all such monies due to Executive through the Termination Date. In light of the payment by the Company of all wages due, or to become due to Executive, California Labor Code Section 206.5 is not applicable to the parties hereto. That section provides in pertinent part as follows: "No employer shall require the execution of any release of any claim or right on account of wages due, or to become due, or made as an advance on wages to be earned, unless payment of such wages has been made."

6.     MISCELLANEOUS .

        6.1    This Release shall be deemed to have been executed and delivered within the State of California, and the rights and obligations of the parties hereunder shall be construed and enforced in accordance with, and governed by, the laws of the State of California.

        6.2    This Release is the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior and contemporaneous oral and written agreements and discussions. This Release may be amended only by an agreement in a writing signed by the parties.

        6.3    This Release is binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereof, their respective agents, employees, representatives, officers, directors, divisions, subsidiaries, affiliates, parent company, assigns, heirs, partners, successors in interest and stockholders, including any successor company of the Company.

        6.4    Executive agrees that he has read this Release and has had the opportunity to ask questions, seek counsel and time to consider the terms of the Release. Executive has entered into this Release freely and voluntarily.

        6.5    The parties agree that any dispute or controversy arising from or related to this Release shall be decided by final and binding arbitration as provided in the Employment Agreement.

13


        6.6    The execution date of this Release is the date that Executive signs this Release.

CHRISTOPHER L. SPOHN ("Executive")   BRIDGEPOINT EDUCATION, INC. ("Company")
                
 

  By:       
        Its:    

Date:     

  Date:       

14




QuickLinks

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT
EXHIBIT A
EXHIBIT B
RELEASE OF ALL CLAIMS AND COVENANT NOT TO SUE PURSUANT TO AGREEMENT

QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document


Exhibit 10.27


EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

        This employment agreement (the "Agreement") is entered into by and between Rodney T. Sheng ("you" or "your") and Bridgepoint Education, Inc., a Delaware corporation, (the "Company"). This Agreement has an effective date of March 4, 2009 (the "Effective Date").

        In consideration of the mutual covenants and promises made in this Agreement, you and the Company agree as follows:

        1.      Position and Responsibilities .    As of the Effective Date, you will continue to serve as a full-time employee of the Company as the Company's Chief Administrative Officer ("CAO"). As CAO, you shall report directly to the Company's Chief Executive Officer ("CEO"). You shall have the duties, responsibilities and authority that are customarily associated with such position and such other senior management duties as may reasonably be assigned by the CEO, in each case, in accordance with Company policy as set forth from time to time by the Company's Board of Directors (the "Board") and subject to the terms hereof. You shall devote substantially all of your business time and commit your best efforts to the Company's business. Your office will be located at the Company's headquarters at 13500 Evening Creek Drive, San Diego, California and your duties shall be primarily performed there subject to requisite business travel. Nothing herein shall preclude you from (i) serving, with the prior written consent of the Company, as a member of the board of directors or advisory boards (or their equivalents in the case of a non-corporate entity) of non-competing businesses and charitable organizations, (ii) engaging in charitable activities and community affairs, and (iii) managing your personal investments and affairs; provided, however, that the activities set out in clauses (i), (ii) and (iii) shall be limited by you so as not to materially interfere, individually or in the aggregate, with the performance of your duties and responsibilities hereunder. The Company hereby acknowledges your ownership of any entities identified in Exhibit A and consents to such ownership for so long as such entities continue to be a non-competing business with the Company.

        2.      Term .    Your employment with the Company is at-will and either you or the Company may terminate your employment at any time and for any reason, with or without Cause (as defined below), in each case subject to the terms and provisions of this Agreement. Unless terminated earlier, this Agreement will extend through the second anniversary of the Effective Date ("Expiration Date") provided, however, on such second anniversary of the Effective Date (and on each subsequent anniversary thereafter) the Expiration Date will automatically be extended by an additional year unless either party has provided written notice to the other party at least three months before the applicable Expiration Date that such party will not agree to so extend the Agreement. The terms of Sections 8 through 15 shall survive any termination or expiration of this Agreement or of your employment.

        3.      Salary, Bonus and Equity Incentives .    For avoidance of doubt, the Board may delegate its authority and responsibilities under this Section 3 to a committee of members of the Board.

1


Upon the consummation of a Change of Control (as defined below), 50% of each of your then unvested time-based stock options and performance-based stock options shall become vested on a pro-rata basis (rounded down to the nearest whole number for each discrete option) over the vesting schedule. The remaining unvested portion of your options shall continue to vest pursuant to their original vesting schedule but at 50% of the original rate of vesting over such vesting period. As purely a hypothetical example to illustrate the foregoing, assume that at the time of a Change of Control, you held one time-based stock option which then had sixty unvested shares that were scheduled to vest at 10 shares, 20 shares, and 30 shares in each of the three following months, respectively. Thirty of such sixty unvested shares would become vested upon the Change of Control assuming you were then still employed by the Company. The remaining thirty unvested shares would vest at 5 shares, 10 shares, and 15 shares in each of the three following months subject to your continued service.

        4.      Expense Reimbursement .    During your employment as CAO and while this Agreement is in effect, you will be reimbursed for all reasonable business expenses (including, but without limitation, travel expenses) upon the properly completed submission of requisite forms and receipts to the Company in accordance with the Company's Expense Reimbursement Policy.

        5.      Change of Control .

2


        "Company Directors" shall mean (A) individuals who as of the date hereof are directors of the Company, (B) individuals elected as directors of the Company subsequent to the date hereof for whose election proxies shall have been solicited by the Board, or (C) any individual appointed to the Board to fill vacancies of the Board caused by death or resignation (but not by removal) or to fill newly created directorships.

        A transaction shall not constitute a Change of Control if its sole purpose is to change the state of the Company's incorporation or to create a holding company that will be owned in substantially the same proportions by the persons who held the Company's securities immediately before such transactions. In addition, an initial public offering of the Company's securities shall not constitute a Change of Control.

        You shall receive the greater, on an after-tax basis, of (i) or (ii) above, provided however that to the extent applicable, you may elect to subject the payments that are in excess of the permissible maximum payment amount specified under Code section 280G(b)(2)(A)(ii) to a shareholder vote as provided for under Code Section 280G(b)(5).

        Unless you and the Company agree otherwise in writing, any determination required under this Section 5(b) shall be made in writing by a qualified independent accountant selected by the Company (the "Accountant") whose determination shall be conclusive and binding. You and the Company shall furnish the Accountant such documentation and documents as the Accountant may reasonably request in order to make a determination. The Company shall bear all costs that the Accountant may reasonably incur in connection with performing any calculations contemplated by this Section 5(b).

        6.      Employee Benefit Programs .    During your employment with the Company, and except as may be provided under an employee stock purchase plan, you will be entitled to participate, on the same terms as generally provided to senior executives, in all Company employee benefit plans and programs at the time or thereafter made available to Company senior executive officers including, without limitation, any savings or profit sharing plans, deferred compensation plans, stock option incentive plans, group life insurance, accidental death and dismemberment insurance, hospitalization, surgical,

3



major medical and dental coverage, vacation, sick leave (including salary continuation arrangements), long-term disability, holidays and other employee benefit programs sponsored by the Company. The Company may amend, modify or terminate these benefits at any time and for any reason. You will also be indemnified to the fullest extent permitted by law, from and against any and all liability, loss, damages or expenses incurred as a result of, arising out of, or in any way related to, your service as an employee, officer, director or agent of the Company or a Company affiliate, in accordance with the Company's Certificate of Incorporation and bylaws. The Company shall maintain a directors and officers liability insurance policy (including tail coverage) covering you in your capacity as an officer and director of the Company and any Company affiliate. The Company's obligation to indemnify you shall survive termination of this Agreement.

        7.      Consequences of Termination of Employment .    Unless the Company requests otherwise in writing, upon termination of your employment for any reason, you shall be deemed to have immediately resigned from all positions as an officer (and/or director, if applicable) with the Company (and its affiliates) as of your last day of employment (the "Termination Date"). Upon termination of your employment for any reason, you shall receive payment or benefits from the Company covering the following: (i) all unpaid salary and unpaid vacation accrued through the Termination Date, (ii) any payments/benefits to which you are entitled under the express terms of any applicable Company employee benefit plan, (iii) any unreimbursed valid business expenses for which you have submitted properly documented reimbursement requests and (iv) your then outstanding Prior Equity Awards as governed by their applicable terms (collectively, (i) through (iv) are the "Accrued Pay"). You may also be eligible for other post-employment payments and benefits as provided in this Agreement.

        Prior to your termination for Cause, you will be provided with written notice from the Company describing in detail the conduct forming the basis for the alleged Cause and to the extent curable, a reasonable opportunity (of not less than 30 days or more than 90 days) to cure such conduct before the Company may terminate you for Cause. You have the right to present your case to the full Board, with assistance of your legal counsel before any termination for Cause is finalized by the Company. Any termination for "Cause" will not limit any other right or remedy the Company may have under this Agreement or otherwise. You shall continue to receive the compensation and benefits provided by this Agreement during the period after you receive the written notice of the Company's intention to terminate your employment for Cause until such termination becomes effective.

4


        In the event your employment is terminated by the Company for Cause you will be entitled only to your Accrued Pay and you will be entitled to no other compensation from the Company. In addition, you may be required to repay to the Company certain previously paid compensation in accordance with Company policies and/or applicable law (each, "Clawback Policy").

        For avoidance of doubt, terminations of employment due to death or Disability, which are addressed in Section 7(d) below, are not terminations for Cause.

5


Subject to the express language in this Section 7(b) and Section 14, you shall not be required to mitigate the amount of any payment or benefit contemplated by this Section 7(b), nor shall any such payment or benefit be reduced by any earnings or benefits that you may receive from any other source. If any cash payments that are owed to you under this Agreement are not paid to you within fifteen days of their due date, then the Company will additionally owe you interest on such late payments, payable on a monthly basis while any overdue amount is still outstanding, with interest accruing at the then prevailing prime rate, compounded monthly. For avoidance of doubt, this Section 7(b) does not apply to terminations of employment due to death or Disability which are addressed in Section 7(d) below.

        In the event your employment with the Company is terminated by the Company as a result of your Disability, then you will receive the same payments and benefits specified in subparts (i) through (iii) of the preceding paragraph. For purposes of this Agreement, "Disability" is defined to occur when you are unable to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment which can be expected to result in death or which has lasted or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than twelve (12) months.

6


        8.      Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement; Confidentiality .    You will be required, as a condition of your employment with the Company, to timely execute the Company's form of proprietary information and inventions agreement as may be amended from time to time by the Company ("Confidentiality Agreement").

        9.      Assignability; Binding Nature .    Commencing on the Effective Date, this Agreement will be binding upon you and the Company and your respective successors, heirs, and assigns. This Agreement may not be assigned by you except that your rights to compensation and benefits hereunder, subject to the limitations of this Agreement, may be transferred by will or operation of law. No rights or obligations of the Company under this Agreement may be assigned or transferred except in the event of a merger or consolidation in which the Company is not the continuing entity, or the sale or liquidation of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company provided that the assignee or transferee is the successor to all or substantially all of the assets of the Company and assumes the Company's obligations under this Agreement contractually or as a matter of law. The Company will require any such purchaser, successor or assignee to expressly assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would be required to perform if no such purchase, succession or assignment had taken place. Your rights and obligations under this Agreement shall not be transferable by you by assignment or otherwise provided, however, that if you die, all amounts then payable to you hereunder shall be paid in accordance with the terms of this Agreement to your devisee, legatee or other designee or, if there be no such designee, to your estate.

        10.    Governing Law; Arbitration .    This Agreement will be deemed a contract made under, and for all purposes shall be construed in accordance with, the laws of California. Any controversy or claim relating to this Agreement or any breach thereof, and any claims you may have arising from or relating to your employment with the Company, will be settled solely and finally by arbitration in San Diego, California before a single arbitrator in accordance with the National Rules for the Resolution of Employment Disputes of the American Arbitration Association ("AAA") then in effect in the State of California, and judgment upon such award rendered by the arbitrator may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof, provided that this Section 10 shall not be construed to eliminate or reduce any right the Company or you may otherwise have to obtain a temporary restraining order or a preliminary or permanent injunction to enforce any of the covenants contained in this Agreement before the matter can be heard in arbitration. If you prevail on at least one material claim with respect to such dispute, then within seventy-five days of the dispute's final resolution the Company shall reimburse you for your reasonable and substantiated legal fees and costs incurred in such dispute.

        11.    Taxes .    Anything to the contrary notwithstanding, all payments made by the Company hereunder to you or your estate or beneficiaries will be subject to tax withholding pursuant to any applicable laws or regulations. This Agreement is intended to comply with the requirements of section 409A of the Code. In the event this Agreement or any benefit paid to you hereunder is deemed to be subject to section 409A of the Code, you consent to the Company adopting such conforming amendments or taking such actions as the Company deems necessary, in its reasonable discretion, to comply with Code Section 409A and avoid the imposition of taxes under Code Section 409A. Notwithstanding any provision in the Agreement to the contrary, if upon your "separation from service" within the meaning of Code Section 409A, you are then a "specified employee" (as defined in Code Section 409A), then to the extent necessary to comply with Code Section 409A and avoid the imposition of taxes under Code Section 409A, the Company shall defer payment of "nonqualified deferred compensation" subject to Code Section 409A payable as a result of and within six (6) months following such "separation from service" under this Agreement until the earlier of (i) the first business day of the seventh month following your "separation from service," or (ii) ten (10) days after the

7



Company receives notification of your death. Any such delayed payments shall be made without interest. Additionally, the reimbursement of expenses or in-kind benefits provided pursuant to this Agreement shall be subject to the following conditions: (1) the expenses eligible for reimbursement or in-kind benefits in one taxable year shall not affect the expenses eligible for reimbursement or in-kind benefits in any other taxable year; (2) the reimbursement of eligible expenses or in-kind benefits shall be made promptly, subject to the Company's applicable policies, but in no event later than the end of the year after the year in which such expense was incurred; and (3) the right to reimbursement or in-kind benefits shall not be subject to liquidation or exchange for another benefit.

        12.    Entire Agreement .    Except as otherwise specifically provided in this Agreement, this Agreement contains all the legally binding understandings and agreements between you and the Company pertaining to the subject matter of this Agreement and supersedes all such agreements, whether oral or in writing, previously entered into between the parties including without limitation your employment agreement with TeleUniversity, Inc. dated December 23, 2003 ("Prior Agreement") and any amendments to such Prior Agreement.

        13.    Covenants .

8


        14.    Offset .    Any severance or other payments or benefits made to you under this Agreement may be reduced, in the Company's discretion, by any amounts you owe to the Company or as will be needed

9


to satisfy any future co-payments you would need to make for continuing post-termination benefits, provided however that any such offsets do not violate Code Section 409A.

        15.    Notice .    Any notice that the Company is required to or may desire to give you shall be given by personal delivery, recognized overnight courier service, email, telecopy or registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, addressed to you at your address of record with the Company, or at such other place as you may from time to time designate in writing. Any notice that you are required or may desire to give to the Company hereunder shall be given by personal delivery, recognized overnight courier service, email, telecopy or by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, addressed to the Company's General Counsel at its principal office, or at such other office as the Company may from time to time designate in writing. The date of actual delivery of any notice under this Section 15 shall be deemed to be the date of delivery thereof.

        16.    Waiver; Severability .    No provision of this Agreement may be amended or waived unless such amendment or waiver is agreed to by you and the Company in writing. No waiver by you or the Company of the breach of any condition or provision of this Agreement will be deemed a waiver of a similar or dissimilar provision or condition at the same or any prior or subsequent time. Except as expressly provided herein to the contrary, failure or delay on the part of either party hereto to enforce any right, power, or privilege hereunder will not be deemed to constitute a waiver thereof. In the event any portion of this Agreement is determined to be invalid or unenforceable for any reason, the remaining portions shall be unaffected thereby and will remain in full force and effect to the fullest extent permitted by law.

        17.    Voluntary Agreement .    You acknowledge that you have been advised to review this Agreement with your own legal counsel and other advisors of your choosing and that prior to entering into this Agreement, you have had the opportunity to review this Agreement with your attorney and other advisors and have not asked (or relied upon) the Company or its counsel to represent you or your counsel in this matter. You further represent that you have carefully read and understand the scope and effect of the provisions of this Agreement and that you are fully aware of the legal and binding effect of this Agreement. This Agreement is executed voluntarily by you and without any duress or undue influence on the part or behalf of the Company.

        18.    Key-Man Insurance .    The Company shall have the right to insure your life for the sole benefit of the Company, in such amounts, and with such terms, as it may determine. All premiums payable thereon shall be the obligation of the Company. You shall have no interest in any such policy, but you agree to cooperate with the Company in taking out such insurance by submitting to physical examinations, supplying all information required by the insurance company, and executing all necessary documents, provided that no financial obligation is imposed on you by any such documents.

        Please acknowledge your acceptance and understanding of this Agreement by signing and returning it to the undersigned. A copy of this signed Agreement will be sent to you for your records.

ACKNOWLEDGED AND AGREED:    
        
        
BRIDGEPOINT EDUCATION, INC.   RODNEY T. SHENG
        
/s/ Diane L. Thompson

BY: Diane L. Thompson
TITLE: SVP/General Counsel
  /s/ Rodney T. Sheng

10



EXHIBIT A

No entities owned as of the Effective Date.

11



EXHIBIT B


RELEASE OF ALL CLAIMS AND COVENANT NOT TO SUE PURSUANT
TO AGREEMENT

1.     PARTIES .    The parties to this Agreement and Release are Rodney T. Sheng ("Executive") and Bridgepoint Education, Inc., a Delaware corporation, (the "Company").

2.     RECITALS .    This Release is made with reference to the following facts:

        Executive and Company are parties to an Employment Agreement dated March 4, 2009. That Employment Agreement provides that Executive must execute a general release and covenant not to sue within not later than forty-five (45) days after Executive's Termination Date (as defined in the Employment Agreement) in order for Executive to receive any severance payment and benefits under the Employment Agreement. This Release is the general release and covenant not to sue required by the Employment Agreement.

3.     EXECUTIVE'S PROMISES .    In consideration for the promises and payments contained in the Employment Agreement, Executive agrees as follows:

        3.1    Executive hereby covenants not to sue and also waives, releases and forever discharges Company, its parent company, divisions, subsidiaries, officers, directors, agents, employees, stockholders, affiliates and successors from any and all claims, causes of action, damages or costs of any type Executive may have against Company or its current and former parent company, divisions, subsidiaries, officers, directors, employees, agents, stockholders, successors or affiliates (the "Released Parties") including without limitation those arising out of or relating to Executive's employment with Company, or Executive's separation of employment (if separated by such date). This waiver and release includes, but is not limited to, claims, causes of action, damages or costs arising under or in relation to Company's employee handbook and personnel policies, or any oral or written representations or statements made by officers, directors, employees or agents of Company, or under any state or federal law regulating wages, hours, compensation or employment, or any claim for breach of contract or breach of the implied covenant of good faith and fair dealing, or any claim for stock, stock options, warrants, or phantom stock or equity of any kind or any claim for wrongful termination, or any discrimination claim on the basis of race, sex, sexual orientation, gender, age, religion, marital status, national origin, physical or mental disability, medical condition, or any claim arising under the federal Age Discrimination in Employment Act, the Equal Pay Act, the California Family Rights Act, the Pregnancy Discrimination Act, the Family Medical Leave Act, the California Labor Code, the California Wage Orders, Title VII of the Civil Rights Act, the Fair Employment and Housing Act, the California Labor Code Private Attorneys General Act of 2004, the California Wage Orders, and Business and Professions Code Section 17200, et seq. Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Release does not release (a) claims that cannot be released as a matter of law, (b) claims arising after the effective date of this release including those under the Employment Agreement, (c) claims to enforce any of Executive's rights to post-termination benefits under section 7 of the Employment Agreement, (d) claims for indemnification pursuant to section 6 of the Employment Agreement, or (e) claims to enforce any of Executive's vested benefits under any employee benefit plan of the Company.

        3.2    The waiver and release set forth in paragraph 3.1 applies to claims of which Executive does not currently have knowledge and Executive specifically waives the benefit of the provisions of Section 1542 of the Civil Code of the State of California which reads as follows: "A general release does not extend to claims which the creditor does not know or suspect to exist in his or her favor at the time of executing the release, which if known by him or her must have materially affected his or her settlement with the debtor."

12


        3.3    Executive has not suffered nor aggravated any known on-the-job injuries for which Executive has not already filed a Workers' Compensation claim.

        3.4    Executive represents and warrants that no claims have been filed by him or on his behalf against any Released Party prior to the effectiveness of this Release. Additionally, to the extent there is a claim filed (or subsequently filed in breach of section 3.1), then any such claim will be "dismissed with prejudice" and Executive shall promptly pay all fees and costs associated with obtaining the dismissal, or in connection with the dismissal, including reasonable legal fees.

        3.5    Executive agrees that nothing in this Release shall be construed as an admission of liability of any kind by Company to Executive.

4.     CONSULTATION, REVIEW, AND REVOCATION .    In accordance with the Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967 ("ADEA") as amended by the Older Workers Benefit Protection Act, Executive is advised to consult with an attorney before signing this Release. Executive is given a period of 21 days in which to consider whether to enter into this Release. Executive does not have to utilize the entire 21 day period before signing this Release, and may waive this right. If Executive does enter into this Release, he may revoke the Release within 7 days after the execution of the Release. Any revocation must be in writing and must be received by the Company no later than midnight of the seventh day after execution by Executive. The Release is not effective or enforceable until after this 7-day period has passed without revocation.

5.     LABOR CODE SECTION 206.5 .    Executive agrees that the Company has paid to Executive his salary and vacation accrued as of the Termination Date and that these payments represent all such monies due to Executive through the Termination Date. In light of the payment by the Company of all wages due, or to become due to Executive, California Labor Code Section 206.5 is not applicable to the parties hereto. That section provides in pertinent part as follows: "No employer shall require the execution of any release of any claim or right on account of wages due, or to become due, or made as an advance on wages to be earned, unless payment of such wages has been made."

6.     MISCELLANEOUS .

        6.1    This Release shall be deemed to have been executed and delivered within the State of California, and the rights and obligations of the parties hereunder shall be construed and enforced in accordance with, and governed by, the laws of the State of California.

        6.2    This Release is the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior and contemporaneous oral and written agreements and discussions. This Release may be amended only by an agreement in a writing signed by the parties.

        6.3    This Release is binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereof, their respective agents, employees, representatives, officers, directors, divisions, subsidiaries, affiliates, parent company, assigns, heirs, partners, successors in interest and stockholders, including any successor company of the Company.

        6.4    Executive agrees that he has read this Release and has had the opportunity to ask questions, seek counsel and time to consider the terms of the Release. Executive has entered into this Release freely and voluntarily.

        6.5    The parties agree that any dispute or controversy arising from or related to this Release shall be decided by final and binding arbitration as provided in the Employment Agreement.

13


        6.6    The execution date of this Release is the date that Executive signs this Release.

RODNEY T. SHENG ("Executive")   BRIDGEPOINT EDUCATION, INC. ("Company")
                
 

  By:       
        Its:    

Date:     

  Date:       

14




QuickLinks

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT
EXHIBIT A
EXHIBIT B
RELEASE OF ALL CLAIMS AND COVENANT NOT TO SUE PURSUANT TO AGREEMENT

QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document


Exhibit 10.28

December 3, 2008

Dear Diane Thompson:

We are sending you this revised offer letter so that it complies with 409A of the Internal Revenue Code.

Bridgepoint Education is pleased to offer you the position of Senior Vice President/General Council . This is a full-time Exempt position with a start date of December 15, 2008, and is located in San Diego, CA.

You will receive a copy of the Bridgepoint Education (THE COMPANY) employee handbook and will be subject to all of the provisions of this handbook. You will also be required to sign an acknowledgment of receipt of the handbook.

Should you accept this employment offer, per company policy as set forth in Bridgepoint Education Employee Handbook, you will be eligible to receive the following:

Terms of Employment:     Your employment with THE COMPANY is "at will" meaning that you are not employed for any specific period of time. Your employment can be terminated with or without cause and with or without notice, at any time, at the option either of THE COMPANY or you. Similarly, THE COMPANY regains the right to transfer, demote, suspend or administer discipline with or without cause and with or without notice, at any time. The at-will nature of your employment relationship may not be modified except in a writing signed by both the CEO of' THE COMPANY and you. This constitutes the entire understanding regarding the at-will nature of your employment.

Non-Compete Agreement:     Please attach all agreements you have entered into with any prior employers relating to confidentiality, including, any non-disclosure, non-competition, and non-solicitation agreements or other agreements entered into upon your termination of employment



with any prior employers and sign this letter where indicated below to acknowledge your acceptance of employment on these terms.

By signing this letter where indicated below, you affirm that you have not been solicited by THE COMPANY and that you learned of this employment opportunity with THE COMPANY through word-of-mouth or from a classified advertisement.

To accept this job offer:

        1.     Sign and date this job offer letter where indicated below.

        2.     Complete, sign and return the following documents in Human Resources:

We at Bridgepoint Education hope that you will accept this job offer and look forward to welcoming you aboard.

Sincerely,

Charlene Dackerman, Senior Vice President of Human Resources

/s/ Diane Thompson

Diane Thompson
  December 31, 2008

Date

cc: Andrew Clark, CEO Bridgepoint Education

2




QuickLinks


QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document


Exhibit 10.29

December 30, 2008

Dear Thomas Ashbrook:

We are sending you this revised offer letter so that it complies with 409A of the Internal Revenue Code.

Bridgepoint Education is pleased to offer you the position of Senior Vice President/Chief Information Officer . This is a full-time Exempt position with a start date of November 11, 2008 and is located in San Diego, CA.

You will receive a copy of the Bridgepoint Education (THE COMPANY) employee handbook and will be subject to all of the provisions of this handbook. You will also be required to sign an acknowledgment of receipt of the handbook.

Should you accept this employment offer, per company policy as set-forth in Bridgepoint Education Employee Handbook, you will be eligible to receive the following:

Terms of Employment:     Your employment with THE COMPANY is "at will" meaning that you are not employed for any specific period of time. Your employment can be terminated with or without cause and with or without notice, at any time, at the option either of THE COMPANY or you. Similarly, THE COMPANY retains the right to transfer, demote, suspend or administer discipline with or without cause and with or without notice, at any time. The at-will nature of your employment relationship may not be modified except in a writing signed by both the CEO of THE COMPANY and you. This constitutes the entire understanding regarding the at-will nature of your employment.

Non-Compete Agreement:     Please attach all agreements you have entered into with any prior employers relating to confidentiality, including, any non-disclosure, non-competition, and nonsolicitation agreements or other agreements entered into upon your termination of employment with any prior



employers and sign this letter where indicated below to acknowledge your acceptance of employment on these terms.

By signing this letter where indicated below, you affirm that you have not been solicited by THE COMPANY and that you learned of this employment opportunity with THE COMPANY through a classified advertisement or the Albertini Group.

To accept this job offer:

1.
Sign and date this job offer letter where indicated below.

2.
Complete, sign and return the following documents in Human Resources:

New Hire Info Sheet

Application for Employment

Background Check Forms

Release of Liability

Employee Acknowledgement

We at Bridgepoint Education hope that you will accept this job offer and look forward to welcoming you aboard.

Sincerely,

Charlene Dackerman, Senior Vice President of Human Resources

/s/ Thomas Ashbrook

Thomas Ashbrook
  December 31, 2008

Date

cc: Andrew Clark, CEO Bridgepoint Education

2




QuickLinks


QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document


Exhibit 10.30

[BRIDGEPOINT EDUCATION, INC. LETTERHEAD]
December 11, 2008

Dale Crandall

Dear Dale,

        We are very pleased to offer you a position as a member of the Board of Directors (the "Board") of Bridgepoint Education, Inc. (the "Company") and a position to serve as the Chair of the Audit Committee. This offer, which is subject to the approval of each of the current members of our Board, is based on the following terms and conditions:

Start Date:   December 11, 2008 (effective immediately after the board meeting) (the "Effective Date"). You will serve as a member of the Board until the annual meeting for the year in which your term expires or until your successor has been elected and qualified, subject however, to your prior death, resignation, retirement, disqualification or removal from office.

Compensation:

 

In consideration of your services as a member of the Board, you will receive a $20,000 annual retainer to be paid in equal monthly installments beginning on the 30 day anniversary of the Effective Date for so long as you remain a member of the Board. In consideration for your services on the Audit Committee you will receive a (i) $5,000 annual retainer to be paid in equal monthly installments beginning on the 30 day anniversary of the Effective Date for so long as you remain a member of the Audit Committee, and (ii) $10,000 annual retainer to be paid in equal monthly installments beginning on the 30 day anniversary of the Effective Date for so long as you remain the Audit Committee Chair.

Stock Option:

 

On the day prior to the Company's initial public offering, you will be granted Time Vested Stock Options (an "Option") under the 2005 Plan exercisable for the number of shares equal to $60,000 at a price per share equal to the Company's initial public offering opening price which will vest as follows: (i) 25% of the shares underlying such Option will vest on the one-year anniversary of the Effective Date (the "Vesting Commencement Date"), (ii) as to an additional 2% of the shares underlying such Option on each monthly anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date over the subsequent 33-month period following such one-year anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date, and (iii) an additional 3% of the shares underlying such Option on each of the 46 th , 47 th  and 48 th  monthly anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date. The Option will be a non-qualified stock option and will not qualify for incentive stock option (ISO) treatment under the Internal Revenue Code §422.

1


Responsibilities:   As a director of the Company, your duties and responsibilities will be those reasonably and customarily associated with such position, including, without limitation, attendance at all regular and special meetings of the Board.

Expenses:

 

The Company will reimburse you for all reasonable, out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred by you in connection with your services to the Company as a Board member.

Confidentiality:

 

As a condition of this offer, you will be required to preserve the Company's proprietary and confidential information and you must comply with the Company's policies and procedures. Accordingly, as a pre-condition to your appointment to the Board, you are required to execute the Nondisclosure Agreement enclosed herewith. This agreement will be effective as of the Effective Date.

Indemnification:

 

In the interest of retaining and attracting qualified individuals to provide services to the Company, the Company has or will enter into an Indemnification Agreement with each of its directors and executive officers. An Indemnification Agreement will be provided to you to sign upon your acceptance.

        Please sign the acknowledgment at the bottom of this letter acknowledging and agreeing to the terms and conditions of your service as a director of the Company.

        We sincerely hope that you decide to join the Board of Directors of the Company. Please contact me with any questions regarding the foregoing.

    Sincerely,

 

 

BRIDGEPOINT EDUCATION, INC.

 

 

By:

 

/s/ ANDREW CLARK

Name: Andrew Clark
Title: Chief Executive Officer

ACKNOWLEDGED AND AGREED TO BY:

 

 

 

 

        /s/ DALE CRANDALL

Dale Crandall

 

 

 

 

Date: December 31, 2008

 

 

 

 

2




QuickLinks


QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document


Exhibit 10.31


BRIDGEPOINT EDUCATION, INC.

EXECUTIVE SEVERANCE PLAN

AND

SUMMARY PLAN DESCRIPTION

           

           

           

          

Plan Effective Date: February 9, 2009



BRIDGEPOINT EDUCATION, INC. EXECUTIVE SEVERANCE PLAN
AND
SUMMARY PLAN DESCRIPTION

        The Bridgepoint Education, Inc. Executive Severance Plan (the "Plan") provides severance benefits to certain management or highly compensated employees ("Covered Employees") of Bridgepoint Education, Inc., a Delaware corporation. The Plan is effective for eligible employees who receive and execute a Severance Agreement (an "Agreement") and who otherwise satisfy the conditions set forth in such Agreement and the provisions of this Plan.

        This Plan is designed to be an "employee welfare benefit plan," as defined in Section 3(1) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended ("ERISA"). This Plan is governed by ERISA and, to the extent applicable, the laws of the State of Delaware, without reference to the conflict of law provisions thereof.

        This document and your Agreement constitute both the official plan document and the required summary plan description under ERISA.

I.    ELIGIBILITY

        You will become a Covered Employee in the Plan only if you: (i) are selected by Bridgepoint Education, Inc. to be eligible to participate in this Plan, (ii) receive an Agreement (the provisions of which are incorporated by reference), (iii) sign the Agreement indicating your agreement to be bound by the terms of this Plan and (iv) return such signed Agreement to Bridgepoint Education, Inc.

II.    BENEFITS

        If you are a Covered Employee, you shall be eligible for severance benefits at such times and in such amounts as may be specified in your Agreement.

III.    OTHER IMPORTANT INFORMATION

         A.    Plan Administration .    As the Plan Administrator, Bridgepoint Education, Inc. has the full and sole discretionary authority to administer and interpret the Plan, including discretionary authority to determine eligibility for participation in and for benefits under the Plan, to determine the amount of benefits (if any) payable per participant, and to any terms of this document. All determinations by the Plan Administrator will be final and conclusive upon all persons and be given the maximum possible deference allowed by law. The Plan Administrator is the "named fiduciary" of the Plan for purposes of ERISA and will be subject to the fiduciary standards of ERISA when acting in such capacity. Bridgepoint Education, Inc. may delegate in writing to any other person all or a portion of its authority or responsibility with respect to the Plan.

         B.    Source of Benefits .    The Plan is unfunded, and all severance benefits will be paid from the general assets of Bridgepoint Education, Inc. or its successor. No contributions are required under the Plan.

         C.    Claims Procedure .    If you are a Covered Employee and believe you have been incorrectly denied a benefit or are entitled to a greater benefit than the benefit you received under the Plan, you may submit a signed, written application to the Company's head of its human resources department or the Company's General Counsel (each a "Claims Representative"). You will be notified in writing of the approval or denial of this claim within ninety (90) days of the date that the Claims Representative receives the claim, unless special circumstances require an extension of time for processing the claim. In the event an extension is necessary, you will be provided written notice prior to the end of the initial ninety (90) day period indicating the special circumstances requiring the extension and the date by which the Claims Representative expects to notify you of approval or denial of the claim. In no event will an extension extend beyond ninety (90) days after the end of the initial ninety (90) day period. If your claim is denied, the written notification will state specific reasons for the denial, make specific reference to the Plan provision(s) on which the denial is based, and provide a description of any



material or information necessary for you to perfect the claim and why such material or information is necessary. The written notification will also provide a description of the Plan's review procedures and the applicable time limits, including a statement of your right to bring a civil suit under section 502(a) of ERISA following denial of your claim on review.

        You will have sixty (60) days from receipt of the written notification of the denial of your claim to file a signed, written request for a full and fair review of the denial by a review panel which will be a named fiduciary of the Plan for purposes of such review. This request should include the reasons you are requesting a review and may include facts supporting your request and any other relevant comments, documents, records and other information relating to your claim. Upon request and free of charge, you will be provided with reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records and other information relevant to your claim, including any document, record or other information that was relied upon in, or submitted, considered or generated in the course of, denying your claim. A final, written determination of your eligibility for benefits shall be made within sixty (60) days of receipt of your request for review, unless special circumstances require an extension of time for processing the claim, in which case you will be provided written notice of the reasons for the delay within the initial sixty (60) day period and the date by which you should expect notification of approval or denial of your claim. This review will take into account all comments, documents, records and other information submitted by you relating to your claim, whether or not submitted or considered in the initial review of your claim. In no event will an extension extend beyond sixty (60) days after the end of the initial sixty (60) day period. If an extension is required because you fail to submit information that is necessary to decide your claim, the period for making the benefit determination on review will be tolled from the date the notice of extension is sent to you until the date on which you respond to the request for additional information. If your claim is denied on review, the written notification will state specific reasons for the denial, make specific reference to the Plan provision(s) on which the denial is based and state that you are entitled to receive upon request, and free of charge, reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records and other information relevant to your claim, including any document, record or other information that was relied upon in, or submitted, considered or generated in the course of, denying your claim. The written notification will also include a statement of your right to bring an action under section 502(a) of ERISA.

        If your claim is initially denied or is denied upon review, you are entitled to receive upon request, and free of charge, reasonable access to, and copies of, any document, record or other information that demonstrates that (1) your claim was denied in accordance with the terms of the Plan, and (2) the provisions of the Plan have been consistently applied to similarly situated Plan participants, if any. In pursuing any of your rights set forth in this section, your authorized representative may act on your behalf.

        If you do not receive notice within the time periods described above, whether on initial determination or review, you may initiate a lawsuit under Section 502(a) of ERISA.

         D.    Prior Plans Superseded .    With the exception of any individual employment agreements that are in effect as of the effective date of the Covered Employee's Agreement, the Plan supersedes any and all prior separation, change in control, severance and salary continuation arrangements, programs and/or similar plans that may previously have been offered by Bridgepoint Education, Inc. (and its predecessors-in-interest) to employees eligible to participate in this Plan.

         E.    Plan Amendment or Termination .    Bridgepoint Education, Inc. reserves the right to terminate or amend the Plan at any time, in whole or in part, and in any manner, and for any reason. Any termination or amendment of the Plan will be effective only after one (1) year advance written notice to Covered Employees if such amendment or termination would result in a reduction of benefits that Covered Employees would have otherwise been able to receive under the pre-amended Plan.

2


         F.    At-Will Employment .    No provision of the Plan is intended to provide you with any right to continue as an employee with Bridgepoint Education, Inc., or in any other capacity, for any specific period of time, or otherwise affect the right of Bridgepoint Education, Inc. to terminate the employment or service of any individual at any time for any reason, with or without cause.

         G.    Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code.     This Plan is intended to provide severance benefits under ERISA. The Plan is not intended to constitute a "nonqualified deferred compensation plan" within the meaning of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code ("Code"). Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event this Plan or any benefit paid under this Plan to a Covered Employee is deemed to be subject to Code Section 409A, each Covered Employee consents to Bridgepoint Education, Inc.'s adoption of such conforming amendments as the Legal Department of Bridgepoint Education, Inc. deems advisable or necessary, in its sole discretion, to comply with Code Section 409A. In addition, if upon a Covered Employee's "separation from service" within the meaning of Code Section 409A, he or she is then a "specified employee" (as defined in Code Section 409A), then to the extent necessary to comply with Code Section 409A and avoid the imposition of taxes under Code Section 409A, the Company shall defer payment of "nonqualified deferred compensation" subject to Code Section 409A payable as a result of and within six (6) months following such "separation from service" under this Agreement until the earlier of (i) the first business day of the seventh month following the Covered Employee's "separation from service," or (ii) ten (10) days after the Company receives written notification of the Covered Employee's death. Any such delayed payments shall be made without interest.

         H.    Indemnification.     Bridgepoint Education, Inc. agrees to indemnify its officers and employees and the members of the Board of Directors of Bridgepoint Education, Inc. from all liabilities from their acts or omissions in connection with the administration, amendment or termination of the Plan, to the maximum extent permitted by applicable law.

         I.    Severability.     If any provision of the Plan is held invalid or unenforceable, its invalidity or unenforceability will not affect any other provision of the Plan, and the Plan will be construed and enforced as if such provision had not been included.

         J.    Headings.     Headings in this Plan document are for purposes of reference only and will not limit or otherwise affect the meaning hereof.

IV.    STATEMENT OF ERISA RIGHTS

        As a participant in the Plan you are entitled to certain rights and protections under ERISA. ERISA provides that all Plan participants shall be entitled to:

         A.    Receive Information About Your Plan and Benefits

        Examine, without charge, at the Plan Administrator's office and at other specified locations, such as work sites, all documents governing the Plan.

        Obtain, upon written request to the Plan Administrator, copies of documents governing the operation of the Plan. The Plan Administrator may make a reasonable charge for the copies.

         B.    Prudent Actions by Plan Fiduciaries

        In addition to creating rights for Plan participants, ERISA imposes duties upon the people who are responsible for the operation of the employee benefit plan. The people who operate your Plan, called "fiduciaries" of the Plan, have a duty to do so prudently and in the interest of you and other Plan participants and beneficiaries. No one, including your employer or any other person, may fire you or otherwise discriminate against you in any way to prevent you from obtaining a welfare benefit or exercising your rights under ERISA.

3


         C.    Enforce Your Rights

        If your claim for a welfare benefit is denied or ignored, in whole or in part, you have a right to know why this was done, to obtain copies of documents relating to the decision without charge, and to appeal any denial, all within certain time schedules.

        Under ERISA, there are steps you can take to enforce the above rights. For instance, if you request a copy of Plan documents and do not receive it within 30 days, you may file suit in a federal court. In such a case, the court may require the Plan Administrator to provide the materials and pay you up to $110.00 a day until you receive the materials, unless the materials were not sent because of reasons beyond the control of the Plan Administrator. If you have a claim for benefits which is denied or ignored, in whole or in part, you may file suit in a state or federal court. If you are discriminated against for asserting your rights, you may seek assistance from the U.S. Department of Labor, or you may file suit in a federal court. The court will decide who should pay court costs and legal fees. If you are successful, the court may order the person you have sued to pay these costs and fees. If you lose, the court may order you to pay these costs and fees, for example, if it finds your claim is frivolous.

         D.    Assistance With Your Questions

        If you have any questions about the Plan, you should contact the Plan Administrator. If you have any questions about this statement or about your rights under ERISA, or if you need assistance in obtaining documents from the Plan Administrator, you should contact the nearest office of the Employee Benefits Security Administration, U.S. Department of Labor, listed in your telephone directory, or the Division of Technical Assistance and Inquiries, Employee Benefits Security Administration, U.S. Department of Labor, 200 Constitution Avenue N.W., Washington, D.C. 20210. You may also obtain certain publications about your rights and responsibilities under ERISA by calling the publications hotline of the Employee Benefits Security Administration.


ADDITIONAL PLAN INFORMATION

Name of Plan:   Bridgepoint Education, Inc. Executive Severance Plan

Bridgepoint Education, Inc. Sponsoring Plan:

 

Bridgepoint Education, Inc.
13500 Evening Creek Drive North, Suite 600
San Diego, CA 92128

Employer Identification Number:

 

59-3551629

Plan Number:

 

502

Plan Year:

 

Calendar Year

Plan Administrator:

 

Bridgepoint Education, Inc.
c/o General Counsel
13500 Evening Creek Drive North, Suite 600
San Diego, CA 92128
Telephone No. 858-668-2586

Agent for Service of Legal Process:

 

Plan Administrator, at the above address

Type of Plan:

 

Employee Welfare Benefit Plan providing for severance benefits

Plan Costs:

 

The cost of the Plan is paid by Bridgepoint Education, Inc.

Type of Administration:

 

Self-administration by the Plan Administrator

4




QuickLinks

BRIDGEPOINT EDUCATION, INC. EXECUTIVE SEVERANCE PLAN AND SUMMARY PLAN DESCRIPTION
BRIDGEPOINT EDUCATION, INC. EXECUTIVE SEVERANCE PLAN AND SUMMARY PLAN DESCRIPTION
ADDITIONAL PLAN INFORMATION

QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document


Exhibit 10.32


SEVERANCE AGREEMENT

        THIS SEVERANCE AGREEMENT (this "Agreement"), dated as of                                    , is made by and between Bridgepoint Education, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), and                                    ("Executive").

        WITNESSETH:

        WHEREAS, Executive is an executive of the Company and has made and is expected to continue to make major contributions to the short- and long-term profitability, growth and financial strength of the Company;

        WHEREAS, the Company desires to assure itself of both present and future continuity of management and desires to establish certain severance benefits for valued executives such as Executive, and the Company has therefore previously adopted the Plan which can provide severance benefits under certain circumstances;

        WHEREAS, the Company desires to provide additional inducement for the Executive to continue to remain in the employ of the Company;

        WHEREAS, this Agreement is the Severance Agreement described in the Plan and this Agreement enumerates the Plan benefits that may be provided to Executive as referenced in Section II of the Plan; and

        WHEREAS, the Compensation Committee of the Board has authorized the Company to enter into this Agreement in order for Executive to become a Covered Employee (as defined in the Plan) and participant in the Plan as provided by the Plan.

        NOW, THEREFORE, the Company and Executive agree as follows:

         1.    Certain Defined Terms.     In addition to terms defined elsewhere herein or in the Plan, the following terms have the following meanings when used in this Agreement with initial capital letters:

        (a)   "Base Pay" means Executive's annual base salary rate as in effect from time to time.

        (b)   "Board" means the Board of Directors of the Company.

        (c)   "Cause" means any of the following, each as determined in the discretion of the Company's (or its successor's) Board or Chief Executive Officer:

Notwithstanding the foregoing, Executive's employment shall not be deemed to have been terminated for "Cause" under (ii) above unless and until there shall have been delivered to the Executive a copy

1


of a resolution duly adopted by the affirmative vote of not less than a majority of the Board then in office at a meeting of the Board called and held for such purpose, after reasonable notice to the Executive and an opportunity for the Executive, together with the Executive's counsel (if the Executive chooses to have counsel present at such meeting), to be heard before the Board, finding that, in the good faith opinion of the Board, the Executive had committed an act constituting "Cause" and specifying the particulars thereof in detail. Nothing herein will limit the right of the Executive or his beneficiaries to contest the validity or propriety of any such determination.

        (d)   "Change of Control" means any of the following:

        (e)   "Code" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

        (f)    "Disability" means that Executive is unable to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment which can be expected to result in death or which has lasted or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than twelve (12) months.

        (g)   "Employee Benefits" means any Company group health and dental benefit plans and basic life insurance that is provided to Executive as of the Termination Date. For avoidance of doubt, Employee Benefits shall not include contributions made by the Company to any retirement plan, pension plan or profit sharing plan for the benefit of the Executive in connection with amounts earned by the Executive.

        (h)   "ERISA" means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.

        (i)    "Exchange Act" means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

2


        (j)    "Good Reason" means that one or more of the following have occurred without the Executive's written consent:

For purposes of this Agreement, Executive may resign his/her employment from the Company for "Good Reason" within ninety (90) days after the date that any one of the events shown above in (i) through (iv) has first occurred without Executive's written consent. Failure to terminate his/her employment within such ninety (90) day period shall mean that Executive has forever waived his/her ability to resign for Good Reason with respect to the event in question. Executive's resignation for Good Reason will only be effective if the Company has not cured or remedied the Good Reason event within thirty (30) days after its receipt of the written notice. Such written notice must be provided to the Company within thirty (30) days of the initial existence of the purported Good Reason event and shall describe in detail the basis and underlying facts supporting Executive's belief that a Good Reason event has occurred. Failure to timely provide such written notice to the Company means that Executive will be deemed to have consented to and irrevocably waived the potential Good Reason event. If the Company does timely cure or remedy the Good Reason event, then Executive may either resign his/her employment without Good Reason or Executive may continue to remain employed subject to the terms of this Agreement.

        (k)   "Plan" means the Bridgepoint Education, Inc. Executive Severance Plan.

        (l)    "Qualifying Termination" means that Executive's employment with the Company was terminated either by (i) the Executive for Good Reason or (ii) the Company without Cause. For avoidance of doubt, termination of employment due to death or Disability shall not constitute a Qualifying Termination.

        (m)  "Termination Date" means the Executive's last day of employment with the Company (and any Company subsidiary or affiliate) and where such termination of employment constitutes a "separation from service" within the meaning of Code Section 409A.

         2.    Termination.     If Executive sustains a Qualifying Termination, then the following subsections in this Section 2 shall apply (with Sections 2(a) and 2(b) being subject to the effectiveness of the release of claims and covenant not to sue referenced in Section 2(e) below):

        (a)   Executive shall receive from the Company cash payments in the aggregate that equal one-half of Base Pay (determined as of the Termination Date). Except as may be provided below with respect to the first payment installment, the cash payments provided by this subpart (a) shall be paid to Executive in substantially equal installments payable bi-weekly over the six month period following the Termination Date. However, the first payment shall be made to Executive within fifteen days following the effective date of the release of claims described in Section 2(e). The amount of this first payment will cover the period of time from the Termination Date through the end of the bi-weekly period immediately preceding such first payment. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no payments shall be made until on or after the date of a "separation from service" within the meaning of Code Section 409A. In addition, if Executive's Termination Date has occurred during the twenty-four (24) month period after a Change of Control, then all of Executive's outstanding unvested stock options to acquire Company stock shall become fully vested and exercisable as of the Termination Date. However, for avoidance of doubt, after the Termination Date, Executive may not exercise any of the stock options whose vesting is

3



accelerated under the previous sentence until on or after the effective date of the release of claims specified in Section 2(e).

        (b)   For the six month period commencing with the month following the month of the Termination Date, the Company shall continue to provide to Executive all Employee Benefits which were received by, or with respect to, Executive as of the Termination Date, at the same expense to Executive as before the Termination Date subject to immediate cessation if Executive is offered comparable employee benefits coverage in connection with new employment. Executive shall provide advance written notice to the Company informing the Company when the Executive is offered or becomes eligible for other employee benefits in connection with new employment. In addition, if periodically requested by the Company, the Executive will provide the Company with written confirmation that he/she has not been offered other employee benefits.

        (c)   As of his/her Termination Date, Executive shall also be paid for his/her accrued but unpaid salary and vacation and unreimbursed valid business expenses that were submitted in accordance with Company policies and procedures, and shall be eligible for other vested benefits pursuant to the express terms of any employee benefit plan.

        (d)   In the event that it is determined that any payment or distribution of any type to or for the benefit of the Executive made by the Company, by any of its affiliates, by any person who acquires ownership or effective control of the Company or ownership of a substantial portion of the Company's assets (within the meaning of section 280G of the Code, and the regulations thereunder) or by any affiliate of such person, whether paid or payable or distributed or distributable pursuant to the terms of this Agreement or otherwise (the "Total Payments"), would be subject to the excise tax imposed by section 4999 of the Code or any interest or penalties with respect to such excise tax (such excise tax, together with any such interest or penalties, are collectively referred to as the "Excise Tax"), then such payments or distributions shall be payable either in (x) full or (y) as to such lesser amount which would result in no portion of such payments or distributions being subject to the Excise Tax and Executive shall receive the greater, on an after-tax basis, of (x) or (y) above. All mathematical determinations and all determinations of whether any of the Total Payments are "parachute payments" (within the meaning of section 280G of the Code) that are required to be made under this Section 2(d), shall be made by a nationally recognized independent audit firm not currently retained by the Company most recently prior to the Change of Control (the "Accountants"), who shall provide their determination, together with detailed supporting calculations regarding the amount of any relevant matters, both to the Company and to the Executive within seven (7) business days of the Executive's Termination Date, if applicable, or such earlier time as is requested by the Company. Such determination shall be made by the Accountants using reasonable good faith interpretations of the Code. Any determination by the Accountants shall be binding upon the Company and the Executive, absent manifest error. The Company shall pay the fees and costs of the Accountants which are incurred in connection with this Section 2(d).

        (e)   All payments and benefits provided under Sections 2(a) and 2(b) are conditioned on and subject to the Executive's continuing compliance with this Agreement and the Executive's timely execution (and non-revocation and effectiveness) of a general release of claims and covenant not to sue substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A (or as may be reasonably modified by the Company in its reasonable discretion). There is no entitlement to any payments or benefits unless and until such release of claims and covenant not to sue is effective. Such release must become effective within sixty (60) days after the Termination Date or else the Executive will be deemed to have waived all rights to any payments or benefits under this Agreement. In addition, to the extent Executive receives severance or similar payments and/or benefits under any other Company plan, program, agreement, policy, practice, or the like, or under the WARN Act or similar state law, the payments and benefits due to Executive under this Agreement will be correspondingly reduced on a dollar-for-dollar basis (or vice-versa) in a manner that complies with Code Section 409A.

4


         3.    Successors and Binding Agreement.     

        (a)   The Company will require any successor (whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation, reorganization or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Company expressly to assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent the Company would be required to perform if no such succession had taken place. This Agreement will be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Company and any successor to the Company, including without limitation any persons acquiring directly or indirectly all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Company whether by purchase, merger, consolidation, reorganization or otherwise (and such successor shall thereafter be deemed the "Company" for the purposes of this Agreement), but will not otherwise be assignable, transferable or delegable by the Company.

        (b)   This Agreement will inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the Executive's personal or legal representatives, executors, administrators, successors, heirs, distributees and legatees.

        (c)   This Agreement is personal in nature and neither of the parties hereto shall, without the consent of the other, assign, transfer or delegate this Agreement or any rights or obligations hereunder except as expressly provided in Sections 3(a) and 3(b). Without limiting the generality or effect of the foregoing, the Executive's right to receive payments hereunder will not be assignable, transferable or delegable, whether by pledge, creation of a security interest, or otherwise, other than by a transfer by Executive's will or by the laws of descent and distribution and, in the event of any attempted assignment or transfer contrary to this Section 3(c), the Company shall have no liability to pay any amount so attempted to be assigned, transferred or delegated.

         4.    No Retention Rights.     This Agreement is not an employment agreement and does not give the Executive the right to be retained by the Company (or its subsidiaries or affiliates) and the Executive agrees that he/she is an employee-at-will. The Company (or its subsidiaries or affiliates) reserves the right to terminate the Executive's service as an employee at any time and for any reason.

         5.    Notices.     For all purposes of this Agreement, all communications, including without limitation notices, consents, requests or approvals, required or permitted to be given hereunder will be in writing and will be deemed to have been duly given when hand delivered or dispatched by electronic facsimile transmission (with receipt thereof orally confirmed), or five business days after having been mailed by United States registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, or three business days after having been sent by a nationally recognized overnight courier service such as FedEx or UPS addressed to the Company (to the attention of the General Counsel of the Company) at its principal executive office and to the Executive at his/her principal residence, or to such other address as any party may have furnished to the other in writing and in accordance herewith, except that notices of changes of address shall be effective only upon receipt.

         6.    Validity.     If any provision of this Agreement or the application of any provision hereof to any person or circumstances is held invalid, unenforceable or otherwise illegal, the remainder of this Agreement and the application of such provision to any other person or circumstances will not be affected, and the provision so held to be invalid, unenforceable or otherwise illegal will be reformed to the extent (and only to the extent) necessary to make it enforceable, valid or legal.

         7.    Dispute Resolution; Governing Law.     Any dispute between the parties must be resolved pursuant to the claims procedures and other processes articulated in the Plan. This Agreement is governed by ERISA and, to the extent applicable, the laws of the State of Delaware, without reference to the conflict of law provisions thereof.

         8.    Miscellaneous.     

        (a)   All provisions of this Agreement are subject to and governed by the terms of the Plan. In the event of any conflict in terms between the Plan and this Agreement, the terms of the Plan shall prevail and govern.

5


        (b)   No provision of this Agreement may be modified, waived or discharged unless such waiver, modification or discharge is agreed to in writing signed by the Executive and the Company. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, the Company may terminate or amend this Agreement at any time, in whole or in part, and in any manner, and for any reason provided that the termination or amendment of this Agreement will be effective only after one (1) year advance written notice to Executive if such amendment or termination would result in a reduction of benefits that Executive would have otherwise been able to receive under the pre-amended Agreement.

        (c)   No waiver by either party hereto at any time of any breach by the other party hereto or compliance with any condition or provision of this Agreement to be performed by such other party will be deemed a waiver of similar or dissimilar provisions or conditions at the same or at any prior or subsequent time.

        (d)   The Plan and this Agreement constitute the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes any and all prior agreements of the parties with respect to such subject matter. No agreements or representations, oral or otherwise, expressed or implied with respect to the subject matter hereof have been made by either party which are not set forth expressly in this Agreement.

        (e)   The Company may effect any right of recoupment of equity or other compensation provided to Executive under this Plan or otherwise in accordance with Company policies and/or applicable law (each, a "Clawback Policy"). In addition, Executive may be required to repay to the Company certain previously paid compensation, whether provided under the Plan or Agreement or otherwise, in accordance with the Clawback Policy.

         9.    Counterparts.     This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original but all of which together will constitute one and the same agreement.

         10.    Section 409A.     This Agreement is intended to comply with the requirements of section 409A of the Code. In the event this Agreement or any benefit paid to Executive hereunder is deemed to be subject to section 409A of the Code, Executive consents to the Company adopting such conforming amendments as the Company deems necessary, in its reasonable discretion, to comply with section 409A of the Code. In addition, if upon Executive's "separation from service" within the meaning of Code Section 409A, he or she is then a "specified employee" (as defined in Code Section 409A), then to the extent necessary to comply with Code Section 409A and avoid the imposition of taxes under Code Section 409A, the Company shall defer payment of "nonqualified deferred compensation" subject to Code Section 409A payable as a result of and within six (6) months following such "separation from service" under this Agreement until the earlier of (i) the first business day of the seventh month following the Executive's "separation from service," or (ii) ten (10) days after the Company receives written notification of the Executive's death. Any such delayed payments shall be made without interest.

         11.    Withholding.     All payments and benefits made under this Agreement shall be subject to reduction to reflect any withholding taxes or other amounts required by applicable law or regulation.

         12.    Restrictive Covenants.     Executive must fully comply with the provisions specified in this Section 12 and also with all of the Company's written policies and procedures. In addition, Executive may be required to repay to the Company certain previously paid compensation (including, without limitation, payments and benefits provided under this Agreement) in accordance with Company policies and/or applicable law.

        (a)     Nondisparagement.     Executive will not disparage the Company, its directors, officers, employees, affiliates, subsidiaries, predecessors, successors or assigns in any written or oral communications to any third party. Executive further agrees that he/she will not direct anyone to make any disparaging oral or written remarks to any third parties.

6


        (b)     Nonsolicit.     During the Executive's employment with the Company and for six (6) months after Executive's Termination Date, the Executive shall not, directly or indirectly, either as an individual or as an employee, agent, consultant, advisor, independent contractor, general partner, officer, director, stockholder, investor, lender, or in any other capacity whatsoever, of any person, firm, corporation or partnership: (i) solicit, induce, recruit or encourage any of the Company's employees or consultants to terminate their relationship with the Company, or attempt to solicit, induce, recruit, encourage any of the Company's employees or consultants to terminate their relationship with the Company, or attempt to solicit, induce, recruit, encourage or take away employees or consultants of the Company or (ii) attempt to negatively influence any of the Company's clients or customers from purchasing Company products or services or to solicit or influence or attempt to influence any client, customer or other person either directly or indirectly, to direct his or its purchase of products and/or services to any person, firm, corporation, institution or other entity in competition with the business of the Company or (iii) participate or engage in the design, development, manufacture, production, marketing, sale or servicing of any product, or the provision of any service, that directly or indirectly relates to Company business as conducted on the Termination Date.

        (c)     Nondisclosure.     Notwithstanding any requirement that the Company may have to publicly disclose the terms of this Agreement pursuant to applicable law or regulations, the Executive agrees to use reasonable efforts to maintain in confidence the existence of this Agreement, the contents and terms of this Agreement, and the consideration for this Agreement (hereinafter collectively referred to as "Agreement Information"). The Executive also agrees to take every reasonable precaution to prevent disclosure of any Agreement Information to third parties, except for disclosures required by law or absolutely necessary with respect to Executive's immediate family members or personal advisors who shall also agree to maintain the confidentiality of the Agreement Information.

        (d)     Confidentiality.     Executive shall not, except as required by any court or administrative agency, without the written consent of the Board or a person authorized thereby, disclose to any person, other than an employee of the Company or a person to whom disclosure is reasonably necessary or appropriate in connection with the performance by the Executive or his duties to the Company, any confidential information obtained by him while in the employ of the Company with respect to any of the Company's inventions, processes, customers, methods of distribution, methods of manufacturing, attorney-client communications, pending or contemplated acquisitions, other trade secrets, or any other material which the Company is obliged to keep confidential pursuant to any confidentiality agreement or protective order; provided, however, that confidential information shall not include any information now known or which becomes known generally to the public (other than as a result of an unauthorized disclosure by the Executive) or any information of a type not otherwise considered confidential by a person engaged in the same business or a business similar to that conducted by the Company.

        (e)     Remedy for Breach.     The parties hereto agree that, in the event of breach or threatened breach of any covenants herein, the damage or imminent damage shall be inestimable, and that therefore any remedy at law or in damages shall be inadequate. Accordingly, the parties hereto agree that the Company and Executive shall be entitled to apply for injunctive relief in the event of any breach or threatened breach of any of such provisions by Executive or the Company, in addition to any other relief (including damages) available to the Company or Executive under this Agreement or under law.

7


         IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties have caused this Agreement to be duly executed and delivered as of the date first above written. By signing below, Executive acknowledges that he/she (i) has received a copy of the Plan and its Summary Plan Description and understands the terms of the Plan and this Agreement, (ii) is voluntarily entering into this Agreement and (iii) is agreeing to be bound by the terms of the Plan and this Agreement.

  BRIDGEPOINT EDUCATION, INC.


    

       

 
By:

  Title:    

Executive:

       


    

       


       

8



EXHIBIT A


RELEASE OF CLAIMS AND COVENANT NOT TO SUE

This Release of Claims and Covenant Not To Sue (the "Release") is entered into by                        ("Executive"). This Release is effective only if (i) it has been executed by the Executive after his/her termination of employment with Bridgepoint Education, Inc. (the "Company"), (ii) such executed Release has been provided to the Company on or before                        and (iii) the revocation period has expired without revocation as set forth in Section 5(c) below (the "Effective Date"). The Company and the Executive are collectively referred to herein as the Parties.

WHEREAS, Executive was an employee of the Company and served as the Company's                        ;

WHEREAS, Executive was a participant in and "Covered Employee" under the Bridgepoint Education, Inc. Executive Severance Plan (the "Plan");

WHEREAS, pursuant to the Plan and the Severance Agreement executed by the Parties on                        ] (the "Severance Agreement"), the Executive is eligible for specified severance benefits upon the occurrence of certain events with such benefits conditioned upon, among other things, the Executive's execution and non-revocation of this Release;

WHEREAS, the Executive's employment was terminated                                                 (as defined in the Severance Agreement) on                        (the "Separation Date"); and

WHEREAS, pursuant to the terms of the Plan and Severance Agreement, the Company has determined to treat the termination of Executive's employment as eligible for payment of certain separation benefits provided in the Severance Agreement.

NOW, THEREFORE, the Executive agrees as follows:

1.     Termination of Employment .    Executive acknowledges and agrees that Executive's employment with the Company terminated as of the close of business on the Separation Date. As of the Separation Date, Executive agrees that he/she is no longer an employee of the Company and no longer holds any positions or offices with the Company.

2.     Separation Benefits .    In consideration for the release of claims set forth below and other obligations under this Release, the Plan and the Severance Agreement and in satisfaction of all of the Company's obligations to Executive and further provided that (i) this Release is signed by Executive and not revoked by Executive under Section 5(c) herein and (ii) the Executive remains in continuing compliance with all of the terms of this Release, the Plan and the Severance Agreement, the Executive is eligible to receive the separation benefits specified in Sections 2(a) and 2(b) of the Severance Agreement (subject to the provisions of Section 2(d) of the Severance Agreement).

3.     Integration .    This Release, the Plan, and the Severance Agreement (and any agreements referenced therein) represent the entire agreement and understanding between the Parties as to the subject matter hereof and supersede all prior agreements whether written or oral.

4.     Right to Advice of Counsel .    Executive acknowledges that Executive has had the opportunity to fully review this Release and, if Executive so chooses, to consult with counsel, and is fully aware of Executive's rights and obligations under this Release.

5.     Executive's Release of Claims .    Executive hereby expressly covenants not to sue and releases and waives any and all claims, liabilities, demands, damages, penalties, debts, accounts, obligations, actions, grievances, and causes of action ("Claims"), whether now known or unknown, suspected or unsuspected, whether in law, in equity or in arbitration, of any kind or nature whatsoever, which Executive has or claims to have, now or hereafter, against the Company and its divisions, facilities,

1



subsidiaries and affiliated entities, successors and assigns, or any of its or their respective past or present officers, directors, trustees, shareholders, agents, employees, attorneys, insurers, representatives (collectively, the Releasees), including, but not limited to, any Claims arising out of or relating in any way to Executive's employment at the Company and the termination thereof. Without limiting the foregoing, Executive hereby acknowledges and agrees that the Claims released by this Release include, but are not limited to, any and all claims which arise or could arise under Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, the Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967, the Federal Worker Adjustment and Retraining Notification Act (or any similar state, local or foreign law), the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, the California Fair Employment and Housing Act, California statutory or common law, the Orders of the California Industrial Welfare Commission regulating wages, hours, and working conditions, and federal statutory law, or any Claim for severance pay, bonus, sick leave, disability, holiday pay, vacation pay, life insurance, health or medical insurance or any other fringe benefit. Nothing in this Release shall limit in any way Executive's right under California Workers' Compensation laws to file or pursue any workers' compensation claim. Nothing herein shall release any rights to indemnification Executive may have in connection with Executive's actions taken in the course of his/her duties with the Company. This release shall not apply to any claims that may not be waived as a matter of applicable law.

        (a)   As part of this general release, Executive expressly releases, waives and relinquishes all rights under Section 1542 of the California Civil Code which states:

"A GENERAL RELEASE DOES NOT EXTEND TO CLAIMS WHICH THE CREDITOR DOES NOT KNOW OR SUSPECT TO EXIST IN HIS FAVOR AT THE TIME OF EXECUTING THE RELEASE, WHICH IF KNOWN BY HIM MUST HAVE MATERIALLY AFFECTED HIS SETTLEMENT WITH THE DEBTOR."

Executive acknowledges that he/she may later discover facts in addition to or different from those which Executive now knows, or believes to be true, with respect to any of the subject matters of this Release, but that it is nevertheless Executive's intention to settle and release any and all Claims released herein.

        (b)   Executive warrants and represents that there is not now pending any action, complaint, petition, Executive charge, grievance, or any other form of administrative, legal or arbitral proceeding by Executive against the Company and further warrants and represents that no such proceeding of any kind shall be instituted by or on Executive's behalf based upon any and all Claims released herein.

        (c)   Executive expressly acknowledges, understands and agrees that this Release includes a waiver and release of all claims which Executive has or may have under the Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967, as amended, 29 U.S.C. §621, et seq. ("ADEA"). The following terms and conditions apply to and are part of the waiver and release of ADEA claims under this Release:

2


6.     Labor Code Section 206.5 .    Executive agrees that the Company has paid to Executive his/her salary and vacation accrued as of the Separation Date and that these payments represent all such monies due to Executive through the Separation Date. In light of the payment by the Company of all wages due, or to become due to Executive, California Labor Code Section 206.5 is not applicable. That section provides in pertinent part as follows:

No employer shall require the execution of any release of any claim or right on account of wages due, or to become due, or made as an advance on wages to be earned, unless payment of such wages has been made .

7.     Severability .    Executive understands that whenever possible, each provision of this Release will be interpreted in such a manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of this Release is held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect under any applicable law or rule in any jurisdiction, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability will not affect any other provision or any other jurisdiction, but this Release will be reformed, construed and enforced in such jurisdiction as if such invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision had never been contained herein.

8.     No Representations .    Executive has not relied upon any representations or statements made by the Company in deciding whether to execute this Release.

9.     Voluntary Execution of Release .    This Release is executed voluntarily by Executive and without any duress or undue influence and with the full intent of releasing all claims. The Executive acknowledges that:

        (a)   He/She has read this Release;

        (b)   He/She has been represented in the preparation, negotiation, and execution of this Release by legal counsel of his/her own choice or that he/she has voluntarily declined to seek such counsel;

        (c)   He/She understands the terms and consequences of this Release and of the releases it contains;

        (d)   He/She is fully aware of the legal and binding effect of this Release.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Executive has executed this Release as shown below.

EXECUTIVE    
        
        
 

  Dated:

3




QuickLinks

SEVERANCE AGREEMENT
EXHIBIT A
RELEASE OF CLAIMS AND COVENANT NOT TO SUE

QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document


EXHIBIT 23.2

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

        We hereby consent to the use in this Registration Statement on Amendment No. 3 to Form S-1 of our reports dated March 19, 2009, relating to the consolidated financial statements and financial statement schedule of Bridgepoint Education, Inc. and its subsidiaries, which appear in such Registration Statement. We also consent to the reference to us under the heading "Experts" in such Registration Statement.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
San Diego, California
March 19, 2009




QuickLinks

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM